West Fraser Timber (NYSE: WFG) schedules 2026 AGM with say-on-pay and rights plan vote

Filing Impact

(Neutral)

Filing Sentiment

(Neutral)

Form Type

6-K

Rhea-AI Filing Summary

West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. is holding its annual general and special meeting of shareholders on April 22, 2026 at 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) in Vancouver, with a live webcast option for registered shareholders and duly appointed proxyholders.

Shareholders will receive the consolidated financial statements for 2025 and 2024, vote to fix the board at eleven directors, elect directors, appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor and authorize the board to set its fees, and consider a non-binding advisory vote on the company’s executive compensation approach.

They will also vote on an ordinary resolution to reconfirm and continue the shareholder rights plan, which is designed to promote fair treatment in any take-over bid and to protect against “creeping bids” above a 20% ownership threshold. Shareholders of record as of February 27, 2026 are entitled to vote, and registered holders must submit proxies by 11:00 a.m. on April 20, 2026 if voting in advance.

03/17/2026 - 11:32 AM

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of March 2026

Commission File Number: 001-39974

WEST FRASER TIMBER CO. LTD.

(Exact name of Registrant, as specified in its charter)

1500 - 885 West Georgia Street

Vancouver, British Columbia

Canada, V6C 3E8

Tel: (604) 895-2700

(Address and Telephone Number of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F ☐ Form 40-F ☒

EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit			Description
99.1			Notice of Annual General and Special Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 22, 2026
99.2			Management Information Circular dated March 6, 2026
99.3			Form of Proxy
99.4			Financial Statements Request Form (NI 51-102 Mailing List Card)
99.5			2025 Annual Report

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Date: March 17, 2026
WEST FRASER TIMBER CO. LTD.
/s/ Christopher A. Virostek
Christopher A. Virostek Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL AND SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS We will hold the Meeting in Vancouver, B.C. Additionally, a live-webcast option will be provided for Shareholders to listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions. The annual general and special meeting (the “Meeting”) of shareholders (“Shareholders”) of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (the “Company”) will be held on April 22, 2026 at 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time). The Meeting will be held at Suite 1500 - 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, B.C. Additionally, through our online meeting platform Registered Shareholders (as defined in the accompanying Circular) and duly appointed proxyholders will have a live-webcast option at https:// meetings.lumiconnect.com/400-015-467-920, password “westfraser2026” (case sensitive), where they can listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions. The Meeting will be held, for the following purposes: 1. to receive the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, together with the Auditor’s report on them; 2. to fix the number of Directors at eleven; 3. to elect the Directors to hold office until the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders; 4. to appoint an auditor of the Company to serve until the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders and to authorize the Directors to fix the auditor’s remuneration; 5. to consider an advisory (non-binding) resolution on the Company’s approach to executive compensation, as more particularly set out in the section of the accompanying Circular entitled “Advisory Resolution on the Company’s Approach to Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)”; and 6. to pass an ordinary resolution approving the reconfirmation and continuation of the Shareholder Rights Plan, without amendment, as more particularly set out in the section of the accompanying Circular entitled "Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan”. No other matters are contemplated for consideration at the Meeting; however, any permitted amendment to or variation of any matter identified in this Notice of Annual General and Special Meeting of Shareholders (the “Notice”) may properly be considered at the Meeting. The Meeting may also consider the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the Meeting or any adjournment thereof. A copy of the annual report of the Company for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 (the “Annual Report”) will accompany this Notice for those Shareholders that had requested a copy of the Annual Report. The Annual Report may also be found on our website (www.westfraser.com) and under our profiles on SEDAR+ (System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval) at www.sedarplus.ca and on EDGAR (Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system) at www.sec.gov. The Annual Report includes our consolidated financial statements and the Auditor’s report thereon. Shareholders registered at the close of business on February 27, 2026 will be entitled to receive this Notice and to vote at the Meeting.

INFORMATION ON NOTICE AND ACCESS (You have not been sent a physical copy of the Circular.) General Information The Company has prepared this Notice of the Annual General and Special Meeting (the “Notice”) of the Company, which includes Information on Notice and Access, the Circular and a form of proxy relating to the Meeting, and the Circular contains details of the matters to be considered at the Meeting. This Notice has been prepared and mailed to you under the notice and access rules that came into effect on February 11, 2013, pursuant to applicable Canadian securities laws. Notice and access enables issuers to reduce the volume of materials that must be physically mailed to shareholders by posting the information circular and related proxy materials on the Internet. Please call Computershare Investor Services Inc. (“Computershare”) toll-free at 1-800-564-6253 (North American toll free) or 1-514-982-7555 (International) if you have any questions about notice and access procedures. How to Access the Circular and Obtain a Physical Copy The Circular and related proxy materials are available under our profiles on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and EDGAR at www.sec.gov, and on our website at www.westfraser.com. Shareholders are reminded to review these online materials in connection with the Meeting and before voting. Shareholders may obtain a physical copy of the Circular by: (a) calling the Company’s transfer agent, Computershare, toll free at 1-800-564-6253 (North American toll free) or 1-514-982-7555 (International); or (b) emailing a request to Computershare at service@computershare.com. A request for a physical copy of the Circular should be sent sufficiently in advance so that it is received by Computershare by April 4, 2026, in order to allow sufficient time for the Company to mail, and the Shareholder to receive, the physical copy of the Circular and return the completed form of proxy before the Proxy Deadline (defined below). Forms of Proxy and Voting Instruction Forms (“VIFs”) Registered Shareholders have received a form of proxy with this Notice. To have proxy votes counted in the voting at the Meeting, the deadline for submitting a completed form of proxy is 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) on April 20, 2026 (the “Proxy Deadline”). Please complete, date and sign the form of proxy and deliver it before the Proxy Deadline in accordance with the instructions set out in the form of proxy and in the Circular. Non-registered Shareholders (as defined in the accompanying Circular) have received a voting instruction form with this Notice. The deadline for returning voting instruction forms is specified within the form itself. Voting instruction forms, whether provided by the Company or an intermediary, should be completed and returned in accordance with the specific instructions, and by the deadline specified, within the form. Please ensure you carefully follow the instructions set out in the voting instruction form, including those specifying to where and when the form is to be returned.

Please review the Circular before completing your form of proxy or voting instruction form, as the Circular contains additional information about each matter to be voted on at the Meeting. The following guide will assist you in locating the relevant disclosure for each matter. For disclosure about: Refer to the following section(s) in the Circular • the fixing of the number of Directors at eleven “Fixing the Number and Election of Directors” • the election of Directors “Information Regarding Nominees for Election as Directors” • the appointment of the Company’s Auditor “Appointment of the Auditor” • the approval of the Company’s approach to executive compensation “Advisory Resolution on the Company’s Approach to Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)” • the reconfirmation and continuation of the Company's Shareholder Rights Plan “Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan” A Shareholder who is unable to attend the Meeting in person and who wishes to ensure that such Shareholder’s shares are voted must complete, date and sign an acceptable form of proxy or voting instruction form and deliver it in accordance with the instructions set out in the enclosed form of proxy or voting instruction form and in the Circular. DATED at Vancouver, B.C., March 6, 2026. BY ORDER OF THE BOARD /s/ Sean P. McLaren Sean P. McLaren President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 99.2

West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.

Notice of Annual General and

Special Meeting of Shareholders

To Be Held April 22, 2026

Management Information Circular

Your Participation is Important

Please Take the Time to Vote

WHAT’S INSIDE


INVITATION TO SHAREHOLDERS			- 1 -
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL AND SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS			- 2 -
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION CIRCULAR			1
DEFINITIONS			1
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE MEETING			5
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS			7
VOTING BY NON-REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS			11
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN			12
BUSINESS TO BE TRANSACTED AT THE MEETING			15
INFORMATION REGARDING NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS			16
Board Renewal			28
Performance Reviews			29
Skills Matrix			29
Board Tenure			31
Director Compensation			32
VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS			36
Share Repurchases			37
APPOINTMENT OF THE AUDITOR			37
ADVISORY RESOLUTION ON THE COMPANY'S APPROACH TO EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (SAY ON PAY)			39
RESOLUTION TO RECONFIRM AND CONTINUE THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN			40
Purpose			40
Review			42
Adoption and Approval			42
Issue of Rights			43
Rights Exercise Privilege			43
Certificates and Transferability			43
Permitted Lock-up Agreements			43
Permitted Bid Requirements			44
Waiver and Redemption			45
Amendment			45
Term			45
Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations			45
Recommendation of the Board of Directors			46
Voting Requirements			46
OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES			47
Governance Policy			47
Chair of the Board			47
Governance & Nominating Committee			48
Majority Voting Policy			48
Advance Notice Policy			49
Code of Conduct and Whistleblower Policy			49
Anti-Trust Policy			50
Supply Chain & Human Rights Policy and Supplier Code of Conduct			51
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy			51
Charters			51
Minimum Equity Holding			52


Mandate of the Board			53
ESG Oversight			54
Corporate Disclosure Policy			56
Audit Committee			57
Decisions Requiring Prior Approval by the Board			59
Shareholder Feedback and Concerns			59
Expectations of Management			60
Composition of the Board			60
Committees of the Board			64
Orientation Program and Continuing Education			67
Meeting Attendance Record			72
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS			73
Human Resources & Compensation Committee Responsibility			73
Composition of the HR&C Committee			73
Report on Executive Compensation			74
Outstanding and Authorized Options			78
Annual Burn Rate			78
Performance Graph			86
Executive Compensation			87
Summary Compensation Table			88
Option Grants			89
RS Units and PS Units			95
Pension Plans			98
Severance and Change of Control Agreements			101
Directors' Compensation and Holdings			102
Interest of Informed Persons in Material Transactions			102
Indebtedness of Directors, Officers and Employees			102
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans			103
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION			103

INVITATION TO SHAREHOLDERS

We will hold the Meeting in Vancouver, B.C. with a live-webcast option for Shareholders to listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions.

March 6, 2026

Dear Shareholder:

You are invited to attend the annual general and special meeting (the “Meeting”) of shareholders (“Shareholders”) of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (the “Company”), which will take place on April 22, 2026 at 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) at Suite 1500 - 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, B.C. Additionally, through the online meeting platform, Registered Shareholders and proxyholders (including non-registered Shareholders who have duly appointed themselves as proxyholder) will have a live-webcast option at https://meetings.lumiconnect.com/400-015-467-920, password “westfraser2026” (case sensitive) to be able to listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions.

The items of business to be considered at the Meeting are described in the accompanying notice of annual general and special meeting (the “Notice”) and management information circular (the “Circular”).

Your participation and views are very important to us. You are encouraged to vote, which can be done by following the instructions enclosed with these materials. Whether or not you plan to attend the Meeting, please submit your vote as soon as possible to ensure your views are represented at the Meeting. You can vote online or by phone, fax, mail or in person at the Meeting.

At the Meeting, in addition to dealing with the matters described in the Notice, we will review the affairs of the Company. Also, you will have an opportunity to ask questions.

All of our public documents, including the annual report of the Company for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 and quarterly reports, are available on our website at www.westfraser.com. You are encouraged to access our website during the year for continuous disclosure items, including news releases and investor presentations.

We look forward to your participation at the Meeting.

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Sean P. McLaren

Sean P. McLaren

President and Chief Executive Officer

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL AND SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

We will hold the Meeting in Vancouver, B.C. Additionally, a live-webcast option will be provided for Shareholders to listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions.

The annual general and special meeting (the “Meeting”) of shareholders (“Shareholders”) of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (the “Company”) will be held on April 22, 2026 at 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time). The Meeting will be held at Suite 1500 - 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, B.C. Additionally, through our online meeting platform Registered Shareholders (as defined in the accompanying Circular) and duly appointed proxyholders will have a live-webcast option at https://meetings.lumiconnect.com/400-015-467-920, password “westfraser2026” (case sensitive), where they can listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions. The Meeting will be held, for the following purposes:

1.to receive the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, together with the Auditor’s report on them;

2.to fix the number of Directors at eleven;

3.to elect the Directors to hold office until the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders;

4.to appoint an auditor of the Company to serve until the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders and to authorize the Directors to fix the auditor’s remuneration;

5.to consider an advisory (non-binding) resolution on the Company’s approach to executive compensation, as more particularly set out in the section of the accompanying Circular entitled “Advisory Resolution on the Company’s Approach to Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)”; and

6.to pass an ordinary resolution approving the reconfirmation and continuation of the Shareholder Rights Plan, without amendment, as more particularly set out in the section of the accompanying Circular entitled "Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan”.

No other matters are contemplated for consideration at the Meeting; however, any permitted amendment to or variation of any matter identified in this Notice of Annual General and Special Meeting of Shareholders (the “Notice”) may properly be considered at the Meeting. The Meeting may also consider the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the Meeting or any adjournment thereof.

A copy of the annual report of the Company for the financial year ended December 31, 2025 (the “Annual Report”) will accompany this Notice for those Shareholders that had requested a copy of the Annual Report. The Annual Report may also be found on our website (www.westfraser.com) and under our profiles on SEDAR+ (System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval) at www.sedarplus.ca and on EDGAR (Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system) at www.sec.gov. The Annual Report includes our consolidated financial statements and the Auditor’s report thereon.

Shareholders registered at the close of business on February 27, 2026 will be entitled to receive this Notice and to vote at the Meeting.


INFORMATION ON NOTICE AND ACCESS (You have not been sent a physical copy of the Circular.)

General Information

The Company has prepared this Notice of the Annual General and Special Meeting (the “Notice”) of the Company, which includes Information on Notice and Access, the Circular and a form of proxy relating to the Meeting, and the Circular contains details of the matters to be considered at the Meeting. This Notice has been prepared and mailed to you under the notice and access rules that came into effect on February 11, 2013, pursuant to applicable Canadian securities laws. Notice and access enables issuers to reduce the volume of materials that must be physically mailed to shareholders by posting the information circular and related proxy materials on the Internet. Please call Computershare Investor Services Inc. (“Computershare”) toll-free at 1-800-564-6253 (North American toll free) or 1-514-982-7555 (International) if you have any questions about notice and access procedures.

How to Access the Circular and Obtain a Physical Copy

The Circular and related proxy materials are available under our profiles on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and EDGAR at www.sec.gov, and on our website at www.westfraser.com. Shareholders are reminded to review these online materials in connection with the Meeting and before voting. Shareholders may obtain a physical copy of the Circular by: (a) calling the Company’s transfer agent, Computershare, toll free at 1-800-564-6253 (North American toll free) or 1-514-982-7555 (International); or (b) emailing a request to Computershare at service@computershare.com. A request for a physical copy of the Circular should be sent sufficiently in advance so that it is received by Computershare by April 4, 2026, in order to allow sufficient time for the Company to mail, and the Shareholder to receive, the physical copy of the Circular and return the completed form of proxy before the Proxy Deadline (defined below).

Forms of Proxy and Voting Instruction Forms (“VIFs”)

Registered Shareholders have received a form of proxy with this Notice. To have proxy votes counted in the voting at the Meeting, the deadline for submitting a completed form of proxy is 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) on April 20, 2026 (the “Proxy Deadline”). Please complete, date and sign the form of proxy and deliver it before the Proxy Deadline in accordance with the instructions set out in the form of proxy and in the Circular.

Non-registered Shareholders (as defined in the accompanying Circular) have received a voting instruction form with this Notice. The deadline for returning voting instruction forms is specified within the form itself. Voting instruction forms, whether provided by the Company or an intermediary, should be completed and returned in accordance with the specific instructions, and by the deadline specified, within the form. Please ensure you carefully follow the instructions set out in the voting instruction form, including those specifying to where and when the form is to be returned.


For disclosure about:			Refer to the following section(s) in the Circular
•the fixing of the number of Directors at eleven			“Fixing the Number and Election of Directors”
•the election of Directors			“Information Regarding Nominees for Election as Directors”
•the appointment of the Company’s Auditor			“Appointment of the Auditor”
•the approval of the Company’s approach to executive compensation			“Advisory Resolution on the Company’s Approach to Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)”
•the reconfirmation and continuation of the Company's Shareholder Rights Plan			“Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan”

A Shareholder who is unable to attend the Meeting in person and who wishes to ensure that such Shareholder’s shares are voted must complete, date and sign an acceptable form of proxy or voting instruction form and deliver it in accordance with the instructions set out in the enclosed form of proxy or voting instruction form and in the Circular.

DATED at Vancouver, B.C., March 6, 2026.

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD

/s/ Sean P. McLaren

Sean P. McLaren

President and Chief Executive Officer

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION CIRCULAR

(As of the Record Date, except as otherwise provided)

This Circular is furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the management of West Fraser for use at the Meeting to be held on April 22, 2026 at 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) in Vancouver, B.C. (and at any adjournment thereof) for the purposes set out in the attached Notice.

DEFINITIONS

Unless stated otherwise, in this Circular:

“2025 Bonus Plan” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation – Annual Incentive Bonus Plan”;

“2025 MD&A” means the Management Discussion and Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2025;

“2025 NCIB” has the meaning set out in “Voting Securities and Principal Shareholders – Share Repurchases”;

“2024 NCIB” has the meaning set out in “Voting Securities and Principal Shareholders – Share Repurchases”;

“$” means Canadian dollars;

“Adjusted EBITDA” has the meaning given to such term in the Company's Management's Discussion and Analysis for the applicable period referenced;

“Annual Information Form” means the annual information form of the Company for the financial year ended December 31, 2025;

“Annual Report” means the annual report of the Company for the financial year ended December 31, 2025;

“Articles” means the latest Notice of Articles issued by the British Columbia Registrar of Companies and the corporate Articles of the Company;

“Auditor” means our external auditor, currently PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP;

“B.C.” means British Columbia;

“BCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), R.S.B.C. 2002, c.57, as amended;

“Board” or “Board of Directors” means our board of Directors as presently constituted or proposed to be constituted;

“Bonus Plan” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation – Annual Incentive Bonus Plan”;

“Cash Value Alternative” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation – Long-Term Incentive Component – Stock Option Plan – Annual Burn Rate”;

“CEO” means our Chief Executive Officer;

“CFO” means our Chief Financial Officer;

“Chair” or “Chair of the Board” has the meaning set out in “Our Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures – Chair of the Board”;

“Circular” means this management information circular;

“Class B Shares” means the Class B Common shares in the capital of West Fraser;

“Closing Price” has the meaning set out in “Information Regarding Nominees for Election as Directors –Director Compensation – Direct and Indirect Share and Other Holdings of Current and Proposed Directors (as at the Record Date)”;

“Code of Conduct” has the meaning set out in “Our Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures – Code of Conduct and Whistleblower Policy”;

“Committees” means the committees of the Board;

“Computershare” means Computershare Investor Services Inc., our transfer agent;

“Corporate Disclosure Policy” has the meaning set out in “Our Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures – Corporate Disclosure Policy”;

“Director” means a director of the Company;

“Disclosure Committee” has the meaning set out in “Our Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures – Corporate Disclosure Policy”;

“DSU Plan” means our Director Deferred Share Unit Plan;

“DS Unit” means a Deferred Share Unit granted under our DSU Plan;

“EDGAR” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission's Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system;

“Equity Holding Requirements Policy” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation – Executive Equity Holding Requirements”;

“Exchange Ratio” means the exchange ratio of 0.675 of a Common share for each Norbord Share acquired by the Company in connection with the Norbord Acquisition;

“Governance Committee” means the Governance & Nominating Committee of the Board;

“Governance Policy” has the meaning set out in “Our Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures – Governance Policy”;

“HR&C Committee” means the Human Resources & Compensation Committee of the Board;

“Meeting” means the annual general and special meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 22, 2026 and any adjournment of it;

“NI 52-110” has the meaning set out in “Our Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures – Composition of the Board – Independence”;

“NI 54-101” means National Instrument 54-101 – Communication with Beneficial Owners of Securities of a Reporting Issuer;

“Non-registered Shareholder” means any Shareholder who is not a Registered Shareholder;

“Norbord” means Norbord Inc.;

“Norbord Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Company of all of the issued and outstanding Norbord Shares, which occurred on February 1, 2021;

“Norbord DSUs” means the outstanding deferred share units credited under certain Norbord deferred share unit plans, which have been adjusted by the Exchange Ratio and are to be paid out in reference to the Common shares following completion of the Norbord Acquisition;

“Norbord Options” means the outstanding options to purchase Norbord Shares granted under or otherwise subject to certain Norbord stock option plans, which have been exchanged for, or are otherwise characterized as, Replacement Options following completion of the Norbord Acquisition;

“Norbord Shares” means the common shares in the capital of Norbord;

“Notice” means the notice of annual general and special meeting of Shareholders, which accompanies this Circular;

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange;

“Options” means share purchase options granted under the Stock Option Plan;

“Phantom Share Unit Plan” means the plan described as set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation – Long-Term Incentive Component – Phantom Share Unit Plan”;

“PS Unit” or “PSU” means a performance share unit granted under our Phantom Share Unit Plan;

“Record Date” means February 27, 2026;

“Registered Shareholder” means a Shareholder who is in possession of a physical share certificate registered in their name or who appears as the Registered Shareholder in the records of Computershare;

“Replacement Option Plans” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Option Grants – Description of Replacement Option Plans”;

“Replacement Options” means the options to purchase Common shares that are held by former holders of Norbord Options following completion of the Norbord Acquisition;

“Rights Plan” has the meaning set out in “Voting and Proxies: Questions and Answers” under the heading “Shareholder Rights Plan”;

“ROCE” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation – Annual Incentive Bonus Plan”;

“ROSE” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation – Annual Incentive Bonus Plan”;

“RS Unit” or “RSU” means a restricted share unit granted under our Phantom Share Unit Plan;

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;

“SEDAR+” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval, a filing system developed for the Canadian securities regulatory authorities;

“Shareholder” means a holder of any Share or Class B Share, as the context requires;

“Shares” or “Common shares” means the common shares in the capital of West Fraser, as currently constituted and that are currently listed and posted for trading on the TSX and the NYSE under the symbol “WFG”;

“Stock Option Plan” means the West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. Stock Option Plan, as amended;

“Towers Watson” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation”;

“TSR” has the meaning set out in “Executive Compensation Discussion & Analysis – Report on Executive Compensation – Long-Term Incentive Component – Phantom Share Unit Plan”;

“TSX” means the Toronto Stock Exchange;

“U.S.” means the United States of America, its territories, any State of the United States and the District of Columbia;

“U.S. ESPP” means the United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan;

“VWAP” means Volume Weighted Average Price;

“West Fraser”, “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our” means West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.; and

“Whistleblower Policy” has the meaning set out in “Our Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures – Code of Conduct and Whistleblower Policy”.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE MEETING

We will hold the Meeting in Vancouver, B.C. Additionally, a live-webcast option will be provided to Shareholders to listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions. Shareholders will be able to access the live-webcast at https://meetings.lumiconnect.com/400-015-467-920, password “westfraser2026” (case sensitive), where they can listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions.

Registered Shareholders and duly appointed proxyholders (including Non-registered Shareholders who have duly appointed themselves as proxyholder) will have a live-webcast option where they can listen in and view the Meeting and ask questions, provided they are connected to the Internet and follow the instructions in this Circular. Non-registered Shareholders who have not duly appointed themselves as proxyholder will be able to use the live-webcast option as guests but will not be able to ask questions.

Shareholders who wish to appoint a person other than the management nominees identified in the form of proxy or voting instruction form (including a Non-registered Shareholder who wishes to appoint themselves as their own proxy to use the live webcast) must carefully follow the instructions set out in this Circular and on their form of proxy or voting instruction form. These instructions include the additional step of registering such proxyholder with Computershare, after submitting the form of proxy or voting instruction form. Failure to register the proxyholder with Computershare will result in the proxyholder not receiving a 15-digit control number required to ask questions in the Meeting, which would only allow the proxyholder to attend the Meeting as a guest. Guests will only be able to listen to the Meeting but will not be able to ask questions.

Your vote is important. Good corporate governance begins with Shareholder participation. If you cannot attend the Meeting or if you plan to attend but prefer the convenience of voting in advance, we encourage you to exercise your vote using either of the voting methods described below. Please read pages 7 through 14 for answers to commonly asked questions regarding voting and proxies.

How to Vote

You have two ways to vote:

1.you may vote in person at the Meeting; or

2.by submitting your form of proxy or voting instruction form in accordance with the instructions set out therein.

If a Registered Shareholder is a body corporate or association, the form of proxy must be signed by a person duly authorized by that body corporate or association. Completing, signing and returning a form of proxy will not prevent you from attending the Meeting in person. As the Company is relying on notice and access provisions of applicable Canadian securities laws, the Notice and form of proxy is being sent to Registered Shareholders.

How to Ask Questions at the Meeting

Shareholders will have an opportunity to ask questions in person and online (as applicable) by following the procedures set out below.

1.Registered Shareholders and proxyholders (including Non-registered Shareholders who have duly appointed themselves as proxyholder) attending the Meeting in person will have an opportunity to ask questions at the Meeting during the Q&A session.

2.Registered Shareholders and proxyholders (including Non-registered Shareholders who have duly appointed themselves as proxyholder) and are following the Meeting online will have an opportunity to ask questions through the webcast platform. To do so, they will need to obtain a control number by following the instructions provided below. Once they have registered and obtained a control number and are logged into the online platform, they should select the messaging icon and type the question within the chat box at the bottom of the messaging screen. Once satisfied with the question, the Shareholder or proxyholder should click the arrow button to submit the question to the Chair of the Meeting. All submitted questions will be moderated before being sent to the Chair of the Meeting. Questions can be submitted at any time during the Q&A session up until the Chair of the Meeting closes the session.

It is anticipated that Shareholders will have substantially the same opportunity to ask questions online on matters of business during the Meeting as if they attend the Meeting in person.

How Shareholders and appointees can obtain a control number to ask questions during the Meeting

•Registered Shareholders: Registered Shareholders can find their control number on their proxy form.

•Non-registered Shareholders and Appointees: Non-registered Shareholders and duly appointed proxyholders must complete the additional step of registering as a proxyholder by calling Computershare at 1-800-564-6253 (North American toll free) or 1-514-982-7555 (International) by no later than 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) on April 20, 2026. Non-registered Shareholders and proxyholders who have not appointed themselves as proxyholder will not receive a control number, which is required to ask questions at the Meeting.

Non-registered Shareholders who have not duly appointed themselves as proxyholder and registered with Computershare will not be able to ask questions at the Meeting but will be able to follow the proceedings as a guest.

Technical Assistance

Shareholders with questions regarding the live-webcast platform or requiring assistance accessing the Meeting website should visit the provider’s website at https://www.lumiglobal.com/lumi-platform/faqs. Furthermore, should a Shareholder wish to speak with a Computershare representative concerning the live-webcast, both a live chat service and a contact ticket system are available through the website above.

If you are accessing the Meeting using the live-webcast, you must remain connected to the Internet at all times during the Meeting in order to listen in, view the Meeting and ask questions. It is your responsibility to ensure Internet connectivity for the duration of the Meeting. Note that if you lose connectivity once the Meeting has commenced, there may be insufficient time to resolve your issue before the Meeting is completed.

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS.

Q. Am I entitled to vote?

A. Holders of Shares at the close of business on the Record Date of February 27, 2026 and their duly appointed representatives are eligible to vote. Each Share is entitled to one vote.

Q. How do I vote?

A. If you are a Registered Shareholder, you may vote your Shares by appointing a proxyholder to attend the Meeting and vote on your behalf. Voting by proxy is the easiest way to vote because you do not have to attend the Meeting. Instead, you appoint the persons named in the form of proxy or another person or entity of your choosing, who need not be a Shareholder, to represent you as a proxyholder and vote your Shares at the Meeting. A proxy will not be valid unless it is dated and signed by the Registered Shareholder or by the Registered Shareholder’s attorney with proof that they are authorized to sign and is completed according to the instructions therein.

There are different ways to submit your voting instructions depending on whether you are a Registered Shareholder or a Non-registered Shareholder. If your Shares are held in an account with a bank, trust company, securities broker, trustee or other intermediary, please refer to “Voting by Non-registered Shareholders”.

See “How to Vote” for further details on how to vote.

Q. What am I voting on?

A. You will be asked to vote on the following matters:

•fixing the number of Directors at 11;

•the election of Directors to hold office until the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders;

•the appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our auditor until the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders, at a remuneration to be fixed by the Directors;

•the advisory (non-binding) resolution on the Company’s approach to executive compensation; and

•the reconfirmation and continuation of the Company’s Rights Plan.

Q. What if amendments are made to these matters or if other matters are brought before the Meeting?

A. If you attend the Meeting and are eligible to vote, you may vote on such matters as you choose.

If you have completed and returned a proxy in the form enclosed, the persons named in it will have discretionary authority with respect to amendments or variations to matters identified in the Notice and to other matters which properly come before the Meeting. If any other matter properly comes before the Meeting, the persons so named will vote on it in accordance with their best judgment. As of the date of

this Circular, our management does not know of any such amendment, variation or other matter expected to come before the Meeting.

Q. Who is soliciting my proxy?

A. The management of West Fraser is soliciting your proxy. Solicitation of proxies is done primarily by mail, supplemented by telephone or other contact, by Company employees, and the Company bears all associated costs.

This Circular is prepared under the notice and access rules that came into effect on February 11, 2013 pursuant to applicable Canadian securities laws. Accordingly, this Circular is being posted on the Internet instead of being mailed to either Registered Shareholders or Non-registered Shareholders. This Circular and related proxy materials are available under our profiles on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov, and on our website at www.westfraser.com. Shareholders are reminded to review these materials online in connection with the Meeting and before voting. Shareholders may obtain a physical copy of this Circular by: (a) calling Computershare, toll free at 1‐800‐564‐6253 (North American toll free) or 1‐514‐982‐7555 (International); or (b) emailing a request to Computershare at service@computershare.com. A request for a physical copy of this Circular should be sent sufficiently in advance so that it is received by Computershare by April 3, 2026 in order to allow sufficient time for the Shareholder to receive the physical copy of this Circular and return the proxy by its due date.

Q. How do I know if I am a “Registered” Shareholder or a “Non-registered” Shareholder?

A. You may own Shares in one or both of the following ways:

1.If you are in possession of a physical share certificate in your name or you appear as the Registered Shareholder in the records of Computershare, you are a “Registered Shareholder”, and your name and address are known to West Fraser through Computershare.

2.If you own Shares through a bank, trust company, securities broker, trustee or other intermediary, you are a “Non-registered Shareholder” and you will not have a physical share certificate. In this case, you will have an account statement from your bank or broker as evidence of your Share ownership.

Most Shareholders are Non-registered Shareholders. The Shares of Non-registered Shareholders are registered in the name of an intermediary, such as a bank, trust company, securities broker, trustee, custodian or other nominee who holds the Shares in a nominee account or in the name of such nominee, or in the name of a clearing agency in which the intermediary is a participant (such as CDS). Intermediaries have obligations to forward Meeting materials to such Non-registered Shareholders unless instructed otherwise by the holder (and as required by regulation in some cases, despite such instructions).

Non-registered Shareholders fall into two categories — those who object to their identity being known to the issuers of the securities which they own (“OBOs”) and those who do not object to their identity being made known to the issuers of the securities which they own (“NOBOs”). Subject to the provisions of NI 54-101, issuers may request and obtain a list of their NOBOs from intermediaries directly or via their transfer agent and may obtain and use the NOBO list for the distribution of proxy-related materials to such NOBOs. These securityholder materials are being sent to both registered and non-registered owners of securities of the Company. If you are a non-registered owner (a NOBO or an OBO) and the Company or its agent has sent the Meeting materials directly to you, your name, address and information about your holdings of Common shares have been obtained in accordance with applicable securities regulatory requirements from the intermediary holding the Common shares on your behalf.

The Company’s OBOs can expect to be contacted by their intermediary. The Company does not intend to pay for intermediaries to deliver the Meeting materials to OBOs and it is the responsibility of such intermediaries to ensure delivery of the Meeting materials to their OBOs.

Q. Must I use the enclosed form of proxy?

A. No. If you do not wish to use the enclosed proxy form, you may use any other form of proxy to appoint your proxyholder, although the Articles require that a form of proxy be substantially in the form enclosed.

Q. Can I appoint someone to vote my Shares other than persons named in the enclosed form of proxy?

A. Yes. Shareholders who wish to appoint a person other than the management nominees identified in the form of proxy or voting instruction form (including a Non-registered Shareholder who wishes to appoint themselves as their own proxy to attend the Meeting) must carefully follow the instructions in this Circular and on their form of proxy or voting instruction form. These instructions include the additional step of registering such proxyholder with Computershare, after submitting the form of proxy or voting instruction form. Failure to register the proxyholder with Computershare will result in the proxyholder not receiving a 15-digit control number to ask questions in the Meeting and, consequently such proxyholder will only be able to follow the Meeting as a guest. Guests may only listen to the Meeting but will not be able to ask questions.

Q. What if my Shares are registered in more than one name or in the name of my company?

A. If your Shares are registered in more than one name, all those registered must sign the form of proxy. If your Shares are registered in the name of your company or any name other than yours, we may require that you provide documentation that proves you are authorized to sign the form of proxy.

Q. What if I plan to attend the Meeting and vote at the Meeting?

A. If you are a Registered Shareholder and plan to attend the Meeting and you wish to vote your Shares at the Meeting, do not complete or return a form of proxy. Your vote will be taken and counted at the Meeting.

If your Shares are not registered in your name, but you wish to attend the Meeting, please see “Voting by Non-registered Shareholders”.

Q. What happens when I sign and return a form of proxy?

A. You will have given authority to whomever you have appointed as your proxyholder to vote your Shares at the Meeting in accordance with the voting instructions you provide.

Q. What do I do with my completed form of proxy?

A. You must deposit your completed form of proxy (by mail, telephone, fax or online) with Computershare no later than 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) on April 20, 2026, or at least 48 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) prior to the time of any adjournment or postponement of the Meeting. The Chair of the Meeting has the discretion to accept or reject any late proxies, and can waive

or extend the deadline for receiving proxy voting instructions without notice. If you hold Shares through an intermediary you should refer to “Voting by Non-registered Shareholders”.

Q. How will my Shares be voted if my proxy is in the enclosed form with no other person named as proxyholder?

A. The persons named in it will vote or withhold from voting your Shares in accordance with your instructions. In the absence of such instructions, however, your Shares will be voted FOR fixing the number of Directors at 11, FOR the election of the Directors nominated by management, FOR the appointment of the Auditor, FOR the advisory (non-binding) resolution on the Company’s approach to executive compensation, and FOR the resolution approving the reconfirmation and continuation of the Company’s Rights Plan.

Q. If I change my mind, can I revoke my proxy once I have given it?

A. In addition to revocation in any other manner permitted by law, a Registered Shareholder who has completed a form of proxy may revoke it by:

•executing a new form of proxy bearing a later date or by executing a valid notice of revocation, either of the foregoing to be executed by the Registered Shareholder or the Registered Shareholder’s authorized attorney in writing or, if the Registered Shareholder is a corporation, under its corporate seal by an officer or attorney duly authorized, and by delivering the form of proxy bearing a later date or notice of revocation to Computershare, or to the Company’s registered office at Royal Centre, Suite 1500, 1055 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6E 4N7, at any time up to and including the last business day that precedes the day of the Meeting or, if the Meeting is adjourned, the last business day that precedes any reconvening thereof, or to the Chair of the Meeting on the day of the Meeting or any reconvening thereof, or in any other manner provided by law; or

•personally attending the Meeting and voting at the Meeting.

A revocation of a form of proxy will not affect a matter on which a vote is taken before the revocation.

Non-registered Shareholders who wish to change their vote must, within sufficient time in advance of the Meeting, arrange for their respective intermediaries to change their vote.

Q. What documents are sent to Shareholders?

A. Registered Shareholders who have provided us with the required request will receive a package of the usual annual corporate documents (our Annual Report, our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and Auditor’s report and management’s discussion and analysis thereon), along with the Notice and the form of proxy.

Our Circular may be accessed under our profiles on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca, on EDGAR at www.sec.gov, and on our website at www.westfraser.com.

Copies of our Annual Report, including our consolidated financial statements and Auditor’s report and management’s discussion and analysis thereon, are filed with Canadian securities regulators and are available under our profiles on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and EDGAR at www.sec.gov, and may

also be obtained, without charge, upon request by contacting Anil Aggarwala, Treasurer at (604) 895-2700 or by email at shareholder@westfraser.com.

Q. Who are our Principal Shareholders?

A. The Principal Shareholders (persons or companies that beneficially own or exercise control or direction over, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of a class of our outstanding Shares) are set out in this Circular under the heading “Voting Securities and Principal Shareholders”.

Q. What if I have other questions?

A. If you have a question regarding the Meeting, please contact our transfer agent as set out below, or the Vice-President, General Counsel of the Company at (604) 895-2700 or by email at shareholder@westfraser.com.

Q. How can I contact the transfer agent?

A. You can contact the transfer agent at:

Computershare Investor Services Inc.

8th Floor, 100 University Avenue

Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1

Phone: 1-800-564-6253 (North American toll free) or
514-982-7555 (International).

Fax: 1-888-453-0330 (North America toll free or

416-263-9524 (International)

Online: www.computershare.com/service

VOTING BY NON-REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS

Q. If my Shares are not registered in my name, how do I vote my Shares?

A. Our share register does not list Non-registered Shareholders. The Shares of Non-registered Shareholders are usually held in the name of an intermediary or a “nominee”, such as a trust company, securities broker or other financial institution. If you are a Non-registered Shareholder, there are two ways that you can vote your Shares:

1.By providing voting instructions to your nominee

Applicable securities laws require institutional nominees to seek voting instructions from you in advance of the Meeting. Accordingly, you will receive, or have already received with these materials, from your nominee, either a voting instruction form or a form of proxy for the number of Shares you hold with that nominee. Every institutional nominee has its own mailing procedures and provides its own signing and return instructions, which you should follow carefully to ensure that your Shares are voted at the Meeting.

As the Company is relying on notice and access provisions of applicable Canadian securities law, the Notice and voting instruction form are being sent to both Non-registered Shareholders and Registered Shareholders.

2.By being appointed as Proxy and attending the Meeting

The Company generally does not have access to the names of its Non-registered Shareholders. Therefore, if you attend the Meeting, the Company will have no record of your shareholdings or of your entitlement to vote unless you have directed your nominee to appoint you as proxyholder.

If you wish to attend the Meeting and vote your Shares, insert your own name in the space provided on the voting instruction form or form of proxy provided by your nominee to appoint yourself as proxyholder. If you are a Non-registered Shareholder and instruct your nominee to appoint yourself as proxyholder, you must follow the additional steps set out above under the headings “Forms of Proxy and Voting Instruction Forms” and “How to Vote – How Shareholders and appointees can obtain a control number to ask questions during the Meeting”.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

Q. What is the Rights Plan?

A. The Company adopted the shareholder rights plan (the “Rights Plan”) effective April 9, 2020. At the Meeting, you will be asked to consider and, if deemed advisable, pass a resolution, approving the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan, without amendment. The Rights Plan is an arrangement that gives holders of Common shares of West Fraser, other than a person that acquires above a specified threshold (20% or more) of the Company’s Common shares, the right to acquire additional Common shares of West Fraser at a discounted price in certain circumstances as described below. The Rights Plan encourages fair treatment of West Fraser Shareholders in connection with a take-over bid and protects against “creeping bids” (the accumulation of more than 20% of the Company’s shares through purchases exempt from the formal take-over bid rules). The Rights Plan is not intended as a means to prevent a takeover of the Company, entrench our Management or the Board, or deter fair offers for our Common shares. Page 40 of the Circular, under the heading “Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan”, provides detailed information regarding the Rights Plan.

Q. Why is West Fraser Reconfirming and Continuing the Rights Plan?

A. At a meeting on February 11, 2026, the Board approved, subject to the approval of Shareholders, the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan on the terms and conditions of the Rights Plan between the Company and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Rights Agent. The Rights Plan does not include any substantive change to the Rights outstanding under the original Rights Plan and represents a reconfirmation and continuation of the original Rights Plan, with Computershare as the Rights Agent, without amendment.

The Company believes it is appropriate to reconfirm and continue the Rights Plan to protect Shareholders. In accordance with its terms, the continuation of the Rights Plan must be reconfirmed by Shareholders every three years. The Company adopted the Rights Plan effective April 9, 2020 and it was ratified and approved by the Shareholders at the annual general meeting held on May 26, 2020, and amended, restated and continued at the annual general and special meeting held on April 18, 2023. The Rights Plan has a term of nine years, subject to approval of its continuance by the Shareholders of the Company at the Meeting. Failing reconfirmation and continuation as required under the Rights Plan, the Rights Plan and all outstanding Rights thereunder will terminate at the conclusion of the Meeting.

The basic objectives of the Rights Plan are to:

•help ensure that West Fraser Shareholders are treated fairly in connection with any take-over bid made for the Company;

•provide all West Fraser Shareholders with an equal opportunity to participate in such a take-over bid;

•provide the Board with sufficient time to consider and, if appropriate, to develop alternatives for enhancing shareholder value;

•deter abusive tactics by making them unacceptably expensive to unsolicited bidders;

•encourage prospective acquirors to negotiate with the Board rather than to attempt an unsolicited hostile take-over; and

•prevent “creeping bids” (the accumulation of more than 20% of the Company’s Common shares through purchases exempt from the take-over bid rules) and “hard” lock-up agreements (agreements with an offeror under which existing Shareholders commit to tender their shares to the offeror’s take-over bid which agreements are either irrevocable or revocable but subject to restrictive termination conditions). See page 40 of the Circular, under the heading “Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan”, for further details on “creeping bids” and “hard” lock-up agreements.

Q. Has West Fraser received a take-over offer?

A. No. As at the date hereof, West Fraser is not aware of any pending or threatened take-over bid for the Company and the Rights Plan is not being adopted in response to or in anticipation of any pending or threatened take-over bid, nor to deter take-over bids generally, but to encourage fair treatment of West Fraser Shareholders in connection with a take-over bid and to protect against creeping bids.

Q. How does the Rights Plan work?

A. The Rights Plan is an agreement granting the holders of Common shares certain rights (the “Rights”) to acquire additional Common shares at a discounted price which they may exercise only upon the occurrence of a specified set of events. The Rights are interests which “attach” to Common shares outstanding on April 9, 2020 and to Common shares issued after that date. The Rights Plan encourages a potential acquiror to proceed either by way of a “Permitted Bid” (described below), which requires the take-over bid to satisfy certain minimum standards designed to promote fairness, or with the concurrence of the Board.

Q. What are the Permitted Bid Requirements?

A. The following is a summary of the primary Permitted Bid requirements:

•the take-over bid must be made to all holders of Common shares other than the offeror;

•the take-over bid must be open to Shareholders for a period of not less than 105 days and the offeror may only take-up and pay for the shares if over 50% of the shares have been tendered to the offer; and

•the take-over offer must also provide that any shares deposited pursuant to the offer may be withdrawn until taken up and paid for.

There are additional requirements that must be met in order for a take-over offer to be a “Permitted Bid” and those requirements are summarized on page 40 of the Circular under the heading “Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan”.

Q. What Rights are outstanding?

A: Effective April 9, 2020, holders of Common shares received one Right per Common share that they owned. The Rights are interests that attach to Common shares. Thus, if the Common shares were sold or purchased, the Rights were sold or purchased with such Common shares. Shareholders did not

and will not receive a separate Rights certificate in the mail and will not need to do anything at this time. If the Rights become exercisable, West Fraser’s designated rights agent will forward additional documentation at that time.

Q. Can the Rights be sold?

A. The Rights cannot be sold or conveyed separately from the Common shares to which they relate, unless they become exercisable as described herein. The Rights are interests that attach to Common shares. Thus, if you sell the Common shares, the Rights are sold with the shares.

Q. Has the Board approved the Rights Plan?

A. Yes. The Board has approved the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan, without amendment. The Board believes that the Rights Plan is in the best interests of West Fraser and our Shareholders. The Board unanimously recommends that Shareholders vote FOR the resolution to approve the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan, without amendment. In the opinion of the Board, the Rights Plan is consistent with the current practices of Canadian public companies with respect to shareholder rights plans.

Q. What are Shareholders being asked to approve?

A. Shareholders will be asked to consider an ordinary resolution approving the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan. The text of the resolution is included on page 40 of the Circular, under the heading “Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan”. Ratification and approval of the Rights Plan by Shareholders is required by the rules of the TSX. If the resolution is not passed, the Rights Plan will terminate as of the close of the meeting.

Q. Will the issuance of Rights be taxable?

A. The Company considers that the Rights have negligible value when issued, and the issuance of the Rights is not expected to be taxable to holders of Common shares.

Q. Do other companies have shareholder rights plans?

A. Rights plans have been adopted and their continuation reconfirmed by a large number of publicly held companies in Canada. The Management of the Company has reviewed the Rights Plan for conformity with current practices of Company’s peers and other dual-listed Canadian issuers with respect to shareholder rights plan design and has confirmed to the Board that the terms of the Rights Plan are substantially similar to those plans. Based on this review, the Board has determined that it is advisable and in the best interests of the Company and its Shareholders that the Company continue to have in place a shareholder rights plan in the form of the Rights Plan.

BUSINESS TO BE TRANSACTED AT THE MEETING

(See Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders)

1)Presentation of Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of the Company for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and the Auditor’s report thereon will be submitted to Shareholders at the Meeting, but no vote with respect to them is required or proposed to be taken. The consolidated financial statements are included in our Annual Report which is being mailed to those Shareholders who have provided us with the required request.

2)Fixing the Number and Election of Directors

Management is seeking approval to fix the number of Directors at 11. Currently, there are 12 Directors of the Board of Directors, but Ms. Janice Rennie has indicated she does not intend to stand for re-election at the Meeting.

The table of nominees on the following pages sets out the name, background and experience of each person proposed to be nominated for election as a Director, as well as other relevant information. Management of the Company recommends the election of the 11 nominees set out in the table of nominees to fill the 11 positions as Directors. The term of office of each current Director will expire at the conclusion of the Meeting. Each Director elected at the Meeting will hold office until the conclusion of the next annual meeting of Shareholders at which a successor Director is elected, unless the Director’s office is earlier vacated in accordance with the Articles or the provisions of the BCA.

The Board of Directors has adopted a majority voting policy, which is described under the heading “Majority Voting Policy”, relating to the election of Directors.

On February 13, 2014, the Board adopted an advance notice policy setting out requirements for Director nominations and elections. On April 29, 2014, our Shareholders approved a special resolution to amend the Articles to include this advance notice requirement, which is described under the heading “Advance Notice Policy”.

The Board of Directors may fill vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation or retirement of Directors. In addition, between successive annual meetings of Shareholders, the Board has the power and authority and may appoint one or more additional directors, but not more than one-third the number of Directors elected or appointed at the last meeting and to hold office until not later than the next annual meeting of Shareholders.

3)Appointment of Auditor

The Auditor is to be appointed to serve until the close of the next annual meeting of Shareholders, and the Directors are to be authorized to fix the Auditor’s remuneration.

The Board of Directors and management of the Company, on the advice of the Audit Committee of the Board, recommend that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Vancouver, Canada, be appointed as Auditor, at a remuneration to be fixed by the Board of Directors.

4)Advisory Resolution on our Approach to Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)

Our executive compensation philosophy, policies and programs are based on the fundamental principle of pay-for-performance to align the interests of our executives with those of our Shareholders. At the Meeting, Shareholders will be asked to consider and, if deemed advisable, to approve (on an advisory basis), by way of ordinary resolution, the Company’s approach to executive compensation.

5) Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan

At the Meeting, Shareholders will be asked to consider and, if deemed advisable, to approve, by way of ordinary resolution, the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan. The Company adopted the Rights Plan effective April 9, 2020 and it was ratified and approved by the Shareholders at the annual general meeting held on May 26, 2020, and amended, restated and continued at the annual general and special meeting held on April 18, 2023. The Rights Plan has a term of nine years, subject to approval of its continuance by the Shareholders of the Company at the Meeting. Failing approval of the reconfirmation and continuation as required under its terms, the Rights Plan and all outstanding Rights thereunder will terminate at the conclusion of the Meeting.

The Rights Plan is an arrangement that gives holders of Common shares, other than a person that acquires above a specified threshold (20% or more) of the Common shares, the right to acquire additional Common shares at a discounted price in certain circumstances as described herein. The Rights Plan encourages the fair treatment of our Shareholders in connection with a take-over bid and protects against “creeping bids” (the accumulation of more than 20% of the Company’s Common shares through purchases exempt from the formal take-over bid rules).

Page 40 of the Circular, under the heading “Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan” provides detailed information regarding the Rights Plan.

INFORMATION REGARDING NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS

The following table sets out the name of each person nominated by management for election as a Director, as well as the date that person first became a Director, their age, residence, position in the Company, independence status, principal occupation, background, experience, committee memberships, attendance records and their voting results at the last annual meeting of Shareholders. Additional information concerning compensation and security holdings of such persons is provided elsewhere in the Circular, including in “Direct and Indirect Share and Other Holdings of Current and Proposed Directors.” All of our Directors elected at our last annual meeting of Shareholders are standing for re-election except for Janice Rennie who has indicated she will retire from the Board at the end of the Meeting.

Unless otherwise indicated, each nominee has held the same or similar principal occupation with the organization set out below, or a predecessor of that organization, for the last five years. The information as to principal occupation and securities beneficially owned or controlled by each nominee has been furnished by the nominee and is not within the knowledge of our management.

HENRY H. (HANK) KETCHAM

Director since September 16, 1985

Age: 76

Place of Residence: Vancouver, B.C., Canada

Independent

Hank Ketcham is the Chair of the Board. Mr. Ketcham was our President until April 2012 and retired from the position of CEO effective March 1, 2013 when his title as Chair of our Board was re-designated as Executive Chair. Effective April 19, 2016, he became our Chair of the Board. He is also a director and minority shareholder of Ketcham Investments, Inc., which owns 3,147,628 Common shares and 1,743,228 Class B Shares of the Company. See “Voting Securities and Principal Shareholders” for a description of such shareholdings. Mr. Ketcham has been actively involved with the Company since 1973. He was formerly a director of The Toronto-Dominion Bank.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Strategic Leadership

Geographic Expertise

Senior Executive

Government & Stakeholder Relations

Industry Experience

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

52,742,263

5,609,861

90.39%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

None

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

None

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

Shares1

395,896

Options

Nil

DS Units

4,271

Total market value of securities

$36,239,124

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

1.Includes Common shares and Class B shares

DOYLE N. BENEBY

Director since April 18, 2023

Age: 66

Place of Residence: West Palm Beach, Florida, USA

Independent

Doyle Beneby is a Corporate Director. From November 2018 to October 2022, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Midland Cogeneration Venture. Prior to that, he had been self-employed as a Corporate Director since May 2016. He was formerly the CEO of New Generation Power International, an international independent renewable energy company, from October 2015 to May 2016. Prior to joining New Generation Power International, he was the President and CEO of CPS Energy, the largest municipally-owned gas and electric utility in the U.S., a position he held since August 2010. Mr. Beneby has over 35 years' experience in various aspects of the electrical power industry. Prior to joining CPS Energy, Mr. Beneby served at Exelon Corporation from 2003 to 2010 in various roles, most recently, as Senior Vice-President of Exelon Power and President of Exelon Corporation from 2009 to 2010. From 2008 to 2009, he served as Vice-President, Generation Operations for Exelon Corporation, and prior to that and from 2005 to 2008, he served as Vice-President, Electric Operations for PECO, a subsidiary of Exelon Corporation. Mr. Beneby holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Miami, and a Bachelor of Science from Montana Technical College. In 2021, Mr. Beneby was recognized as one of the Most Influential Black Corporate Directors by Savoy Magazine. Mr. Beneby is a member of the Audit Committee and the Health, Safety and Environment Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Strategic Leadership

Geographic Expertise

Senior Executive

Environment, Health & Safety

Human Resources & Compensation

Risk Management

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

5 of 6

Audit

4 of 4

100

Health, Safety & Environment

2 of 3

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

56,175,632

2,176,492

96.27%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

Quanta Services

Korn Ferry International

Northland Power Inc.

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

Capital Power Corporation

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

3,223

DS Units

3,655

Total market value of securities

$622,872

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 20251

Yes

1.Mr. Beneby was elected a Director at the April 18, 2023 annual and special meeting of Shareholders and is permitted to meet the minimum shareholding requirement within five years of his appointment. West Fraser’s Equity Holdings Requirements Policy enables a director to meet the minimum holdings threshold by using in respect of DSUs the greater of: (i) their original cost or grant date value, and (ii) the closing price on December 31 of the most recently completed financial year. Mr. Beneby’s original cost of Shares exceed the TSX closing price of his Shares on December 31, 2025 and on this basis his value exceeds the minimum holdings threshold.

ERIC L. BUTLER

Director since May 15, 2023

Age: 65

Place of Residence: Omaha, Nebraska, USA

Independent

Eric Butler is a Corporate Director. Following his retirement from a 32-year career with Union Pacific, one of the largest freight rail providers in North America, he is the President and CEO of Aswani-Butler Investment Associates, a private equity firm. Currently, he is a member of the Board of Directors of NiSource Inc., and the Eastman Chemical Company and has served in the past in a number of appointments, including as the former Chair of the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City – Omaha Branch. Mr. Butler retired from Union Pacific in 2017 as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer, after a career which saw him lead a wide variety of company functions and initiatives, including marketing and sales, purchasing and supply chain, financial planning and analysis, strategic planning, human resources, industrial engineering and transportation. Having studied at the Carnegie Mellon University, Mr. Butler holds both a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering and a Master of Science degree in Industrial Administration from the university. Mr. Butler is a member of the Human Resources & Compensation Committee and a former member of the Audit Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Senior Executive

Strategic Leadership

Financial Literacy

Geographic Expertise

Human Resources & Compensation

Risk Management

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Audit

2 of 21

100

Human Resources & Compensation

3 of 3

100

1.Mr. Butler ceased to be a member of the Audit Committee on April 23, 2025.

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

58,297,503

54,621

99.91%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

Eastman Chemical Company

NiSource Inc.

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

None

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

5,000

DS Units

2,968

Total market value of securities

$721,582

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

REID E. CARTER

Director since April 19, 2016

Age: 69

Place of Residence: West Vancouver, B.C., Canada

Independent

Reid E. Carter is a Corporate Director. From 2003 to the end of 2018, Mr. Carter was a Managing Partner at Brookfield Asset Management, Inc., a global asset manager, and was President of Brookfield Timberlands Management LP. In this role, Mr. Carter led the acquisition of approximately 3.5 million acres of private timberlands throughout North America and Brazil as well as the teams responsible for all growth and operations aspects of these businesses. From 2010 to 2015, Mr. Carter also served as President and Chief Executive Officer, and until May 2021 as a director, of Acadian Timber Corp. and, from 2006 to 2010, as President and Chief Executive Officer of its predecessor, Acadian Timber Income Fund, which is listed on the TSX. He served as National Bank Financial’s Paper and Forest Products Analyst between 1996 and 2003. Between 1990 and 1996 he served as a resource analyst with TimberWest Forest Corp. Mr. Carter served as a director of Enercare Inc. until the end of 2019. Mr. Carter holds a combined undergraduate degree in Forestry and Biology and a master’s degree in Forest Soils, both from the University of British Columbia. Mr. Carter is the Chair of the Governance & Nominating Committee and a member of the Audit Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Senior Executive

Geographic Expertise

Financial Literacy

Technology

Industry Experience

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Audit

4 of 4

100

Governance & Nominating

4 of 4

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

57,416,618

935,506

98.40%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

None

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

Enercare Inc.

Acadian Timber Corp.

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

3,000

DS Units

17,385

Total market value of securities

$1,846,066

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

JOHN N. FLOREN

Director since April 19, 2016

Age: 67

Place of Residence: Oakville, Ontario, Canada

Independent

John N. Floren is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Methanex Corporation and prior to that appointment he held the position Senior Vice-President, Global Marketing and Logistics of Methanex. He was an employee of Methanex for approximately 22 years and has worked in the chemical industry for over 37 years. Mr. Floren holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from the University of Manitoba. He also attended the Harvard Business School’s Program for Management Development and has attended the International Executive Program at INSEAD. He also completed the Directors Education Program at the Institute of Corporate Directors. He has been a member of the Board of Directors of Imperial Oil Limited since 2023. Mr. Floren is the Chair of the Health, Safety & Environment Committee and a member of the Human Resources & Compensation Committee and the Governance & Nominating Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Strategic Leadership

Environment, Health & Safety

Senior Executive

Sustainability, Climate Change & Social Responsibility

Risk Management

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Human Resources & Compensation

3 of 3

100

Health, Safety & Environment

3 of 3

100

Governance & Nominating

4 of 4

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

57,749,539

602,584

98.97%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

Imperial Oil Limited

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):1

Methanex Corporation

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

Nil

DS Units

13,070

Total market value of securities

$1,183,619

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

1.Mr. Floren retired as a director of Methanex Corporation on December 31, 2022.

ELLIS KETCHAM JOHNSON

Director since April 20, 2021

Age: 62

Place of Residence: Greenwich, Connecticut, USA

Independent

Ellis Ketcham Johnson is currently the President of a private philanthropic foundation and a member of the Parents Leadership Council of Georgetown University. She previously worked at IMAX Corporation in Canada. Ms. Johnson completed her undergraduate degree at Lewis and Clark College and received a graduate degree from Yale University. She recently completed a Directorship Program with an emphasis on Board Governance. Ms. Johnson is a member of the Governance & Nominating Committee and a former member of the Audit Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Government & Stakeholder Relations

Environment, Health & Safety

Sustainability, Climate Change & Social Responsibility

Human Resources & Compensation

Financial Literacy

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Governance & Nominating

4 of 4

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

57,688,916

663,207

98.86%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

None

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

None

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

1,004,990

DS Units

Nil

Total market value of securities

$91,011,894

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

BRIAN G. KENNING

Director since April 19, 2017

Age: 76

Place of Residence: Vancouver, B.C., Canada

Independent

Brian G. Kenning is a Corporate Director. He was a Managing Partner of Brookfield Asset Management Inc., a company involved in the real estate, asset management and power generation sectors, from 1995 to 2005. From 1988 to 2005, Mr. Kenning was also Chairman and Managing Partner of B.C. Pacific Capital Corporation, an affiliate of Brookfield Asset Management Inc., active in merchant banking and investing. Mr. Kenning has served as director of a number of public and private corporations over the years. He served as a director of British Columbia Ferry Services Inc. until May 2019, and as a director of Maxar Technologies Ltd. from 2003 to 2019. He is currently an independent trustee at Connor Clark & Lunn Infrastructure. In addition, Mr. Kenning is a past Governor of the B.C. Business Council and a past Director of the B.C. chapter of the Institute of Corporate Directors. Mr. Kenning graduated from Queen’s University with an MBA in 1973. Mr. Kenning is the Chair of the Human Resources & Compensation Committee and a member of the Governance & Nominating Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Financial Literacy

Human Resources & Compensation

Risk Management

Board Experience

Capital Markets

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Human Resources & Compensation

3 of 3

100

Governance & Nominating

4 of 4

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

56,429,554

1,922,569

96.71%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

None

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

Maxar Technologies Ltd.

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

1,000

DS Units

9,821

Total market value of securities

$979,950

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

MARIAN LAWSON

Director since February 1, 2021

Age: 70

Place of Residence: Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Independent

Marian Lawson retired from Scotiabank in 2018, with over 30 years of experience in banking and capital markets. Ms. Lawson served as a director of Norbord from May 6, 2020 until her resignation and was appointed to the Board of West Fraser on February 1, 2021 in connection with the Norbord Acquisition. During her tenure, Ms. Lawson held numerous senior roles at Scotiabank including Executive Vice-President, Global Head, Financial Institutions and Transaction Banking, Deputy Head of Corporate Banking, Managing Director, Capital Markets, and Vice President, Internal Audit. The majority of her roles involved assisting management teams in the execution of their strategies, which included acquisitions, expansions, divestitures, refinancings and restructurings. In addition, during the latter part of her career, Ms. Lawson successfully expanded and restructured several businesses. In 2016, Ms. Lawson received the Women in Capital Markets Award for Leadership and the Women’s Executive Network, Top 100 Corporate Executive Award. Ms. Lawson holds a BA in Economics from York University, an MBA (Finance) from McMaster University, and an ICD.D designation. Ms. Lawson is a director of Canadian Tire Bank (2018 to present), a member of the Audit Committee, and was a board member of 1832 Asset Management LP, a wealth management subsidiary of Scotiabank, from 2016 to 2018. Ms. Lawson is a member of the Human Resources & Compensation Committee and the Health, Safety & Environment Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Strategic Leadership

Capital Markets

Financial Literacy

Board Experience

Risk Management

Human Resources & Compensation

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Human Resources & Compensation

3 of 3

100

Health, Safety & Environment

3 of 3

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

58,292,363

59,761

99.90%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

None

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

Norbord Inc.

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

Nil

DS Units

8,185

Total market value of securities

$741,234

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

SEAN P. MCLAREN

Director since: January 1, 2024

Age: 57

Place of Residence: Collierville, Tennessee, USA

Non-Independent

Sean McLaren became our President and Chief Executive Officer on January 1, 2024, following the retirement of Ray Ferris. Mr. McLaren began his career with West Fraser in 2005, as General Manager of the Williams Lake Sawmill, when West Fraser acquired Weldwood. He was Chief Operating Officer from December 7, 2021 to December 31, 2023. Prior thereto, he was President, Solid Wood. Previous roles at West Fraser include Vice-President, U.S. Lumber in February 2016 and Vice-President, U.S. Lumber Operations in October 2010. Mr. McLaren holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Calgary and is a Chartered Professional Accountant in British Columbia.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Strategic Leadership

Financial Literacy

Senior Executive

Industry Experience

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

58,325,333

39,162

99.93%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

None

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

None

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

Shares1

27,815

Options

157,588

DS Units

Nil

PS Units

64,098

RS Units

7,588

Total market value of securities2

$3,206,096

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

1.Mr. McLaren also holds Options and Units as described in the Summary Compensation Table and under the heading Summary of Outstanding Options and the heading RS Units and PS Units.

2.Reflects market value of Shares and RS Units as at the Record Date.

COLLEEN M. MCMORROW

Director since February 1, 2021

Age: 69

Place of Residence: Oakville, Ontario, Canada

Independent

Colleen M. McMorrow earned a Bachelor of Commerce Degree and a Graduate Diploma in Accountancy, both from the John Molson School of Business, Concordia University. She is a Fellow Certified Public Accountant, Fellow Chartered Accountant and has received the Certified Director designation (ICD.D) from the Institute of Corporate Directors. Ms. McMorrow served as a director of Norbord from May 6, 2020 until her resignation and was appointed to the Board of West Fraser on February 1, 2021 in connection with the Norbord Acquisition. Ms. McMorrow was also a senior client assurance partner with Ernst & Young LLP (EY), a global professional services firm, until her retirement in June 2016. She has more than 35 years of experience in advising audit committees and senior management of public and private global companies on business assurance, financial reporting, enterprise risk management, and capital markets transactions. She is a qualified financial expert. In addition to her client serving role, Ms. McMorrow held a number of leadership roles at EY and, from 2009 to 2016, she was the National Director in Canada of EY’s signature Entrepreneur of the Year awards program and served as the firm’s Growth Markets Leader (high-growth entrepreneurial companies), Office Managing Partner, Assurance Managing Partner, Industry Sector Leader (Technology, Communications and Entertainment) and was a member of the Canadian firm's Partnership Board and Chair of the Nominating Committee. She is currently a director of Exco Technologies Limited, which is listed on the TSX (see “Our Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures – Serving on Other Boards”). Ms. McMorrow was formerly a director of Ether Capital Corporation from April 2018 until June 2024 when it was converted to an Exchange Traded Fund. She has also been a member of the board of the Investment Management Corporation of Ontario since 2016 until her term ended in June 2025, and of Plan International Canada Inc. from 2015 until December 2025. Ms. McMorrow is a member of the Audit Committee and the Health, Safety & Environment Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Financial Literacy

Human Resources & Compensation

Risk Management

Technology

Board Experience

Environmental, Health & Safety

Geographic Expertise

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Audit

4 of 4

100

Health, Safety & Environment

3 of 3

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

58,312,962

39,162

99.93%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

Exco Technologies Limited

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

Norbord Inc.

Ether Capital Corporation

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

Nil

DS Units

11,057

Total market value of securities

$1,001,322

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

GILLIAN D. WINCKLER

Director since April 19, 2017

Age: 63

Place of Residence: Vancouver, B.C., Canada

Independent

Gillian D. Winckler is a former mining and business executive with over 25 years of diversified experience in the metals and mining industry and the financial sector. Ms. Winckler spent 16 years with BHP Billiton in London, England and Vancouver, Canada where she was involved with corporate and divisional strategy, mergers and acquisitions, divestments, exploration as well as project evaluation and development. Upon leaving the company she joined Coalspur Limited, a thermal coal development company listed in Canada and Australia, as its Chief Executive Officer and President. Ms. Winckler held this position, as well as Chief Financial Officer for a brief period of three years until the company was acquired in June 2015. Prior to the mining industry, Ms. Winckler spent five years as a corporate financier in South Africa and London and five years in the auditing profession. Ms. Winckler is a Chartered Accountant (South Africa), with a B.Sc. and B.Commerce (Honours) obtained in South Africa. Ms. Winckler also obtained an ESG Competent Boards Certificate and Global Competent Boards Designation (GCB.D). Ms. Winckler currently is the Chair of the Board of Directors of Pan American Silver Corp., which is listed on the TSX and the NYSE. Ms. Winckler is the Chair of the Audit Committee and a member of the Health, Safety & Environment Committee.

Key Areas of Expertise and Experience:

Senior Executive

Environment, Health & Safety

Sustainability, Climate Change & Social Responsibility

Financial Literacy

Geographic Expertise

Board and Committee memberships and attendance record in 2025:

Attendance

% Overall

Board

6 of 6

100

Audit

4 of 4

100

Health, Safety & Environment

3 of 3

100

Voting results of 2025 annual meeting of Shareholders:

Votes for

Votes withheld

% Votes For

Number of votes

58,107,870

244,253

99.58%

Current Other Public Board Memberships:

Pan American Silver Corp.

Past Public Board Memberships (2021-2025):

FLSmidth & Co.

Securities held and total market value as at the Record Date:

1,750

DS Units

11,317

Total market value of securities

$1,183,348

Meets share ownership target as of December 31, 2025

Yes

Each nominee has consented to act as a Director if elected. We do not contemplate that any proposed nominee will be unable to serve as a Director, but if for any reason that occurs before the Meeting, the persons named in the enclosed form of proxy reserve the right to vote for another nominee at their discretion.

Board Renewal

The Board recognizes the need for, and benefits of, introducing new and diverse characteristics and perspectives at the Board level, and it also understands the importance of having continuity of institutional and industry knowledge and experience. Our Board renewal process is designed to achieve and maintain a balance between those considerations.

The Governance Committee is responsible for identifying new candidates to stand as nominees for election or appointment as Directors to our Board. In identifying potential Director candidates, the Governance Committee takes into account a broad variety of factors it considers appropriate, including skills, independence, financial acumen, Board dynamics and personal characteristics. In addition, the Governance Committee considers diversity in perspective arising from personal, professional or other attributes and experiences when identifying potential Director candidates. Desirable individual characteristics of nominees include integrity, credibility, the ability to generate public confidence and maintain the goodwill and confidence of our Shareholders, sound and independent business judgment, general good health and the capability and willingness to travel to, attend and contribute at Board functions on a regular basis. Background checks, as appropriate, are completed prior to nomination.

Over the last ten years, the Governance Committee has undergone a number of phases of Board renewal, including conducting search processes to identify suitable candidates for nomination as Directors. As part of this process, the Governance Committee has historically engaged an outside search firm and also sought input and advice from current Directors and our executive management. The major criteria adopted by the Governance Committee for candidates has included among others: (a) chief executive officer experience; (b) experience in a cyclical, capital-intensive industry; (c) strong strategic thinker; and (d) representing diverse background and experience. To further enhance the Board renewal process, the Company has implemented a robust performance review process and employs a skills matrix to identify skills or experience gaps, which is updated and reviewed based on the advice and recommendation of the Governance Committee. These processes have resulted in new directors in 2016, 2017, 2021 and 2023 as outlined in the Director biographies set forth above and the board tenure discussion below. Further, in connection with the Norbord Acquisition, two independent directors of Norbord, being Marian Lawson and Colleen McMorrow, were added to the Board in 2021.

On December 31, 2023, Ray Ferris, the then President and CEO, retired from the Board and effective January 1, 2024, Sean McLaren, who succeeded as President and CEO, was appointed to the Board in Ray Ferris’ place.

At the Meeting, Janice Rennie will retire from the Board and consequently is not standing for re-election as a Director. As part of the Board’s continuing renewal process, the Governance Committee will continue to identify new Director candidates for election or appointment to our Board as may be needed, from time to time, to supplement the current skills, experience and characteristics of our Board.

Performance Reviews

The Governance Committee regularly, and not less frequently than annually, reviews the performance of the Board and its Committees. This review has been conducted by way of formal questionnaire and report and by informal interviews and discussions led by the Chair. The Board performance review also includes a “peer” or individual Director review process. To date, no significant problem with respect to performance of the Board, any Committee or any individual Director has been identified.

Skills Matrix

The Governance Committee uses a skills matrix to assist in the process of identifying suitable additions to the Board. The Governance Committee reviews the matrix that sets out the various skills and experience considered to be desirable for the Board to possess in the context of the Company’s strategic direction. The Governance Committee then assesses the skills and experience of each current Board member against this matrix. When such assessment is completed, the matrix helps the Governance Committee identify any skills or experience gaps and provides the basis for a search to be conducted for new Directors to fill any gaps.

In February 2022, on the recommendation of the Governance Committee, the Board adopted changes to the skills matrix to align with the Company’s strategic direction and the skills and experience desirable for the Board. The Board believes the revised skills matrix is better aligned to meet the current skills and experience for the Board as a dual-listed TSX and NYSE company and the expectations of its Shareholders. The Governance Committee last reviewed the skills matrix and the targets for the Board in December 2024 and February 2025.

The following skills matrix sets out the skills or experience that the Governance Committee has targeted for Directors.


			Target Number
STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP
Experience in strategic management, planning and development, or leading organic or acquisition growth.			5
SENIOR EXECUTIVE
Experience as CEO or senior executive officer of a public company or a major private corporation.			4
FINANCIAL LITERACY
Executive or professional experience in public company financial accounting and reporting with knowledge of internal financial controls.			4
INDUSTRY EXPERIENCE
Senior executive experience in the forest products industry or related industries including building products or home building, or with other significant manufacturing operations, including upstream and downstream supply chain and logistics.			3
GEOGRAPHIC EXPERTISE
Executive, management or other significant experience in organizations with international operations including in those countries in which West Fraser operates.			4
RISK MANAGEMENT
Experience identifying, assessing, managing and reporting on corporate risks, including experience with risk management systems.			4
CAPITAL MARKETS
Experience in corporate finance with knowledge of debt and equity markets or experience in investment banking or mergers and acquisitions.			4
GOVERNMENT AND STAKEHOLDER RELATIONS
Experience in, or strong understanding of, public policy related to the forest products industry including community, first nations and shareholder relations.			2
HUMAN RESOURCES AND COMPENSATION
Experience managing or overseeing compensation, benefits and pension programs and executive compensation.			4
Experience with developing or assessing succession planning, talent development and retention.			4
BOARD EXPERIENCE
Prior or current experience as a board member of a major organization (public or private) other than West Fraser.			5
ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY
Experience in workplace health and safety practices and protection of the environment, including the requirement for a strong safety culture.			4
SUSTAINABILITY, CLIMATE CHANGE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Experience in or with sustainability, climate change, diversity, equity and inclusion and social responsibility programs.			4
TECHNOLOGY
Experience with technology programs and systems, including emerging technologies, information technology systems and/or cyber security.			2

Board members possess many of the targeted skills from the matrix. The “key” skills and experience of each Director are set out in the table biographies under the heading “Information Regarding Nominees for Election as Directors”. The Board is of the view that the minimum target levels have been achieved by the current Board and will be achieved assuming all nominees described above are elected at the Meeting.

Board Tenure

The Company does not have term limits for its Directors, as the Board is of the view that term limits are arbitrary and can result in the removal or exclusion of valuable and experienced Directors solely because of length of service. For similar reasons, in September 2016, the Board considered the continued use of an age limitation for Directors and determined that its continuation was no longer appropriate nor in the best interests of the Company. The Board believes that arbitrary age or term limits can be detrimental to the Company by excluding experienced and valuable candidates with the accompanying loss of continuity and institutional knowledge. Such belief is consistent with the positions of a number of governance and advisory groups.

The decision to not have term limits and to eliminate the age limitation was based upon the Board’s belief that Directors should be assessed on their ability to make meaningful contributions. The Company undertakes regular and rigorous reviews of Board, Committee and Director performance and skills as part of evaluating the overall performance of the Board, Committees and the contributions made by each Director. The Company’s annual performance review and skills assessment is a more meaningful way to evaluate and assess Director performance, and a more effective way to maintain an appropriate balance between the benefits of new and diverse characteristics and perspectives and ensuring there is continuity of institutional and industry knowledge and experience. The Board has demonstrated the effectiveness of its approach.

Over the past several years, the Company has identified and added a number of new Board members as long-term serving Board members have retired. The Board is composed of members with an appropriate mix of Directors who are new to the Company, and who bring fresh perspectives, including those with institutional knowledge and experience. See “Information Regarding Nominees for Election as Directors – Board Renewal” for more information.

The following table shows the tenure of the Directors standing for election at the Meeting (and assumes all proposed Director nominee candidates are elected):


Board Tenure
Tenure	Number of Directors	% of Directors
0 to 1 years	0	0
2 to 5 years	6	54.5
6 to 10 years	4	36.4
11 years and over	1	9.1

Upon election, these Directors will have an average tenure of approximately 9.3 years.

Director Compensation

The HR&C Committee regularly reviews our Director compensation policy, including reviewing director compensation programs of our peers. The Board has adopted a fixed fee Director compensation structure, which, effective January 1, 2025 through December 31, 2025, consists of the following:


2025 Director Compensation Structure
Retainer			Fee
Annual base retainer			$100,0001
Annual equity retainer			$120,000 in DS Units
Annual Committee Chair retainer2			$20,000 per Committee
Chair annual retainer3			$200,000

Notes:

1.Each Director may elect once each year that up to 100% of the annual base retainer and other retainers be paid in DS Units.

2.For each Chair of the Audit Committee, Governance Committee, Health, Safety & Environment Committee and the HR&C Committee.

3.Exclusive of annual base and equity retainers.

Directors are not paid separate meeting fees or fees for Committee membership and are not provided a travel allowance. The HR&C Committee believes that this compensation structure is consistent with current governance best practices and emphasizes that the role of a corporate Director is not confined to attendance and participation at meetings. Directors are reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or Committee meetings or otherwise on Company business.

Under our Equity Holding Requirements Policy, the minimum shareholding requirement for each Director is a multiple of three times the aggregate of a Director’s annual base retainer and annual equity retainer, as described in further detail under the heading “Minimum Equity Holding”. If a Director’s equity ownership exceeds this threshold, that Director has the right to elect to receive cash in lieu of their annual equity retainer payable in DS Units.

The Company has DSU Plans which provides a structure for Directors to accumulate an equity-like holding in the Company. The DSU Plans allow Directors to participate in our growth by providing a deferred payment based on the value of a Common share at the time of redemption. DS Units qualify as equity for the purposes of the minimum equity holding requirement for Directors. Each Director may elect to receive up to 100% of their annual retainers in DS Units and must receive DS Units in payment of the annual equity retainer, unless the Director has achieved the minimum shareholding requirement and elected to receive cash in lieu of DS Units in payment of the annual equity retainer (see “Minimum Equity Holding”). DS Units are issued based on the volume weighted average trading price of the Common shares on the TSX on the trading day immediately prior to their issue for DS Units. Additional DS Units are issued to take into account the value of dividends paid on Common shares from the date of issue to the date of redemption.

DS Units are redeemable only after a Director retires, resigns or otherwise leaves the Board and has ceased to fulfill any other role as an officer or employee of the Company. A holder of DS Units may on redemption elect to redeem DS Units in cash or in Common shares, or a combination of cash and Common shares. Where a holder redeems DS Units issued after April 2022 for Common shares instead of cash, such Common shares will not be issued from treasury but will be purchased on the open market. The redemption value for each DS Unit a Director has elected to be redeemed in cash is the weighted

average of the trading price on the TSX of a Common share over the last five trading days ending on the date of redemption for DS Units issued prior to April 2022 and is the weighted average trading price of the Common shares on the TSX on the trading day immediately before the date of redemption for DS Units issued after April 2022. DS Units qualify as equity for the purposes of the minimum equity holding requirement for Directors.

As at December 31, 2025, 103,318 DS Units were held by the Directors that could be redeemed for Common shares should a Director who retires, resigns or leaves the Board elect to redeem DS Units for Common shares instead of cash. No DS Units were redeemed for Common shares in 2025.

In addition, Mmes. Lawson and McMorrow continue to hold Norbord DSUs, the number of which have been adjusted by the Exchange Ratio and are to be paid out in reference to Common shares, in accordance with the terms of the Norbord Acquisition. The Norbord DSUs operate in a similar fashion to the DS Units. See “Norbord DSU Plans”.

The Company also has a Directors’ Share Compensation Plan (the “Compensation Plan”), the purpose of which is to enable each Director to participate in our growth by receiving Common shares in lieu of cash for services performed as Directors. Under the Compensation Plan, Common shares are issued after each quarter at a price per share equal to the weighted average of the trading price for the Common shares on the TSX for the last five trading days in the quarter. The maximum number of Common shares that may be allotted for issuance under the Compensation Plan and the DSU Plan is 100,000.

Total Director Compensation 2025

Name

Fees earned1 ($)

Share-based awards2 ($)

Option-based awards ($)

Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($)

Pension value

($)

All other compensation ($)

Total

($)

Sean P. McLaren3

Nil

Hank Ketcham4

300,000

120,000

Nil

420,000

Doyle N. Beneby

100,000

120,000

Nil

220,000

Eric L. Butler

100,000

120,000

Nil

220,000

Reid E. Carter

120,000

Nil

240,000

John N. Floren

120,000

Nil

240,000

Ellis Ketcham Johnson4

100,000

120,000

Nil

220,000

Brian G. Kenning4

120,000

Nil

240,000

Marian Lawson

100,000

120,000

Nil

220,000

Colleen M. McMorrow

100,000

120,000

Nil

220,000

Janice G. Rennie4

100,000

120,000

Nil

220,000

Gillian D. Winckler

120,000

Nil

240,000

Notes:

1. The amount represents the total fees earned during 2025, other than the annual equity retainer which is included in the Share-based awards column of this table. These amounts were paid either in cash or DS Units as described in the following chart.

2. DS Units granted at the end of each calendar quarter in payment of the annual equity retainer are valued based on the volume weighted average trading price of the Common shares on the TSX on the trading day immediately before the end of the calendar quarter.

3. Mr. McLaren did not receive compensation for his services as a director of the Company. Mr. McLaren's compensation provided for his services as President and CEO of the Company can be found under "Executive Compensation".

4. Share-based awards were paid in cash to Messrs. Ketcham and Kenning and Mmes. Johnson and Rennie, rather than DS Units given that each Director achieved the minimum equity holding requirement (see “Minimum Equity Holding”) and elected to receive cash.

Payment of 2025 Compensation


Name	Cash ($)	DS Units1 ($)
Sean P. McLaren2	Nil	Nil
Hank Ketcham	420,000	Nil4
Doyle N. Beneby	100,000	120,000
Eric L. Butler	100,000	120,000
Reid E. Carter	120,000	120,000
John N. Floren	Nil3	240,000
Ellis Ketcham Johnson	220,000	Nil4
Brian G. Kenning	240,000	Nil4
Marian Lawson	170,000	50,000
Colleen M. McMorrow	Nil3	220,000
Janice G. Rennie	220,000	Nil4
Gillian D. Winckler	120,000	120,000

Notes:

1.DS Units are granted quarterly based on the VWAP of the Common shares on the TSX on the trading day immediately before the end of the quarter.

2.Mr. McLaren did not receive any compensation for his services as a director of the Company. Mr. McLaren's compensation provided for his services as President and CEO of the Company can be found under "Executive Compensation".

3.Mr. Floren and Ms. McMorrow elected to take all of their annual base retainer in DS Units.

4.This amount was paid in cash rather than DS Units given that the individual Director achieved the minimum equity holding requirements (see “Minimum Equity Holding”) and elected to receive cash.

Direct and Indirect Share and Other Holdings of Current and Proposed Directors
(as at the Record Date)


Name	Shares1	DS Units
Hank Ketcham2	395,896	4,271
Sean P. McLaren3	27,815	Nil
Doyle N. Beneby	3,223	3,655
Eric L. Butler	5,000	2,968
Reid E. Carter	3,000	17,385
John N. Floren	Nil	13,070
Ellis Ketcham Johnson	1,004,990	Nil
Brian G. Kenning	1,000	9,821
Marian Lawson4	Nil	8,185
Colleen M. McMorrow4	Nil	11,057
Janice G. Rennie	1,000	22,069
Gillian D. Winckler	1,750	11,317

Notes:

1. Includes Common shares and Class B Shares.

2. Does not include 3,147,628 Common shares and 1,743,228 Class B Shares held by Ketcham Investments, Inc. See “Voting Securities and Principal Shareholders” for a description of such shareholdings.

3. Mr. McLaren also holds Options, RS Units and PS Units as described in the Summary Compensation Table and under the heading Summary of Outstanding Options and the heading RS Units and PS Units.

4. Mmes. Lawson and McMorrow were appointed to the Board on February 1, 2021 on completion of the Norbord Acquisition. The units in the column for DS Units held by Mmes. Lawson and McMorrow include Norbord DSUs, the number of which have been adjusted by the Exchange Ratio and will be paid out in reference to the value of Common shares in accordance with the terms of the Norbord Acquisition. See “Norbord DSU Plans”.

As at the Record Date, based on the closing price of the Common shares on the TSX (the “Closing Price”) of $90.56, the total value of all Shares, exercisable Options and DS Units held by each current Director is as follows:

Value of Shares and DS Units Held by Current and Proposed Directors (as at the Record Date)


Name	Shares ($)	DS Units ($)	Total Value ($)
Hank Ketcham	35,852,342	386,782	36,239,124
Sean P. McLaren1	2,518,926	Nil	2,518,926
Doyle N. Beneby	291,875	330,997	622,872
Eric L. Butler	452,800	268,782	721,582
Reid E. Carter	271,680	1,574,386	1,846,066
John N. Floren	Nil	1,183,619	1,183,619
Ellis Ketcham Johnson	91,011,894	Nil	91,011,894
Brian G. Kenning	90,560	889,390	979,950
Marian Lawson2	Nil	741,234	741,234
Colleen M. McMorrow2	Nil	1,001,322	1,001,322
Janice G. Rennie	90,560	1,998,569	2,089,129
Gillian D. Winckler	158,480	1,024,868	1,183,348

Notes:

1.Mr. McLaren also holds Options, RS Units and PS Units as described in the Summary Compensation Table and under the heading Summary of Outstanding Options and the heading RS Units and PS Units. As of the Record Date, Mr. McLaren also held 7,588 RS Units.

2.Mmes. Lawson and McMorrow were appointed to the Board on February 1, 2021 on completion of the Norbord Acquisition. The units in the column for DS Units held by Mmes. Lawson and McMorrow include Norbord DSUs, the number of which have been adjusted by the Exchange Ratio and will be paid out in reference to the value of Common shares in accordance with the terms of the Norbord Acquisition. See “Norbord DSU Plans”.

VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

As of the Record Date, a total of 76,018,344 Common shares and 2,281,478 Class B Shares were issued, each carrying the right to one vote. Our Class B Shares are equal in all respects to our Common shares and are exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for Common shares. Our Common shares are listed for trading on the TSX and the NYSE, while our Class B Shares are not listed for trading. Certain circumstances or corporate transactions may require the approval of the holders of our Common shares and Class B Shares on a separate class-by-class basis.

The Directors have fixed the close of business on the Record Date for the Meeting, being the date for the determination of the Registered Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, and to vote at, the Meeting and any adjournment thereof.

To the knowledge of the Directors and the Named Executive Officers (as defined in this Circular under the heading “Executive Equity Holding Requirements”), the only persons who, as at the Record Date, beneficially own or control or direct, directly or indirectly, Shares carrying 10% or more of the voting rights attached to any class of our voting securities are as follows:


Name of Holder	Title of Class	Amount Beneficially Owned, Controlled or Directed, Directly or Indirectly	% of Class	% of Total Votes
Banasino Investments S.à r.l.1	Common shares	8,356,494	10.19	10.67
FIL Limited2	Common shares	8,819,476	11.6	11.26
Great Pacific Capital Corporation3	Common shares	8,926,000	11.74	11.4
Ketcham Investments, Inc.4	Common shares Class B Shares	3,147,628 1,743,228	4.14 76.41	4.02 2.23 6.25
Tysa Investments, Inc.5	Common shares Class B Shares	2,677,392 333,066	3.52 14.60	3.42 0.43 3.84

Ownership Notes:

1. According to publicly available filings on EDGAR, any action by Banasino Investments S.à r.l. with respect to Shares held by Banasino Investments S.à r.l., including voting and dispositive decisions, are made by the directors of Banasino Investments S.à r.l., each of whom is appointed and may be removed by Banasino Investments Limited, the parent company of Banasino Investments S.à r.l. Banasino Investments Limited has been reported as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Luda Stiftung, who may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of Banasino Investments S.à r.l.

2. According to public filings, combined beneficial ownership by FIL Limited (a Bermuda based corporation), including Fidelity Investments Canada ULC. Pandanus Partners, L.P. (Pandanus) owns voting stock in FIL Limited, which is the parent company of the Fidelity entities. Pandanus controls more than 25% but less than 48.5% of FIL Limited's voting power. Public filings further note that Pandanus is controlled by trusts for the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson (Chairman of FIL Limited), but disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities reported. Public filings further note that Fidelity Investments Canada ULC, is part of the group whose holdings are aggregated for filing. Fidelity Investments Canada ULC itself holds at least 5% of the shares West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.

3. According to publicly available filings, James A. Pattison has beneficial ownership or control, directly or indirectly, of the 8,926,000 Common shares held by Great Pacific Capital Corporation.

4. Ketcham Investments, Inc. is controlled by three separate families related to Hank Ketcham, our Chair. Hank Ketcham’s immediate family owns an approximately 22% interest in Ketcham Investments, Inc. and Hank Ketcham is one of four directors on its board and has advised that he does not exercise independent control or direction over Ketcham Investments, Inc. or the Shares of the Company owned by Ketcham Investments, Inc.

5. Tysa Investments, Inc. is controlled by the family of William P. Ketcham, one of our former Directors.

Share Repurchases

On March 3, 2025, we commenced a normal course issuer bid (the “2025 NCIB”), allowing us to acquire up to 3,868,177 Common shares for cancellation until the 2025 NCIB’s expiry on March 2, 2026. We purchased 1,286,185 Common shares under the 2025 NCIB.

On March 1, 2024, we commenced a normal course issuer bid (the “2024 NCIB”), allowing us to acquire up to 3,971,380 Common shares for cancellation until the 2025 NCIB’s expiry on February 28, 2025. We purchased 2,079,530 Common shares under the 2024 NCIB.

Shareholders may obtain a copy of the notices filed with the TSX in relation to the 2025 NCIB and the 2024 NCIB, free of charge, by contacting Anil Aggarwala at (604) 895-2700 or by email at shareholder@westfraser.com.

APPOINTMENT OF THE AUDITOR

Our current Auditor is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, of 700 – 250 Howe Street, Vancouver, B.C. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has been our Auditor for more than ten years.

The Auditor is appointed by the Shareholders, performs its role as the Auditor of our annual financial statements on their behalf, and reports the results of the audit to them. In order to assure the Shareholders that the audit is effective, the Auditor is required to confirm to the Audit Committee its independence from our management in connection with the audit. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has confirmed its independence from our management in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

All services provided by the Auditor are subject to the pre-approval of the Audit Committee through established procedures and a written policy. Management provides regular updates to the Audit Committee of the services that the Auditor undertakes on the Company’s behalf. As part of its mandate, the Audit Committee manages the Company’s relationship with the Auditor, through, among other things, a formal review of the performance of the Auditor.

Key team member rotation, including the lead Audit partner, is important to ensure we have a balance between the Auditors’ experience and the continued introduction of new auditor perspectives. The lead Audit partner on the West Fraser audit engagement is required by the SEC to rotate every five years. The Company’s current lead audit partner started their rotation in 2022 and will be completing their rotation following the 2026 audit. Both Canadian and United States’ regulations require auditor rotation. Partner rotation reduces the independence risks of over-familiarity and self-interest and promotes objectivity without imposing significant costs and disruption to the Company. It also facilitates a fresh set of eyes on the overall audit approach.

During 2025, the Audit Committee met with the Auditor and members of management to review the overall scope and specific plans for the audit of our consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Auditor was engaged to review our unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements and earnings releases and discussed these with management and the Audit Committee during the relevant quarters. Representatives of the Auditor meet with the Audit Committee in the absence of management representatives as part of each regularly scheduled meeting of the Audit Committee.

The Auditor, the Audit Committee and management maintain regular and open communications regarding the audit of our financial statements. No disagreement arose among the Auditor, the Audit Committee and our management on any matter affecting the audit of our financial statements.

At our 2025 Annual General Meeting, 88.21% of the total shares voted at the meeting were in favour of the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP(the “Auditors”) as the Company’s auditors.

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fees for audit, audit-related, tax and all other services provided to the Company by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were the following:


Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ($ thousands)
	20251		20241
Audit Fees2	$	2,765	$	2,714
Audit-Related Fees3	137		121
Tax Fees4	17		—
All Other Fees5	101		52
Total	$	3,020	$	2,887

Notes:

1.Amounts represent actual and estimated fees related to the respective fiscal years noted. Amounts are billed and paid in Canadian Dollars, British pounds sterling, and Euros and have been translated to United States Dollars (USD) using the average exchange rate for the respective years noted. Audit Fees and Audit-Related Fees represented 96% of all fees paid to the Auditor in 2025 and 98% of all fees paid to the Auditor in 2024.

2.Audit fees relate to the integrated audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, reviews of our interim consolidated financial statements, and statutory audits of the financial statements of our subsidiaries.

3.Audit-Related Fees include employee benefit audits.

4.Tax fees relate to tax compliance services.

5.All other fees relate to fees in connection with limited assurance engagements relating to climate matters and translation services.

For additional information concerning the Audit Committee and its members see “Audit Committee” in the Annual Information Form, which is available at www.sedarplus.ca and www.sec.gov under our profiles.

Unless otherwise instructed, the management proxyholders intend to vote FOR the approval of the resolution appointing PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our auditor to hold office until our next annual meeting of Shareholders and FOR authorizing the Board to fix the auditor's pay.

ADVISORY RESOLUTION ON THE COMPANY’S APPROACH TO EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (SAY ON PAY)

Our executive compensation philosophy, policies and programs are based on the fundamental principle of pay-for-performance to align the interests of our executives with those of our Shareholders. This compensation approach allows us to attract and retain high-performing executives who will be strongly incentivized to create value for our Shareholders on a sustainable basis. As a Shareholder, you are asked to consider and approve the following advisory (non-binding) resolution:

Resolved, on an advisory basis and not to diminish the role and responsibilities of the Board of Directors, that the Shareholders accept the approach to executive compensation disclosed in the Company’s management information circular delivered in advance of the 2026 annual general and special meeting of the Shareholders of the Company.

Because your Say on Pay vote is advisory, it will not be binding upon the Board. However, the HR&C Committee will review and analyze the results of the vote and take into consideration such results when reviewing executive compensation philosophy, policies and programs. The Board confirms that the Company’s current practices achieve substantially the same results as the Canadian Coalition for Good Governance’s “Say on Pay” Policy for Boards of Directors released in September 2010.

We have held advisory votes on our approach to executive compensation at each annual meeting of Shareholders since 2014. In the most recent “Say on Pay” vote in April 2025, approximately 90% of the votes were voted FOR the Company’s approach to executive compensation.

The management proxyholders intend to vote FOR the approval of the advisory (non-binding) resolution on executive compensation, except in relation to Shares held by a Shareholder who instructs otherwise.

RESOLUTION TO RECONFIRM AND CONTINUE THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

The Company is party to a shareholder rights plan agreement, initially implemented on April 9, 2020, which was ratified and confirmed by the Company’s Shareholders at the 2020 annual meeting of the Company, and restated, amended and continued by the Company’s Shareholders at the 2023 annual general and special meeting of the Company. The Rights Plan will terminate as of the close of the Meeting unless Shareholders vote at the Meeting to continue its operation.

At a meeting on February 11, 2026, the Board approved, subject to the approval of Shareholders, the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan between the Company and Computershare Investor Services Inc., as Rights Agent, without amendment.

Upon approval, the Rights Plan will continue for the balance of the nine-year term of the original Rights Plan and expire upon the conclusion of the 2029 annual meeting of the Company. Failing approval of the reconfirmation and continuation as required under the Rights Plan, the Rights Plan and all outstanding Rights thereunder will terminate.

At the Meeting, you will be asked to consider and, if deemed advisable, pass a resolution, approving the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan, without amendment. The Rights Plan must be approved by a resolution of: (i) a simple majority of 50% plus one vote of the votes cast by Shareholders, whether in person or by proxy, at the Meeting; and (ii) a simple majority of 50% plus one vote of the votes cast by the Independent Shareholders (as defined in the Rights Plan), whether in person or by proxy, at the Meeting. As of the Record Date for the Meeting, based on publicly available information, to the knowledge of the Company, there are no holders of Common shares that are not Independent Shareholders.

If the Rights Plan is not approved at the Meeting, the Rights Plan will terminate at the end of the Meeting. If the Rights Plan is approved at the Meeting, it will remain in effect and will expire upon the conclusion of the Company’s 2029 annual meeting of the Shareholders. A summary of the Rights Plan is included below and a complete copy of the Rights Plan is attached to this Circular as Schedule “A”.

The full text of the Rights Plan is available under our profile on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and on EDGAR at www.sec.gov. Capitalized terms used in this section “Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan” but not otherwise defined have the meaning given to those terms in the Rights Plan.

Purpose

The Company believes it is appropriate to reconfirm and continue with the Rights Plan to protect Shareholders. A rights plan is an effective device to deter accumulations of controlling blocks of shares without paying a premium and to maximize leverage regarding the timing and outcome of an unsolicited take-over bid. The basic objectives of the Rights Plan are to deter abusive tactics by making them unacceptably expensive to the unsolicited bidder and to encourage prospective acquirors to negotiate with the Board rather than to attempt an unsolicited hostile take-over or a creeping bid or accumulation of control (including negative control). The Rights Plan is not intended as a means to prevent a take-over bid of the Company, entrench Management of the Board, or deter fair offers for our Common shares.

The Rights Plan limits acquisitions by a Shareholder or a group acting jointly or in concert that would result in the ownership or control of 20% or more of the issued and outstanding Common shares through means that are exempt from the formal take-over bid rules and to provide Shareholders with an equal opportunity to participate in a take-over bid and receive full and fair value for their shares. To accomplish this, the Rights Plan provides for the issuance to all holders of Common shares of Rights to

acquire additional Common shares at a significant discount to the then-prevailing market price, which could, in certain circumstances, become exercisable by all holders of Common shares other than the potential acquiror and its joint actors. The terms of the Rights Plan are substantially similar to the terms of rights plans adopted recently by other substantial Canadian issuers. Holders of Class B Common shares will be issued Rights if those shares are converted to Common shares prior to the Separation Time (as defined below).

The Rights Plan encourages a potential acquiror who makes a take-over bid to proceed either by way of a Permitted Bid (described below), which generally requires a take-over bid to satisfy certain minimum standards designed to promote fairness, or with the concurrence of the Board. If a take-over bid fails to meet these minimum standards and the Rights Plan is not waived by the Board, the Rights Plan provides that holders of Common shares, other than the acquiror and its joint actors, will be able to purchase additional Common shares at a significant discount to market, thus exposing the person acquiring shares to substantial dilution of its holdings.

As at the date hereof, West Fraser is not aware of any pending or threatened take-over bid for the Company and approval of the Rights Plan is not being proposed in response to or in anticipation of any pending or threatened take-over bid, nor to deter take-over bids generally, but to encourage fair treatment of West Fraser Shareholders in connection with a take-over bid and to protect against “creeping bids.”

In continuing with the Rights Plan, the Company and the Board considered the existing legislative framework governing take-over bids in Canada. The Canadian Securities Administrators (the “CSA”) adopted amendments to that framework in 2016 that, among other things, lengthen the minimum bid period to 105 days (from the previous 35 days), require that all non-exempt take-over bids meet a minimum tender requirement of more than 50% of the outstanding securities held by Shareholders other than the offeror, its affiliates and persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror, and require a 10-day extension after the minimum tender requirement is met. A target issuer has the ability to voluntarily reduce the minimum bid period to not less than 35 days and the minimum bid period may be reduced due to the existence of certain competing take-over bids or alternative change in control transactions.

As the legislative amendments do not apply to exempt take-over bids, there continues to be an important role for rights plans in protecting Canadian public companies and preventing the unequal treatment of Shareholders.

Rights plans continue to be adopted to address the following concerns:

1.Protecting against “creeping bids” (the accumulation of 20% or more of shares through purchases exempt from Canadian take-over bid rules, such as (a) purchases from five or fewer Shareholders under private agreements at a premium to the market price (not to exceed 115% of the market price, including brokerage fees and commissions), and not available to all Shareholders, (b) acquiring control or effective control through the accumulation of shares over a stock exchange or other published market without paying a control premium (known as the 5% ordinary course purchase exemption), or (c) through other transactions outside of Canada that may not be jurisdictionally subject to Canadian take-over bid rules), and requiring the bid to be made to all Shareholders; and

2.Preventing a potential acquiror from entering into lock-up agreements with existing Shareholders prior to launching a take-over bid, except for permitted lock-up agreements as specified in the Rights Plan. This prevents the use of “hard” lock-up agreements by offerors whereby existing Shareholders commit to tender their shares to an offeror’s take-over bid in lock-up agreements that are either irrevocable or revocable but subject to restrictive termination conditions. Such agreements could have the effect of deterring other potential bidders from bringing forward

competing bids, particularly where the number of locked-up shares would make it difficult or unlikely for a competing bidder’s bid to achieve the 50% minimum tender requirement imposed by the take-over bid rules.

In recent years, unsolicited take-over bids have been made for a number of Canadian public companies, many of which had shareholder rights plans. We believe this demonstrates that the existence of a shareholder rights plan does not prevent the making of an unsolicited bid. Further, in a number of these cases, a change of control ultimately occurred at a price in excess of the original offer price. There can be no assurance, however, that the Rights Plan would serve to bring about a similar result.

The Rights Plan does not preclude any Shareholder from using the proxy mechanism of the BCA, the Company’s governing corporate statute, to promote a change in the management or direction of the Company, and will have no effect on the rights of Shareholders to requisition a meeting of Shareholders in accordance with the provisions of applicable legislation.

The Rights Plan is not expected to interfere with the day-to-day operations of the Company. Neither the existence of the outstanding Rights nor the issuance of additional Rights in the future will in any way alter the financial condition of the Company, impede its business plans or alter its financial statements. In addition, the Rights Plan is initially not dilutive. However, if a Flip-in Event (described below) occurs and the Rights separate from the Common shares as described below, reported earnings per share and reported cash flow per share on a fully diluted or non-diluted basis may be affected. In addition, holders of Rights not exercising their Rights after a Flip-in Event may suffer substantial dilution.

The Rights Plan provides that holders of Common shares may tender to take-over bids that meet the Permitted Bid criteria. Furthermore, even in the context of a take-over bid that does not meet the Permitted Bid criteria, the Board is always bound to consider any take-over bid for the Company and consider whether or not it should waive the application of the Rights Plan in respect of such bid. In discharging such responsibility, the Board will be required to act with a view to the best interests of the Company and the adoption of the Rights Plan does not affect the duty of the Board to do so.

Review

As part of the review of the Rights Plan, the Company and the Board considered matters including (i) developments in shareholder rights plans and securities legislation since the amendments to the take-over bid regime were adopted in 2016, (ii) the terms and conditions of rights plans recently adopted by other substantial Canadian public companies, (iii) recent experience involving rights plans in the context of take-over bids, and (iv) the commentary of the investment community on these plans. The Company and the Board are satisfied that the Rights Plan is consistent with the latest generation of Canadian rights plans.

Adoption and Approval

The Rights Plan became effective on April 9, 2020 upon approval and adoption by the Board. The Rights Plan was then ratified and confirmed by the Company’s Shareholders at the 2020 annual meeting of the Company. On February 11, 2026, the Board approved the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan, without amendment, subject to approval by Shareholders. Provided the Shareholders approve the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan at the Meeting, the Rights Plan will continue and will expire upon the conclusion of the Company’s annual meeting in 2029.

Issue of Rights

One Right was issued and attached to each Common share outstanding when the Rights Plan was adopted on April 9, 2020, and will attach to each Common share issued prior to the earlier of the Separation Time (as defined below) and the expiration time (the “Expiration Time”) of the Rights Plan.

Rights Exercise Privilege

The Rights will separate from the Common shares and will be exercisable for 10 trading days (the “Separation Time”) after a person has acquired, or commences an offer to acquire, 20% or more of the Common shares, other than by an acquisition pursuant to a take-over bid permitted by the Rights Plan (a Permitted Bid (defined below)). The acquisition by any person (an “Acquiring Person”) of more than 20% of the Common shares, other than by way of a Permitted Bid, is referred to as a “Flip-in Event.” Any Rights held by an Acquiring Person will become void upon the occurrence of a Flip-in Event. Ten trading days after the occurrence of the Flip-in Event, each Right (other than those held by the Acquiring Person) will permit the purchase of Common shares having an aggregate market price on the date of consummation or occurrence of such Flip-in Event equal to twice the exercise price for an amount in cash equal to the exercise price. For instance, if the market price at the Separation Time is $100, it would translate to an exercise price of $500 and entitle the holder to acquire Common shares worth $1,000.

Certificates and Transferability

Prior to the Separation Time, the Rights will be evidenced by the applicable certificates for Common shares or by the applicable book entry form registration for the associated Common shares and will be transferable only together with, and will be transferred by a transfer of, such associated Common shares issued from and after adoption of the Rights Plan on April 9, 2020 and will not be transferable separately from Common shares. From and after the Separation Time, the Rights will be evidenced by Rights certificates, which will be transferable and traded separately from the Common shares.

Permitted Lock-up Agreements

The Rights Plan requires that a person making a take-over bid must structure any lock-up agreement so as to provide reasonable flexibility to the Shareholder in order to avoid being deemed the beneficial owner of the Common shares subject to the lock-up agreement and potentially triggering the provisions of the Rights Plan.

Under the Rights Plan, a person will not be deemed to “beneficially own” any security where the holder of such security has agreed to deposit or tender such security pursuant to a “Permitted Lock-up Agreement”.

A Permitted Lock-up Agreement is essentially an agreement between a person and one or more holders of Common shares pursuant to which each locked-up person agrees to deposit or tender Common shares to the locked-up bid and which further (i) permits the locked-up person to withdraw their Common shares in order to deposit or tender the Common shares to another take-over bid or support another transaction at a price or value that exceeds the price under the lock-up bid; or (ii) permits the locked-up person to withdraw their Common shares in order to deposit or tender the Common shares to another take-over bid or support another transaction at an offering price that exceeds the offering price in the locked-up bid by as much as or more than a specified amount and that does not provide for a specified amount greater than 7% of the offering price in the lock-up bid.

Permitted Bid Requirements

The Rights Plan is “triggered” when a person acquires or announces its intention to acquire 20% or more of the Common shares, unless the take-over bid has been conducted in accordance with a stringent set of requirements outlined in the Rights plan (a “Permitted Bid”) or the Rights Plan is waived by the Board.

The requirements for a Permitted Bid include the following:

•The take-over bid must be made to all holders of record of Common shares;

•The take-over bid must contain an irrevocable and unqualified condition that no Common shares will be taken up or paid for:

◦prior to the close of business on a date that is not less than 105 days following the date of the bid, or such shorter minimum period as determined in accordance with section 2.28.2 or section 2.28.3 of National Instrument 62-104 - Take-Over Bids and Issuer Bids (“NI 62-104”) for which a take-over bid (that is not exempt from any of the requirements of Division 5 (Bid Mechanics) of NI 62-104) must remain open for deposits of securities thereunder, in the applicable circumstances at such time, pursuant to NI 62-104, and

◦unless, at the close of business on the date Common shares are first taken up or paid for under such bid, more than 50% of the then outstanding Common shares held by Independent Shareholders shall have been tendered or deposited pursuant to the bid and not withdrawn;

•Unless the take-over bid is withdrawn, shares may be tendered or deposited at any time during the period in which the take-over bid must remain open in accordance with the requirements of NI 62-104, and any shares tendered or deposited pursuant to the take-over bid may be withdrawn until taken up and paid for (subject to certain exceptions in the case of a partial take-over bid in accordance with the requirements of NI 62-104); and

•If a majority of the outstanding Common shares held by Independent Shareholders have been tendered or deposited and not withdrawn as described above, the offeror must make a public announcement of that fact and the take-over bid must be extended for a period of not less than 10 days from the date of such public announcement.

The Rights Plan allows for a competing Permitted Bid (a “Competing Permitted Bid”) to be made while a Permitted Bid is in existence. A Competing Permitted Bid must satisfy all the requirements of a Permitted Bid, except that the minimum deposit period may be shorter as prescribed by NI 62-104.

Under the Rights Plan, “Independent Shareholders” means holders of any Common shares, other than (i) any Acquiring Person; (ii) any offeror (other than any person who is not deemed to beneficially own the Common shares held by such person); (iii) any affiliate or associate of any acquiring person or offeror; (iv) any person acting jointly or in concert with any acquiring person or offeror; and (v) any employee benefit plan, stock purchase plan, deferred profit sharing plan and any similar plan or trust for the benefit of employees of West Fraser or a subsidiary of West Fraser, unless the beneficiaries of the plan or trust direct the manner in which the Common shares are to be voted or withheld from voting or direct whether the Common shares are to be tendered to a take-over bid.

Waiver and Redemption

The Board may, prior to a Flip-in Event, waive the dilutive effects of the Rights Plan in respect of a particular Flip-in Event resulting from a take-over bid made by way of a take-over bid circular to all holders of Common shares, in which event such waiver would be deemed also to be a waiver in respect of any other Flip-in Event occurring under a take-over bid made by way of a take-over bid circular to all holders of Common shares. The Board may also waive the Rights Plan in respect of a particular Flip-in Event that has occurred through inadvertence, provided that the Acquiring Person that inadvertently triggered such Flip-in Event reduces its beneficial holdings to 20% or less of the outstanding Common shares within 14 days or such other period as may be specified by the Board. With the majority consent of holders of Common shares or Rights holders at any time prior to the occurrence of a Flip-in Event, the Board may redeem all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Rights at a price of $0.00001 each.

Exemptions for investment advisors (for client accounts), managers of mutual funds, trust companies (acting in their capacity as trustees and administrators), statutory bodies managing investment funds (for employee benefit plans, pension plans, insurance plans or various public bodies), registered pension funds, plans or related trusts and their administrators or trustees, and Crown agents or agencies acquiring greater than 20% of the Common shares are exempted from triggering a Flip-in Event, provided that they are not making, or are not part of a group making, a take-over bid.

Amendment

The Board may amend the Rights Plan with the approval of a simple majority of the votes cast by the Independent Shareholders (or the holders of Rights if the Separation Time has occurred) voting in person or by proxy at a meeting duly called for that purpose. The Board may, without such approval, correct clerical or typographical errors and, subject to such approval at the next meeting of the Shareholders (or holders of Rights, as the case may be), may make amendments to the Rights Plan to maintain its validity due to changes in applicable legislation.

Term

If Shareholders do not approve the reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan at the Meeting, it will terminate at the close of the Meeting. If Shareholders approve the Rights Plan, it must be subsequently reconfirmed by the Independent Shareholders at every third annual meeting following the Meeting. If the Rights Plan is not so reconfirmed or is not presented for reconfirmation at such annual meeting, the Rights Plan and all outstanding Rights thereunder shall terminate and be void and of no further force and effect on and from the date of termination of such annual meeting.

Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations

The Company will not be required to include any amount in computing the Company’s income for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “ITA”) as a result of the issuance of the Rights.

Under the ITA, the issuance of Rights to a recipient could be considered as a taxable benefit, the value of which is required to be included in computing the income of a Canadian resident recipient or is subject to withholding tax in the case of a recipient who is not a resident of Canada. In any event, however, no amount in respect of the value of the Rights on issuance is required to be included in computing income, or subject to withholding tax, if the Rights do not have any value at the date of issue. The Company considers that the Rights have negligible value when issued, there being only a remote possibility that the Rights will ever be exercised.

The foregoing does not address the Canadian income tax consequences of other events such as the separation of the Rights from the Common shares, the occurrence of a Flip-in Event or the redemption of Rights. A holder of Rights could be required to include an amount in computing income or be subject to withholding tax under the ITA if the Rights become exercisable or are exercised. A holder of Rights may be subject to tax under the ITA in respect of the proceeds of disposition of such Rights.

This statement is of a general nature only and is not intended to constitute nor should it be construed to constitute legal or tax advice to any particular holder of Common shares. Such Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of acquiring, holding, exercising or otherwise disposing of their Rights, taking into account their own particular circumstances and any applicable federal, provincial, territorial or foreign legislation.

Recommendation of the Board of Directors

Management considered and reviewed, with support from external counsel, the Rights Plan and analysis of the continuation of a shareholder rights plan for the Company, considering matters including (i) developments in shareholder rights plans and securities legislation since the Rights Plan was adopted in 2020, (ii) the terms and conditions of rights plans recently adopted by other large Canadian companies, and (iii) the commentary of the investment community on these plans. The Board is satisfied that the Rights Plan remains consistent with the latest generation of Canadian rights plans.

It is not the intention of the Board to either secure the continuance of the Directors or Management of the Company or to preclude an acquisition of control of the Company in a transaction that is fair and in the best interests of the Shareholders. The rights of Shareholders under existing law to seek a change in Management of the Company or to influence or promote action of management in a particular manner will not be affected by the Rights Plan. The Rights Plan provides that Shareholders may tender to take-over bids that meet the Permitted Bid criteria. Furthermore, even in the context of a take-over bid that does not meet the Permitted Bid criteria, the Board is always bound to consider any take-over bid for the Company and consider whether or not it should waive the application of the Rights Plan in respect of such bid. In discharging such responsibility, the Board will be obligated to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company, and the confirmation of the Rights Plan does not affect the duty of the Board to comply with these obligations.

Management and the Board recommend that Shareholders vote FOR the ordinary resolution set forth below. The management proxyholders intend to vote FOR this resolution except in relation to shares held by a Shareholder who instructs otherwise.

Voting Requirements

At the Meeting, you will be asked to approve the ordinary resolution set out below. In order to be effective, the resolution to be voted on will require the approval of a simple majority of the votes cast by the Shareholders and a simple majority of the votes cast by the Independent Shareholders. As of the record date for the Meeting, based on publicly available information, to the knowledge of the Company there are no holders of Common shares that are not Independent Shareholders. The Board reserves the right to alter any terms of the Rights Plan prior to its ratification and approval by Shareholders at the Meeting if the Board determines that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its Shareholders to do so in light of any developments subsequent to the date of this Circular. In such circumstance, a news release would be issued and the further updated Rights Plan would be filed on SEDAR+ and EDGAR and presented to Shareholders for approval at the Meeting if the Board determines to revise the Rights Plan, or the Board could determine to not proceed with the Rights Plan at any time prior to the Meeting.

The text of the proposed resolution is as follows:

“BE IT RESOLVED THAT:

1.The reconfirmation and continuation of the Rights Plan, the terms and conditions of which are set out in the Rights Plan to be dated on or about April 22, 2026, between the Company and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Rights Agent, as approved by the Board on February 11, 2026, and substantially as described in the Management Proxy Circular of the Company dated March 6, 2026, be and is hereby ratified, confirmed and approved without amendment;

2.The actions of the directors of the Company in adopting the Rights Plan and in exercising and delivering the Rights Plan be and are hereby ratified, confirmed and approved; and

3.Any director or officer of the Company be and is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver for and in name of and on behalf of the Company all such certificates, instruments, agreements, documents and notices and to do all such other acts and things as in such person’s opinion may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of giving effect to this resolution.”

Management and the Board recommend that Shareholders vote FOR the ordinary resolution set forth above.

OUR CORPORATE GOVERNANCE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Governance Policy

Our Board believes that sound governance practices are essential to the effective and efficient operation of the Company and to the enhancement of Shareholder value. We established a corporate governance policy (the “Governance Policy”) in 2002 which was updated and re-approved by our Board on December 11, 2024. The Governance Policy is reviewed annually by the Governance Committee which, from time to time, recommends updates and changes to such policy to the Board as may be required. The full text of the Governance Policy may be reviewed on our website at www.westfraser.com.

The following disclosure has been prepared under the direction of our Governance Committee and has been approved by the Board.

Chair of the Board

Hank Ketcham retired from his role as our Executive Chair effective April 19, 2016 and assumed the position of Chair of the Board. Hank Ketcham was appointed our President and CEO in 1985 and assumed the role of Chair of the Board in 1996. In 2012, he relinquished the title of President and, on March 1, 2013, Mr. Ketcham retired as our CEO and was designated as our Executive Chair of the Board.

As of the Record Date, more than twelve years have passed since Hank Ketcham served as an executive with the Company and nine years since serving as an Executive Chair. Mr. Ketcham does not engage in any related party transactions with the Company and does not have any consulting or advisory or other contractual arrangements with the Company outside of his role as the non-executive Chair and a member of the Board.

For his duties as Chair of the Board, the Board has approved, on the advice of the HR&C Committee, Hank Ketcham’s annual Chair retainer in the aggregate amount of $200,000 per annum, exclusive of annual Director base and equity retainers. As of May 1, 2016, Mr. Ketcham was permitted to elect to receive all or a portion of his compensation in DS Units. Mr. Ketcham ceased to participate in our Bonus Plan after 2014 and ceased to participate in our long-term incentive plans as of January 1, 2016.

The Board has considered the issue of the Chair’s relationship with management in the context of the need to ensure the Board’s independence from management and has determined that the Chair is sufficiently aligned with Shareholder interests to ensure Board independence from management. The Chair is a director and minority shareholder, and is related to the other directors and shareholders, of Ketcham Investments, Inc., whose shareholdings are described under “Voting Securities and Principal Shareholders”. The Board considers that these relationships assure that the interests of the Chair are closely aligned with Shareholder interests and independent of management.

The Board has developed a formal position description for the position of Chair of the Board, which provides that the Chair of the Board leads the Board in its supervision of the business and affairs of the Company and its oversight of management. The responsibilities of the Chair include, among other things: (a) managing the affairs of the Board and monitoring its effectiveness; (b) ensuring that all matters of strategic importance are being dealt with at the Board level during the course of the year; (c) facilitating the Board’s and management’s efforts to promote engagement with, and feedback from, Shareholders and other stakeholders; (d) acting as an advisor to, and principal sounding board for, the CEO; (e) communicating to the CEO any matters arising from the Board’s meetings or meetings with Shareholders and other stakeholders that require management’s attention; and (f) supporting and assisting the Board, the HR&C Committee and the Governance Committee in the evaluation of, and succession planning for, the CEO.

Governance & Nominating Committee

The Board has established a Governance Committee comprised entirely of independent Directors. The mandate of the Governance Committee is summarized later in this Circular under “Committees of the Board”. The Board, through the Governance Committee, monitors changes to the regulatory, business and investment environments with respect to governance practices and regularly reviews governance issues with a view to ensuring that both our Governance Policy and our actual practices continue to serve the best interests of our Shareholders, employees and other stakeholders.

Majority Voting Policy

In February 2011, the Board reviewed and adopted a majority voting policy on the recommendation of the Governance Committee. The majority voting policy has been updated from time to time since adoption including the most recent amendment in February 2021 and reviewed and re-approved annually by the Board. Under this policy, a Director who is elected in an uncontested election with more votes withheld than cast in favour of their election will be required to tender their resignation to the Chair of the Board.

If such a Director refuses to tender their resignation, such Director will not be nominated for election the following year. The resignation will be effective when accepted by the Board, and any Director who tenders their resignation may not participate in the deliberations of either the Committee or the Board which relate to such Director’s resignation. This policy does not apply to an election that involves a proxy contest.

The Governance Committee will convene a meeting and will consider the offer of resignation and make its recommendation to the Board on whether the resignation should be accepted. The Governance Committee will generally be expected to recommend to the Board that it accept the resignation, except in exceptional circumstances. The Board expects that resignations will be accepted unless there are exceptional circumstances that warrant a contrary decision. The Board will announce its decision (including the reasons for not accepting any resignation) by way of a news release within 90 days of the date of the Shareholders’ meeting at which the election occurred, and a copy of the news release will be provided to the TSX and the NYSE. Management will not re-nominate for re-election any Director who fails to comply with this policy.

In addition, subject to the requirements of the Articles and the BCA, in the event a majority of the members of the Governance Committee receive a greater number of votes withheld than votes for their election, the other Directors will appoint a Committee consisting only of those other Directors and solely for the purpose of considering the tendered resignations and such Committee will convene a meeting and recommend to the Board whether or not to accept these resignations.

Advance Notice Policy

Pursuant to the advance notice policy adopted by the Board on February 13, 2014, and subsequently incorporated as an amendment to our Articles following approval by Shareholders on April 29, 2014, any additional Director nominations for the Meeting must have been received by the Company no later than the close of business on March 23, 2026. No such nominations have been received as of the date of this Circular. If no such nominations are received by the Company prior to such date, management’s nominees for election as Directors set forth above will be the only nominees eligible to stand for election at the Meeting. The advance notice provisions provide Shareholders, Directors and management of the Company with a clear framework for nominating Directors. See our Articles on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca, EDGAR at www.sec.gov and our website at www.westfraser.com for the terms of our advance notice provisions.

Code of Conduct and Whistleblower Policy

In 2004, the Board approved a code of conduct for the Company and its Directors, officers and employees (the “Code of Conduct”). Since adoption, the Code of Conduct has been revised from time to time to update for current best practices and developments with the Code of Conduct being most recently amended on February 12, 2025. The Code of Conduct has been filed on SEDAR+ under the Company’s profile.

The Code of Conduct sets out expectations for compliance with laws, safety and health, environmental stewardship, discrimination and harassment, conflicts of interest, ethical conduct, fair dealing, human rights, anti-bribery, accounting, reporting and disclosure of information, protection over confidential personal information and other important areas.

The Code of Conduct applies to all Directors, officers and employees of West Fraser and its subsidiaries and it applies to West Fraser’s contractors, consultants, agents and representatives when acting on behalf of West Fraser. Our Code of Conduct further emphasizes West Fraser’s commitment to environmental stewardship and supporting the communities in which West Fraser operates. The Code of Conduct includes provisions prohibiting certain insiders who are subject to minimum shareholding requirements from purchasing financial instruments designed to hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of our Shares, Options or units.

The Code of Conduct also references and incorporates the Company’s whistleblower policy which was established as a standalone policy on February 12, 2025 in order to help improve visibility of the whistleblower procedures and to aid in outlining accountability, process and strengthen internal compliance (the “Whistleblower Policy”). The Whistleblower Policy incorporates a “whistleblower” procedure for the reporting by any person of potential breaches of the Code of Conduct or other misconduct (whether illegal or unethical), including complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and any other company policy violations.

A whistleblower report can be made by any of the following options:

(i)by leaving a voice report with the Company’s Director of Internal Audit at (604) 895-2700 or by mailing or couriering a report to the Company’s head office at 1500-885 West Georgia St., Vancouver, B.C., V6C 3E8, addressed to the Director of Internal Audit and marked “Personal and Confidential”; or

(ii)through our reporting hotline that is managed by ClearView Connects, an independent third party service provider that will receive confidential and, if required, anonymous reports, by submitting an on-line report through the below website or by calling and making a report as follows:

Website: www.clearviewconnects.com

Mail: ClearView Connects – PO Box 11017, Toronto, Ontario, M1E 1N0

North American Hotline: 1 (866) 608-7287 / European Hotline: 00 800 9643 9643

Any submission regarding an actual or potential misconduct will be treated on a confidential basis.

The Code of Conduct includes an acknowledgement with respect to compliance to be confirmed by each Director and each member of management. All Directors, members of management and substantially all salaried employees periodically confirm compliance with the Code of Conduct and any instances of non-compliance are reported to the Board. Code of Conduct training is conducted as part of the onboarding process and annually thereafter for employees. In 2025, no waivers of the application of the Code of Conduct were requested of, or granted by, the Board. The full text of the Code of Conduct and the Whistleblower Policy may be viewed on our website at www.westfraser.com.

Anti-Trust Policy

On September 8, 2021, the Company adopted the Anti-Trust Policy outlining our commitment to comply with all applicable competition and antitrust laws, which are in place to prevent activities among competitors that could unfairly control the market and harm the consumer and not engage in activities that would reasonably appear to be an unfair trade practice, unreasonable restraint of trade or an attempt to use a dominant position to discourage competition.

We updated the Anti-Trust Policy in 2024 and early 2025 to address regulatory changes in the jurisdictions we operate, and continue to conduct regular reviews and updates of our Anti-Trust Policy and training to support understanding and update on recent developments in this area. We expect all our employees, officers and Directors to comply with the Anti-Trust Policy, a full copy of which is available at www.westfraser.com.

Supply Chain & Human Rights Policy and Supplier Code of Conduct

On December 12, 2023, the Supply Chain & Human Rights Policy and the Supplier Code of Conduct were approved by the Board. These Policies form part of our commitment to sustainability and reflect the Company’s evolving approach to ESG matters and our associated efforts to ensure regulatory compliance.

The Supply Chain and Human Rights Policy outlines our commitment to human rights throughout our supply chain. Along with the Supplier Code of Conduct, these documents set out our expectations for suppliers to abide by internationally recognized human rights standards. Both Policies are in place to prevent and reduce instances of human rights abuses, including forced and child labour, in our supply chain. The Supply Chain & Human Rights Policy integrates the Supplier Code of Conduct into our supplier contracts going forward.

We expect all our employees, officers and Directors to comply strictly with the Supply Chain & Human Rights Policy, and, similarly, for our suppliers to understand and comply with the Supplier Code of Conduct. Full copies of these Policies are available at www.westfraser.com.

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy

On December 12, 2023, the Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy was approved by the Board. The Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy outlines our commitment to comply with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, and reflects our efforts to prevent any improper payments or benefits being given or offered to public officials or other third parties to secure an undue advantage in connection with any aspect of the Company’s business.

Bribery is illegal, harms our business and the communities we work within, and undermines fair trade. We expect all our employees, officers and Directors to comply with the Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy, a full copy of which is available at www.westfraser.com.

Charters

The Board has developed and approved formal charters for each of the Audit, HR&C, Governance, and Health, Safety & Environment Committees as well as formal position descriptions for each of the positions of Chair of the Board and CEO. The charters of each of these Committees and position descriptions for the Chair of the Board and CEO are reviewed annually and revised, as required, by the Board.

On April 20, 2022, the Board approved amendments to the position descriptions of the Chair of the Board and CEO. The Chair of the Board’s general mandate is to ensure the effective and independent conduct of the Board. The CEO’s general mandate is to implement the Company’s strategic and operating plans and enhance Shareholder value. The position descriptions for the Chair of the Board and the CEO are reviewed annually.

The most recent amendments to the Governance Committee Charter were approved by the Board on December 11, 2024 to include the review of director interlocks and charitable and political donations policies.

The Health, Safety & Environment Committee Charter was revised and re-approved by the Board on February 15, 2022.

The Audit Committee Charter is reviewed annually and has undergone amendment over time supporting various governance and regulatory developments. In February 2020, it was revised to provide, among other things, that the Audit Committee would have oversight responsibility over the information technology, cyber security and information systems risks and on April 20, 2021, following the listing of Common shares on the NYSE, the Audit Committee Charter was further revised for compliance with NYSE rules and regulations and conformity with best corporate governance practices. These changes included certain administrative matters such as setting out the matters under the Audit Committee’s oversight responsibility, other disclosure-oriented process items such as specifying that the Audit Committee will review with management and the Auditor all news releases that contain first time disclosure of significant financial information and certain technical items such as setting out in detail the independence and financial literacy qualifications for Audit Committee members. Housekeeping amendments to the Audit Committee Charter were made in April, 2024. On September 10, 2025, the Audit Committee Charter was amended to expand the oversight of information technology to capture identification of risks related to artificial intelligence and other new or emerging technologies.

The HR&C Committee Charter is reviewed annually. It was last updated on February 11, 2021, to provide for conformity with best practices related to engagement of outside advisors or consultants and the NYSE rules for determination of independence of HR&C Committee members and on December 7, 2021, to approve amendments that were part of the adoption of the Pension Oversight Committee of management into the governance structure.

The Company continues to review its Committees’ charters for updates and changes as may be required in connection with best practices and regulatory and stock exchanges requirements and will continue to monitor and update its Committees’ charters as necessary to comply with applicable law and current best governance practices.

These materials may be viewed on our website at www.westfraser.com.

Minimum Equity Holding

Under our Equity Holding Requirements Policy, the minimum equity holding requirement for Directors is a number of Shares or DS Units having a value of not less than three times a Director’s total annual base and equity retainers. Based on the current retainer amounts, this would total $660,000.

Shares, DS Units, Norbord DSUs (in the case of Mmes. Lawson and McMorrow) and RS Units held by a Director are eligible to be included in determining whether the minimum equity holding requirement has been met (but Options and PS Units are not eligible). For the purposes of such calculation, Shares, DS Units and Norbord DSUs (in the case of Mmes. Lawson and McMorrow) held by a Director will be valued annually based on the greater of (1) their original cost or grant date value, and (2) the closing price on December 31 of the most recently completed financial year (or, if such date is not a trading date, on the last trading date of such year). This policy requires that all Directors meet the minimum equity holding requirement within five years of election or appointment and, if after any annual valuation of a Director’s equity holdings, the value of the Director’s holdings falls below the requirement, the Director will have one year to regain compliance.

If a Director exceeds the minimum equity holding requirement, the Director may elect to receive, in lieu of DS Units, all or a designated portion of their annual equity retainer in cash.

For a description of the equity holdings of the Directors as of the Record Date, see the chart under the heading “Payment of 2025 Compensation”. The equity holding requirements for senior executives are described under “Executive Equity Holding Requirements”.

Director Equity Holdings
(as at December 31, 2025)


Name	Shares	DS Units	Total	Value1 ($)	Meets Requirement?
Hank Ketcham	395,896	4,251	400,147	33,600,344	Yes
Sean P. McLaren	27,815	Nil	27,815	2,335,626	Yes
Doyle N. Beneby2	3,223	3,639	6,862	576,202	Yes2
Eric L. Butler	5,000	2,956	7,956	668,065	Yes
Reid E. Carter	3,000	17,304	20,304	1,704,927	Yes
John N. Floren	Nil	13,011	13,011	1,092,534	Yes
Ellis Ketcham Johnson	1,004,990	Nil	1,004,990	84,389,010	Yes
Brian G. Kenning	1,000	9,774	10,774	904,693	Yes
Marian Lawson3	Nil	8,147	8,147	684,104	Yes
Colleen M. McMorrow3	Nil	11,007	11,007	924,258	Yes
Janice G. Rennie	1,000	21,964	22,964	1,928,287	Yes
Gillian D. Winckler	1,750	11,265	13,015	1,092,870	Yes

Notes:

1.Except as noted, value is based on the TSX closing price on December 31, 2025 of $83.97. Equity holdings and compliance under the Equity Holding Requirements Policy are valued and assessed annually.

2.Mr. Beneby was elected a Director on April 18, 2023. Each Director is permitted to meet the minimum shareholding requirement within five years of their appointment. West Fraser’s Equity Holdings Requirements Policy enables a director to meet the minimum holdings threshold by using in respect of DSUs the greater of: (i) their original cost or grant date value, and (ii) the closing price on December 31 of the most recently completed financial year. Mr. Beneby’s original cost of Shares exceed the TSX closing price of his Shares on December 31, 2025 and on this basis his value exceeds the minimum holdings threshold.

3.DS Units held by Mmes. Lawson and McMorrow include both DS Units and Norbord DSUs, which have been adjusted by the Exchange Ratio and to be paid in Common shares in accordance with the terms of the Norbord Acquisition. See “Norbord DSU Plans”.

Mandate of the Board

Our Board has expressly assumed overall responsibility for the stewardship of the Company, including responsibility for: (i) adoption of a strategic planning process and approval of a strategic plan; (ii) identification of the principal risks to our business and implementation of appropriate systems to manage these risks; (iii) succession planning, including appointment, training and monitoring of our senior management; (iv) implementation of a communication policy regarding our disclosure of corporate information; and (v) ensuring the integrity of our internal controls and management information systems including accounting systems.

The Board met six times in 2025. Independent Directors also met without management at every Board meeting in 2025. During the regularly scheduled meetings, the Board received, reviewed and contributed to management’s strategic planning and operating and capital plans, taking into account identified business opportunities and business risks. In conjunction with the ongoing planning process, the Board regularly reviews, with management, the strategic environment, the emergence of new opportunities and risks, and the implications for our strategic direction.

The Board has, with the advice of management, identified the principal risks to our business and has overseen management’s establishment of systems and procedures to ensure that these risks are monitored. These systems and procedures provide for the effective management of our manufacturing assets, forest resources and financial resources, and compliance with all regulatory obligations. Management prepares and submits annually to the Board a matrix identifying key short-term and long-term enterprise risks together with an analysis of each risk and management’s mitigation strategy. In addition, management regularly reports to the Board on key evolving or new focus risks. The annual risk matrix and the focus risks are reviewed by the Board and consideration is given to any changes in circumstances that could either heighten or diminish the nature of a particular risk. The Board understands that our major risks are associated with economic conditions, including international trade, tariffs and geopolitical risks, commercial strategy, safety, the environment, climate change and sustainability, access to raw materials, our product end markets, recruitment and retention, cyber security, information security, information technology and artificial intelligence, capital planning and execution, together with those risks set forth in the "Risks and Uncertainties" section of our 2025 MD&A. At the Board meeting in September 2024, the Board participated in a multi-day session on management’s approach to artificial intelligence within the business, including presentations from leading third-party advisory and consulting companies in the sector. In 2025, the Audit Committee Charter was expanded to include oversight of information technology to capture identification of risks related to artificial intelligence and other new or emerging technologies.

The Board receives and reviews regular reports on our operations, including reports dealing with safety and environmental issues.

The Board is responsible for the supervision of our senior management to ensure that our operations are conducted in accordance with objectives set by the Board. All appointments of senior management are approved by the Board. As part of our planning process, succession planning for senior management positions is regularly reviewed and discussed.

ESG Oversight

Our commitment to sustainability starts at the top and at the Board level. Our Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing overall management and integration of sustainability, climate change and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) matters throughout the Company. This includes overseeing sustainability strategies, monitoring the practices of the Company relating to health and safety and people and culture and receiving regulatory updates. The Board’s goal is to ensure we operate as a sustainable business, optimizing financial returns while effectively managing risk. ESG governance, risk oversight and disclosure is a regular topic of discussion at Board and committee meetings.

The Company’s approach to ESG continues to grow and evolve in line with the needs, demands and expectations of its shareholders, regulators and stakeholders. In 2021, the Board and management conducted a comprehensive review of our sustainability and ESG-related approach and evaluated both the best practices and approaches of our peers.

As a result of the review, our Board has delegated oversight of certain ESG responsibilities to its Committees and management, which report their findings and provide recommendations to the Board. As ESG is a cross-functional discipline encompassing a wide range of issues, and thus is relevant to all Committees, different aspects of our ESG performance fall under each of our Committees and management. The Committees work together with management to identify ESG issues most pertinent to the Company’s business and its key stakeholders, and to help develop the policies and processes to

integrate ESG into the Company’s long-term strategy and risk management responsibilities. The Board and its various Committees typically consider climate-related matters at the majority of its meetings annually.

Oversight of governance-related ESG policies and programs is a responsibility that was specifically added in 2021 to the Charter of the Governance Committee, which also is responsible for monitoring diversity at the Board level, corporate governance practices and compliance with the Code of Conduct. In addition to oversight responsibility for the Company’s annual financial statements and audits, the Audit Committee ensures that financial risks, compliance matters and ethics complaints are properly managed and addressed. The HR&C Committee oversees the goals and risks associated with the Company’s compensation programs and oversight of the equity holding policy and the clawback policies. The Health, Safety and Environment Committee is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the Company’s key environmental and sustainability objectives established by management and the Board and reviewing the Company’s current sustainability report. Furthermore, management reports to the Board on issues related to stakeholder engagement, particularly with respect to relationships with local communities and Indigenous peoples and our actions to meaningfully advance reconciliation.

At the management level, West Fraser’s CEO and executive team are responsible for implementing the Company’s strategy and sustainability targets. The Vice-President, Canadian Woodlands oversees compliance with Canadian forestry regulations and certification. He is responsible for the practice and maintenance of sustainable forest management, strategic issues with regard to forest management-related environmental performance, climate risks and opportunities, and forest carbon. Energy reduction initiatives are led by our engineering group with support from our Sustainability team contributors. The Chief Environment and Sustainability Officer is responsible for the Company’s sustainability report. She assists West Fraser’s operations with their environmental performance and regulatory obligations under climate and carbon policy and regulations, including greenhouse gas emission reporting and strategic issues associated with climate risks and opportunities and forest carbon.

On February 15, 2022, we announced a commitment to set and we set science-based targets to achieve near-term greenhouse gas reductions across all our operations located in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Europe. In April 2023, the Science Based Targets Initiative completed its validation of the science-based targets we set in the first quarter of 2022. The Board is responsible for oversight of climate-related targets and management reports progress against those targets to the Board.

West Fraser is preparing for emerging sustainability-related regulatory requirements by aligning to internationally-recognized International Sustainability Standards Board standards, Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, European Union Deforestation Regulation and the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures. This includes policy development, management systems integration, and enhanced performance tracking related to environment and social impacts.

A snapshot of the Board’s delegated responsibilities to its Committees as related to ESG matters is as follows:

Corporate Disclosure Policy

The Board has, as part of our Governance Policy, approved a corporate disclosure policy (the “Corporate Disclosure Policy”), to be overseen by a disclosure committee (the “Disclosure Committee”) that is intended to ensure that all material information relating to the Company is communicated appropriately to our Shareholders and the public. The Corporate Disclosure Policy is reviewed annually and was most recently revised on December 12, 2023 to include certain clerical updates and requires materials posted to certain areas of the Company’s website have prior review under the policy. The Corporate Disclosure Committee is a minimum of five members and maximum of seven members, comprised of the CEO, the Executive Vice-President and CFO and senior leadership from operations, sales and legal as designated by the CEO and the Executive Vice-President and CFO from time to time.

Under the Corporate Disclosure Policy, the Disclosure Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all material continuous disclosure, including annual and interim financial statements, management discussion and analysis and financial results press releases, other press releases that contain material information or disclosure of first-time significant financial information, information circulars, annual information form, annual reports, prospectuses and other offering or tender documents. The Disclosure Committee reviews these materials before they are provided to the Board or the applicable Board committee for review and approval. The Corporate Disclosure Policy may be viewed on our website at www.westfraser.com. In addition to annual meetings of Shareholders, meetings are held from time to time each year between management representatives and various investors, investment analysts, credit rating agencies and financial institutions, all of which are governed by the Corporate Disclosure Policy.

Audit Committee

The Board, through the Audit Committee, is responsible for overseeing our financial reporting and audit process and requiring that management has designed and implemented and maintains an effective system of internal controls and management information systems. The Audit Committee generally meets twice annually with the Auditor to discuss the annual audit. These meetings are in addition to regular meetings, in which the Auditor participates, during which the Audit Committee reviews and approves certain of our quarterly reports. The Audit Committee has been delegated the authority to approve our quarterly financial statements and quarterly earnings announcements before publication, other than those related to the fourth quarter and annual results. At regular meetings, the Audit Committee also meets separately and in-camera with the Auditor without management and separately and in-camera with management without the Auditor. The Audit Committee has complete and unrestricted access to the Auditor.

In 2025, the Audit Committee focused on these key areas:

•reviewing significant accounting and financial reporting issues and assessing the appropriateness of our financial reports;

•overseeing and assessing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control procedures over annual and interim financial reporting;

•managing our relationship with the Auditor, through, among other things, a formal review of the performance of the Auditor;

•reviewing with management the adequacy and effectiveness of our systems for monitoring compliance with financial reporting and disclosure laws, including disclosure controls and procedures;

•overseeing compliance with our Code of Conduct and the process through which complaints (including regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters or other misconduct) are received and dealt with, including confidential and anonymous submissions and those that are of a sensitive or “whistleblower” nature; and

•identifying and overseeing our principal information technology, cyber security, information security and information technology networks and information systems risks.

In order to provide reasonable assurance that our financial reporting is complete, fairly presented and employs appropriate accounting principles, the Audit Committee reviews the following documents with management and the Auditor and recommends them to the Board for approval:

•annual and interim financial statements and reports; and

•the related management’s discussion and analysis of financial performance.

The Audit Committee reviews with management and the Auditor relevant and applicable legal and regulatory developments and the adoption and disclosure of new accounting standards. It also assesses the potential impacts of choosing between accounting alternatives.

As part of its mandate, the Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing any related party transaction in which a Director or a member of senior management has an interest, and making recommendations to the Board. The Audit Committee reviews such transactions in accordance with applicable legislation to ensure they reflect market terms and conditions, are at commercial arm’s length terms, and are in the best interests of the Company. The Audit Committee has the ability to retain independent advisors to provide advice on any proposed related party transactions. Any recommendations or advice pertaining to a specific matter is then communicated to the Board.

In connection with the Board’s overall enterprise risk management responsibility, the Audit Committee of the Board has been delegated the responsibility to, with the advice of management, identify the principal financial and audit risks of the Company and establish systems and procedures to ensure these principal financial and audit risks are monitored, and to make recommendations to the Board, which will include discussions with management relating to identification of key risks, including, without limitation significant financial risk exposures, significant audit risks, and the principal information technology risks, including cyber security, data protection, information security and information systems risks; the establishment of systems and procedures to ensure these risks are monitored; the steps management has taken to assess, monitor and control, manage or mitigate the Company’s exposures to these risks; the adoption of controls to prevent and detect fraud or improper or illegal transactions or payments and to ensure compliance with anti-fraud and anti-bribery laws; implementing guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken and monitoring and reviewing, at least annually and more frequently as may be required, the processes and controls designed to identify, assess, monitor and manage the risks referred to above.

The Audit Committee receives regular briefing materials from management, at least semi-annually, on information technology, cyber security, information security and information technology networks and information systems risks, including details of top threats, risk management activities, vendor and supply chain monitoring, and internal training and awareness programs.

We rely on industry accepted security measures and technology to protect our information systems and confidential and proprietary information. Our information security management systems are aligned with the NIST Cybersecurity Framework 2.0. See the “Risks and Uncertainties – Information Technology” and “Risks and Uncertainties – Cyber Security” sections of our Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2025, for a discussion of the related risks and uncertainties associated with our business. The Company does not carry cyber security insurance.

Decisions Requiring Prior Approval by the Board

The Board has overall responsibility for the stewardship of the Company. Any responsibility that is not delegated to management or to a Committee remains with the full Board. We maintain policies with respect to matters requiring prior approval of the Board. These policies, and understandings between management and the Board through previous Board practice and accepted legal practice require that our annual operating and capital plans, significant capital expenditures and all transactions or other matters of a material nature involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries must be presented by management for approval by the Board.

Shareholder Feedback and Concerns

The Board and management welcome interaction with our Shareholders and believe that it is important to have direct regular and constructive engagement with our Shareholders to permit open dialogue and the exchange of ideas.

West Fraser communicates with its Shareholders and other stakeholders through various channels, including our annual report, management information circular, annual information form, quarterly reports, news releases, website, presentations at investor and industry conferences and other materials prepared in connection with the continuous disclosure requirements of the TSX, the NYSE and securities regulatory authorities. In addition, our quarterly earnings call is open to all Shareholders. Our website, at www.westfraser.com, also provides extensive information about the Company and all news releases issued by us are available on the website for viewing.

We maintain a policy of ongoing communication with investors and with representatives of the investment community. This process consists of periodic meetings with investment fund managers and investment analysts as well as individual investors and Shareholders, although always in circumstances that assure full compliance with disclosure requirements.

Inquiries by Shareholders are directed to, and dealt with by, members of senior management. Shareholders and potential investors are encouraged to communicate on any issues, including those relating to executive and Director compensation, directly with members of our senior management. All communications are subject to our Corporate Disclosure Policy. Shareholders may communicate their views to senior management by contacting our main investor contact as set out below:

West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.

885 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500

Vancouver, British Columbia

V6C 3E8

Attention: Anil Aggarwala, Treasurer

Email: shareholder@westfraser.com

Our Board values regular and constructive engagement with Shareholders and encourages Shareholders to express their views on governance matters directly to the Board. Questions regarding our governance practices can be sent to the Chair as set out below:

West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.

885 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500

Vancouver, British Columbia

V6C 3E8

Attention: Chair of the Board

Expectations of Management

The Board has determined its expectations of management, which include provision of information and implementation of processes that enable the Board to identify risks and opportunities for the Company, the identification of appropriate comparisons and benchmarks against which our performance may be measured, and the provision of information and data that permits the Board to monitor ongoing operations, and management understands these expectations. As part of the ongoing process of monitoring the performance of management, the Board receives operational updates on each of our business units at each Board meeting. These updates compare actual performance to our annual plan and historical results and include a discussion of all significant variances.

As part of the monitoring process, the CEO submits to the Board at the beginning of each year a written report setting out goals, expectations and priorities for the year. These are reviewed by the Board and may be varied based on the Board’s comments. At the end of the year, a report is submitted to the Board by the CEO that sets out achievements relative to the original goals and expectations. Both the Board and the CEO expect that the level of those achievements will be taken into account when establishing the CEO’s compensation for the following year.

Composition of the Board

Independence

We are required to assess and disclose which of our Directors are, or are not, “independent” of management as that term is used in National Instrument 52-110 – Audit Committees (“NI 52-110”). We also assess the independence of our Directors under the applicable rules of the NYSE. 11 of our 12 current Directors are independent, while Sean McLaren is considered not independent. Below is a summary of the basis of our determinations in respect of all current and proposed Directors:


Name			Determination and Basis
Hank Ketcham			Independent (see commentary below)
Sean P. McLaren			Non-independent (Basis for Determination: Currently our President and CEO)
Doyle N. Beneby			Independent
Eric L. Butler			Independent
Reid E. Carter			Independent
John N. Floren			Independent
Ellis Ketcham Johnson			Independent (see commentary below)
Brian G. Kenning			Independent
Marian Lawson			Independent
Colleen M. McMorrow			Independent
Janice G. Rennie			Independent
Gillian D. Winckler			Independent

Where an individual is, or has been within the last three years, an employee or executive officer of an issuer, NI 52-110 provides that such individual is deemed to have a material relationship with the issuer and thus would be considered non-independent of the issuer.

Hank Ketcham was appointed our President and CEO in 1985 and assumed the role of Chair of the Board in 1996. In 2012, he relinquished the title of President and, on March 1, 2013, Mr. Ketcham retired as our CEO and was designated as our Executive Chair of the Board. Hank Ketcham retired from his role as our Executive Chair effective April 19, 2016 and assumed the position of Chair of the Board.

As of the Record Date, more than twelve years have elapsed since Hank Ketcham served as an executive with the Company, and nine years have elapsed since Hank Ketcham ceased being an Executive Chair. Mr. Ketcham does not engage in any related party transactions with the Company and does not have any consulting, advisory or other contractual arrangements with the Company outside of his role as the non-executive Chair and a member of the Board.

Having regard to Hank Ketcham’s past relationships with the Company and considering his current relationships with management and the Company and the passage of time and other factors, the Board determined that there are no “material relationships” (within the meaning of NI 52-110) which could, in the view of the Board, be reasonably expected to interfere with Hank Ketcham’s exercise of independent judgment.

The Board also considered the issue of the Chair’s relationship with management in the context of the need to ensure the Board’s independence from management and determined that the Chair is sufficiently aligned with Shareholder interests to ensure Board independence from management. The Chair is a director and shareholder, and is related to the other directors and shareholders, of Ketcham Investments, Inc., whose shareholdings are described under “Voting Securities and Principal Shareholders”. The Board also considers that these relationships assure that the interests of the Chair are closely aligned with Shareholder interests.

Ellis Ketcham Johnson was appointed to the Board at the Company’s annual general meeting held April 20, 2021. Ellis Ketcham Johnson is a cousin of Hank Ketcham, the Company’s current Chair and former member of our management. The Board has considered this relationship and interest, including the shareholding interests of Ellis Ketcham Johnson and those of Hank Ketcham, and the fact that neither Ellis Ketcham Johnson nor Hank Ketcham are executives or employees of the Company and do not have

any other material financial, familial or other relationship with the Company or its executives, and has determined that Ellis Ketcham Johnson is sufficiently independent of our management and has interests aligned with Shareholders to the extent that such independence qualifies her to be a member of the Board and make a valuable contribution in that role.

The Governance Committee is currently comprised of Reid Carter (Chair), John Floren, Brian Kenning, Ellis Ketcham Johnson and Janice Rennie, all of whom are independent Directors. The Governance Committee was reconstituted to its current membership effective April 18, 2023. The Governance Committee meets without any members of management present as part of each regularly scheduled meeting of the Board. There were four such meetings during 2025.

Diversity – Board and Executive Officers

The Company is committed to providing equal opportunities for individuals who have the necessary qualifications for employment and advancement within the Company. The Company’s objectives include providing an equal opportunity for employment and advancement and a work environment that is free of discrimination and harassment, including based on gender, race, ethnicity, disability or sexual orientation. The Company believes inclusive diverse teams build vibrant workforces, safer operations, and a stronger and more competitive company overall.

If all of the management nominees are elected to the Board, 4 of the 10 of the independent Directors (40%) on the Board and 4 of the 11 directors (36%) will be women and 2 of the 10 independent Directors (20%) on the Board and 2 of the 11 directors (18%) will identify as non-gender diverse or visible minorities.

The Company and its major subsidiaries have in the aggregate thirteen executive officers, including two executives who are gender or non-gender diverse/visible minorities. Although the Company has not adopted any formal targets regarding gender or non-gender diverse candidates in Director and executive positions, we do consider diversity when considering Director candidates and making employee hiring or advancement decisions.

In 2019, we adopted the Board Diversity Policy (described below). The Company firmly believes that all of its stakeholders benefit from the broader exchange of perspectives and balance brought by diversity of background, thought and experience. The Company’s commitment to inclusion and diversity is demonstrated through several facets, including initiatives in recruitment and retention, diversity and inclusion training, the consideration of diversity in employee development and advancement decisions, and workshops for identified diverse successors.

The Company does consider diversity to be important and believes that its current framework for evaluating Board and executive officer candidates takes into account diversity along with a broad variety of factors the Company considers appropriate. The Company also encourages female and minority candidates to apply for vacant positions, and the Company is an equal opportunity employer.

The Company strives to create workplaces and leadership teams that are reflective of the diverse communities where we live and work. Creating a culture of belonging for all employees aligns with our other core values of teamwork, respect, humility, and integrity. Our approach applies to all levels of our organization and is foundational to achieving our strategic objectives to attract and retain engaged, talented, and high-performing people.

The Company’s objectives in advancing or recruiting new candidates is to attract, employ and retain engaged, talented and high-performing individuals who bring value to the Company and its Shareholders by possessing a suitable mix of qualifications, experience, skills and expertise. It is ultimately the skills, experience, characteristics and qualifications of the individual that are most important in assessing the value the individual could bring to the Company.

Board Diversity Policy

The Company recognizes the benefits of inclusion and diversity in its broadest sense and considers inclusion and diversity at the Board level to be an essential element of Board effectiveness. The Company views inclusion and diversity on the Board as leading to a better understanding of opportunities, issues and risks; enabling stronger decision-making; and ultimately improving our performance and ability to provide strategic oversight and maximize Shareholder value. To continue progress on this goal, in February 2019, the Board adopted a formal, written policy relating to Board diversity, including gender diversity (the “Board Diversity Policy”). The purpose of the Board Diversity Policy is to promote an environment within the Company that will attract and advance those Director candidates with the widest range of knowledge, skills and experience. While all Director appointments are made based on merit, the Board expects that when selecting and presenting candidates to the Board for appointment, the Governance Committee will consider not only the skills, experience and expertise of a candidate, but also other factors, including gender, race, ethnicity, age and geography to ensure that the Board has a diverse membership. Moreover, the Board recognizes that gender diversity is a significant aspect of diversity and acknowledges the important role that women with the relevant skills and experience can play in contributing to a diversity of perspectives on the Board.

While the Board does not support fixed percentages or quotas for achieving diversity, in recruiting candidates for nomination, the Board and the Governance Committee consider a variety of factors including decision-making ability, skill, geography, experience with businesses of a comparable size, diversity of backgrounds and perspectives, gender, race, ethnicity, age, the interplay of a candidate’s skills and experience with the skills and experience of other Board members and the extent to which a candidate would be a desirable addition to the Board.

The Governance Committee may from time to time consider adopting measurable objectives for achieving diversity on the Board, including gender and minority diversity, and recommend such objectives to the Board for adoption.

The Board Diversity Policy requires the Governance Committee to review and monitor the implementation of the policy on an annual basis to ensure its effectiveness and report the results of its review to the Board. The Board currently has five female Directors. A copy of the Board Diversity Policy is available on the Company’s website at www.westfraser.com.

In addition to the Board Diversity Policy, the charter of the Governance Committee provides that the Governance Committee will review and make recommendations to the Board on the composition of the Board in order to ensure that the Board has the requisite expertise and that its membership consists of persons with sufficiently diverse and independent backgrounds, with a view to facilitating effective decision-making. Similarly, in the process of identifying candidates for executive officer appointments, the Company considers whether our senior executive group consists of persons with sufficiently diverse and independent backgrounds.

Serving on Other Boards

Each of Doyle Beneby, Eric Butler, John Floren, Marian Lawson, Colleen McMorrow and Gillian Winckler, who are each standing for re-election at the Meeting, is an active corporate director serving on one or more other corporate boards. The Board and the Governance Committee have reviewed each of the board memberships of the nominees to the Board and determined that they have devoted, and are expected to continue to devote, the required time and attention to discharge their duties as members of our Board.

Each of Doyle Beneby, Eric Butler, John Floren, Marian Lawson, Colleen McMorrow and Gillian Winckler have demonstrated a strong understanding of West Fraser’s business, have been and are well prepared for all Board and Committee proceedings, and make consistent and valuable contributions to those proceedings. In 2025, Messrs. Butler and Floren, and Mmes. Lawson, McMorrow, and Winckler each maintained a 100% attendance record at Board and Committee meetings. Mr. Beneby attended 83% of the Board meetings (5 of 6 meetings), 100% of the Audit Committee meetings and 67% of the Health, Safety & Environment Committee meetings (2 of 3 meetings) on account of an issue beyond his control. They also made themselves available to meet with management and fellow Directors, and attend tours of the Company’s facilities on an ad hoc basis whenever required to do so.

The disclosure under “Information regarding Nominees for Election as Directors” lists the other public company directorships held by our Directors. The Governance Committee considers the participation of any new nominee to the Board on any other boards or committees, and any interlocking directorships with existing Board members or existing officers. West Fraser does not limit the number of outside directorships. The Governance Committee discusses our Director expectations with potential candidates to ensure the candidates understand the time commitments and expectations before agreeing to be nominated as a Director of the Company.

Committees of the Board

The Board has concluded that Committees should be kept to a minimum so that all members of the Board are able to participate in discussions on significant issues. Matters that are outside of management’s authority are reported to and approved by the Board.

Committees may engage outside advisors at the expense of the Company. Under the Governance Policy, an individual Director may, with the approval of the Board, retain an outside advisor at the Company’s expense.

The Board has appointed the following four Committees, each of which is comprised entirely of Directors who are not members of our management: Audit Committee; HR&C Committee; Health, Safety & Environment Committee; and Governance Committee.

In order to facilitate open and candid discussion, in-camera sessions are held at every Committee meeting without management present. It is also the practice of each Committee to meet in-camera during each of its meetings. Topics discussed at these meetings include, but are not limited to, Board processes, succession planning, executive assessments, organizational changes, and strategy.

Each Committee chair helps ensure that their Committee governs itself independently of management and discharges its mandate in accordance with the Committee’s charter. Each chair also sets the agenda for their Committee meetings in consultation with other members of the Committee, the Board and senior management, as needed.

Audit Committee

Chair: Gillian D. Winckler

Other Members: Doyle N. Beneby
Reid E. Carter

Colleen M. McMorrow

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing our annual financial statements and making recommendations as to the approval of the annual financial statements by the Board. Material issues related to the audit of our internal control and management information systems are discussed by management representatives and the Audit Committee as they arise. The Audit Committee has been delegated the authority to approve our quarterly financial statements and quarterly earnings announcements before publication other than those related to our fourth quarter and annual results. The Audit Committee has direct access to the Auditor and is responsible for approving the nomination, and establishing the independence, of the Auditor. The role of the Audit Committee has been discussed at various times with our Auditor.

Under NI 52-110, the Audit Committee must be comprised of independent directors. An “independent director” is a director that has no direct or indirect material relationship with the Company, including not being affiliated with management or the Company in terms of specific familial or commercial relationships. Each member of our Audit Committee is considered “independent” and, in addition, “financially literate” as such terms are used in NI 52-110. In addition, we require at least one member of the Audit Committee to qualify as an audit committee financial expert. An “audit committee financial expert” is a director who possesses the specific financial expertise to satisfy the requirements of the applicable regulations and rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Board has determined that Gillian D. Winckler, the chair of the Audit Committee, qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert".

Additional disclosure concerning the Audit Committee is contained in our Annual Information Form. The full text of the Audit Committee Charter, which forms part of our Annual Information Form, is available for viewing on our website at www.westfraser.com. The Audit Committee Charter is reviewed at least annually and was last revised as described above by the Board on September 10, 2025.

Human Resources & Compensation Committee

Chair: Brian G. Kenning

Other Members: Eric L. Butler
John N. Floren

Marian Lawson

Janice G. Rennie

The HR&C Committee consists of at least three members who must be independent directors. The independence of each Director on the HR&C Committee is determined in accordance with the applicable securities laws and in accordance with the applicable rules of the NYSE.

The HR&C Committee is responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board with respect to the remuneration of our executive management and the remuneration of each Director, and has the authority to grant Options to officers and employees under our Stock Option Plan (described below),

although in practice the Board gives final approval of all Option grants. The HR&C Committee reviews the remuneration of Directors and executive management biennially. The HR&C Committee oversees succession planning of our executive management and reviews and makes recommendation to the Board on proposed executive management appointments. Under its mandate, the HR&C Committee is authorized to retain or obtain the advice of independent compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors.

The HR&C Committee reviews the HR&C Committee Charter at least annually. In connection with the listing of the Common shares on the NYSE on February 1, 2021, the Company revised the HR&C Committee Charter on February 11, 2021 to address certain NYSE requirements. Further amendments related to the NYSE listing were also made on December 7, 2021. The HR&C Committee Charter may be viewed on our website at www.westfraser.com.

Health, Safety & Environment Committee

Chair: John N. Floren

Other Members: Doyle N. Beneby
Marian Lawson
Colleen M. McMorrow
Gillian D. Winckler

The Health, Safety & Environment Committee is responsible for monitoring our health, safety and environmental performance, including West Fraser’s short- and long-term environmental and sustainability objectives and assessing the Company’s performance with respect to such objectives. The Health, Safety & Environment Committee conducts an ongoing review of our health, safety and environment related policies and performance, including compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Health, Safety & Environment Committee also reviews the suitability and effectiveness of safety and environment management systems and the environment sustainability certification programs to which we subscribe. The Committee is also responsible for periodically reviewing West Fraser’s disclosure of responsibility, sustainability, and health, safety and environmental reports.

The Health, Safety & Environment Committee Charter is reviewed at least annually and was last revised by the Board on February 15, 2022. The Charter of the Health, Safety & Environment Committee may be viewed on our website at www.westfraser.com. Additional information about our environmental, social and governance policies and practices can be found on the “Responsibility” section of our website and in our Responsibility Report on our website, as well as in our Annual Information Form that can be found on our website and also under our profiles on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

Governance & Nominating Committee

Chair: Reid E. Carter

Other Members: John N. Floren
Ellis K. Johnson

Brian G. Kenning

Janice G. Rennie

The Governance Committee is comprised of Directors, each of whom is “independent” of management as that term is used in NI 52-110. The Governance Committee is responsible for providing support for the governance role of the Board and, as part of that support, reviews and makes recommendations on the

composition of the Board, periodically assesses the function of the Board and its Committees, and monitors developments in corporate governance. The Governance Committee is also responsible for reviewing and monitoring the Company’s exposure to risks and opportunities related to governance practices, ethics, compliance, and independence of Directors. In addition, the Governance Committee is responsible for establishing criteria and procedures for identifying candidates for election to the Board, engaging search firms, where necessary, and recommending to the Board nominees to stand for election as Directors. The Governance Committee Charter is reviewed annually and was last revised by the Board on December 11, 2024. The Governance Committee Charter may be viewed on our website at www.westfraser.com.

Orientation Program and Continuing Education

New Directors receive a broad range of materials that provide both historical and forward-looking information concerning West Fraser, its operations, senior management and the Board, and its strategic objectives. As part of our orientation program, new Directors have an opportunity to meet with senior management to discuss our business, receive historical and current operating and financial information and are encouraged to tour our facilities. Directors have access to an archive of Board materials, including management presentations from prior meetings, the Company’s key policies, codes and mandates and briefings on the Company’s operations, business and key issues. Depending on new director skills and experiences, the Governance Committee may consider constituting orientation programs to better orient each Director as applicable.

We regularly provide and organize continuing education programs for all Directors. Our continuing education programs include regular presentations by senior executives about emerging issues, risks and topics relevant to our business and operations and the regulatory environment, as well as information packages developed to enhance the Director’s understanding of the subject matter.

Special subjects are also covered with a view to keeping the Directors informed and up to date in relation to industry developments, new legislation that affects operations and distribution, major files and projects, as well as economic, political, sustainability and ESG trends. External experts are also invited from time to time to speak on various topics. Committee chairs may also coordinate education sessions on specific topics for their Committee members.

The continuing education sessions and presentations by our senior executive and external experts to our entire Board during 2024 and 2025 included the following subject matter and topics:


Subject	Topic	Presenter
2025
Sustainability	•Environment & Sustainability Update	Senior Management
Regulatory & Government Affairs	•Governance Policy Update	Senior Management
	•Western Canada Indigenous Relations Update	Senior Management
Technology	•People & Technology Update	Senior Management
	•West Fraser Remote Operations Center	Senior Management
	•Cyber Security Update	Senior Management
Operations	•Lumber Market Trends and Supply Outlook	Senior Management
	•Uncovering Opportunities in U.S. Housing	External Experts
	•Commercial Strategy & Value Creation	Senior Management
	•First Nation Presentation	Senior Management
	•Wood Species in Dimensional Lumber	External Expert
	•Delivering Results in North America - People & Capital	Senior Management
	•American Wood Council: Protect and Grow the Market for Structural Wood	External Experts
	•Capital Markets and Takeover Preparedness Update	Senior Management
	•Market Research Presentation	External Experts
	•North American Growth Opportunities	Senior Management
	•European Growth Opportunities	Senior Management
	•Customer Furniture Presentation	External Experts
	•OSB - Industrial and Specialty Strategy	Senior Management
	•North American Macro Overview	Senior Management
2024
Sustainability	•Environment and Social Performance Update	Senior Management
	•Sustainability and Environment Update	Senior Management
Regulatory & Government Affairs	•B.C., Canada and U.S. Political Update	Senior Management
Technology	•Artificial Intelligence - Introduction and Manufacturing Impact	External Experts
	•Artificial Intelligence in Lumber	External Expert and Senior Management
	•Artificial Intelligence in OSB	External Expert and Management
Operations	•European Strategic Review	Senior Management
	•Market Strategy	Senior Management
	•Western Canada Strategy, Key Issues and Outlook	Senior Management
	•OSB and Lumber Customer Engagement	External Experts
	•U.S. People Excellence	Senior Management

Board proceedings also include regular review of risk factors including detailed reviews of focus risks and periodic presentations by management and outside industry experts on important and evolving issues. Directors also visit and tour certain of our facilities on a regular basis which contributes to a more complete understanding of our business. Site visits also give Directors an opportunity to meet directly with management and other employees in those areas or regions.

Each of our Directors has had, or currently has, executive or Board of Director responsibilities and there is a regular sharing of those experiences, which assists our Board in identifying and adopting, on a continuing basis, best corporate governance practices.

A key part of each regularly scheduled Board meeting is a business overview provided by the CEO. This overview includes an operational and financial review, but also provides perspectives on growth strategies, human resources, political, legal and regulatory issues and material changes in our risk environment. These discussions help our Directors to understand the full scope of our underlying business environment when making decisions that affect our future.

We also encourage individual Directors to participate in outside professional development programs. We pay for these expenses as long as the Chair of the Board and the Chair of the Governance Committee approve the program in advance. They are also provided with corporate subscriptions to certain relevant industry publications. A number of our Directors are members of the Institute of Corporate Directors (“ICD”), which provides continuing education for directors through publications, seminars and conferences.

On an ongoing basis, the Company:

•ensures that Directors have timely access to materials and information required to properly discharge their responsibilities;

•maintains a secure Directors’ portal for prompt dissemination of information and provides published information, industry publications, articles of interest and other relevant materials to Directors in between meetings; and

•canvasses Directors for suggestions as to topics and issues for which they would like to receive a presentation, briefing or report.

Individual Directors attended and, in some cases, were participants or presenters at, third party conferences, seminars, webinars and presentations on a broad range of topics in 2023, 2024 and 2025, including the following:


Topic			Presented By
2024 U.S. Election Outlook			Hakluyt
2025 AI Business Predictions			PwC
AI, Science and Society			Economist
AI in the Boardroom			Deloitte
AI Governance			Deloitte
AI Governance & Strategy
A New Regime of Tariffs and Trade			Next Canada
Anticorruption training			Corporate issuers
Artificial Intelligence			ICD
Artificial Intelligence Roundtable for Corporate Directors			KPMG and Microsoft
Artificial Intelligence Introduction			PwC
Board Consideration in Navigating Geopolitical Uncertainty in a Changing Global Landscape			E&Y


Topic			Presented By
Board Cybersecurity Governance during Geopolitical Conflict			ICD
Board Oversight of AI: Opportunities and risks in a rapidly changing landscape			E&Y
Board’s Priorities in 2024			E&Y
Board’s Role CEO Transitions			ICD
Board’s Role Leveraging Human Capital			ICD
Boardroom Financial Essentials			ICD
Canada’s Proposed Cybersecurity Bill Key Insights			ICD
Canada's Strategic Response to Emerging Trade Policies			Deloitte
Canada-US Trade Considerations			E&Y
Canadian Audit Committee Network Roundtable			E&Y
Canadian Directors Network			E&Y
CEO Performance Management			Hugessen
CEO Transitions and ESG action, measurement, disclosure and oversight			E&Y
Charting the Future of Canadian Governance			Deloitte
Corporate Reporting: How is the Landscape Changing?			Toronto Climate Action Network
Corporate Reporting Update			Globe & Mail
Cyber Security Overview			PwC
Cyber Security Presentations and Workshops			Various corporate issuers
Deloitte Audit Committee Webinar – The new global frontier (Climate Change and Global Warming)			Deloitte
Director's and Officer's Liability for Cyber Attacks			ICD
Director Series for Audit Committees – Sustainability Reporting – Navigating evolving expectations and avoiding pitfalls			Deloitte
Edelman Trust Barometer			Edelman
ESG Conference and Sustainability Summit			Scotiabank
ESG Corporate Ratings Review			ISS
Ethics			CPA Ontario
Finance Transformation: Practical Use Cases			PwC
Financial Reporting Developments			E&Y
Four Seasons of Reconciliation			First Nations University of Canada
Future of Sustainability Reporting ISSB Standards			ICD
Generative AI: What Boards Need to Know			Deloitte
Geopolitics in the Year Ahead (Europe, U.S., Asia)			Deloitte
Governing Strategy: Scenarios in the Boardroom			Deloitte
How Directors can Maximize the Power of Internal Audit			KPMG
How to Effectively Comply with the NIS2 Directive			E&Y
Hydrogen Economy			CPA
ICD Annual National Conference			ICD


Topic			Presented By
Impact of Canada’s Deteriorating Relationship with China			E&Y
India Charting the Future of Canadian Governance			E&Y
Indigenous Relations in Canada			Major Drilling
Is it the Board's Job to be Fluent in Geopolitics			ICD Be It Resolved Podcasts
Key Trends in Global Forestry			-
Leadership and Governance Implications of Political and Social Divisions			E&Y
Measuring the Value of Digital Transformation Assets			Deloitte
Metals and Mining: Industry Insights and Financial Reporting Developments			E&Y
National Association of Corporate Directors Annual Conference			NACD
Power, Privilege and Bias (DEI)			Plan International
Preparing for Sustainability Reporting in Canada			E&Y
Proxy Season Preview: Regulatory and Disclosure Updates and the Evolution of ESG: The Agenda for Change			Fasken Institute
Quarterly Audit Committee Update			Deloitte
Quarterly Economic Update			Stephen Poloz
Resilience Planing in Today's World			ICD
Roles of the Human Resources Committee and Management in facilitating an effective year end process			Hugessen
Safety Summit			EPCOR
Steering for Tomorrow: the Board's Role in AI			ICD
Supply Chain Trends and Strategic Considerations (balancing efficiency and resiliency)			E&Y
Tech Trends 2024			Deloitte
The 2022 Board Agenda			KPMG
The New North America			Janice Gross Stein and Rudyard Griffiths
Transmission to Net Zero			ICD
Ukraine/Russian Market Impacts			FEA
U.S. Elections and the Impact on Canada			Deloitte

Meeting Attendance Record

In 2025, the attendance record for Board and Committee meetings was 95%. The following chart sets out meeting attendance records of each of the current Directors during 2025, including each Committee of which the Director is currently a member.

Committees

Director

Board Meetings

Audit

Human Resources & Compensation

Health, Safety & Environment

Governance & Nominating

Hank Ketcham

6 of 6

Nil

Doyle N. Beneby

5 of 6

4 of 4

Nil

2 of 3

Nil

Eric L. Butler

6 of 6

2 of 21

3 of 3

Nil

Reid E. Carter

6 of 6

4 of 4

Nil

4 of 4

John N. Floren

6 of 6

Nil

3 of 3

4 of 4

Ellis Ketcham Johnson

6 of 6

Nil

4 of 4

Brian G. Kenning

6 of 6

Nil

3 of 3

Nil

4 of 4

Marian Lawson

6 of 6

Nil

3 of 3

Nil

Sean P. McLaren

6 of 6

n/a

Colleen M. McMorrow

6 of 6

4 of 4

Nil

3 of 3

Nil

Janice G. Rennie2

5 of 6

Nil

1 of 3

Nil

2 of 4

Gillian D. Winckler

6 of 6

4 of 4

Nil

3 of 3

Nil

Notes:

1. Mr. Butler ceased to be a member of the Audit Committee on April 23, 2025.

2. Ms. Rennie is resigning as a Director at the Meeting effective April 22, 2026.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS

Human Resources & Compensation Committee Responsibility

The HR&C Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the level and nature of compensation for executive officers and Directors and may grant Options to officers and employees under the Stock Option Plan, although in practice the Board provides final approval of all compensation matters for Directors and executive officers, including Option grants. In making its determinations, the HR&C Committee has access to comparative data and, if considered appropriate, receives advice from selected independent consultants.

The HR&C Committee is also responsible for reviewing and recommending to the Board the approval of our compensation and benefits (including retirement and pension) philosophy and policies and any incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans and assessing on an ongoing basis whether such compensation and benefits policies are consistent with the sustainable achievement of our business objectives, the prudent management of our operations and risks, and the promotion of adherence to our Code of Conduct, its policies concerning safety and environmental stewardship and other material policies, procedures and controls. In reviewing such policies, the HR&C Committee may consider the recruitment, development, promotion, retention and compensation of executive management and other employees and any other factors that it deems appropriate.

The HR&C Committee also ensures that such compensation and benefit policies do not encourage unwarranted risk taking and undertakes annual risk assessments of these policies either through regular independent or internal reviews of material compensation-related risks. When it reviews and recommends compensation for the CEO and executive management, the HR&C Committee assesses the appropriateness of compensation relative to business risks undertaken by considering, among other things, adherence to our Code of Conduct and other material policies, procedures and controls, as well as any other factors it considers appropriate.

The HR&C Committee is also responsible for overseeing the financial position, governance, administration and compliance with statutory and regulatory requirements of the Company’s pension plans and reporting to the Board annually on these plans. The HR&C Committee also oversees talent development and succession planning for our executive management and annually reports to the Board on such planning.

Composition of the HR&C Committee

The HR&C Committee currently consists of five independent Directors, each of whom has held senior executive roles that have included involvement in executive compensation issues. The HR&C Committee met three times in 2025 to review matters relating to the compensation of executive officers. In addition to meetings, members of the HR&C Committee regularly receive reports and advice from independent consultants and members of executive management on executive compensation issues. None of the members of the HR&C Committee is indebted to the Company.

See also “Human Resources & Compensation Committee”.

Report on Executive Compensation

Compensation Philosophy, Core Values and Methodology

West Fraser’s executive compensation is designed to foster and support long-term, sustainable value creation of the Company and be closely aligned to the long-term returns to its shareholders. Our compensation structure is designed to support the following beliefs:

• above average long-term value creation is best achieved by creating an environment that promotes teamwork through shared goals and values;

• remunerating in a manner that is directly linked to the overall financial performance of the Company versus our peers, and greater weighting be placed on long-term performance than short-term; and

• attracting and retaining individuals that share and demonstrate the core value of diverse teams working closely together to collectively achieve high performance across the entire Company.

The policy of the HR&C Committee and the Board with respect to executive compensation is to provide compensation to each executive officer in the form of a base salary, employment benefits, performance related bonus, equity-based long-term incentives and post-retirement pension benefits in order to attract and retain a highly motivated, cohesive and results oriented management team.

Total compensation for each executive officer (inclusive of long-term incentives and post-retirement pension benefits) is designed to be competitive with that provided by comparable companies to executive officers in similar positions as well as to align the interests of executive officers with those of our Shareholders and not encourage excessive risk taking. Each of the components of total compensation is established based on the following criteria:


Base Salary			to be at the median base salaries for comparable positions
Annual Incentive Bonus			based on our financial performance above a minimum Adjusted EBITDA1 and average annual return on capital employed, and targeted to be at or below the median for comparable positions
Long-Term Incentive			to be above the median on long-term incentives for comparable positions

Notes:

1.Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of the Annual Report for more information on this measure.

Overall, the total compensation package is designed to compensate executive officers for above average, long-term, sustainable financial results, and is designed to be competitive at the 50th percentile for overall compensation for comparable positions.

In order to establish compensation for executive officers other than the CEO, the HR&C Committee receives recommendations with supporting documentation, including data on comparable compensation levels, from the CEO. The HR&C Committee considers the recommendations and comparative data and makes its recommendation to the Board. In respect of compensation for the CEO, the HR&C Committee bases its recommendation to the Board on its review of comparable compensation data for chief executive officer positions.

The HR&C Committee most recently reviewed our executive compensation program using the latest survey and report prepared by Willis Towers Watson (“Towers Watson”), a professional services firm, in 2024, comparing our CEO and other executive officers compensation against relevant peer groups. This review builds on similar analyses conducted in 2018 and 2021.

In determining the comparability of similar positions in other companies, the HR&C Committee considers responsibility levels as well as industry similarity, annual revenues and cash flows, total assets, market capitalization and number of employees of the selected companies. For positions where compensation data is not comparable, internal guidelines and data are used.

The Company uses, and periodically participates in, broad-based compensation surveys prepared by independent consulting firms. As well, from time to time, the Company and the HR&C Committee may obtain specific benchmarking data prepared by independent consulting firms. This information, along with Company specific data, is considered when establishing compensation for executive officers.

In connection with the updated survey and report prepared in 2024 by Towers Watson of our executive compensation program relative to those of different peer groups, and on the recommendation of Towers Watson, the peer group for the compensation benchmarking study was updated in 2024 and is currently comprised of the publicly traded, Canadian and U.S. companies set out in the table below.


Paper and Forest Products			Capital-Intensive
Canfor Corporation			CCL Industries Inc.
Cascades, Inc.			Finning International Inc.
Interfor Corporation			Gibson Energy Inc.
Stella-Jones Inc.			Keyera Corp.
Boise Cascade Company			Kinross Gold Corporation
Louisiana-Pacific Corporation			Methanex Corporation
Weyerhaeuser Company
PotlatchDeltic Corporation1

Note:
1. Merged with Rayonier, Inc.

Base Salaries

The HR&C Committee reviews executive management base salaries periodically and considers annual adjustments to be effective in October of each year. The most recent review of base salaries was conducted in September 2025.

In determining its September 2025 recommendations for the base salary of each executive officer, the HR&C Committee considered the comparative data for the peer group.

Annual Incentive Bonus Plan

The annual incentive bonus plan (the “Bonus Plan”) covers our CEO and our Vice-Presidents. The Bonus Plan is the variable compensation component of total executive compensation designed to compensate these officers annually based on the achievement of our objective annual financial return targets.

In February 2025, the Board approved a new Bonus Plan for executive officers with effect for the 2025 compensation year (the “2025 Bonus Plan”). It is designed to reinforce our goal of achieving strong financial performance through the efforts of every employee. The 2025 Bonus Plan is based on the Company’s financial results, specifically 50% of the 2025 Bonus Plan was based on the Company's Adjusted EBITDA1 as such term is defined in the Company's Management's Discussion and Analysis for the then applicable year of calculation and 50% of the 2025 Bonus Plan was based on the Company's average annual return on capital employed for the then applicable year of calculation (“ROCE”).

If the Adjusted EBITDA for the year was below US$600 million for the applicable year, no bonuses are payable under the Adjusted EBITDA component of the 2025 Bonus Plan. At the US$600 million Adjusted EBITDA level, bonuses for the Vice-Presidents are earned at 20% of base salary. The bonus percentage increases as the Adjusted EBITDA increases, and the bonus percentage earned will reach 100% of base salary at a US$1.8 billion level, which is the maximum bonus percentage payable. The bonus percentage for the CEO is equal to 150% of the bonus percentage for other officers covered by the 2025 Bonus Plan.

If the ROCE for the year is below 3% for the applicable year, no bonuses are payable under the ROCE component of the 2025 Bonus Plan. At the 3% ROCE level, bonuses for the Vice-Presidents are earned at 20% of base salary. The bonus percentage increases as the ROCE increases, and the bonus percentage earned will reach 100% of base salary at a 12% ROCE level, which is the maximum bonus percentage payable. The bonus percentage for the CEO is equal to 150% of the bonus percentage for other officers covered by the 2025 Bonus Plan.

In addition, the Board may, in its discretion, also consider other issues, including safety and environmental performance, when determining the amount, if any, of bonuses earned under the Bonus Plan that will be paid.

In 2025, our Adjusted EBITDA was US$56 million and our annual ROCE was negative (17%) for 2025. This resulted in not meeting the minimum threshold and no annual incentive bonuses were awarded to the qualifying senior executives for 2025.

For 2024 and 2023, the annual bonus was calculated as a percentage of current base salary, with the percentage eligible to be earned based on the adjusted net income (adjusted to exclude equity-based compensation expense or recovery and any accrual for bonuses to our senior executives, both on an after-tax basis) divided by average Shareholders’ equity (“ROSE”). If the ROSE for the year was below 5% for the applicable year, no bonuses were payable under the Bonus Plan. At the 5% ROSE level, bonuses for the Vice-Presidents would be eligible to be earned at 17.5% of base salary. The bonus percentage was

1 Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of the Annual Report for more information on this measure.

eligible to increase, as the ROSE increases, to a maximum of 100% of base salary at a 15% ROSE level. The bonus percentage for the CEO was equal to 150% of the bonus percentage for other officers covered by the Bonus Plan.

In 2024, our earnings (loss) were (US$5) million, which resulted in an annual ROSE of 0.1% for 2024. This resulted in not meeting the minimum threshold and no annual incentive bonuses were awarded to the qualifying senior executives for 2024.

In 2023, our earnings (loss) were (US$167) million, which resulted in an annual ROSE of (1.9%) for 2023. This resulted in not meeting the minimum threshold and no annual incentive bonuses were awarded to the qualifying senior executives for 2023.

See also “Clawback Policies” which applies to the Bonus Plan.

Long-Term Incentive Component

The long-term incentive component of compensation is comprised of Options and phantom share units (which are either RS Units or PS Units) that are intended to directly align the long-term interests of our senior management with those of our Shareholders. The proportion of Options and phantom share units included in a long-term incentive grant will vary from time to time at the discretion of the Board. The Board, on the recommendation of the HR&C Committee, has changed the mix of the long-term incentive components of executive compensation initially eliminating grants of RS Units from 2020 through 2024 and granting additional PS Units in their place in order to increase the award of performance-conditioned equity incentive components of executive compensation. In February 2025, the Board, on the recommendation of the HR&C Committee and following a review by Towers Watson, reduced the grant of Options and reintroduced grants of RS Units in their place. See the discussion under the heading "Long-Term Incentive Component - Phantom Share Unit Plan" for more details on these changes.

Stock Option Plan

The Board first established the Stock Option Plan on February 24, 1994 as a means of recognizing contributions to the Company made by Directors, officers and employees and to provide a long-term incentive for their continuing relationship with the Company and its subsidiaries. Directors ceased to participate under the Stock Option Plan in 2004. The Stock Option Plan has been amended from time to time. In February 2021, the Stock Option Plan was amended to increase the number of Common shares that may be issued in respect of Options granted under it, to impose certain limits on the number of Options that may be issued to our insiders, to establish certain restrictions on amendments to the Stock Option Plan without Shareholder approval, to provide for certain automatic extensions for Options expiring during or within five business days of a blackout period under the Company’s Securities Trading Policy, and to address certain incidental housekeeping changes. In February 2022, the Stock Option Plan was amended to provide that the cash value is determined using the VWAP as at the trading day prior to the date of exercise.

In addition, the Company has adopted Replacement Option Plans in connection with the Norbord Acquisition, pursuant to which the Company has issued Replacement Options. The Replacement Options carry substantially the same terms as the original Norbord Options, except that they are exercisable into Common shares and have been adjusted in accordance with the Exchange Ratio. The Replacement Option Plans exist solely to grant and administer the Replacement Options and did not require Shareholder approval under the policies of the TSX, as the aggregate number of Common shares issuable under them is less than 2% of the number of Common shares issued and outstanding prior to the Norbord

Acquisition. Upon the exercise or expiry of all Replacement Options, the Replacement Option Plans will be terminated. See also “Option Grants”.

Outstanding and Authorized Options


Year	Outstanding	Weighted Average Price ($)	Remaining Authorized6	Total	% of Outstanding Common Shares and Class B Shares (Dilution)
20261	796,7442	99.26	471,960	1,268,704	1.6%
20251	714,5823	98.52	561,925	1,276,507	1.6%
20241	690,1874	95.42	623,431	1,313,618	1.6%
20231	849,6705	83.59	777,255	1,626,925	2.0%

Notes:

1.As at the Record Date, December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.

2.Includes 763,132 under the Stock Option Plan and 33,612 under the Replacement Option Plans.

3.Includes 680,970 under the Stock Option Plans and 33,612 under the Replacement Option Plans.

4.Includes 708,383 under the Stock Option Plan and 40,237 under the Replacement Option Plans.

5.Includes 649,950 under the Stock Option Plan and 40,237 under the Replacement Option Plans.

6.No new Replacement Options may be granted under the Replacement Option Plans and they will be terminated when all Replacement Options are exercised or expire.

Annual Burn Rate

The following table summarizes the burn rate during the last three fiscal years. Burn rate is defined as the total number of Options granted during the applicable fiscal year divided by the weighted average number of Common shares and Class B Shares outstanding for the applicable fiscal year.


	Options Granted in Year	Net Burn Rate1	Burn Rate2	Weighted average number of securities outstanding
2025	65,205	0.1%	0.1%	78,977,282
2024	170,144	0.2%	0.2%	80,859,112
2023	124,566	0.1%	0.1%	94,173,000

Notes:

1.Number of Options granted in a fiscal year, minus expired and cancelled Options, divided by the weighted average number of Common shares and Class B Shares outstanding for the applicable fiscal year.

2.Number of Options granted divided by weighted average number of Common shares and Class B Shares outstanding for the applicable fiscal year.

In 2003, our Stock Option Plan was revised to grant a holder the right to surrender an Option for a cash payment (the “Cash Value Alternative”) and only a very small number of Common shares have been issued under the Stock Option Plan. During the financial year ended December 31, 2025, 4,700 Options and Replacement Options collectively were exercised for Common shares under the Stock Option Plan and Replacement Option Plans, respectively. See “Option Grants”. Of the 796,744 outstanding Options and Replacement Options, 523,497 are exercisable and, of the outstanding Options and Replacement Options, 558,568 Options and Replacement Options were held by insiders, representing 0.71% of the total

number of issued and outstanding Common shares and Class B Shares, in each case as of the Record Date.

A total of 65,205 Options were granted to officers or employees in 2025 representing 0.08% of the total number of issued and outstanding Common shares and Class B Shares as at the end of 2025, and a total of 89,965 Options were granted to officers or employees in February 2026, representing 0.11% of the total number of issued and outstanding Common shares and Class B Shares as of the Record Date.

Our Board has adopted a policy to manage the Stock Option Plan with a goal of limiting the potential dilution of outstanding and remaining authorized Options to 10% or less of the number of our outstanding Shares. The aggregate potential dilution of all issued and authorized Options under our Stock Option Plan was 1.6% at the Record Date and the aggregate potential dilution of all issued and authorized Options under our Stock Option Plan, together with all outstanding Replacement Options under the Replacement Option Plans, was 1.6% at the Record Date.

Phantom Share Unit Plan

In 2010, the Board approved the Phantom Share Unit Plan, which is intended to supplement, in whole or in part, the granting of Options as long-term incentives for officers and employees. This plan provides contingent future compensation based on Common share price performance but is payable only in cash and represents no potential for Shareholder dilution. The HR&C Committee and the Board believe that this Phantom Share Unit Plan, combined with other components of compensation, provides a broader range of alternatives in developing retention and performance incentives for officers and employees that more directly align their interests with those of current and future Shareholders.

The Phantom Share Unit Plan permits the Board to grant, as it determines appropriate, two types of units, RS Units and PS Units, which vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. A vested RS Unit must be redeemed by us by payment to the holder of an amount equal to the VWAP of a Common share on the trading day immediately before its vesting date (the “Vesting Date Value”). A vested PS Unit must be redeemed by us by payment to the holder of an amount, determined by the Board, that is equal to or between nil and twice its Vesting Date Value based on two performance criteria measuring our performance relative to the performance of a peer group of companies over the three-year performance period. At the end of such period, in order to determine the amount to be paid on vested PS Units, the Company’s performance is measured by reference to (i) the Company’s cumulative total Shareholder return (the “TSR”) relative to the TSR of the peer group, and (ii) the Company’s average annual return on capital employed (“ROCE”) relative to the ROCE of the peer group over the three-year performance period. The amount paid, if any, on such PS Units is based on an equal weighting of these two performance measurements, although if the ROCE is negative for the performance period, the weighting for that factor is capped at one half its potential maximum, regardless of relative performance. From February 2023 through February 2026, the peer group used for the purposes of the Phantom Share Unit Plan for PS Units granted consisted of Canfor Corporation, Interfor Corporation, Weyerhaeuser Company, PotlachDeltic Corporation and Louisiana Pacific Corporation, all of which are North American publicly traded wood products companies. On February 11, 2026, PotlachDeltic Corporation was replaced with Rayonier Inc. following the merger of these two companies.

On the recommendation of the HR&C Committee, this peer group may be reviewed and changed by the Board, from time to time, as it deems appropriate. The Board also has discretion to vary the payout calculation as it considers appropriate to take into account factors that may have a significant or extraordinary effect on relative performance.

Officers and employees granted phantom share units under the Phantom Share Unit Plan are also entitled to additional phantom share units to reflect cash dividends paid on Common shares from the applicable grant date until payout. The final amount to be paid, in cash, to each officer or employee on RS Units and PS Units is based on the type and number of vested phantom share units they hold, multiplied by the applicable payout value. Other than officers or employees who retire, become totally disabled or die, phantom share units will be automatically cancelled, without payout, on termination of employment or resignation. In the event of retirement, total disability or death of a holder of RS Units or PS Units granted, the number of phantom share units held will be reduced based on the proportion of the three year period that the holder was not an officer or employee.

The Phantom Share Unit Plan provides that, for U.S. residents, units are issued and cash settled in U.S. dollars with the fair market value on settlement referencing the VWAP on the NYSE, and, for Canadian residents, units are issued and cash settled in Canadian dollars with the fair market value on settlement referencing the VWAP on the TSX. The cash value on settlement and value for dividend entitlements is determined using a single day VWAP as at the prior trading day.

From 2020 through 2024, the Board has granted only PS Units under the Phantom Share Unit Plan to executive officers and employees, and no RS Units have been granted. The change in 2020 in the mix of phantom share units granted was made to increase the award of performance-conditioned long-term incentives granted to executive officers and employees and reduce the award of time-conditioned incentives. As a result, from 2020 to 2024, approximately 50% of the value of the long-term incentives granted to executive officers and employees (which in both cases consisted of only Options and PS Units) are performance-conditioned. In February 2025, the Board, following review and consideration of the Towers Watson review completed in 2024, has further modified the weighting of long-term incentives to increase the performance-conditioned long-term incentives from 50% to 60% of the value of long-term incentives (only PS Units), to reduce the percentage of Options from 50% to 20% in the case of all Vice-Presidents and 30% in the case of the CEO, and to increase the percentage of RS Units from 0% to 20% in the case of all Vice-Presidents and 10% in the case of the CEO. See also “Clawback Policies”, which applies to the Phantom Share Unit Plan.

For PS Units which vested in February 2026, the relative performance multiplier was 1.0. The calculation is set out below.

PS Unit Relative Performance Multiplier

First Comparison (out of a maximum of 1.00) – ROCE, annual average of calendar years, 2023, 2024 and 2025:

0.40 (exceeded two of five in peer group)

Second Comparison (out of a maximum of 1.00) – TSR, cumulative from January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2025:

0.60 (exceeded three of five in peer group)

Total 1.00

Previous PS Unit Relative Performance Multipliers were as follows:


For PS Units Vesting in February of:			Multiplier
2022			1.25
2023			2.00
2024			2.00
2025			1.60
2026			1.00

Norbord DSU Plans

In addition, in connection with the Norbord Acquisition, the Company assumed Norbord’s obligations under the Norbord DSU Plans with respect to all outstanding Norbord DSUs.

All Norbord DSUs outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Norbord Acquisition remained outstanding on their existing terms following the completion of the Norbord Acquisition, except that the number of such Norbord DSUs were adjusted by the Exchange Ratio and are to be paid out in reference to Common shares in accordance with the terms of the Norbord Acquisition. No new Norbord DSUs may be issued under the director Norbord DSU Plan following completion of the Norbord Acquisition. Both the management Norbord DSU Plan and the director Norbord DSU Plan will remain in place to administer Norbord DSUs outstanding thereunder until such time as all outstanding Norbord DSUs are settled, at which point the Norbord DSU Plans will be terminated. The cash value on settlement and value for dividend entitlements is to be determined using a single day VWAP as at the prior trading day.

Post-Retirement Pension Benefit

Most executive officers, including the CEO, are members of our non-contributory defined benefit pension plans for salaried employees. Certain executive officers are members of our defined contribution and 401K pension plans. The pension benefit provided under these pension plans is described under “Pension Plans” of this Circular. The Company does not provide any additional post-retirement benefits, such as medical or dental insurance, to the executive officers.

Clawback Policies

We have recognized a trend in recent years towards the adoption of recoupment and “clawback” policies, particularly among large public companies. As a prudent aspect of risk management and our commitment to operate consistently with good governance practices, the Board, in 2013, approved amendments to the Phantom Share Unit Plan and the Bonus Plan to incorporate payment adjustment provisions. These plans now both contain financial restatement triggers, permitting West Fraser to recoup the amount of the incentive awards that have been paid in excess of the amount that would have been payable under the restated financial statements, or deduct such excess amount from future payments to be made under such plans. These payment adjustment provisions also allow the Company to adjust incentive awards upwards to reflect restated financial statements that are more favourable than the original financial statements. The payment adjustment provisions have a three-year look-back period.

Further, effective December 1, 2023, we adopted a Clawback Policy that complies with the SEC rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and related NYSE requirements. The Clawback Policy covers our executive officers and provides that in the event of a required accounting restatement, West Fraser

will seek reimbursement of the portion of any incentive-based compensation that would not have been paid had our financial statements been correctly stated. A full copy of the Clawback Policy is available under the Company’s profile on EDGAR at www.sec.gov and on the Company’s website at www.westfraser.com.

CEO’s Compensation

In recommending compensation for the CEO, the HR&C Committee follows similar principles to those applied for all of our other executive officers. The HR&C Committee considers market competitive salary information for chief executive officer positions in similar sized companies in Canada and the U.S. This includes manufacturing companies in other sectors as well as in the forest products sector. The Company periodically participates in broad based compensation surveys and also periodically seeks the advice of independent compensation consultants engaged to review the executive compensation program. In 2024, Towers Watson conducted a survey and review of our executive compensation program relative to those of different peer groups. The survey and review results, along with Company specific data, are used to determine the competitiveness of the CEO’s compensation and its alignment with the interests of Shareholders. The CEO establishes, with guidance and direction from the Board, annual goals and reports to the Board at the end of each year on his performance against those goals. The HR&C Committee considers this performance when considering its recommendation of compensation of the CEO.

Details of our CEO’s compensation are described in the table titled “Summary Compensation Table”.

Executive Equity Holding Requirements

In February 2013, our Board approved the adoption of minimum equity holding requirements. The minimum equity holding requirements are reviewed from time to time to align with what the Board considers best governance practices. In February 2019, on the recommendation of the HR&C Committee, the Board adopted a new equity holding requirements policy (the “Equity Holding Requirements Policy”) to take into account changes to the Company’s equity compensation practices, which eliminated grants of RS Units and replaced them with grants of additional PS Units (which do not qualify as eligible equity under the Policy) to increase the award of performance-conditioned equity incentive components of executive compensation.

As a result of these changes, beginning in 2020 approximately 50% of the value of the long-term incentives granted to executive officers (which consisted of only Options and PS Units) are performance-conditioned. In connection with the shift in 2025 long-term equity mix to reduce the percentage of Options granted and reintroduce the granting of RS Units, the Equity Holding Requirements Policy was most recently updated on February 12, 2025.

Under the Equity Holding Requirements Policy with effect as of February 12, 2025, the required value of Shares and RS Unit ownership as a percentage of base salary for executive officers is as follows:


Executive Category			% of Base Salary
CEO			5x1
Executive Vice-President and CFO and Executive Vice-President, North American Operations			2x2
All other Vice-Presidents (Senior Officer or Vice-President)			1x

Notes:

1.Increase from 3x to 5x effective February 12, 2025. Mr. McLaren will have until February 12, 2030 to achieve this increase in minimum equity holdings.

2.Increase from 1x to 2x effective February 12, 2025. Mr. Virostek and Mr. Burke will have until February 12, 2030 to achieve this increase in minimum equity holdings.

Shares and RS Units held by an executive officer will be valued based on the greater of: (1) their original cost or grant date value; and (2) the closing price on the TSX on December 31 of the most recently completed financial year (or, if such date is not a trading date, on the last trading date of such year).

An executive officer holding the positions of CEO, CFO, Executive Vice-President or Senior Vice-President has five years from the later of the date of adoption of the new Equity Holding Requirements Policy in February 2019 and the date of such officer’s appointment to meet the minimum equity holdings requirements, provided that until such executive officer reaches the required equity holding, they must acquire not less than a pro-rata amount of equity each year to achieve full compliance by the end of such five-year period. If the amount of such equity holdings requirement is materially increased, they will have an additional five years to reach such increased minimum equity holdings.

An executive officer holding a Vice-President position that is not an Executive Vice-President or Senior Vice-President, has eight years from the later of the date of adoption of the new Equity Holding Requirements Policy in February 2019 and the date of such officer’s appointment to meet the minimum equity holding requirements, provided that Vice-Presidents who did not meet the requirements on such date must acquire not less than a pro-rata amount of equity each year to achieve full compliance by the end of such eight year period.

For the purposes of the following disclosure, the following officers are each a “Named Executive Officer” of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2025:

Sean McLaren, President and CEO,
Chris Virostek, Executive Vice-President and CFO,
Kevin Burke, Executive Vice-President, North American Operations,
Robin Lampard, Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services, and
Alan McMeekin, Senior Vice-President, Europe

The following table shows the total holdings of Shares held by each Named Executive Officer as at December 31, 2025, valued based on the TSX closing price on December 31, 2025 of $83.97:

Named Executive Officer Shareholdings
(December 31, 2025)


Named Executive Officer	Shareholdings	RS Units	Value of total holdings1 ($)	Total as multiple of 2025 base salary (market method)	Total as multiple of 2025 base salary (cost method)
Sean McLaren2 President and CEO	27,815	3,514	2,630,696	2.1	2.5
Chris Virostek2 Executive Vice-President and CFO	8,646	1,780	875,471	1.4	1.4
Kevin Burke2 Executive Vice-President, North American Operations	12,984	1,492	1,215,550	1.6	1.4
Robin Lampard2 Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services	9,896	1,095	922,914	1.7	1.7
Alan McMeekin2 Senior Vice-President, Europe	7,450	807	693,340	1.2	1.2

Notes:

1. Based on the TSX closing price on December 31, 2025 of $83.97. Equity holdings and compliance under the Equity Holding Requirements Policy are valued and assessed annually. At December 31, 2025, all of the Named Executive Officers were in compliance with the policy by having achieved the minimum equity holding requirement or purchased the pro rata requirement as applicable. Effective February 12, 2025, the minimum equity holding requirement was changed for Mr. McLaren, Mr. Virostek and Mr. Burke to achieve by February 12, 2030 a 5x and 2x minimum equity holding requirement as described above.

2. Named Executive Officers also hold PS Units (exclusive of dividend entitlements) as follows: Mr. McLaren – 39,654; Mr. Virostek – 12,835; Mr. Burke – 14,427 (includes 4,443 Norbord DSUs under the management Norbord DSU Plan ); Ms. Lampard - 8,720; Mr. McMeekin– 6,425 as of December 31, 2025.

Independent Consultant

Compensation Advice

Towers Watson has provided consulting services to us for several years with respect to executive and non-executive compensation. In 2012, the HR&C Committee adopted a protocol under which all consulting services provided by Towers Watson related to executive compensation must be retained and authorized by the HR&C Committee. Towers Watson reports to the HR&C Committee as its outside compensation consultant to advise on compensation policies, including providing information on comparative levels of compensation for our senior executives and Directors. In 2021 and 2024, Towers Watson conducted a survey and review of our executive compensation program relative to those of different peer groups and to assess market competitiveness of our executive compensation programs and provided advice on executive compensation.

Compensation Risk Assessment Advice

Compensation risk assessments are conducted annually by the HR&C Committee. In 2022, the Company engaged Towers Watson to provide advice and to update its compensation risk assessment report to the HR&C Committee. The compensation risk assessment report concluded that there did not appear to be

significant risks arising from the Company’s compensation policies and practices that were likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. In its updated assessment and reports, Towers Watson also took into account and considered the limited compensation related risks within the Company, the involvement and authority of the Board in both compensation and risk management oversight, the presence of effective risk mitigating practices in the design of compensation programs and the changes to the long-term executive incentive compensation mix that place a greater emphasis on performance-conditioned long-term incentive grants. In 2024 and 2025, the HR&C Committee conducted compensation risk assessments and did not make changes to compensation methodology following the assessment.

Fees

The following table shows the fees paid to Towers Watson for services provided in the last two fiscal years:


Type of Work	2025	2024
Executive Compensation-Related Fees	15,678	$141,295
All Other Fees1	20,160	$0

Notes:

1.All Other fees relate to fees paid for general industry compensation related services and surveys.

Submitted by the HR&C Committee:
Brian G. Kenning (Chair)
Eric L. Butler
John N. Floren
Marian Lawson
Janice G. Rennie

Performance Graph

The following graph and table compare the total cumulative return to a Shareholder who invested $100 in our Common shares on December 31, 2020 with the cumulative total return of the S&P/TSX Composite Index and the S&P Global Timber and Forestry Index for the same period.


	2020	2021	2022	2023	2024	2025
West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.1, 2	100	149	123	144	161	110
S&P/TSX Composite Index1, 2	100	125	118	132	160	211
S&P Global Timber and Forestry Index1, 2	100	116	101	113	119	110

Notes:

1. All returns are expressed on a total return basis (all cash and stock dividends reinvested in the index or security) using Canadian currency.

2. All information per FactSet, S&P Global Timber and Forestry index ticker STRGLTFX.

The S&P Global Timber and Forestry Index is currently comprised of a basket of more than two dozen of the largest publicly-traded companies engaged in ownership, management or the supply chain of forests and timberlands, including makers of forest products, paper and paper packaging.

The following graph and table illustrates the relationship between the indexed TSR of our Common shares on the TSX from December 31, 2020 to the period ending December 31, 2025 considering a $100 investment versus total indexed direct compensation for the Company’s Named Executive Officers (2020 equals $100).


	2020	2021	2022	2023	2024	2025
West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.1	100	149	123	144	161	110
NEO total direct compensation2	100	162	137	111	199	92

Notes:

1. All returns are expressed on a total return basis (all cash and stock dividends reinvested in the index or security).

2. Named Executive Officer direct compensation includes base salary, annual incentive (bonus) plan payments, share-based and Option based awards measured using the Binomial valuation method and pension as outlined in the Summary Compensation Table.

Executive Compensation

Total compensation for Named Executive Officers, as described in the Summary Compensation Table set out below. In 2023, 2024 and 2025, the minimum thresholds were not met and no annual incentive bonuses were earned by senior executives, including the Named Executive Officers. See also “Annual Incentive Bonus Plan”.

The compensation of each of our Named Executive Officers for our three most recently completed financial years is set out below:

Summary Compensation Table


Name and principal position	Year	Salary ($)	Share-based awards1 ($)	Option-based awards2 ($)	Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($)		Pension value4 ($)	All other compensation5 ($)	Total compensation ($)
					Annual incentive plans3	Long-term incentive plans

Sean McLaren6 President and CEO	2025 2024 2023	1,250,306 1,218,545 641,107	2,390,840 1,440,033 281,927	1,024,650 1,439,939 282,041	Nil Nil Nil	Nil Nil Nil	(559,200) 11,457,100 256,200	Nil Nil Nil	4,106,596 15,555,617 1,461,275

Chris Virostek Executive Vice-President and CFO	2025 2024 2023	626,000 600,750 576,250	692,080 356,957 341,964	173,109 357,034 342,003	Nil Nil Nil	Nil Nil Nil	158,200 149,200 156,700	Nil Nil Nil	1,649,389 1,463,941 1,416,917
Kevin Burke7 Executive Vice-President, North American Operations	2025 2024 2023	770,188 691,064 583,070	580,119 299,992 212,951	145,071 299,982 213,019	Nil Nil Nil	Nil Nil Nil	61,615 55,285 92,643	Nil 181,785 Nil	1,556,993 1,528,108 1,106,683
Robin Lampard Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services	2025 2024 2023	535,675 519,250 503,000	425,589 257,545 249,462	106,388 257,453 249,521	Nil Nil Nil	Nil Nil Nil	51,159 48,909 82,031	Nil Nil Nil	1,118,811 1,083,157 1,084,014
Alan McMeekin8 Senior Vice-President, Europe	2025 2024 2023	578,664 530,371 479,574	313,628 190,038 183,497	78,350 189,941 183,475	Nil Nil Nil	Nil Nil Nil	Nil Nil Nil	86,799 71,647 98,724	1,057,441 981,997 945,270

Notes:

1. For a description of the units see “Phantom Share Unit Plan”. Units are valued at the date of grant using the Towers Watson Binomial method, which was the method used by the HR&C Committee when granting the units. This method was applied consistently in its competitive market analysis.

2. Options have a term of ten years and vest as to 20% on each of the first through fifth anniversary dates of the grant date. Each Option was valued using the Towers Watson Binomial method for the same reason as described in footnote 1. Whether the executive will receive value under these Options will depend on the future market price of Common shares. A description of the current value of all Options held by each Named Executive Officer is set out in the charts under “Summary of Outstanding Options”.

3. Annual incentive (bonus) plan payments are included in the year earned and are paid in the following year.

4. Pension values for Messrs. Virostek and McLaren represent the change in the defined benefit pension liability related to the annual service cost, actual and assumed future compensation changes, including the impact of plan changes, if any. The defined benefit pension value is calculated based on the Company’s best estimate of future events that affect pension liabilities, including assumptions about future salary adjustments and bonuses, and is reflected in the pension value for the Named Executive Officers. Defined benefit pension values will increase in those years where there has been a significant salary increase compared to prior years, including for example when Mr. McLaren became President and CEO in January 2024. The change in the defined pension liability for Mr. McLaren presented in 2024 has been modified to account for a change in the assumption in the currency on which the pension is valued. Mr. McLaren's compensation

entitlement is fixed in Canadian dollars and paid in U.S. dollars. Defined benefit pension values will also be affected by changes in future compensation assumptions and in particular in those years where such assumptions have been updated following periodic reviews of the underlying pension plans and their associated liabilities. Pension value for Ms. Lampard and Mr. Burke represents the Company’s basic and matching contributions under the defined contribution pension plan. Mr. Burke’s value has been converted into Canadian dollars using the Bank of Canada’s average US/CAD exchange rate for the fiscal year (2025 = 1.3978; 2024 = 1.3698; 2023 = 1.3497).

5. Perquisites and other personal benefits that exceed the lesser of $50,000 and 10% of total compensation for any of our Named Executive Officers. Mr. Burke received a relocation payment in 2024. In the case of Mr. McMeekin, this represents the Company's contribution to a self-invested personal pension plan and an individual savings account. Mr. McMeekin’s value has been converted into Canadian dollars using the Bank of Canada’s average UK/CAD exchange rate for the fiscal year (2025 = 1.8420; 2024 = 1.7504; 2023 = 1.6783).

6. Mr. McLaren was appointed as the President and CEO on January 1, 2024 and previously served as Chief Operating Officer. During the three-year period reported in the table above, Mr. McLaren’s salary and annual incentive compensation was awarded in U.S. dollars. The exchange rate used to convert this U.S. dollar compensation was the Bank of Canada’s average US/CAD exchange rate for the fiscal year (2025 = 1.3978; 2024 = 1.3698; 2023 = 1.3497).

7. Mr. Burke is paid in U.S. dollars. The exchange rate used to convert this U.S. dollar compensation was the Bank of Canada’s average US/CAD exchange rate for the fiscal year (2025 = 1.3978; 2024 = 1.3698; 2023 = 1.3497).

8. Mr. McMeekin is paid in U.K. pound sterling. The exchange rate used to convert this U.K. pound sterling compensation was the Bank of Canada's average UK pound sterling/CAD exchange rate for the fiscal year (2025 = 1.8420; 2024 = 1.7504; 2023 = 1.6783).

Option Grants

Description of West Fraser Stock Option Plan

Under the Stock Option Plan, the exercise price of an Option per Common share will not be less than the closing price on the last trading day before the Option is granted. The length of the term of Options will be fixed by the Board or the HR&C Committee at not more than ten years and, unless otherwise determined by the Board or the HR&C Committee, Options vest at the rate of 20% per year over the first five years of the term.

Under the Stock Option Plan, Options may not be exercised after a holder ceases to be an eligible participant, except that (a) an Option held on the death of an Option holder may be exercised by the personal representative of the holder during the period ending on the earlier of its expiry date and two years after the date of death, (b) an Option held on the retirement or total disability of an Option holder may be exercised during the period ending on the earlier of its expiry date and five years after the date of retirement or disability, and (c) a vested Option held in any other case may be exercised no later than the earlier of its expiry date and 30 days after the date the holder ceases to be an eligible participant. Options are not assignable, other than those that may be exercised by the personal representative of a deceased holder. We do not provide any financial assistance to holders of Options in connection with the exercise of Options.

The number of Common shares subject to an Option, the exercise price per Common share and the total number of Common shares that may be made subject to Options under the Stock Option Plan will be adjusted proportionately in the event of any subdivision or consolidation of Common shares or any dividend payable in Common shares and will be adjusted as determined by the Board in the event of certain other reorganizations or other events affecting the Common shares. Under the Stock Option Plan, Options granted that have not vested do not automatically vest on a change of control.

The Stock Option Plan permits outstanding vested Options to be surrendered by the holder to the Company in return for a cash payment under the Cash Value Alternative. The cash payment for a surrendered Option is equal to the amount by which the weighted average price per share at which the Common shares were traded on the TSX on the last trading day exceeds the exercise price per Common share applicable to the Option multiplied by the number of Common shares underlying the Option and the amount determined by the HR&C Committee as representative of the estimated costs avoided by the Option holder (such as trading commissions) by virtue of electing the Cash Value Alternative.

In 2025, we issued 4,700 Common shares on the exercise of outstanding Options under the Stock Option Plan and Replacement Options under the Replacement Option Plans. Our management believes that the Stock Option Plan, with the Cash Value Alternative, operates in a manner similar to the types of long-term incentive plans currently recommended by major institutional shareholder groups for public companies in North America.

The Stock Option Plan restricts the Option holdings of insiders. It provides that: (a) annual grants of Options to insiders may not be for a number of Common shares that exceeds 1% of the total number of our outstanding voting securities (the “Issued Shares”); (b) no single insider may hold, at any time, Options to acquire a number of Common shares that, together with all other Common shares issuable to the insider under any other equity compensation arrangements then in place (“Other Arrangements”), would exceed 5% of the Issued Shares; (c) the total number of Options held, at any time, by insiders cannot allow them to acquire a number of Common shares that, together with all other Common shares issuable to insiders under any Other Arrangements, would exceed 10% of the Issued Shares; and (d) the number of Common shares that may be acquired by all insiders during any 12-month period by exercising Options, together with all other Common shares issuable to insiders under any Other Arrangements, may not exceed 10% of the Issued Shares.

The Board has the power, without Shareholder approval, to amend, suspend, terminate or discontinue the Stock Option Plan, provided that doing so will not adversely alter or impair any Option without the written consent of the holder. This power includes the right to make appropriate adjustments to outstanding Options in the event of certain corporate transactions, to add provisions requiring forfeiture of Options in certain circumstances, to specify practices with respect to applicable tax withholdings, and to enhance clarity or correct ambiguous provisions in the Stock Option Plan. Notwithstanding this power, the Stock Option Plan provides that the Board may not, without Shareholder approval, amend the Stock Option Plan or an Option to: (i) increase the number of Common shares that may be issued; (ii) reduce the subscription price of an outstanding Option; (iii) extend the term of any Option beyond its expiry date or allow for an expiry date to be greater than ten years; (iv) allow non-permitted assignments or exercises of Options; (v) expand the persons entitled to participate in the Stock Option Plan; or (vi) provide for other types of equity-based compensation.

In 2007, we obtained the approval of our Shareholders to make certain amendments to the Stock Option Plan which included, amending the amendment provision to specify the circumstances in which Shareholder approval is or is not required for an amendment to the Stock Option Plan. In 2008 and 2010, our Board made housekeeping amendments to the Stock Option Plan to (i) clarify provisions related to retirement, disability or death, and (ii) clarify provisions related to withholding taxes, respectively.

In 2016, we obtained approval of our Shareholders to amend the Stock Option Plan to increase by 750,000 the number of Common shares that may be issued under Options and to restrict other forms of amendment without Shareholder approval. At the special meeting of Shareholders held on January 19, 2021 to approve the Norbord Acquisition, the Shareholders approved a further increase of 1,000,000 Common shares to the maximum number of Common shares that may be issued on the exercise of Options under the Stock Option Plan.

On February 15, 2022, the Board amended the Stock Option Plan to provide that (a) cash value would be determined using the VWAP as at the trading day prior to the date of exercise; and (b) for Options granted to U.S. residents, Shares will be issued and cash settled in U.S. dollars with the fair market value on settlement referencing the VWAP on the NYSE.

A total of 65,205 Options were granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 and an additional 89,965 Options were granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan on February 17, 2026.

In the financial year ended December 31, 2025, no outstanding Options and Replacement Options were surrendered for cash and 4,700 outstanding Options and Replacement Options were surrendered for Common shares, respectively, by the Named Executive Officers.

Description of Replacement Option Plans

In addition, the Company has adopted replacement option plans (the “Replacement Option Plans”) in connection with the Norbord Acquisition. These Replacement Option Plans exist solely to administer the Replacement Options, and no new Options may be granted thereunder following the completion of the Norbord Acquisition. The adoption of these plans did not require Shareholder approval under the policies of the TSX, as the aggregate number of Common shares issuable under them is less than 2% of the number of Common shares issued and outstanding prior to the Norbord Acquisition. Upon the exercise or expiry of all Replacement Options, the Replacement Option Plans will be terminated. As at December 31, 2025, 9,450 Common shares were issuable on the exercise of Replacement Options, the principal terms of which are set out below.

The exercise price of the Replacement Options was determined by multiplying the exercise price of the Norbord Options by the Exchange Ratio. The Replacement Options generally have a 10-year term and continue to vest under their original terms, being at an annual rate of 20% per year beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, an option will expire immediately in the event of resignation or termination of employment with cause, within 90 days of termination of employment without cause, within six months of the death of an option holder, and in accordance with its terms on retirement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the outstanding Norbord Options held by certain option holders will immediately vest in the event such option holders are terminated without cause or constructively dismissed within 24 months of the completion of the Norbord Acquisition.

Shareholder approval is required in respect of any amendment to the Replacement Option Plans that would: (a) increase the maximum number of Common shares issuable under such plans (other than on a corporate reorganization); (b) reduce the exercise price of Replacement Options to less than the market price of the Common shares on the date of the option grant; (c) reduce the exercise price of Replacement Options; (d) extend the expiry date for the benefit of an insider; (e) increase the maximum number of Common shares issuable to insiders under the Replacement Option Plans; or (f) amend any of the foregoing limitations.

Summary of Outstanding Options

The Options granted to each of the Named Executive Officers during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 pursuant to the Stock Option Plan were as follows:

Option Grants During 2025


Name	Securities Under Options Granted (#)	% of Total Options Granted to Employees in Financial Year	Exercise or Base Price ($/Security)1	Market Value of Securities Underlying Options on the Date of Grant ($/Security)2	Expiration Date
Sean McLaren President and CEO	30,223	46	US$79.69	3,418,343	February 18, 2035
Chris Virostek Executive Vice-President and CFO	5,106	8	$113.01	577,029	February 18, 2035
Kevin Burke Executive Vice-President, North America Operations	4,279	7	US$79.69	483,972	February 18, 2035
Robin Lampard Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services	3,138	5	$113.01	354,625	February 18, 2035
Alan McMeekin Senior Vice-President, Europe	2,311	4	$113.01	261,166	February 18, 2035

Notes:

1.The Exercise Price for Messrs. Virostek and McMeekin and Ms. Lampard is based on the TSX closing price and for Messrs. McLaren and Burke is based on the NYSE closing price on February 17, 2025, being the FMV on the last business day prior to the grant date.

2.The February 18, 2025 Bank of Canada exchange rate used to convert the market value of securities to CAD dollars for Messrs. McLaren and Burke is US $1.00 = CAD $1.4193.

The outstanding Options held by each Named Executive Officer that vested during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 were as follows:

Options Vested During 2025


Name	Number of Options	Value ($)1
Sean McLaren President and CEO	14,145	176,404
Chris Virostek Executive Vice-President and CFO	9,546	188,870
Kevin Burke Executive Vice-President, North America Operations	4,639	35,640
Robin Lampard Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services	5,101	41,969
Alan McMeekin Senior Vice-President, Europe	3,621	28,395

Notes:

1.Based on the closing price as at the date of vesting. No value is attributed to Options that have an exercise price greater than the closing price at date of vesting. Replacement Options were fully vested in 2024.

The following tables provide particulars of Options and Replacement Options held by each of the Named Executive Officers as of the Record Date with current value based on the Closing Price on the Record Date on the TSX of $90.56 or in the case of Options with a U.S. dollar exercise price, the Closing Price on the Record Date of the NYSE of US$66.48:

Sean McLaren

Option Grant Date

Exercisable

Non-
Exercisable

Exercise Price ($)

Current Value of Exercisable Options ($)1

Current Value of Non-Exercisable Options ($)1

Expiry Date

February 16, 2018

5,700

Nil

85.40

29,412

Nil

February 16, 2028

February 15, 2019

7,145

Nil

72.11

131,825

Nil

February 15, 2029

February 14, 2020

9,270

Nil

64.50

241,576

Nil

February 14, 2030

February 17, 2021

7,260

Nil

92.79

Nil

February 17, 2031

February 18, 2022

4,720

1,180

US$97.32

Nil

February 18, 2032

February 17, 2023

3,867

2,577

US$81.42

Nil

February 17, 2033

February 20, 2024

16,740

25,107

US$79.69

Nil

February 20, 2034

February 18, 2025

6,045

24,178

US$79.69

Nil

February 18, 2035

February 17, 2026

Nil

43,799

US$73.58

Nil

February 17, 2036

Totals

60,747

96,841

402,813

Nil

Note:

1. The February 27, 2026 Bank of Canada exchange rate used to convert the market value of exercisable and non-exercisable options to CAD dollars for Messrs. McLaren and Burke is US $1 = CAD $1.3642.

Chris Virostek

Option Grant Date

Exercisable

Non-
Exercisable

Exercise Price ($)

Current Value of Exercisable Options ($)

Current Value of Non-Exercisable Options ($)

Expiry Date

February 16, 2018

7,565

Nil

85.40

39,035

Nil

February 16, 2028

February 15, 2019

9,705

Nil

72.11

179,057

Nil

February 15, 2029

February 14, 2020

10,070

Nil

64.50

262,424

Nil

February 14, 2030

February 17, 2021

8,630

Nil

92.79

Nil

February 17, 2031

February 18, 2022

5,564

1,390

123.63

Nil

February 18, 2032

February 17, 2023

4,690

3,124

109.42

Nil

February 17, 2033

February 20, 2024

4,152

6,224

107.53

Nil

February 20, 2034

February 18, 2025

1,022

4,084

113.01

Nil

February 18, 2035

February 17, 2026

Nil

7,573

100.15

Nil

February 17, 2036

Totals

51,398

22,395

480,517

Nil

Kevin Burke

Option Grant Date

Exercisable

Non-
Exercisable

Exercise Price ($)

Current Value of Exercisable Options ($)2

Current Value of Non-Exercisable Options ($)2

Expiry Date

November 11, 20191

4,050

Nil

56.00

139,968

Nil

November 11, 2029

February 17, 2021

3,147

Nil

92.79

Nil

February 17, 2031

February 18, 2022

3,488

872

US$97.32

Nil

February 18, 2032

February 17, 2023

2,921

1,946

US$81.42

Nil

February 17, 2033

February 20, 2024

3,488

5,230

US$79.69

Nil

February 20, 2034

February 18, 2025

856

3,423

US$79.69

Nil

February 18, 2035

February 17, 2026

Nil

7,573

US$73.58

Nil

February 17, 2036

Totals

17,950

19,044

139,968

Nil

Notes:

1. Option Grant Date reflected represents the original grant date of the Norbord Options. The Replacement Options were issued under the Replacement Option Plans, which were adopted by the Company on closing of the Norbord Acquisition.

2. The February 27, 2026 Bank of Canada exchange rate used to convert the market value of exercisable and non-exercisable options to CAD dollars for Messrs. McLaren and Burke is US $1 = CAD $1.3642.

Robin Lampard

Option Grant Date

Exercisable

Non-
Exercisable

Exercise Price ($)

Current Value of Exercisable Options ($)2

Current Value of Non-Exercisable Options ($)2

Expiry Date

November 11, 20191

5,400

Nil

56.00

186,624

Nil

November 11, 2029

February 17, 2021

5,636

Nil

92.79

Nil

February 17, 2031

February 18, 2022

4,218

1,054

123.63

Nil

February 18, 2032

February 17, 2023

3,422

2,279

109.42

Nil

February 17, 2033

February 20, 2024

2,994

4,488

107.53

Nil

February 20, 2034

February 18, 2025

628

2,510

113.01

Nil

February 18, 2035

February 17, 2026

Nil

4,552

100.15

Nil

February 17, 2036

Totals

22,298

14,883

186,624

Nil

Notes:

Alan McMeekin

Option Grant Date

Exercisable

Non-
Exercisable

Exercise Price ($)

Current Value of Exercisable Options ($)

Current Value of Non-Exercisable Options ($)

Expiry Date

November 11, 20191

8,100

Nil

56.00

279,936

Nil

November 11, 2029

February 17, 2021

4,565

Nil

92.79

Nil

February 17, 2031

February 18, 2022

3,060

765

123.63

Nil

February 18, 2032

February 17, 2023

2,516

1,676

109.42

Nil

February 17, 2033

February 20, 2024

2,208

3,312

107.53

Nil

February 20, 2034

February 18, 2025

463

1,848

113.01

Nil

February 18, 2035

February 17, 2026

Nil

3,352

100.15

Nil

February 17, 2036

Totals

20,912

10,953

279,936

Nil

Notes:

RS Units and PS Units

Beginning in 2010, our Board has approved annual grants of RS Units and/or PS Units (collectively, “Units”) to Named Executive Officers and other employees pursuant to the Phantom Share Unit Plan. The Phantom Share Unit Plan and Units are described in the Report on Executive Compensation under the heading “Phantom Share Unit Plan”. There were no RS Units granted to Named Executive Officers from 2020 through 2024.

The Units granted to each of the Named Executive Officers during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 were as follows:

Equity-Based Grants During 2025


Name	Number of Units Granted		% of Total Units Granted to Employees in the Current Year		Aggregate Market Value of Units on Date of Grant ($)		Aggregate Market Value of Units at December 31, 2025 ($)
	RSUs1	PSUs2	RSUs	PSUs	RSUs3	PSUs3	RSUs4	PSUs4
Sean McLaren President and CEO	3,514	21,086	12.3	27.4	400,666	2,404,226	295,071	1,770,591
Chris Virostek Executive Vice-President and CFO	1,780	5,341	6.3	7.0	202,956	608,981	149,467	448,484
Kevin Burke Executive Vice-President, North American Operations	1,492	4,477	5.2	5.8	170,118	510,468	125,283	375,934
Robin Lampard Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services	1,095	3,284	3.8	4.3	124,852	374,442	91,947	275,757
Alan McMeekin Senior Vice-President, Europe	807	2,420	2.8	3.1	92,014	275,928	67,764	203,207

Notes:

1. RS Units.

2. PS Units. Does not include PS Units allocated on three-year vesting of PS Units on account of dividends.

3. Based on the closing price of $114.02 on February 18, 2025. Assumes a 1.0 performance multiplier for PSUs.

4. Based on the closing price of $83.97 on December 31, 2025. Assumes a 1.0 performance multiplier for PSUs.

The following table provides particulars of Units held by each of the Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2025:


	Vesting 20261		Vesting 20271		Vesting 20281		Value as at December 31, 20252 ($)
Name	RSUs	PSUs	RSUs	PSUs	RSUs	PSUs	RSUs	PSUs
Sean McLaren President and CEO	0	2,996	0	15,572	3,514	21,086	295,071	3,329,746
Chris Virostek Executive Vice-President and CFO	0	3,634	0	3,860	1,780	5,341	149,467	1,077,755
Kevin Burke Executive Vice-President, North American Operations	0	2,263	0	3,244	1,492	4,477	125,283	838,356
Robin Lampard Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services	0	2,651	0	2,785	1,095	3,284	91,947	732,218
Alan McMeekin Senior Vice-President, Europe	0	1,950	0	2,055	807	2,420	67,764	539,507

Notes:

1.Does not include RSUs and PSUs to be credited under the Phantom Share Unit Plan as a result of dividends on the Common shares.

2.Based on the closing price of $83.97 on December 31, 2025. Assumes a 1.0 performance multiplier for PSUs.

The Units held by each of the Named Executive Officers that vested during the financial year ended December 31, 2025 were as follows:

Equity-Based Awards Vested During 2025

Number of units
vested

Value Paid ($)4

Name

RSUs1

PSUs2

RSUs

PSUs3

Sean McLaren

President and CEO

Nil

2,658

Nil

484,607

Chris Virostek

Executive Vice-President and CFO

Nil

3,129

Nil

572,526

Kevin Burke

Executive Vice-President, North American Operations

Nil

1,973

Nil

359,640

Robin Lampard

Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services

Nil

2,371

Nil

433,702

Alan McMeekin

Senior Vice-President, Europe

Nil

1,722

Nil

314,985

Notes:

1. No RS Units granted to Named Executive Officers from 2020 to 2024. RS Units granted in 2025 will vest in February 2028.

2. PS Units granted during 2022 plus additional Units credited under the Phantom Share Unit Plan as a result of dividends on the Common shares and rounded for presentation to the nearest whole number of PS Units.

3. The value paid in 2025 was based on $114.35 per unit for PS Units denominated in Canadian dollars and US$80.28 per unit for PS Units denominated in United States dollars and converted to Canadian dollars using the Bank of Canada's US/CAD exchange rate of 1.4193 on the date of payment and a performance multiplier of 1.6 for PS Units. Numbers may not add up due to rounding.

4. PS Units vested on February 18, 2025, but could not be calculated until March 2025.

Pension Plans

The majority of our full time salaried employees are covered by non-contributory defined benefit pension plans.

For those salaried employees whose employment began before 2016, the plans provide a pension equal to 2% of the highest average compensation (which includes base salary and bonuses) of the employee for any consecutive 60-month period in that employee’s final 10 years with us, multiplied by the number of years of credited service with us. Normal retirement is at age 65. In accordance with applicable tax legislation, these plans allow for additional years of credited service until a continuing employee reaches age 71. Each of these pension plans allows for early retirement at age 55 with a minimum service requirement of two years. Benefits provided for early retirement are reduced by 4% per year for retirement between the ages of 55 and 57 and by 3% per year for retirement between the ages of 58 and 59. No reduction is made for retirement between the ages of 60 and 64.

On January 1, 2016, we introduced a new non-contributory defined benefit pension plan for salaried employees whose employment begins on or after that date. Changes from the existing plans include a pension based on the employee’s average annual salary over the final 10 years with us, as well as the elimination of early retirement benefits so that full pension benefits are only achieved on retirement at age 65 or over. In accordance with applicable tax legislation, this new plan also allows for additional years of credited service until a continuing employee reaches age 71.

On January 1, 2022 the Canadian salaried defined benefit pension plans closed to new entrants. New salaried employees are enrolled in a defined contribution pension plan with an 8% employer contribution along with 100% matching contributions for the first 3% of employee contributions. At the same time in the U.S., the 401(k) plan for salaried lumber employees, OSB corporate employees and non-union hourly employees will provide a 3% non-elective retirement contribution, along with 100% matching employer contributions on the first 5% an employee contributes to the plan.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The estimated annual pension payable upon retirement under the defined benefit pension plans, assuming employment began before 2016, no reduction for early retirement and based on the standard form life annuity for a minimum of 60 months with no joint survivor pension, is as follows:

Estimated Annual Benefits Payable upon Retirement


Annual Compensation	Years of Service
	15 Years	20 Years	25 Years	30 Years
$400,000	$120,000	$160,000	$200,000	$240,000
$500,000	$150,000	$200,000	$250,000	$300,000
$600,000	$180,000	$240,000	$300,000	$360,000
$700,000	$210,000	$280,000	$350,000	$420,000
$800,000	$240,000	$320,000	$400,000	$480,000
$900,000	$270,000	$360,000	$450,000	$540,000
$1,000,000	$300,000	$400,000	$500,000	$600,000
$1,100,000	$330,000	$440,000	$550,000	$660,000
$1,200,000	$360,000	$480,000	$600,000	$720,000
$1,300,000	$390,000	$520,000	$650,000	$780,000
$1,400,000	$420,000	$560,000	$700,000	$840,000
$1,500,000	$450,000	$600,000	$750,000	$900,000

Compensation for the purposes of the pension plans, based on employment beginning before 2016, is defined as the average annual compensation, including salary and bonus, of the highest consecutive 60-month period in the last 10 years’ service with the Company.

The benefits listed in the table are not subject to any deduction for Canada Pension Plan or other offset amounts.

100

The table below sets forth the accumulated defined benefit under our pension plans for the Named Executive Officers as at December 31, 2025.


Name	Number of years credited service (#)	Annual benefits payable1 ($)		Opening present value of defined benefit obligation2 ($)	Compensatory change3 ($)	Non-compensatory change4 ($)	Closing present value of defined benefit obligation2 ($)
		At year end	At age 65
Sean McLaren President and CEO	37.5	753,500	910,800	18,472,200	(559,200)	1,053,400	18,966,400
Chris Virostek Executive Vice-President and CFO	8.7	133,400	319,000	1,342,300	158,200	5,900	1,506,400
Kevin Burke Executive Vice-President, North American Operations	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil
Robin Lampard Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services	9.75	45,116	45,116	531,547	Nil	(16,284)	515,263
Alan McMeekin Senior Vice-President, Europe	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil

Notes:

1. Represents the estimated annual pension, excluding any employee paid ancillary benefits, where applicable, that would be received by the Named Executive Officer upon retirement at age 65 based on actual pensionable earnings at December 31, 2025. The annual pension payable at year end is based on actual credited service at December 31, 2025. The annual pension at age 65 is based on credited service projected to age 65. In accordance with applicable tax legislation, our pension plans allow for additional years of credited service until a continuing employee reaches age 71.

2. The present value is the estimated value of the pension obligation to the date indicated using the actuarial assumptions and methods that are consistent with those used in determining pension liabilities as disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

3. Compensatory change represents the change in the pension liability related to the annual service cost, actual and assumed future compensation changes and the impact of plan changes, if any. The pension value is calculated based on the Company’s best estimate of future events that affect pension liabilities, including assumptions about future salary adjustments and bonuses, and is reflected in the pension value for the Named Executive Officers. Pension values will increase in those years where there has been a significant salary increase. Pension values will also be affected by changes in future compensation assumptions and in particular in those years where such assumptions have been updated following periodic reviews of the underlying pension plans and their associated liabilities.

4. Non-compensatory change includes items such as interest on the obligation and the impact of changes in the discount rate assumption.

The estimated years of credited service under the defined benefit pension plans at the normal retirement age of 65 for each Named Executive Officer is set out below. We have not granted on a discretionary basis any additional years of credited service to our Named Executive Officers in excess of their actual years of service.

101


Name			Estimated Years of Credited Service (as of December 31, 2025)
Sean McLaren President and CEO			46
Chris Virostek Executive Vice-President and CFO			24
Kevin Burke Executive Vice-President, North American Operations			Not applicable1
Robin Lampard Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services			102
Alan McMeekin Senior Vice-President, Europe			Not applicable1

Note:

1. Mr. Burke and Mr. McMeekin are not members of a defined benefit pension plan.

2. The years of credited service for Ms. Lampard reflect her accrued services in the defined benefit pension plan for Norbord. Ms. Lampard ceased participating in the Norbord defined benefit pension plan effective January 1, 2006 and her service in that plan is frozen at 10 years.

Defined Contribution Pension Plans

The following table shows the value of investments held by the NEOs participating in the Company’s defined contribution pension plans:


Name	Accumulated Value at December 31, 2024 ($)	Total Compensatory Change ($)1	Accumulated Value at December 31, 2025 ($)
Robin Lampard2 Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services	1,800,275	51,159	2,305,766
Kevin Burke3 Executive Vice-President, North American Operations	2,605,959	61,615	2,878,068

Notes:

1. These amounts represent employer contributions to the Company’s defined contribution pension plans.

2. Ms. Lampard, as a member accruing benefits under the defined contribution pension plan, is no longer eligible to contribute to the flex component of the defined benefit pension plan but has outstanding balances from her participation prior to 2006 that are included in the table.

3. Mr. Burke’s accumulated values and compensatory change have been converted to Canadian dollars. The exchange rate used to convert this U.S. dollar compensation was the Bank of Canada’s average US/CAD exchange rate for the fiscal year (2025 = 1.3978). The accumulated values shown include Mr. Burke’s personal salary and bonus allocation equivalent to CAD$38,510 into a deferred compensation plan.

Mr. McMeekin is not a member of a defined contribution plan. The Company contributes up to 15% of Mr. McMeekin’s gross earnings into his retirement plan, which is a combination of the self-invested personal pension plan (SIPP) and an individual savings account (ISA).

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

On November 9, 2020, Norbord entered into a letter agreement with Ms. Lampard, providing for severance entitlements in the event that (i) Norbord (or its successor) or any of its affiliates terminated their employment on a without cause basis or such individual resigns in circumstances constituting constructive dismissal within 24 months following the Norbord Acquisition or other change of control transaction, or (ii) in connection with the consummation of the Norbord Acquisition or other change of

102

control transaction, Norbord (or its successor) or any of its affiliates does not offer such individual a comparable position. Upon such event, the individual is entitled to receive an amount equal to the product of (a) one month per full year of employment with Norbord, and (b) the sum of (i) 1/12th of the individual’s base salary at the rate in effect on the termination date, and (ii) 1/12th of the average of the individual’s annual bonus earned in respect of the three most recently completed years prior to the termination date, less all applicable taxes, deductions and withholdings; provided that (a) is no less than 12 months or greater than 24 months. The Norbord Acquisition constituted a change of control of Norbord for the purposes of these agreements. The Company and Ms. Lampard agreed to one-year extensions of the foregoing agreement in 2024, 2025 and in 2026.

Other than as described above and pension and retirement benefits described elsewhere in this Circular, the Company does not have any agreements with its Named Executive Officers that provide for payments following or in connection with any termination (whether voluntary, involuntary or constructive) or a change in control of the Company.

Directors’ Compensation and Holdings

For a description of retainers and fees payable to Directors, actual compensation paid during 2025 and securities held by Directors, see “Information regarding Nominees for Election as Directors - Director Compensation”.

Interest of Informed Persons in Material Transactions

No informed person of the Company (which includes our Directors and officers and persons who own or control securities carrying 10% or more of the voting rights attached to all of our voting securities) or any associate or affiliate of any informed person has had a material interest in any transaction since the commencement of the Company’s most recently completed financial year or has a material interest in any proposed transaction which has materially affected or would affect the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Indebtedness of Directors, Officers and Employees

The following table sets out the aggregate indebtedness outstanding to us from our employees and former employees as at the Record Date. We do not make loans to our Directors or officers. During 2025, no loans were outstanding to persons who were Directors or officers during 2025 or to any of our former Directors or officers, or their associates.


AGGREGATE INDEBTEDNESS
Purpose	To the Company or its Subsidiaries	To Another Entity
Share purchases	Nil	Nil
Employee loans	US$115,818	Nil

103

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans that permit issuance from treasury as at December 31, 2025.


	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding Options, warrants and rights	Weighted average exercise price of outstanding Options, warrants and rights	Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
Plan Category	(a)	(b)	(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by Shareholders	680,970	$100.57	561,925
Equity compensation plans not approved by Shareholders1	33,612	$57.01	Nil
Total	714,582	$98.52	561,925

Notes:

1. In connection with the Norbord Acquisition, the Company adopted the Replacement Option Plans, pursuant to which the Company has issued Replacement Options. Upon the exercise or expiry of all such Replacement Options, the Replacement Option Plans will be terminated.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information (including financial information) relating to us can be found in our Annual Report, which includes our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and the accompanying audit report and management’s discussion and analysis and in our Annual Information Form. The Annual Report and Annual Information Form are on our website at www.westfraser.com and can also be found under our profiles on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and EDGAR at www.sec.gov. Copies of the Annual Report and the relevant portion of any documents incorporated by reference in the Annual Report, the Annual Information Form, as well as additional copies of this Circular, may be obtained upon request to Anil Aggarwala, Treasurer, 885 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500, Vancouver, B.C., V6C 3E8 or by emailing to shareholder@westfraser.com.

DATED at Vancouver, B.C., March 6, 2026.

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD

/s/ Sean P. McLaren

Sean McLaren
President and Chief Executive Officer

104

SCHEDULE “A”
RIGHTS PLAN

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF APRIL 9, 2020 AND

AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF APRIL 18, 2023 BETWEEN

WEST FRASER TIMBER CO. LTD. AND

COMPUTERSHARE INVESTOR SERVICES INC. AS RIGHTS AGENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Article 1 INTERPRETATION .................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Certain Definitions .................................................................................................................... 1

1.2 Currency .................................................................................................................................. 16

1.3 Headings .................................................................................................................................. 16

1.4 Calculation of Number and Percentage of Beneficial Ownership of Outstanding Voting Shares ...................................................................................................................................... 17

1.5 Acting Jointly or in Concert .................................................................................................... 17

Article 2 RIGHTS ..................................................................................................................................... 17

2.1 Legend on Share Certificates .................................................................................................. 17

2.2 Initial Exercise Price; Exercise of Rights; Detachment of Rights ........................................... 18

2.3 Adjustments to Exercise Price; Number of Rights .................................................................. 21

2.4 Date on Which Exercise Is Effective ...................................................................................... 26

2.5 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating of Rights Certificates ................................. 26

2.6 Registration, Transfer and Exchange ...................................................................................... 26

2.7 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Rights Certificates ..................................................... 27

2.8 Persons Deemed Owners of Rights ......................................................................................... 28

2.9 Delivery and Cancellation of Certificates ............................................................................... 28

2.10 Agreement of Rights Holders .................................................................................................. 28

2.11 Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder ............................................................ 29

Article 3 ADJUSTMENTS TO THE RIGHTS IN THE EVENT OF CERTAIN

TRANSACTIONS ..................................................................................................................... 29

3.1 Flip-in Event ............................................................................................................................ 29

Article 4 THE RIGHTS AGENT ............................................................................................................ 32

4.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 32

4.2 Merger, Amalgamation or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent ..................... 33

4.3 Duties of Rights Agent ............................................................................................................ 33

4.4 Change of Rights Agent .......................................................................................................... 35

4.5 Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Legislation .......................................................... 35

4.6 Privacy Legislation ................................................................................................................. 36

4.7 Liability ................................................................................................................................... 36

Article 5 MISCELLANEOUS .................................................................................................................. 36

5.1 Redemption and Waiver .......................................................................................................... 36

5.2 Expiration ................................................................................................................................ 38

5.3 Issuance of New Rights Certificates ....................................................................................... 38

5.4 Supplements and Amendments ............................................................................................... 38

5.5 Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares .................................................................................. 40

5.6 Rights of Action ...................................................................................................................... 40

5.7 Regulatory Approvals ............................................................................................................. 41

5.8 Declaration as to Foreign Holders .......................................................................................... 41

5.9 Notices .................................................................................................................................... 41

5.10 Costs of Enforcement .............................................................................................................. 42

5.11 Successors ............................................................................................................................... 42

5.12 Benefits of this Agreement ...................................................................................................... 42

5.13 Governing Law ........................................................................................................................ 42

5.14 Severability .............................................................................................................................. 43

- ii -

5.15 Effective Date .......................................................................................................................... 43

5.16 Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors .......................................................... 43

5.17 Fiduciary Duties of Directors .................................................................................................. 43

5.18 Time of the Essence ................................................................................................................ 44

5.19 Execution in Counterparts ....................................................................................................... 44

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT dated as of April 18, 2023 between West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (“West Fraser” or the “Corporation”) a company incorporated under the laws of British Columbia and Computershare Investor Services Inc., a company governed under the laws of Canada (the “Rights Agent”), which was appointed successor to TSX Trust Company (formerly, AST Trust Company (Canada)), a trust company incorporated under the laws of Canada;

WHEREAS the board of directors of West Fraser has determined that it is advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation to amend and restate this shareholder rights plan to take effect on April 18, 2023, to ensure, to the extent possible, that all shareholders of West Fraser are treated fairly in connection with any take-over bid for West Fraser;

AND WHEREAS in order to implement the adoption of a shareholder rights plan as established by this Agreement, the board of directors of West Fraser:

(a) authorized the issuance, effective at the Record Time (as hereinafter defined), of one Right (as hereinafter defined) in respect of each Voting Share (as hereinafter defined) outstanding at the Record Time; and

(b) authorized the issuance of one Right in respect of each Voting Share issued after the Record Time and prior to the earlier of the Separation Time (as hereinafter defined) and the Expiration Time (as hereinafter defined);

AND WHEREAS each Right entitles the holder thereof, after the Separation Time, to purchase securities of West Fraser pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

AND WHEREAS West Fraser desires to appoint the Rights Agent to act on behalf of West Fraser and the holders of Rights, and the Rights Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange and replacement of Rights Certificates (as hereinafter defined), the exercise of Rights and other matters referred to in this Agreement;

AND WHEREAS this agreement was originally entered into by the Company and TSX Trust Company (formerly, AST Trust Company (Canada)) as of April 9, 2020 and is hereby further amended and restated as provided herein;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and subject to such covenants and agreements, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION

1.1 Certain Definitions

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

(a) “Acquiring Person” means any Person who is the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares; provided, however, that the term “Acquiring Person” shall not include:

- 2 -

(i) West Fraser or any Subsidiary of West Fraser;

(ii) any Person who becomes the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares as a result of one or any combination of:

(A) an acquisition or redemption by West Fraser of Voting Shares which, by reducing the number of Voting Shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Voting Shares Beneficially owned by such Person to 20% or more of the Voting Shares then outstanding,

(B) a Permitted Bid Acquisition,

(D) an Exempt Acquisition, or

(E) a Convertible Security Acquisition;

provided, however, that if a Person becomes the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares by reason of one or any combination of the operation of Paragraphs (A), (B), (C), (D) or (E) above and such Person thereafter becomes the Beneficial owner of more than an additional 1% of the number of outstanding Voting Shares (other than pursuant to one or more of any combination of Paragraphs (A), (B),

(C) , (D) or (E) above, as the case may be), then as of the date such Person becomes the Beneficial owner of such additional Voting Shares, as the case may be, such Person shall become an “Acquiring Person”;

(iii) for a period of 10 calendar days after the Disqualification Date (as defined below), any Person who becomes the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares as a result of such Person becoming disqualified from relying on Section 1.1(h)(iv)(B) solely because such Person is making or has announced a current intention to make a Take-over Bid, either alone, through such Person’s Affiliates or Associates or by acting jointly or in concert with any other Person. For the purposes of this definition, “Disqualification Date” means the first date of a public announcement of facts indicating that any Person is making or has announced a current intention to make a Take-over Bid, either alone, through such Person’s Affiliates or Associates or by acting jointly or in concert with any other Person (which, for the purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation a report asserting such facts filed pursuant to NI 62- 103, NI 62-104, Section 13(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act or any other applicable securities laws, as amended from time to time and any provision substituted therefor);

(iv) an underwriter or member of a banking or selling group acting in such capacity that acquires 20% or more of the outstanding Common Shares from West Fraser in connection with a distribution of securities of West Fraser; or

(v) a Person (a “Grandfathered Person”) who is the Beneficial owner of 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares determined as at the Record Time, provided however, that this exception shall not be, and shall cease to be, applicable to a Grandfathered Person in the event that such Grandfathered Person

- 3 -

shall, after the Record Time: (1) cease to own 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares, or (2) become the Beneficial owner of any additional Voting Shares that increases its Beneficial ownership of Voting Shares by more than 1% of the number of Voting Shares outstanding as at the Record Time, other than through an acquisition pursuant to which a Person becomes a Beneficial owner of additional Voting Shares by reason of one or any combination of the operation of Paragraphs 1.1(a)(ii)(A), (B), (C), (D) or (E).

(b) “Adjusted Exercise Price” means the price at which a holder may purchase the securities issuable upon exercise of Rights pursuant to the terms of Section 3.1(a)(ii) which, until adjustment thereof in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by a fraction in which:

(i) the numerator is the number of Common Shares per Right that may be purchased pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii); and

(ii) the denominator is the number of Common Shares per Right that could have been purchased pursuant to Section 3.1(a) in the event that there had been sufficient authorized but unissued Common Shares to permit each holder of a Right (other than an Acquiring Person or a transferee of the kind described in Section 3.1(b)(ii)) to purchase the number of Common Shares to which they would have been entitled under Section 3.1(a)(i);

(i) the numerator is equal to West Fraser’s authorized but unissued Voting Shares; and

(ii) the denominator is equal to West Fraser’s issued and outstanding Voting Shares minus those Voting Shares that the Acquiring Person Beneficially owns;

(d) “Affiliate”, when used to indicate a relationship with a specified Person, means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such a specified Person;

(e) “Agreement” means this shareholder rights plan agreement dated April 9, 2020 and as amended and restated April 18, 2023, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time; “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and similar expressions mean and refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular part of this Agreement;

(f) “Annual Cash Dividend” means cash dividends paid in any fiscal year of West Fraser, to the extent that such cash dividends do not exceed in the aggregate, the greatest of:

(i) 200% of the aggregate amount of cash dividends declared payable by West Fraser on its Common Shares in its immediately preceding fiscal year;

(ii) 300% of the arithmetic mean of the aggregate amounts of the annual cash dividends declared payable by West Fraser on its Common Shares in its three immediately preceding fiscal years; and

- 4 -

(iii) 100% of the aggregate consolidated net income of West Fraser, before extraordinary items, for its immediately preceding fiscal year;

(g) “Associate” when used to indicate a relationship with a specified Person, means any relative of such specified Person who has the same home as such specified Person, or any Person to whom such specified Person is married or with whom such specified Person is living in a conjugal relationship outside marriage, or any relative of such spouse or other Person who has the same home as such specified Person;

(h) A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial owner” of, and to have “Beneficial ownership” of, and to “Beneficially own”,

(i) any securities of which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates is the owner at law or in equity;

(ii) any securities of which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has, directly or indirectly, the right to become the owner at law or in equity (provided that such right is exercisable within a period of 60 days, whether or not on condition or the happening of any contingency or the making of any payment) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, pledge or understanding, whether or not in writing (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and/or banking group members and/or selling group members with respect to a distribution of securities and other than pledges of securities in the ordinary course of business), or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any Convertible Security (other than the Rights);

(iii) any securities which are subject to a lock-up or similar agreement to tender or deposit them into any Take-over Bid made by such Person or made by any Affiliate or Associate of such Person or made by any other Person acting jointly or in concert with such Person; and

(iv) any securities which are Beneficially owned within the meaning of Sections 1.1(h)(i), (ii) or (iii) by any other Person with whom such Person is acting jointly or in concert;

provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the “Beneficial owner” of, or to have “Beneficial ownership” of, or to “Beneficially own”, any security as a result of the existence of any one or more of the following circumstances:

(A) such security has been agreed to be deposited or tendered pursuant to a Lock-up Agreement or is otherwise deposited or tendered pursuant to any Take-over Bid made by such Person, made by any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates or made by any other Person referred to in Section 1.1(h)(iv), unless such deposited or tendered security has been taken up or paid for, whichever shall occur first;

(B) such Person, any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates or any other Person referred to in Section 1.1(h)(iv) holds such security provided that,

(1) the ordinary business of any such Person (the “Investment Manager”) includes the management of investment funds for

- 5 -

others (which others, for greater certainty, may include or be limited to one or more employee benefit plans or pension plans) and such security is held by the Investment Manager in the ordinary course of such business in the performance of such Investment Manager’s duties for the account of any other Person (a “Client”), including non-discretionary accounts held on behalf of a Client by a dealer or broker registered under applicable law;

(2) such Person is (i) the manager or trustee (the “Manager”) of a mutual fund (a “Mutual Fund”) that is registered or qualified to issue its securities to investors under the securities laws of any province of Canada or the laws of the United States and such security is held in the ordinary course of business in the performance of the Manager’s duties with respect to the Mutual Fund, or (ii) a Mutual Fund;

(3) such Person (the “Trust Company”) is licensed to carry on the business of a trust company under applicable laws and, as such, acts as trustee or administrator or in a similar capacity in relation to the estates of deceased or incompetent Persons (each an “Estate Account”) or in relation to other accounts (each an “Other Account”) and holds such security in the ordinary course of such duties for such Estate Accounts or for such Other Accounts;

(4) such Person is an independent Person established by statute for purposes that include, and the ordinary business or activity of such Person (the “Statutory Body”) includes, the management of investment funds for employee benefit plans, pension plans, insurance plans or various public bodies and the Statutory Body holds such securities for the purposes of its activities as such;

(5) such Person (the “Administrator”) is the administrator or trustee of one or more pension funds, plans or related trusts (a “Plan”) or is a Plan registered or qualified under the laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or is a Plan and holds such securities for the purposes of its activities as Administrator or as a Plan; or

(6) such Person is a Crown agent or agency;

provided, in any of the above cases, that the Investment Manager, the Manager, the Mutual Fund, the Trust Company, the Statutory Body, the Administrator, the Plan, or the Crown agent or agency, as the case may be, is not then making a Take-over Bid or has not then announced an intention to make a Take-over Bid other than an Offer to Acquire Voting Shares or other securities pursuant to a distribution by West Fraser or by means of ordinary market transactions (including pre-arranged trades entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person) executed through the facilities of a stock exchange or

- 6 -

organized over-the-counter market, alone or by acting jointly or in concert with any other Person;

(C) such Person or any other person acting jointly or in concert with such Person (1) is a Client of the same Investment Manager as another Person on whose account the Investment Manager holds such security, (2) has an Estate Account or an Other Account of the same Trust Company as another Person on whose account the Trust Company holds such security or (3) is a Plan with the same Administrator as another Plan on whose account the Administrator holds such security;

(D) such Person or any other person acting jointly or in concert with such Person (1) is a Client of an Investment Manager and such security is owned at law or in equity by the Investment Manager, or (2) has an Estate Account or an Other Account of a Trust Company and such security is owned at law or in equity by the Trust Company or (3) is a Plan and such security is owned at law or in equity by the Administrator of the Plan;

(E) such Person is a registered holder of such security as a result of carrying on the business of, or acting as a nominee of, a securities depositary;

(i) “BCBCA” means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia), R.S.B.C. 2002, c.57, as amended, and the regulations made thereunder and any comparable or successor laws or regulations thereto;

(j) “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of West Fraser or any duly constituted and empowered committee thereof;

(k) “Book Entry Form” means, in reference to securities, securities that have been issued and registered in uncertificated form that are evidenced by an advice or other statement and which are maintained electronically on the records of West Fraser’s transfer agent, but for which no certificate has been issued;

(l) “Book Entry Rights Exercise Procedures” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(c);

(m) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Vancouver, British Columbia are authorized or obligated by law to close;

(n) “Canadian Dollar Equivalent” of any amount which is expressed in United States dollars means, on any date, the Canadian dollar equivalent of any such amount determined by multiplying such amount by the U.S. - Canadian Exchange Rate in effect on such date;

(o) “Canadian - U.S. Exchange Rate” means, on any date, the inverse of the U.S. - Canadian Exchange Rate in effect on such date;

(p) “close of business” on any given date means the time on such date (or, if such date is not a Business Day, the time on the next succeeding Business Day) at which the principal office in Vancouver, British Columbia of the transfer agent for the Common Shares of West Fraser (or, after the Separation Time, the principal office in Vancouver of the Rights

- 7 -

Agent) is closed to the public, provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of “Competing Permitted Bid” and the definition of “Permitted Bid”, “close of business” on any date means 11:59 p.m. (local time, at the place of deposit) on such date (or, if such date is not a Business Day, 11:59 p.m. (local time, at the place of deposit) on the next succeeding Business Day);

(q) “Common Shares” means the common shares in the capital of West Fraser, but for greater certainty does not include Class B common shares;

(r) “Competing Permitted Bid” means a Take-over Bid that:

(i) is made after a Permitted Bid or another Competing Permitted Bid has been made and prior to the expiry of that other Permitted Bid;

(ii) satisfies all components of the definition of a Permitted Bid other than the requirements set out in Section 1.1(qq)(ii)(A) of the definition of a Permitted Bid; and

(iii) contains, and the take-up and payment for securities tendered or deposited thereunder are subject to, an irrevocable and unqualified condition that no Voting Shares will be taken up or paid for pursuant to the Take-over Bid prior to the close of business on the last day of the minimum initial deposit period that such Take-over Bid must remain open for deposits of securities thereunder pursuant to NI 62-104 after the date of the Take-over Bid constituting the Competing Permitted Bid;

provided, however, that a Take-over Bid that qualified as a Competing Permitted Bid shall cease to be a Competing Permitted Bid as soon as such Take-over Bid ceases to meet any or all of the provisions of this definition, and any acquisition of Voting Shares made pursuant to such Take-over Bid that qualified as a Competing Permitted Bid, including any acquisition of Voting Shares made before such Take-over Bid ceased to be a Competing Permitted Bid, will not be a Permitted Bid Acquisition.

(s) “controlled” a Person is considered to be “controlled” by another Person or two or more Persons acting jointly or in concert if:

(i) in the case of a Person other than a partnership or a limited partnership, including a corporation or body corporate:

(A) securities entitled to vote in the election of directors (including, for Persons other than corporations, the administrators, managers, trustees or other individuals performing similar functions in respect of any such Person) carrying more than 50% of the votes for the election of directors of such Person are held, directly or indirectly, other than by way of security only, by or on behalf of the other Person or two or more Persons acting jointly or in concert; and

(B) the votes carried by such securities are entitled, if exercised, to elect, appoint or designate a majority of the board of directors of such Person;

- 8 -

(ii) in the case of a partnership other than a limited partnership, more than 50% of the interests in such partnership are held, directly or indirectly by the other Person or Persons; and

(iii) in the case of a limited partnership, the other Person or each of the other Persons is a general partner of the limited partnership,

and “controls”, “controlling” and “under common control with” shall be interpreted accordingly;

(t) “Convertible Securities” means, at any time, any securities issued by the Corporation (including rights, warrants and options) carrying any purchase, exercise, conversion or exchange right, pursuant to which the holder thereof may acquire Voting Shares or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Voting Shares (in each case, whether such right is exercisable immediately or after a specified period and whether or not on condition or the happening of any contingency).

(u) “Convertible Security Acquisition” means the acquisition of Voting Shares upon the exercise of Convertible Securities acquired by a Person pursuant to a Permitted Bid Acquisition, an Exempt Acquisition or a Pro Rata Acquisition.

(v) “Co-Rights Agents” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(a);

(w) “Disposition Date” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.1(a);

(x) “Dividend Reinvestment Acquisition” means an acquisition of Voting Shares of any class pursuant to a Dividend Reinvestment Plan;

(y) “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” means a regular dividend reinvestment or other program or plan of West Fraser made available by West Fraser to holders of its securities and/or to holders of securities of a Subsidiary of West Fraser, where such program or plan permits the holder to direct that some or all of:

(i) any dividends paid in respect of shares of any class of West Fraser or a Subsidiary;

(ii) any proceeds of redemption of shares of West Fraser or a Subsidiary;

(iii) any interest paid on evidences of indebtedness of West Fraser or a Subsidiary; or

(iv) any optional cash payments; be applied to the purchase of Voting Shares;

(z) “Effective Date” means April 9, 2020;

(aa) “Election to Exercise” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(d);

(bb) “Exempt Acquisition” means an acquisition of Beneficial ownership of Voting Shares or Convertible Securities by a Person:

(i) in respect of which the Board of Directors has waived the application of Section 3.1 pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1(a), (b) or (f); or

- 9 -

(ii) pursuant to an amalgamation, plan of arrangement or other statutory procedure having similar effect which has been approved by the Board of Directors and the holders of Voting Shares by the requisite majority or majorities of the holders of Voting Shares at a meeting duly called and held for such purpose in accordance with the provisions of the BCBCA, the notice of articles and the articles of West Fraser and any other applicable legal requirements; or

(iii) pursuant to a distribution to the public by the Corporation of Voting Shares or Convertible Securities made pursuant to a prospectus or private placement provided that the Person in question does not thereby acquire a greater percentage of Voting Shares representing the right to acquire Voting Shares than the percentage of Voting Shares such Person Beneficially owned immediately prior to such acquisition;

(cc) “Exercise Price” means, as of any date, the price at which a holder of a Right may purchase the securities issuable upon exercise of one whole Right which, until adjustment thereof in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be an amount equal to five times the Market Price per Common Share determined as of the Separation Time;

(dd) “Expansion Factor” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.3(a);

(ee) “Expiration Time” means the close of business on that date which is the earliest date of termination of this Agreement as provided for in Section 5.15 or, if this Agreement is confirmed and subsequently reconfirmed pursuant to Section 5.15;

(ff) “Flip-in Event” means a transaction in or pursuant to which any Person becomes an Acquiring Person;

(gg) “holder” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.8;

(hh) “Independent Shareholders” means holders of any Voting Shares, other than

(i) any Acquiring Person;

(ii) any Offeror (other than any Person who pursuant to Section 1.1(h) is not deemed to Beneficially own the Voting Shares held by such Person);

(iii) any Affiliate or Associate of any Acquiring Person or Offeror (referred to in Clause (ii) of this definition);

(iv) any Person acting jointly or in concert with any Acquiring Person or Offeror (referred to in Clause (ii) of this definition); and

(v) any employee benefit plan, stock purchase plan, deferred profit sharing plan and any similar plan or trust for the benefit of employees of West Fraser or a Subsidiary of West Fraser, unless the beneficiaries of the plan or trust direct the manner in which the Voting Shares are to be voted or withheld from voting or direct whether the Voting Shares are to be tendered to a Take-over Bid;

(ii) “Lock-up Agreement” means an agreement between a Person and one or more holders of Voting Shares or Convertible Securities (each a “Locked-up Person”) the terms of

- 10 -

which are publicly disclosed and a copy of which agreement is made available to the public (including West Fraser) not later than (i) the date the Lock-up Bid (as defined below) is publicly announced or, (ii) if the Lock-up Bid has been made prior to the date on which such agreement is entered into then as soon as possible after it is entered into and in any event not later than the date following the date of such agreement, pursuant to which each Locked-up Person agrees to deposit or tender Voting Shares or Convertible Securities to a Take-over Bid (the “Lock-up Bid”) to be made or made by the Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates or any other Person referred to in Section 1.1(h)(iv) and which provides:

(i) that any agreement to deposit or tender to, or to not withdraw Voting Shares or Convertible Securities from, the Lock-up Bid is terminable at the option of the Locked-up Person in order to tender or deposit such Voting Shares or Convertible Securities to another Take-over Bid or support another transaction:

(A) where the price or value per Voting Share or Convertible Security offered under such other Take-over Bid or transaction is higher than the price or value per Voting Share or Convertible Security offered under the Lock-up Agreement; or

(B) if:

(1) the price or value per Voting Share or Convertible Security offered under the other Take-over Bid or transaction exceeds the price or value per Voting Share or Convertible Security offered or proposed to be offered under the Lock-up Bid by as much or more than a specified amount (the “Specified Amount”) and the Specified Amount is not greater than 7% of the price or value per Voting Share or Convertible Security that is offered or proposed to be offered under the Lock-up Bid; or

(2) the number of Voting Shares or Convertible Securities to be purchased under the other Take-over Bid or transaction exceeds the number of Voting Shares offered to be purchased under the Lock-up Bid by as much or more than a specified number of Voting Shares (the “Specified Number of Shares”) and the Specified Number of Shares is not greater than 7% of the number of Voting Shares offered to be purchased under the Lock-up Bid, at a price or value per Voting Share or Convertible Security, as applicable, that is not less than the price or value per Voting Share or Convertible Security offered under the Lock-up Bid;

and the agreement may contain a right of first refusal or require a period of delay to give such Person an opportunity to match a higher price or value in another Take-over Bid or transaction or other similar limitation on a Locked-up Person’s right to withdraw Voting Shares or Convertible Securities from the agreement, so long as the limitation does not preclude the exercise by the Locked-up Person of the right to withdraw Voting Shares or Convertible Securities during the period of the other Take-over Bid or transaction; and

- 11 -

(ii) no “break-up” fees, “top-up” fees, penalties, expenses or other amounts that exceed in the aggregate the greater of:

(A) the cash equivalent of 2.5% of the price or value payable under the Lock- up Bid to a Locked-up Person; and

(B) 50% of the amount by which the price or value payable under another Take-over Bid or transaction to a Locked-up Person exceeds the price or value of the consideration that such Locked-up Person would have received under the Lock-up Bid, shall be payable by a Locked-up Person pursuant to the agreement in the event a Locked-up Person fails to deposit or tender Voting Shares or Convertible Securities to the Lock-up Bid or withdraws Voting Shares or Convertible Securities previously tendered thereto in order to tender to another Take-over Bid or support another transaction;

(jj) “Market Price” per share of any securities on any date of determination means the average of the daily closing sale prices per security of such class of securities (determined as described below) on each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days through and including the Trading Day immediately preceding such date; provided, however, that if an event of a type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 hereof shall have caused the closing sale prices used to determine the Market Price on any Trading Days not to be fully comparable with the closing sale price on such date of determination or, if the date of determination is not a Trading Day, on the immediately preceding Trading Day, each such closing sale price so used shall be appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustment provided for in Section 2.3 hereof in order to make it fully comparable with the closing sale price on such date of determination or, if the date of determination is not a Trading Day, on the immediately preceding Trading Day. The closing sale price per security of any securities on any date shall be:

(i) the closing board lot sale price per security or, if such price is not available, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, for each of such securities as reported by the principal Canadian securities exchange (as determined by volume of trading) on which such securities are listed or admitted to trading or, if for any reason neither of such prices is available on such day or the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on a Canadian securities exchange, the closing board lot sale price per security or, if such price is not available, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, for each security as reported by the principal United States securities exchange (as determined by the volume of trading) on which such securities are listed or admitted for trading;

(ii) if for any reason none of such prices are available on such date or the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on a Canadian securities exchange or a United States securities exchange, the last sale price or, in case no sale takes place on such date, the average of the high bid and low asked prices for each of such securities in the over-the-counter market, as quoted by any reporting system then in use (as determined by the Board of Directors); or

(iii) if for any reason none of such prices are available on such day or the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on a Canadian securities exchange or a United States securities exchange or quoted by any such reporting system, the average

- 12 -

of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the securities selected in good faith by the Board of Directors;

provided, however, that if on any such date none of such prices is available, the closing sale price per security of such securities on such date shall mean the fair value per security of the securities on such date as determined by a nationally or internationally recognized investment dealer or investment banker selected by the Board of Directors with respect to the fair value per security of such securities and provided further that if an event of a type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 hereof shall have caused any price used to determine the Market Price on any Trading Day not to be fully comparable with the price as so determined on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date of determination, each such price so used shall be appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustment provided for in Section 2.3 hereof in order to make it fully comparable with the price on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date of determination. The Market Price shall be expressed in Canadian dollars and, if initially determined in respect of any day forming part of the 20 consecutive Trading Day period in question in United States dollars, such amount shall be translated into Canadian dollars on such date at the Canadian Dollar Equivalent thereof; and

(kk) “NI 62-103” means National Instrument 62-103 – The Early Warning System and Related Take-Over Bid and Insider Reporting Issues adopted by the Canadian securities regulatory authorities and any comparable or successor laws, instruments or rules thereto;

(ll) “NI 62-104” means National Instrument 62-104 – Take-Over Bids and Issuer Bids adopted by the Canadian securities regulatory authorities and any comparable or successor laws, instruments or rules thereto;

(mm) “Nominee” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2(c); (nn) “Offer to Acquire” includes:

(i) an offer to purchase or a solicitation of an offer to sell Voting Shares or Convertible Securities of any class or classes, and

(ii) an acceptance of an offer to sell Voting Shares or Convertible Securities of any class or classes, whether or not such offer to sell has been solicited, or any combination thereof, and the Person accepting an offer to sell shall be deemed to be making an Offer to Acquire to the Person that made the offer to sell;

(oo) “Offeror” means a Person who has announced, and has not withdrawn, an intention to make or who has made, and has not withdrawn, a Take-over Bid, other than a Person who has completed a Permitted Bid, a Competing Permitted Bid or an Exempt Acquisition;

(pp) “Offeror’s Securities” means Voting Shares Beneficially owned by an Offeror on the date of the Offer to Acquire;

(qq) “Permitted Bid” means a Take-over Bid made by an Offeror that is made by means of a Take-over Bid circular and which also complies with the following additional provisions:

(i) the Take-over Bid is made to all holders of record of Voting Shares, other than the Offeror;

- 13 -

(ii) the Take-over Bid contains, and the take-up and payment for securities tendered or deposited is subject to, an irrevocable and unqualified condition that no Voting Shares will be taken up or paid for pursuant to the Take-over Bid:

(A) prior to the close of business on a date which is not less than 105 days following the date of the Take-over Bid or such shorter minimum period as determined in accordance with section 2.28.2 or section 2.28.3 of NI 62 104 for which a Take-Over Bid (that is not exempt from any of the requirements of Division 5 (Bid Mechanics) of NI 62-104) must remain open for deposit of securities thereunder; and

(B) unless at the close of business on the date Voting Shares are first taken up or paid for under such Take-over Bid, more than 50% of the Voting Shares held by Independent Shareholders shall have been deposited or tendered pursuant to the Take-over Bid and not withdrawn;

(iii) the Take-over Bid contains an irrevocable and unqualified provision that, unless the Take-over Bid is withdrawn, Voting Shares may be deposited pursuant to such Take-over Bid at any time during the period which applies pursuant to Section 1.1(qq)(ii)(A) and that any Voting Shares deposited pursuant to the Take-over Bid may be withdrawn until taken up and paid for (other than where prohibited from being withdrawn under NI 62-104 in the case of a partial take- over bid); and

(iv) the Take-over Bid contains an irrevocable and unqualified provision that, unless the Take-over Bid is withdrawn, in the event that the deposit condition set forth in Section 1.1(qq)(ii)(B) is satisfied the Offeror will make a public announcement of that fact and the Take-over Bid will be extended for a period of not less than 10 days from the date of such public announcement;

(rr) “Permitted Bid Acquisition” means an acquisition of Voting Shares made pursuant to a Permitted Bid or a Competing Permitted Bid;

(ss) “Person” includes an individual, firm, association, trustee, executor, administrator, legal or personal representative, body corporate, company, corporation, trust, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, syndicate or other form of unincorporated association, a government and its agencies or instrumentalities, any entity or group (whether or not having legal personality), any successor (by merger, statutory amalgamation or otherwise) and any of the foregoing acting in any derivative, representative or fiduciary capacity;

(tt) “Personal Information” means the type of information regulated by Privacy Laws and collected, used, disclosed or retained by West Fraser, as applicable, including, without limitation, personal information regarding any member of West Fraser’s customers, suppliers, employees or agents, such as an individual’s name, address, age, gender, social security or other identification number, income, family status, citizenship, employment, assets, liabilities, source of funds, payment records, credit information, personal references and health records to the extent regulated by Privacy Laws as applicable to West Fraser;

- 14 -

(uu) “Privacy Laws” means all applicable federal, state, municipal or other laws governing the collection, use, disclosure and retention of Personal Information;

(vv) “Pro Rata Acquisition” means an acquisition of Voting Shares or Convertible Securities by a Person pursuant to:

(i) a Dividend Reinvestment Acquisition;

(ii) a stock dividend, stock split or other event in respect of securities of one or more particular classes or series of West Fraser pursuant to which such Person becomes the Beneficial owner of Voting Shares or Convertible Securities on the same pro rata basis as all other holders of securities of the particular class or series;

(iii) any other event pursuant to which all holders of Voting Shares are entitled to receive Voting Shares or Convertible Securities on a pro rata basis; including pursuant to the receipt and/or exercise of rights issued by West Fraser to all the holders of a class of Voting Shares to subscribe for or purchase Voting Shares or Convertible Securities, provided that such rights are acquired directly from West Fraser as part of a rights offering and not from any other Person and provided that the Person does not thereby acquire a greater percentage of Voting Shares or Convertible Securities, than the Person’s percentage of Voting Shares Beneficially owned immediately prior to such receipt or exercise; or

(iv) a distribution by West Fraser of Voting Shares, or Convertible Securities (and the conversion or exchange of such convertible or exchangeable securities) made pursuant to a prospectus or a distribution by way of private placement by West Fraser, provided that the Person does not thereby acquire a greater percentage of Voting Shares of that class or securities convertible or exchangeable for Voting Shares, than the Person’s percentage of Voting Shares Beneficially owned immediately prior to such acquisition;

(ww) “Record Time” means 12:01 a.m. (Pacific Time) on the Effective Date;

(xx) “Redemption Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(c) of this Agreement;

(yy) “Right” means a right to purchase a Common Share of West Fraser, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

(zz) “Rights Agent” means Computershare Investor Services Inc., a company governed under the laws of Canada, or any successor Rights Agent appointed pursuant to Section 4.4;

(aaa) “Rights Certificate” means the certificates representing the Rights after the Separation Time, which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Attachment 1;

(bbb) “Rights Holders’ Special Meeting” means a meeting of the holders of Rights called by the Board of Directors for the purpose of approving a supplement or amendment to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.4(c);

(ccc) “Rights Register” and “Rights Registrar” have the meanings set forth in Section 2.6(a) of this Agreement;

- 15 -

(ddd) “Securities Act (British Columbia)” means the Securities Act, R.S.B.C. 1996, c. 418, as amended, and the regulations and rules thereunder, and any comparable or successor laws or regulations or rules thereto;

(eee) “Securities Act (Ontario)” means the Securities Act, R.S.O., 1990, S.5, as amended, and the regulations and rules thereunder, and any comparable or successor laws or regulations or rules thereto;

(fff) “Separation Time” means the close of business on the tenth Trading Day after the earlier of:

(i) the Stock Acquisition Date;

(ii) the date of the commencement of or first public announcement of the intent of any Person (other than West Fraser or any Subsidiary of West Fraser) to commence a Take-over Bid (other than a Permitted Bid or a Competing Permitted Bid, as the case may be); and

(iii) the date upon which a Permitted Bid or Competing Permitted Bid ceases to be such,

or such later date as may be determined by the Board of Directors, provided that, if any such Take-over Bid expires, is cancelled, terminated or otherwise withdrawn prior to the Separation Time, such Take-over Bid shall be deemed, for the purposes of this definition, never to have been made and provided that if the Board of Directors determine pursuant to Section 5.1 to waive the application of Section 3.1 to a Flip-in Event prior to the Separation Time, such Flip in Event shall be deemed never to have occurred;

(ggg) “Stock Acquisition Date” means the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 5.2 of NI 62-104, Section 4.5 of NI 62-103 or Section 13(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act) by West Fraser or an Acquiring Person of facts indicating that an Acquiring Person has become such;

(hhh) “Subsidiary” - a corporation is a Subsidiary of another corporation if:

(i) it is controlled by:

(A) that other, or

(B) that other and one or more Persons each of which is controlled by that other, or

(ii) it is a Subsidiary of a Person that is that other’s Subsidiary;

(iii) “Take-over Bid” means an Offer to Acquire Voting Shares or Convertible Securities if, assuming that the Voting Shares or Convertible Securities subject to the Offer to Acquire are acquired and are Beneficially owned at the date of such Offer to Acquire by the Person making such Offer to Acquire, such Voting Shares (including Voting Shares that may be

- 16 -

acquired upon conversion, exercise or exchange of Convertible Securities) together with the Offeror’s Securities constitute in the aggregate 20% or more of the outstanding Voting Shares on the date of the Offer to Acquire;

(jjj) “Trading Day”, when used with respect to any securities, means a day on which the principal Canadian securities exchange on which such securities are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on any Canadian securities exchange, a day on which the principal United States securities exchange on which such securities are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the securities are not listed or admitted to trading on any Canadian or United States securities exchange, a Business Day;

(kkk) “U.S. - Canadian Exchange Rate” means, on any date:

(i) if on such date the Bank of Canada sets a daily exchange rate for the conversion of one United States dollar into Canadian dollars, such rate; and

(ii) in any other case, the rate for such date for the conversion of one United States dollar into Canadian dollars calculated in such manner as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time acting in good faith;

(lll) “U.S. Dollar Equivalent” of any amount which is expressed in Canadian dollars means, on any date, the United States dollar equivalent of such amount determined by multiplying such amount by the Canadian - U.S. Exchange Rate in effect on such date;

(mmm) “U.S. Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as now in effect or as the same may from time to time be amended, re-enacted or replaced;

(nnn) “U.S. Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as now in effect or as the same may from time to time be amended, re-enacted or replaced;

(ooo) “Voting Shares” means the Common Shares in the capital of West Fraser; and

(ppp) “West Fraser” means West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd., a company governed by the laws of British Columbia together where the context requires, with its subsidiaries.

1.2 Currency

All sums of money which are referred to in this Agreement are expressed in lawful money of Canada, unless otherwise specified.

1.3 Headings

The division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections, Paragraphs, or other portions hereof and the insertion of headings, subheadings and a table of contents are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

- 17 -

1.4 Calculation of Number and Percentage of Beneficial Ownership of Outstanding Voting Shares

For purposes of this Agreement, the percentage of Voting Shares of any class Beneficially owned by any Person, shall be and be deemed to be the product (expressed as a percentage) determined by the formula:

100 x A/B

where:

A = the number of votes for the election of all directors on the Board of Directors generally attaching to the Voting Shares of that class Beneficially owned by such Person; and

B = the number of votes for the election of all directors on the Board of Directors generally attaching to all outstanding Voting Shares of such class.

Where any Person is deemed to Beneficially own unissued Voting Shares, such Voting Shares shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage of Voting Shares owned by such Person.

1.5 Acting Jointly or in Concert

For purposes of this Agreement, a Person is acting jointly or in concert with every Person who, as a result of any agreement, commitment or understanding whether formal or informal, and whether or not in writing, with the first Person or any Associate or Affiliate of the first Person, acquires or makes an Offer to Acquire Voting Shares or Convertible Securities (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and/or banking group members and/or selling group members with respect to a public offering or private placement of securities or pledges of securities in the ordinary course of business).

ARTICLE 2 RIGHTS

2.1 Legend on Share Certificates

Certificates for Common Shares issued after the Record Time but prior to the earlier of the Separation Time and the Expiration Time, shall evidence, in addition to Common Shares, one Right for each Common Share represented thereby and shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them a legend in substantially the following form:

Until the Separation Time (defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement referred to below), this certificate also evidences rights of the holder described in a Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement, dated April 9, 2020, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement”), between West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd (“West Fraser”) and Computershare Investor Services Inc. (the “Rights Agent”) (as successor to TMX Trust Company (formerly, the AST Trust Company (Canada)), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of West Fraser. Under certain circumstances set out in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement, the rights may be amended, redeemed, may expire, may become null and void or may be evidenced by separate certificates and no longer evidenced by this certificate.

- 18 -

West Fraser will mail or arrange for the mailing of a copy of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement to the holder of this certificate without charge as soon as practicable after the receipt of a written request therefor.

Any Common Shares issued and registered in Book Entry Form (that are evidenced by an advice or other statement on which are maintained electronically the records of the transfers) after the Record Time but prior to the earlier of the Separation Time and the Expiration Time, shall evidence, in addition to the Common Shares, one Right for each Common Share represented by such registration and the registration record of such Common Shares shall include the foregoing legend, adapted accordingly as the Rights Agent may reasonably require.

Common Shares (both registered in Book Entry Form or for which share certificates have been issued) that are issued and outstanding at the Record Time, which as at the Record Time represented Common Shares, shall also evidence one Right for each Common Share evidenced thereby, notwithstanding the absence of the foregoing legend, until the earlier of the Separation Time and the Expiration Time.

2.2 Initial Exercise Price; Exercise of Rights; Detachment of Rights

(a) Subject to adjustment as herein set forth, each Right will entitle the holder thereof, from and after the Separation Time and prior to the Expiration Time, to purchase one Common Share for the Exercise Price (with the Exercise Price and number of Common Shares being subject to adjustment as set forth below). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Rights held by West Fraser or any of its Subsidiaries shall be void.

(b) Until the Separation Time,

(i) the Rights shall not be exercisable and no Right may be exercised; and

(ii) each Right will be evidenced by the certificate for the associated Common Share registered in the name of the holder thereof (which certificate shall also be deemed to represent a Rights Certificate) or by the Book Entry Form registration for the associated Common Shares and will be transferable only together with, and will be transferred by a transfer of, such associated Common Share.

(i) the Rights shall be exercisable; and

(ii) the registration and transfer of Rights shall be separate from and independent of Common Shares.

Promptly following the Separation Time, West Fraser will determine whether it wishes to issue Rights Certificates or whether it will maintain the Rights in Book Entry Form. In the event that West Fraser determines to maintain Rights in Book Entry Form, it will put in place such alternative procedures as are directed by the Rights Agent for the Rights to be maintained in Book Entry Form (the “Book Entry Rights Exercise Procedures”), it being hereby acknowledged that such procedures shall, to the greatest extent possible, replicate in all substantive respects the procedures set out in this Agreement with respect to the exercise of the Rights Certificates and that the procedures set out in this Agreement shall be modified only to the extent necessary, as determined by the Rights Agent, to permit West Fraser to maintain the Rights in Book Entry Form. In such event, the Book Entry Rights Exercise Procedures shall be deemed to replace the procedures set out in this Agreement with respect to the exercise of Rights and all provisions of this

- 19 -

Agreement referring to Rights Certificates shall be applicable to Rights registered in Book Entry Form in like manner as to Rights in certificated form.

In the event that West Fraser determines to issue a Rights Certificate, it will prepare and the Rights Agent will mail to each holder of record of Common Shares as of the Separation Time (other than an Acquiring Person, any other Person whose Rights are or become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1(b) and, in respect of any Rights Beneficially owned by such Acquiring Person which are not held of record by such Acquiring Person, the holder of record of such Rights (a “Nominee”)), at such holder’s address as shown by the records of West Fraser (West Fraser hereby agreeing to furnish copies of such records to the Rights Agent for this purpose):

(x) a Rights Certificate in substantially the form set out in Attachment 1 hereof, appropriately completed, representing the number of Rights held by such holder at the Separation Time and having such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as West Fraser may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any law, rule or regulation or judicial or administrative order or with any rule or regulation of any self-regulatory organization, stock exchange or quotation system on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or traded, or to conform to usage; and

(y) a description of the Rights,

provided that a Nominee shall be sent the materials provided for in (x) and (y) in respect of all Common Shares held of record by it which are not Beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person. In order for West Fraser to determine whether any Person is holding Common Shares which are Beneficially owned by another Person West Fraser may require such first mentioned Person to furnish such information and documentation as West Fraser deems necessary or appropriate in order to make such determination.

(d) Rights may be exercised, in whole or in part, on any Business Day after the Separation Time and prior to the Expiration Time by submitting to the Rights Agent in the manner specified in the Rights Certificate:

(i) the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights;

(ii) an election to exercise such Rights (an “Election to Exercise”) substantially in the form attached to the Rights Certificate or in the form determined appropriate for Rights in Book Entry Form, in either case duly completed and executed by the holder or his executors or administrators or other personal representatives or his or their legal attorney duly appointed by an instrument in writing in form and executed in a manner satisfactory to the Rights Agent; and

(iii) payment by certified cheque, banker’s draft or money order payable to the order of the Rights Agent, of a sum equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Rights being exercised and a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or charge which may be payable in respect of the transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates or the registration, in Book Entry Form, of the Common Shares in a name other than that of the holder of the Rights being exercised.

(e) In the event that West Fraser determines to issue a Rights Certificate, then upon receipt of a Rights Certificate, together with a completed Election to Exercise executed in

- 20 -

accordance with Section 2.2(d)(ii), which does not indicate that such Right is null and void as provided by Section 3.1(b), and payment as set forth in Section 2.2(d)(iii), the Rights Agent (unless otherwise instructed by West Fraser in the event that West Fraser is of the opinion that the Rights cannot be exercised in accordance with this Agreement) will thereupon promptly:

(i) direct the transfer agent to register, in the name of the holder of the Rights being exercised or in such other name as may be designated by such holder, in Book Entry Form the number of such Common Shares to be purchased (West Fraser hereby irrevocably authorizing its transfer agents to comply with all such requisitions);

(ii) when appropriate, requisition from West Fraser the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuing fractional Common Shares;

(iii) after receipt of confirmation from the transfer agent that the registration, in Book Entry Form, referred to in Section 2.2(e)(i) has been completed, deliver the same to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificates, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder;

(iv) when appropriate, after receipt, deliver the cash referred to in Section 2.2(e)(ii) to or to the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate; and

(v) tender to West Fraser all payments received on the exercise of the Rights.

(f) In case the holder of any Rights shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced by such holder’s Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate evidencing the Rights remaining unexercised (subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(a)) will be issued by the Rights Agent to such holder or to such holder’s duly authorized assigns.

(g) West Fraser covenants and agrees that it will:

(i) take all such action as may be necessary and within its power to ensure that all Common Shares issued upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of registration in Book Entry Form of such Common Shares (subject to payment of the Exercise Price), be duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable;

(ii) take all such action as may be necessary and within its power to comply with the provisions of Section 3.1 including all actions necessary to comply with the requirements of the BCBCA, the Securities Act (British Columbia), the Securities Act (Ontario), the U.S. Securities Act and the U.S. Exchange Act and the securities laws or comparable legislation of each of the provinces of Canada and any other applicable law, rule or regulation, in connection with the issuance and delivery of the Rights Certificates and the issuance of any Common Shares upon exercise of Rights;

(iii) use reasonable efforts to cause all Common Shares issued upon exercise of Rights to be listed on the principal stock exchanges on which such Common Shares were traded immediately prior to the Stock Acquisition Date;

- 21 -

(iv) pay when due and payable, if applicable, any and all Canadian and United States federal, provincial, state and municipal transfer taxes and charges (not including any income or capital taxes of the holder or exercising holder or any liability of West Fraser to withhold tax) which may be payable in respect of the original issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates, or the registration in Book Entry Form of Common Shares to be issued upon exercise of any Rights, provided that West Fraser shall not be required to pay any transfer tax or charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates or the registration in Book Entry Form of Common Shares in a name other than that of the holder of the Rights being transferred or exercised; and

(v) after the Separation Time, except as permitted by Section 5.1, not take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

2.3 Adjustments to Exercise Price; Number of Rights

The Exercise Price, the number and kind of securities subject to purchase upon exercise of each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 2.3.

(a) In the event West Fraser shall at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Expiration Time:

(i) declare or pay a dividend on Common Shares payable in Common Shares (or other securities exchangeable for or convertible into or giving a right to acquire Common Shares or other securities of West Fraser) other than pursuant to any Dividend Reinvestment Plan;

(ii) subdivide or change the then outstanding Common Shares into a greater number of Common Shares;

(iii) consolidate or change the then outstanding Common Shares into a smaller number of Common Shares; or

(iv) issue any Common Shares (or other securities exchangeable for or convertible into or giving a right to acquire Common Shares or other securities of West Fraser) in respect of, in lieu of or in exchange for existing Common Shares except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.3,

the Exercise Price and the number of Rights outstanding, or, if the payment or effective date therefor shall occur after the Separation Time, the securities purchasable upon exercise of Rights, shall be adjusted as of the payment or effective date in the manner set forth below. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 2.3 and Section 3.1(a), the adjustment provided for in this Section 2.3 shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required under Section 3.1(a).

If the Exercise Price and number of Rights outstanding are to be adjusted:

- 22 -

(x) the Exercise Price in effect after such adjustment will be equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment divided by the number of Common Shares (or other capital stock) (the “Expansion Factor”) that a holder of one Common Share immediately prior to such dividend, subdivision, change, consolidation or issuance would hold thereafter as a result thereof; and

(y) each Right held prior to such adjustment will become that number of Rights equal to the Expansion Factor,

and the adjusted number of Rights will be deemed to be distributed among the Common Shares with respect to which the original Rights were associated (if they remain outstanding) and the shares issued in respect of such dividend, subdivision, change, consolidation or issuance, so that each such Common Share (or other capital stock) will have exactly one Right associated with it.

For greater certainty, if the securities purchasable upon exercise of Rights are to be adjusted, the securities purchasable upon exercise of each Right after such adjustment will be the securities that a holder of the securities purchasable upon exercise of one Right immediately prior to such dividend, subdivision, change, consolidation or issuance would hold thereafter after giving full effect to such dividend, subdivision, change, consolidation or issuance.

If, after the Record Time and prior to the Expiration Time, West Fraser shall issue any shares of capital stock other than Common Shares in a transaction of a type described in Section 2.3(a)(i) or (iv), shares of such capital stock shall be treated herein as nearly equivalent to Common Shares as may be practicable and appropriate under the circumstances and West Fraser and the Rights Agent agree to amend this Agreement in order to effect such treatment.

In the event West Fraser shall at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Separation Time issue any Common Shares otherwise than in a transaction referred to in this Section 2.3(a), each such Common Share so issued shall automatically have one new Right associated with it, which Right shall be evidenced by the certificate representing such associated Common Share.

(b) In the event West Fraser shall at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Separation Time fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Common Shares entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Common Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying a right to purchase Common Shares) at a price per Common Share (or, if a security convertible into or exchangeable for or carrying a right to purchase or subscribe for Common Shares, having a conversion, exchange or exercise price, including the price required to be paid to purchase such convertible or exchangeable security or right per share) less than the Market Price per Common Share on such record date, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction:

(i) the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding on such record date, plus the number of Common Shares that the aggregate offering price of the total number of Common Shares so to be offered (and/or the

- 23 -

aggregate initial conversion, exchange or exercise price of the convertible or exchangeable securities or rights so to be offered, including the price required to be paid to purchase such convertible or exchangeable securities or rights) would purchase at such Market Price per Common Share; and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Shares outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional Common Shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible or exchangeable securities or rights so to be offered are initially convertible, exchangeable or exercisable).

In case such subscription price may be paid by delivery of consideration, part or all of which may be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of Rights. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, or if issued, are not exercised prior to the expiration thereof, the Exercise Price shall be readjusted to the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed, or to the Exercise Price which would be in effect based upon the number of Common Shares (or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Shares) actually issued upon the exercise of such rights, options or warrants, as the case may be.

For purposes of this Agreement, the granting of the right to purchase Common Shares (whether from treasury or otherwise) pursuant to a Dividend Reinvestment Plan or any employee or director benefit, stock option, employee purchase, director compensation or similar plans shall be deemed not to constitute an issue of rights, options or warrants by West Fraser; provided, however, that, in all such cases, the right to purchase Common Shares is at a price per share of not less than 90% of the current market price per share (determined as provided in such plans) of the Common Shares.

(c) In the event West Fraser shall at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Separation Time fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of Common Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, plan, compromise or reorganization in which the Corporation is the continuing or successor Corporation) of evidences of indebtedness, cash (other than an Annual Cash Dividend or a dividend referred to in Section 2.3(a)(i), but including any dividend payable in securities other than Common Shares), assets or rights, options or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 2.3(b) hereof), the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction:

(i) the numerator of which shall be the Market Price per Common Share on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of Rights), on a per share basis, of the portion of the cash, assets, evidences of indebtedness, rights, options or warrants so to be distributed; and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be such Market Price per Common Share.

- 24 -

Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such a distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would have been in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Exercise Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 2.3(d) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under Section 2.3 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 2.3(d), any adjustment required by Section 2.3 shall be made no later than the earlier of:

(i) (i) three years from the date of the transaction which gives rise to such adjustment; or

(ii) the Expiration Time.

(e) In the event West Fraser shall at any time after the Record Time and prior to the Separation Time issue any shares of capital stock (other than Common Shares), or rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any such capital stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such capital stock in a transaction referred to in Sections 2.3(a)(i) or (iv) above, if the Board of Directors acting in good faith determines that the adjustments contemplated by Sections 2.3(a), (b) and (c) above in connection with such transaction will not appropriately protect the interests of the holders of Rights, the Board of Directors may determine what other adjustments to the Exercise Price, number of Rights and/or securities purchasable upon exercise of Rights would be appropriate and, notwithstanding Sections 2.3(a), (b) and (c) above, such adjustments, rather than the adjustments contemplated by Sections 2.3(a), (b) and (c) above, shall be made, subject to the prior consent of the holders of the Voting Shares or the Rights as set forth in Section 5.4(b) or (c), and West Fraser and the Rights Agent shall have authority upon receiving such prior consent of the holders of the Voting Shares to amend this Agreement as appropriate to provide for such adjustments.

(f) Each Right originally issued by West Fraser subsequent to any adjustment made to the Exercise Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the Adjusted Exercise Price, the number of Common Shares purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of a Right immediately prior to such issue, all subject to further adjustment as provided for herein.

(g) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price or the number of Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Exercise Price per Common Share and the number of Common Shares which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.

(h) In any case in which this Section 2.3 shall require that an adjustment in the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, West Fraser may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the number of Common Shares and other securities of West Fraser, if

- 25 -

any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of Common Shares and other securities of West Fraser, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that West Fraser shall deliver to such holder an appropriate instrument evidencing such holder’s right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) or other securities upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(i) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 2.3 to the contrary, West Fraser shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Exercise Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 2.3, as and to the extent that in their good faith judgment the Board of Directors shall determine to be advisable, with the intent that any:

(i) consolidation or subdivision of Common Shares;

(ii) issuance (wholly or in part for cash) of Common Shares or securities that by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares;

(iii) stock dividends; or

(iv) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 2.3,

hereafter made by West Fraser to holders of its Common Shares, subject to applicable taxation laws, shall not be taxable to such shareholders or shall subject such shareholders to a lesser amount of tax.

(j) If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 3.1, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any securities other than Common Shares, thereafter the number of such other securities so receivable upon exercise of any Right and the applicable Exercise Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common Shares contained in the foregoing subsections of this Section 2.3 and the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Common Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other securities.

(k) Whenever an adjustment to the Exercise Price or a change in the securities purchasable upon the exercise of Rights is made pursuant to this Section 2.3, West Fraser shall promptly:

(i) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment;

(ii) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Shares a copy of such certificate; and

(iii) cause notice of the particulars of such adjustment or change to be given to the holders of the Rights.

Failure to file such certificate or to cause such notice to be given as aforesaid, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of any such adjustment or change.

- 26 -

2.4 Date on Which Exercise Is Effective

Each Person in whose name a registration in Book Entry Form for Common Shares or other securities, if applicable, is made upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Common Shares or other securities, if applicable, represented thereon, and such registration shall be dated the date upon which the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered in accordance with Section 2.2(d) (together with a duly completed Election to Exercise) and payment of the Exercise Price for such Rights (and any applicable transfer taxes and other governmental charges payable by the exercising holder hereunder) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Common Share transfer books of West Fraser are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Common Share transfer books of West Fraser are open.

2.5 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating of Rights Certificates

Rights will be evidenced, in the case of Rights in Book Entry Form, by a statement issued under the Rights Agent’s direct registration system, or alternatively, if West Fraser determines to issue Rights Certificates, by the following procedures:

(a) The Rights Certificates shall be executed on behalf of West Fraser by any two directors or officers of West Fraser. The signature of any of these directors or officers on the Rights Certificates may be manual or mechanically or electronically reproduced. Rights Certificates bearing the manual or mechanically or electronically reproduced signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers or directors of West Fraser shall bind West Fraser, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices either before or after the countersignature and delivery of such Rights Certificates.

(b) Promptly after West Fraser learns of the Separation Time, West Fraser will notify the Rights Agent in writing of such Separation Time and will deliver the Rights Certificates executed by West Fraser to the Rights Agent for countersignature, as well as the disclosure statements describing the Rights, and the Rights Agent shall countersign (in a manner satisfactory to West Fraser) and send such Rights Certificates and disclosure statements to the holders of the Rights pursuant to Section 2.2(c) hereof. No Rights Certificate shall be valid for any purpose until countersigned by the Rights Agent as aforesaid.

2.6 Registration, Transfer and Exchange

(a) West Fraser will cause to be kept a register (the “Rights Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, West Fraser will provide for the registration and transfer of Rights. The Rights Agent is hereby appointed registrar for the Rights (the “Rights Registrar”) for the purpose of maintaining the Rights Register for West Fraser and registering Rights and transfers of Rights as herein provided and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. In the event that the Rights Agent shall cease to be the Rights Registrar, the Rights Agent will have the right to examine the Rights Register at all reasonable times.

- 27 -

After the Separation Time and prior to the Expiration Time, upon surrender for registration of transfer or exchange of any Rights Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.6(c), West Fraser will execute, and the Rights Agent will countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Rights Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number of Rights as did the Rights Certificates so surrendered. Alternatively, in the case of the exercise of Rights in Book Entry Form, the Rights Agent shall provide the holder or the designated transferee or the transferees with one or more statements issued under the Rights Agent’s direct registration system evidencing the same aggregate number of Rights as did the direct registration system’s records for the Rights transferred or exchanged.

(b) All Rights issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Rights Certificates shall be the valid obligations of West Fraser, and such Rights shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Rights surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(c) Every Rights Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to West Fraser or the Rights Agent, as the case may be, duly executed by the holder thereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. As a condition to the issuance of any new Rights Certificate under this Section 2.6, West Fraser may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Rights Agent) connected therewith.

(d) West Fraser shall not be required to register the transfer or exchange of any Rights after the Rights have been terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

2.7 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Rights Certificates

(a) If any mutilated Rights Certificate is surrendered to the Rights Agent prior to the Expiration Time, West Fraser shall execute and the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor a new Rights Certificate evidencing the same number of Rights as did the Rights Certificate so surrendered.

(b) If there shall be delivered to West Fraser and the Rights Agent prior to the Expiration Time:

(i) evidence to their reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Rights Certificate; and

(ii) such security or indemnity as may be reasonably required by them to save each of them and any of their agents harmless,

then, in the absence of notice to West Fraser or the Rights Agent that such Rights Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, West Fraser shall execute and upon West Fraser’s request the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate evidencing the same number of Rights as did the Rights Certificate so destroyed, lost or stolen.

- 28 -

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Rights Certificate under this Section 2.7, West Fraser may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Rights Agent) connected therewith.

(d) Every new Rights Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 2.7 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Rights Certificate shall evidence the contractual obligation of West Fraser, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Rights Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Rights duly issued hereunder.

2.8 Persons Deemed Owners of Rights

West Fraser, the Rights Agent and any agent of West Fraser or the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Separation Time, the associated Common Share certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby for all purposes whatsoever. As used in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” of any Rights shall mean the registered holder of such Rights (or, prior to the Separation Time, of the associated Common Share).

2.9 Delivery and Cancellation of Certificates

All Rights Certificates surrendered upon exercise or for redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Rights Agent, be delivered to the Rights Agent and, in any case, shall be promptly cancelled by the Rights Agent. West Fraser may at any time deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation any Rights Certificates previously countersigned and delivered hereunder which West Fraser may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Rights Certificates so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Rights Agent. No Rights Certificate shall be countersigned in lieu of or in exchange for any Rights Certificates cancelled as provided in this Section 2.9, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement. The Rights Agent shall, subject to applicable laws, destroy all cancelled Rights Certificates and deliver a certificate of destruction to West Fraser on request.

2.10 Agreement of Rights Holders

Every holder of Rights, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with West Fraser and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of Rights:

(a) to be bound by and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, in respect of all Rights held;

(b) that prior to the Separation Time, each Right will be transferable only together with, and will be transferred by a transfer of, the associated Common Share certificate representing such Right;

(c) that after the Separation Time, the Rights Certificates will be transferable only on the Rights Register as provided herein;

(d) that prior to due presentment of a Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Separation Time, the associated Common Share certificate, or if no certificate evidences the Common Share registration, satisfactory evidence of the associated Common Share registration) for registration of transfer, West Fraser, the Rights Agent and any agent of West Fraser or

- 29 -

the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Separation Time, the associated Common Share certificate, or if no certificate evidences the Common Share registration, satisfactory evidence of the associated Common Share registration) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on such Rights Certificate or the associated Common Share certificate made by anyone other than West Fraser or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither West Fraser nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary;

(e) that such holder of Rights has waived his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares or other securities upon exercise of a Right (except as provided herein);

(f) that without the approval of any holder of Rights or Voting Shares and upon the sole authority of the Board of Directors acting in good faith, this Agreement may be supplemented or amended from time to time pursuant to Section 5.4(a) and the last sentence of the penultimate paragraph of Section 2.3(a); and

(g) that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither West Fraser nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right or to any other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a government, regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation.

2.11 Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder

No holder, as such, of any Rights or Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose whatsoever the holder of any Common Share or any other share or security of West Fraser which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights Certificate be construed or deemed or confer upon the holder of any Right or Rights Certificate, as such, any right, title, benefit or privilege of a holder of Common Shares or any other shares or securities of West Fraser or any right to vote at any meeting of shareholders of West Fraser whether for the election of directors or otherwise or upon any matter submitted to holders of Common Shares or any other shares of West Fraser at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any action of West Fraser, or to receive notice of any meeting or other action affecting any holder of Common Shares or any other shares of West Fraser except as expressly provided herein, or to receive dividends, distributions or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates shall have been duly exercised in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

ARTICLE 3

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE RIGHTS IN THE EVENT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

3.1 Flip-in Event

(a) Subject to Section 3.1(b) and Section 5.1, in the event that prior to the Expiration Time a Flip-in Event shall occur, then:

(i) each Right shall constitute, effective at the close of business on the tenth Trading Day (or such longer period as may be required to satisfy the requirements of the

- 30 -

Securities Act and any comparable legislation of any other applicable jurisdiction) after the Stock Acquisition Date, the right to purchase from West Fraser, upon exercise of the Right in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, that number of Common Shares having an aggregate Market Price on the date of consummation or occurrence of such Flip-in Event equal to twice the Exercise Price for an amount in cash equal to the Exercise Price (such right to be appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustment provided for in Section 2.3 in the event that after the consummation or occurrence or event, an event of a type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 shall have occurred);

(ii) in the event that there are insufficient authorized but unissued Common Shares to permit each holder of a Right (other than an Acquiring Person or a transferee of the kind described in Section 3.1(b)(ii)) to purchase from West Fraser that number of Common Shares per Right provided for in Section 3.1(a), then until such time as holders of Common Shares approve an increase in West Fraser’s authorized capital such that there are sufficient authorized but unissued Common Shares to permit each holder of a Right (other than an Acquiring Person or a transferee of the kind described in Section 3.1(b)(ii)) to purchase from West Fraser that number of Common Shares per Right provided for in Section 3.1(a), each whole Right shall constitute, effective at the close of business on the tenth Trading Day after the Stock Acquisition Date, the right to purchase from West Fraser, upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms hereof, that number of Common Shares that is equal to one Common Share multiplied by the Adjustment Factor for an amount in cash equal to the Adjusted Exercise Price (such right to be appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustment provided for in Section 2.3 in the event that after the consummation or occurrence or event, an event of a type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 shall have occurred).

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any Flip-in Event, any Rights that are or were Beneficially owned on or after the earlier of the Separation Time or the Stock Acquisition Date by:

(i) an Acquiring Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or any Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); or

(ii) a transferee or other successor in title of Rights, directly or indirectly, from an Acquiring Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or any Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person), where such transferee or successor in title becomes a transferee or successor in title concurrently with or subsequent to the Acquiring Person becoming such in a transfer that the Board of Directors acting in good faith has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or scheme of an Acquiring Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person or any Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person), that has the purpose or effect of avoiding Section 3.1(b)(i),

- 31 -

shall become null and void without any further action, and any holder of such Rights (including transferees) shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement and further shall thereafter not have any other rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise. The holder of any Rights represented by a Rights Certificate which is submitted to the Rights Agent upon exercise or for registration of transfer or exchange which does not contain the necessary certifications set forth in the Rights Certificate establishing that such Rights are not void under this subsection 3.1(b) shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person for the purposes of this subsection 3.1(b) and such Rights shall be deemed and become null and void.

(c) From and after the Separation Time, West Fraser shall do all such acts and things as shall be necessary and within its power to ensure compliance with the provisions of Section 3.1, including without limitation, all such acts and things as may be required to satisfy the requirements of the BCBCA, the Securities Act (British Columbia), the Securities Act (Ontario), the U.S. Securities Act, the U.S. Exchange Act and the securities laws or comparable legislation in each of the provinces of Canada and each of the States of the United States in respect of the issue of Common Shares upon the exercise of Rights in accordance with this Agreement.

(d) Any Rights Certificate that would represent Rights Beneficially owned by a Person described in either Section 3.1(b)(i) or (ii) or transferred to any nominee of any such Person, and any Rights Certificate that would be issued upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall either not be issued upon the instruction of West Fraser in writing to the Rights Agent or contain the following legend:

The Rights represented by this Rights Certificate were issued to a Person who was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or an Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement) or a Person who was acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement). This Rights Certificate and the Rights represented hereby are void or shall become void in the circumstances specified in Section 3.1(b) of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

provided, however, that the Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility to ascertain the existence of facts that would require the imposition of such legend but shall impose such legend only if instructed to do so by West Fraser in writing or if a holder fails to certify upon transfer or exchange in the space provided on the Rights Certificate that such holder is not a Person described in such legend. The issuance of a Rights Certificate without the legend referred to in this Section 3.1(d) shall be of no effect on the provisions of Section 3.1(b).

Any Rights issued and registered in Book Entry Form (that are evidenced by an advice or other statement on which are maintained electronically the records of the transfers) after the Separation Time but prior to the Expiration Time, shall evidence one Right for each Right represented by such registration and the registration record of such Rights

- 32 -

shall include the legend set forth in this Section 3.1(d), adapted accordingly as the Rights Agent may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 4

THE RIGHTS AGENT

4.1 General

(a) West Fraser hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for West Fraser and the holders of the Rights in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. West Fraser may from time to time appoint one or more co-Rights Agents (“Co-Rights Agents”) as it may deem necessary or desirable, subject to the approval of the Rights Agent, acting reasonably. In the event West Fraser appoints one or more Co-Rights Agents, the respective duties of the Rights Agent and Co-Rights Agents shall be as West Fraser may determine with the approval of the Rights Agent and the Co-Rights Agents.

(b) West Fraser agrees to pay the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder or otherwise agreed to with West Fraser in writing and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements reasonably incurred in the execution and administration of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties thereunder (including the reasonable fees and other disbursements of any expert retained by the Rights Agent with the approval of West Fraser, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld). West Fraser also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent and its affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability, cost, claim, action, damage or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or wilful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, its affiliates, or either of its officers, directors, employees, or agents for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance, execution and administration of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder, including legal costs and expenses of defending against any claims or liability, which right to indemnification will survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent.

(c) The Rights Agent shall be protected from and shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any certificate for Common Shares, Rights Certificate, certificate for other securities of West Fraser, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, opinion, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons.

(d) West Fraser shall inform the Rights Agent in a reasonably timely manner of events which may materially affect the administration of this Agreement by the Rights Agent and, at any time upon request, shall provide to the Rights Agent an incumbency certificate certifying the then current directors and officers of West Fraser; provided that failure to inform the Rights Agent of any such events, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of any action taken hereunder in relation to such events.

- 33 -

4.2 Merger, Amalgamation or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent

(a) Any company into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or amalgamated or with which it may be consolidated, or any company resulting from any merger, amalgamation, statutory arrangement or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent is a party, or any company succeeding to the securityholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, will be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such company would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 4.4 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent succeeds to the agency created by this Agreement any of the Rights Certificates have been countersigned but not delivered, any successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates have not been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates in the name of either the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates will have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.

(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent is changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

4.3 Duties of Rights Agent

The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, all of which West Fraser and the holders of certificates for Common Shares and Rights Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound.

(a) The Rights Agent, at the expense of West Fraser, may retain and consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for West Fraser and, in any event, shall be a reputable legal firm) and the opinion of such counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion and the Rights Agent may also consult with such other experts as the Rights Agent shall consider necessary or appropriate to properly carry out the duties and obligations imposed under this Agreement (at West Fraser’s expense) and the Rights Agent shall be entitled to act and rely in good faith on the advice of any such expert.

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Rights Agent deems it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by West Fraser prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by two Persons believed by the Rights Agent to be directors or officers of West Fraser and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate will be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action

- 34 -

taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c) The Rights Agent will be liable hereunder only for events which are the result of its own negligence, bad faith or wilful misconduct and that of its officers, directors and employees.

(d) The Rights Agent will not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement (except as such are made or provided by the Rights Agent) or in the certificates for Common Shares or the Rights Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and will be deemed to have been made by West Fraser only.

(e) The Rights Agent will not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any certificate for a Common Share or Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor will it be responsible for any breach by West Fraser of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor will it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 3.1(b) hereof) or any adjustment required under the provisions of Section 2.3 hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights after receipt of the certificate contemplated by Section 2.3 describing any such adjustment); nor will it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization of any Common Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Rights or as to whether any Common Shares will, when issued, be duly and validly authorized, executed, issued and delivered and fully paid and non-assessable.

(f) Each of West Fraser and the Rights Agent agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions in writing (including by e-mail) with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any individual believed by the Rights Agent to be any two officers or directors of West Fraser, and to apply to such individuals for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such individual. It is understood that instructions to the Rights Agent shall, except where circumstances make it impractical or the Rights Agent otherwise agrees, be given in writing (including by e-mail) and, where not in writing, such instructions shall be confirmed in writing (including by e-mail) as soon as practicable after the giving of such instructions.

(h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder or stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in Common Shares, Rights or other securities of West Fraser or become financially interested in any transaction in which West Fraser may be interested, or contract with or lend money to West Fraser or otherwise act as fully and

- 35 -

freely as though it were not the Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for West Fraser or for any other legal entity, provided such actions would not place the Rights Agent in a position of conflict of interest with respect to its duties under this Agreement.

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent will not be answerable or accountable for any act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to West Fraser resulting from any such act, omission, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

4.4 Change of Rights Agent

The Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 60 days’ notice (or such lesser notice as is acceptable to West Fraser) in writing mailed to West Fraser and to each transfer agent of Common Shares by registered or certified mail. West Fraser may remove the Rights Agent upon 30 days’ notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares by registered or certified mail. If the Rights Agent should resign or be removed or otherwise become incapable of acting, West Fraser will appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If West Fraser fails to make such appointment within a period of 60 days after such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent, then by prior written notice to West Fraser the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent (at West Fraser’s expense) or the holder of any Rights (which holder shall, with such notice, submit such holder’s Rights Certificate, if any, for inspection by West Fraser), may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by West Fraser or by such a court, shall be a company constituted under the laws of Canada or a province thereof authorized to carry on the business of a trust company in the Province of British Columbia. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent will be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent, upon the receipt of all outstanding fees and expenses, shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, West Fraser will file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the holders of the Rights in accordance with Section 5.9. The cost of giving any notice required under this Section 4.4 shall be borne solely by West Fraser. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 4.4, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of any successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

4.5 Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Legislation

The Rights Agent shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Rights Agent reasonably determines that such an act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any sanctions legislation or regulation or applicable anti- money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Rights Agent reasonably determine at any time that its acting under this Agreement has resulted in it being in non- compliance with any sanctions legislation or regulation or applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ prior written notice to West Fraser, provided: (i) that the Rights Agent’s written notice shall describe the circumstances of such non-compliance to the extent permitted by any sanctions legislation or regulation or applicable anti-money

- 36 -

laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline; and (ii) that if such circumstances are rectified to the Rights Agent’s satisfaction within such 10-day period, then such resignation shall not be effective. Subject to applicable law, the Rights Agent agrees to notify the Corporation as soon as reasonably possible in the event that the Rights Agent has a reasonable belief that circumstances exist which may give rise to the Rights Agent exercising its right to resign under this paragraph, and such notice shall describe the basis of such reasonable belief.

4.6 Privacy Legislation

The parties acknowledge that Privacy Laws may apply to obligations and activities under this Agreement. Despite any other provision of this Agreement, neither party will take or direct any action that would contravene, or cause the other to contravene, applicable Privacy Laws. West Fraser will, prior to transferring or causing to be transferred personal information to the Rights Agent pursuant to this Agreement, obtain and retain required consents of the relevant individuals to the collection, use and disclosure of their personal information, or will have determined that such consents either have previously been given upon which the parties can rely or are not required under the Privacy Laws. The Rights Agent will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its services hereunder comply with Privacy Laws.

4.7 Liability

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and whether such losses or damages are foreseeable or unforeseeable, the Rights Agent shall not be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any (a) breach by any other party of securities law or other rule of any securities regulatory authority, (b) lost profits or (c) special, indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, aggravated or punitive losses or damages. This Section 4.7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent.

ARTICLE 5 MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Redemption and Waiver

(a) The Board of Directors shall waive the application of Section 3.1 in respect of the occurrence of any Flip-in Event if the Board of Directors has determined, following a Stock Acquisition Date and prior to the Separation Time, that a Person became an Acquiring Person by inadvertence and without any intention to become, or knowledge that it would become, an Acquiring Person under this Agreement and, in the event that such a waiver is granted by the Board of Directors, such Stock Acquisition Date shall be deemed not to have occurred. Any such waiver pursuant to this Section 5.1(a) must be on the condition that such Person, within 14 days after the foregoing determination by the Board of Directors or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (the “Disposition Date”), has reduced its Beneficial ownership of Voting Shares such that the Person is no longer an Acquiring Person. If the Person remains an Acquiring Person at the close of business on the Disposition Date, the Disposition Date shall be deemed to be the date of occurrence of a further Stock Acquisition Date and Section 3.1 shall apply thereto.

(b) The Board of Directors acting in good faith may, prior to a Flip-in Event having occurred, upon prior written notice delivered to the Rights Agent, determine to waive the application of Section 3.1 to a Flip-in Event that may occur by reason of a Take-over Bid made by means of a take-over bid circular to all holders of record of Voting Shares (which

- 37 -

for greater certainty shall not include the circumstances described in Section 5.1(a)), provided that if the Board of Directors waives the application of Section 3.1 to a particular Flip-in Event pursuant to this Section 5.1(b), the Board of Directors shall be deemed to have waived the application of Section 3.1 to any other Flip-in Event occurring by reason of any Take-over Bid which is made by means of a Take-over Bid circular to all holders of Voting Shares prior to the expiry of any Take-over Bid (as the same may be extended from time to time) in respect of which a waiver is, or is deemed to have been granted under this Section 5.1(b).

(c) In the event that prior to the occurrence of a Flip-in Event a Person acquires, pursuant to a Permitted Bid, a Competing Permitted Bid or an Exempt Acquisition under Section 5.1(b), outstanding Voting Shares, then the Board of Directors shall, immediately upon the consummation of such acquisition without further formality be deemed to have elected to redeem the Rights at a redemption price of $0.00001 per Right appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustment provided for in Section 2.3 if an event of the type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 shall have occurred (such redemption price being herein referred to as the “Redemption Price”).

(d) The Board of Directors may, with the prior approval of the holders of Voting Shares or Rights given in accordance with the terms of Section 5.4, at any time prior to the occurrence of a Flip-in Event elect to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at the Redemption Price appropriately adjusted in a manner analogous to the applicable adjustments provided for in Section 2.3, which adjustments shall only be made in the event that an event of the type analogous to any of the events described in Section 2.3 shall have occurred.

(e) The Board of Directors may, with the prior approval of the holders of Common Shares given in accordance with Section 5.4 at any time prior to the occurrence of a Flip-in Event as to which the application of Section 3.1 hereof has not been waived pursuant to Section 5.1(a), if such Flip-in Event would occur by reason of an acquisition of Common Shares or Convertible Securities otherwise than pursuant to a Take-over Bid made by means of a Take-over Bid circular to all registered holders of Common Shares and otherwise than in the circumstances set forth in Section 5.1(a), waive the application of Section 3.1 to such Flip-in Event. In such event, the Board of Directors shall extend the Separation Time to a date at least ten (10) Business Days subsequent to the meeting of shareholders called to approve such waiver.

(f) The Board of Directors may, prior to the close of business on the tenth Trading Day following a Stock Acquisition Date or such later Business Day as they may from time to time determine, upon prior written notice delivered to the Rights Agent, waive the application of Section 3.1 to the related Flip-in Event, provided that the Acquiring Person has reduced its Beneficial ownership of Voting Shares (or has entered into a contractual arrangement with West Fraser, acceptable to the Board of Directors, to do so within 10 calendar days of the date on which such contractual arrangement is entered into or such other date as the Board of Directors may have determined) such that at the time the waiver becomes effective pursuant to this Section 5.1(f) such Person is no longer an Acquiring Person. In the event of such a waiver becoming effective prior to the Separation Time, for the purposes of this Agreement, such Flip-in Event shall be deemed not to have occurred.

- 38 -

(g) Where a Take-over Bid that is not a Permitted Bid or a Competing Permitted Bid is withdrawn or otherwise terminated after the Separation Time has occurred and prior to the occurrence of a Flip-in Event, the Board of Directors may elect to redeem all the outstanding Rights at the Redemption Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Rights being redeemed pursuant to this Section 5.1(g), all the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply as if the Separation Time had not occurred and Rights Certificates representing the number of Rights held by each holder of record of Common Shares as of the Separation Time had not been mailed to each such holder and for all purposes of this Agreement the Separation Time shall be deemed not to have occurred and the Rights shall remain attached to outstanding Common Shares subject to and in accordance with this agreement.

(h) If the Board of Directors is deemed under Section 5.1(c) to have elected or elects under Sections 5.1(d) or (g) to redeem the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will thereupon, without further action and without notice, terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price.

(i) Within 10 calendar days after the Board of Directors is deemed under Section 5.1(c) to have elected or elects under Section 5.1(d) or (g) to redeem the Rights, West Fraser shall give notice of redemption to the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to each such holder at his last address as it appears upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Separation Time, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Voting Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.

(j) West Fraser shall give prompt written notice to the Rights Agent of any waiver of the application of Section 3.1 pursuant to this Section 5.1.

5.2 Expiration

No Person shall have any rights whatsoever pursuant to this Agreement or in respect of any Right after the Expiration Time, except the Rights Agent as specified in Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement.

5.3 Issuance of New Rights Certificates

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, West Fraser may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the number or kind or class of securities purchasable upon exercise of Rights made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

5.4 Supplements and Amendments

(a) West Fraser may, prior to the date of the shareholders’ meeting referred to in the first paragraph of Section 5.15 supplement, amend, vary, rescind or delete any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Rights without the approval of any holders of Rights or Voting Shares in order to make any changes which the Board of Directors acting in good faith may deem necessary or desirable. West Fraser may make any amendments to this Agreement to correct any clerical or typographical error or which, subject to Section 5.4(f), are required to maintain the validity of the Agreement as a result of any change in

- 39 -

any applicable legislation, regulations or rules thereunder. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary, no amendment shall be made to the provisions of Article 4 except with the written concurrence of the Rights Agent to such supplement or amendment.

(b) Subject to Section 5.4(a), West Fraser may, with the prior consent of the holders of Voting Shares obtained as set forth below, at any time before the Separation Time, amend, vary or rescind any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Rights (whether or not such action would materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights generally), provided that no such amendment, variation or deletion shall be made to the provisions of Article 4 except with the written concurrence of the Rights Agent thereto. Such consent shall be deemed to have been given if provided by the holders of Voting Shares at a meeting of West Fraser shareholders called and held in compliance with applicable laws and regulatory requirements and the requirements in the notice of articles and the articles of West Fraser. Subject to compliance with any requirements imposed by the foregoing, consent shall be given if the proposed amendment, variation or rescission is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all holders of Voting Shares (other than any holder who does not qualify as an Independent Shareholder, with respect to all Voting Shares Beneficially owned by such Person), represented in person or by proxy at the shareholder meeting.

(c) West Fraser may, with the prior consent of the holders of Rights obtained as set forth below, at any time after the Separation Time and before the Expiration Time, amend, vary or rescind any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Rights (whether or not such action would materially adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights generally), provided that no such amendment, variation or rescission shall be made to the provisions of Article 4 except with the written concurrence of the Rights Agent thereto. Such consent shall be deemed to have been given if provided by the holders of Rights at a Rights Holders’ Special Meeting, which Rights Holders’ Special Meeting shall be called and held in compliance with applicable laws and regulatory requirements and, to the extent possible, with the requirements in the notice of articles and the articles of West Fraser applicable to meetings of holders of Common Shares, applied mutatis mutandis. Subject to compliance with any requirements imposed by the foregoing, consent shall be given if the proposed amendment, variation or rescission is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by holders of Rights (other than holders of Rights whose Rights have become null and void pursuant to Section 3.1(b)), represented in person or by proxy at the Rights Holders’ Special Meeting.

(d) Any consent or approval of the holders of Rights shall be deemed to have been given if the action requiring such approval is authorized by the affirmative votes of the holders of Rights present or represented at and entitled to be voted at a meeting of the holders of Rights and representing a majority of the votes cast in respect thereof. For the purposes hereof, each outstanding Right (other than Rights which are null and void pursuant to the provisions hereof) shall be entitled to one vote, and the procedures for the calling, holding and conduct of the meeting shall be those, as nearly as may be, which are provided in West Fraser’s notice of articles and articles and the BCBCA with respect to the meetings of holders of Common Shares.

(e) The Corporation shall be required to provide the Rights Agent with notice in writing of any such amendment, variation or deletion to this Agreement as referred to in this Section 5.4 within five days of effecting such amendment, variation or deletion.

- 40 -

(f) Any amendments, variations or deletions made by West Fraser to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.4(a) which are required to maintain the validity of this Agreement as a result of any change in any applicable legislation, regulation or rule thereunder shall:

(i) if made before the Separation Time, be submitted to the holders of Voting Shares at the next meeting of shareholders and the holders of Voting Shares may, by the majority referred to in Section 5.4(b) confirm or reject such amendment;

(ii) if made after the Separation Time, be submitted to the holders of Rights at a meeting to be called for on a date not later than immediately following the next meeting of shareholders of West Fraser and the holders of Rights may, by resolution passed by the majority referred to in Section 5.4(d) confirm or reject such amendment.

Any such amendment shall be effective from the date of the resolution of the Board of Directors adopting such amendment, until it is confirmed or rejected or until it ceases to be effective (as described in the next sentence) and, where such amendment is confirmed, it continues in effect in the form so confirmed. If such amendment is rejected by the shareholders or the holders of Rights or is not submitted to the shareholders or holders of Rights as required, then such amendment shall cease to be effective from and after the termination of the meeting at which it was rejected or to which it should have been but was not submitted or from and after the date of the meeting of holders of Rights that should have been but was not held, and no subsequent resolution of the Board of Directors to amend this Agreement to substantially the same effect shall be effective until confirmed by the shareholders or holders of Rights as the case may be.

5.5 Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares

(a) West Fraser shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights and West Fraser shall not be required to pay any amount to a holder of record of Rights Certificates in lieu of such fractional Rights.

(b) West Fraser shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares upon exercise of Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares. In lieu of issuing fractional Common Shares, West Fraser shall be entitled to pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates, at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided, an amount in cash equal to the fraction of the Market Price of one Common Share that the fraction of a Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon the exercise of such Right is of one whole Common Share at the date of such exercise.

5.6 Rights of Action

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, all rights of action in respect of this Agreement, other than rights of action vested solely in the Rights Agent, are vested in the respective holders of the Rights. Any holder of Rights, without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights, may, on such holder’s own behalf and for such holder’s own benefit and the benefit of other holders of Rights, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against West Fraser to enforce such holder’s right to exercise such holder’s Rights, or Rights to which such holder is entitled, in the manner provided in such holder’s Rights Certificate and in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holder of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of

- 41 -

the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any Person subject to, this Agreement.

5.7 Regulatory Approvals

Any obligation of West Fraser or action or event contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the receipt of any requisite approval or consent from any governmental or regulatory authority, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, necessary approvals of any stock exchange having been obtained be obtained, such as approvals relating to the issuance of Common Shares upon the exercise of Rights under Section 2.2(d).

5.8 Declaration as to Foreign Holders

If in the opinion of the Board of Directors (who may rely upon the advice of counsel) any action or event contemplated by this Agreement would require compliance by West Fraser with the securities laws or comparable legislation of a jurisdiction outside Canada, the Board of Directors acting in good faith shall take such actions as it may deem appropriate to ensure such compliance. In no event shall West Fraser or the Rights Agent be required to issue or deliver Rights or securities issuable on exercise of Rights to persons who are citizens, residents or nationals of any jurisdiction other than Canada or the United States, in which such issue or delivery would be unlawful without registration of the relevant Persons or securities for such purposes.

5.9 Notices

(a) Notices or demands authorized or required by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights to or on West Fraser shall be sufficiently given or made if delivered, sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent), or sent by facsimile or other form of recorded electronic communication (including e-mail), charges prepaid and confirmed in writing, as follows:

West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. c/o West Fraser Group

885 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500 Vancouver, BC

Canada V6C 3E8

Attention: Chris Virostek, Senior Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile No.: (604) 681-6061

Email: Chris.Virostek@westfraser.com With a copy to: legal@westfraser.com

(b) Notices or demands authorized or required by this Agreement to be given or made by West Fraser or by the holder of any Rights to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if delivered, sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (until another address is filed in writing with West Fraser), or sent by facsimile or other form of recorded electronic communication (including by e-mail to West Fraser’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer), charges prepaid, and confirmed in writing, as follows:

- 42 -

Computershare Investor Services Inc. 510 Burrard Street, 3rd Floor Vancouver, BC

Canada V6C 3B9

Attention: General Manager, Client services Facsimile No.: (604) 661-9401

Email: David.Cavasin@computershare.com

(c) Notices or demands authorized or required by this Agreement to be given or made by West Fraser or the Rights Agent to or on the holder of any Rights shall be sufficiently given or made if delivered or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as it appears upon the register of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Separation Time, on the register of West Fraser for its Common Shares. Any notice which is mailed or sent in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice.

(d) Any notice given or made in accordance with this Section 5.9 shall be deemed to have been given and to have been received on the day of delivery, if delivered, on the third Business Day (excluding each day during which there exists any general interruption of postal service due to strike, lockout or other cause) following the mailing thereof, if mailed, and on the day of telegraphing, telecopying or sending of the same by other means of recorded electronic communication (provided such sending is during the normal business hours of the addressee on a Business Day and if not, on the first Business Day thereafter). Each of West Fraser and the Rights Agent may from time to time change its address for notice by notice to the other given in the manner aforesaid.

5.10 Costs of Enforcement

West Fraser agrees that if it fails to fulfil any of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement, then it will reimburse the holder of any Rights for the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) incurred by such holder to enforce his rights pursuant to any Rights or this Agreement.

5.11 Successors

All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of West Fraser or the Rights Agent shall bind and enure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns hereunder.

5.12 Benefits of this Agreement

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than West Fraser, the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; further, this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of West Fraser, the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights.

5.13 Governing Law

This Agreement and each Right issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the Province of British Columbia and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in

- 43 -

accordance with the laws of such Province applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such Province.

5.14 Severability

If any term or provision hereof or the application thereof to any circumstance shall, in any jurisdiction and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be ineffective only as to such jurisdiction and to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability in such jurisdiction without invalidating or rendering unenforceable or ineffective the remaining terms and provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or the application of such term or provision in any other jurisdiction or to circumstances other than those as to which it is specifically held invalid or unenforceable.

5.15 Effective Date

This Agreement is effective and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms from and after the Effective Date, provided that, if this Agreement has not been confirmed by a majority of the votes cast by Independent Shareholders at the Corporation’s annual general meeting of shareholders in 2020, then this Agreement and any and all outstanding Rights shall terminate and shall be void and of no further force and effect from such time.

This Agreement and all outstanding Rights shall terminate and be void and of no further force and effect on and from the Expiration Time.

This Agreement must be reconfirmed by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast by all holders of Voting Shares who vote in respect of such reconfirmation (other than any holder who does not qualify as an Independent Shareholder, with respect to all Voting Shares Beneficially owned by such Person) at the third and sixth annual meetings following West Fraser’s annual general meeting of shareholders in 2020. If this Agreement is not so reconfirmed or is not presented for reconfirmation at such annual meetings, this Agreement and all outstanding Rights shall terminate and be void and of no further force and effect on and from the date of termination of the annual meeting; provided that termination shall not occur if a Flip-in Event has occurred (other than a Flip-in Event which has been waived pursuant to Subsection 5.1(a), 5.1(b), 5.1(e)) prior to the date upon which this Agreement would otherwise terminate pursuant to this Section 5.15.

5.16 Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors

All actions, calculations and determinations (including all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board of Directors for the purposes of this Agreement, in good faith, shall not subject the Board of Directors or any director of West Fraser to any liability to the holders of the Rights.

5.17 Fiduciary Duties of Directors

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be considered to affect the obligations of the members of the Board of Directors to exercise their fiduciary duties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall be construed to suggest or imply that the Board of Directors shall not be entitled to recommend that holders of the Common Shares reject or accept any Take-over Bid or take any other action including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution, defence or settlement of any litigation and the solicitation of additional or alternative Take-over Bids or other proposals to holders of Common Shares that the Board of Directors believes is necessary or appropriate in the exercise of their fiduciary duties.

- 44 -

5.18 Time of the Essence

Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

5.19 Execution in Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and may be executed and delivered by facsimile or similar electronic copy and each of such counterparts and facsimiles or similar electronic copies shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts and facsimiles or similar electronic copies shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

WEST FRASER TIMBER CO. LTD.

By: "Chris Virostek"

Name: Chris Virostek

Title: Senior Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

COMPUTERSHARE INVESTOR SERVICES INC.

By: "Alexa Kwan"

Name: Alexa Kwan

Title: Relationship Manager

By: "Anita Basi"

Name: Anita Basi

Title: Manager, Emerging Issuer Solutions

ATTACHMENT 1

WEST FRASER TIMBER CO. LTD. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT

[Form of Rights Certificate]

Certificate No. Rights

THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO TERMINATION ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES (SPECIFIED IN SECTION 3.1(b) OF THE SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AGREEMENT), RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR SUCH PERSON’S AFFILIATES OR ASSOCIATES (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) OR ANY PERSON ACTING JOINTLY OR IN CONCERT WITH THEM OR TRANSFEREES OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING WILL BECOME VOID WITHOUT FURTHER ACTION.

Rights Certificate

This certifies that , or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the registered holder thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement, dated April 18, 2023, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, (the “Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement”), between West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd., a company duly incorporated under the laws of British Columbia and Computershare Investor Services Inc., a company governed under the laws of Canada (the “Rights Agent”) (which term shall include any successor Rights Agent under the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement), to purchase from West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. at any time after the Separation Time (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement) and prior to the Expiration Time (as such term is defined in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement), one fully paid common share of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (a “Common Share”) at the Exercise Price referred to below, upon presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Form of Election to Exercise (in the form provided hereinafter) duly executed and submitted to the Rights Agent at its principal office in the city of Vancouver, British Columbia or any other cities as may be designated by West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. from time to time. The Exercise Price shall be an amount equal to five times the Market Price (as defined in the Shareholder Rights Agreement) per Common Share determined as of the Separation Time per Right (payable in cash, certified cheque or money order payable to the order of the Corporation) and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement, which terms and provisions are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the

Rights Agent, West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. and the holders of the Rights Certificates. Copies of the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement are on file at the registered office of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.

This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon surrender at any of the offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing an aggregate number of Rights equal to the aggregate number

of Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered. If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the registered holder shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender hereof, another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

No holder of this Rights Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of Common Shares or of any other securities which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the Rights of a shareholder of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

(Signature page follows)

WITNESS the signature of the proper officers of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. Date: ●

WEST FRASER TIMBER CO. LTD.

By: By:

Countersigned:

COMPUTERSHARE INVESTOR SERVICES INC.

By:

Authorized Signature

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Rights Certificate.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

(Please print name and address of transferee.)

The Rights represented by this Rights Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

, as attorney, to transfer the within Rights on the books of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd., with full power of substitution.

Dated:

Signature

Signature Guaranteed: (Signature must correspond to name as written upon the face of

this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.)

The signature on this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Right Certificate(s), in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatsoever and must be guaranteed by a major Canadian Schedule I chartered bank or a member of an acceptable Medallion Signature Guarantee Program (STAMP, SEMP, MSP). The guarantor must affix a stamp bearing the actual words “Signature Guaranteed”. In the USA, signature guarantees must be done by members of a “Medallion Signature Guarantee Program” only. Signature guarantees are not accepted from Treasury Branches, Credit Unions or Caisses Populaires unless they are members of the Stamp Medallion Program.

CERTIFICATE

(To be completed if true.)

The undersigned party transferring Rights hereunder, hereby represents, for the benefit of all holders of Rights and Common Shares, that the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are not, and, to the knowledge of the undersigned, have never been, Beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof or a Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

Signature

(To be attached to each Rights Certificate.)

FORM OF ELECTION TO EXERCISE

(To be exercised by the registered holder if such holder desires to exercise the Rights Certificate.)

TO: WEST FRASER TIMBER CO. LTD. and COMPUTERSHARE INVESTOR SERVICES INC.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise whole Rights represented by the attached Rights Certificate to purchase the Common Shares or other securities, if applicable, issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such securities be issued in the name of:

(Name)

(Address)

(City and Province)

Social Insurance Number, Social Security Number, or other taxpayer identification number.

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

(Name)

(Address)

(City and Province)

Social Insurance Number, Social Security Number, or other taxpayer identification number.

Dated:

Signature

Signature Guaranteed: (Signature must correspond to name as written upon the face of this Rights

Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.)

The signature on this election to exercise must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Right Certificate(s), in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatsoever and must be guaranteed by a major Canadian Schedule I chartered bank or a member of an acceptable Medallion Signature Guarantee Program (STAMP, SEMP, MSP). The guarantor must affix a stamp bearing the actual words “Signature Guaranteed”. In the USA, signature guarantees must be done by members of a “Medallion Signature Guarantee Program” only. Signature guarantees are not accepted from Treasury Branches, Credit Unions or Caisses Populaires unless they are members of the Stamp Medallion Program.

CERTIFICATE

(To be completed if true.)

The undersigned party exercising Rights hereunder, hereby represents, for the benefit of all holders of Rights and Common Shares, that the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are not, and, to the knowledge of the undersigned, have never been, Beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof or a Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. Capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholder Rights Plan Agreement.

Signature

(To be attached to each Rights Certificate.)

NOTICE

In the event the certification set forth above in the Forms of Assignment and Election to Exercise is not completed, West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. will deem the Beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof. No Rights Certificates shall be issued in exchange for a Rights Certificate owned or deemed to have been owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof, or by a Person acting jointly or in concert with an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof.

320 Bay Street, 14th Floor Toronto, ON M5H 4A6 www.computershare.com Security Class Holder Account Number Form of Proxy - Annual General and Special Meeting to be held on April 22, 2026 This Form of Proxy is solicited by and on behalf of Management. Notes to proxy 1. Every holder has the right to appoint some other person or company of their choice, who need not be a holder, to attend and act on their behalf at the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. If you wish to appoint a person or company other than the Management Nominees whose names are printed herein, please insert the name of your chosen proxyholder in the space provided (see reverse). 2. If the securities are registered in the name of more than one owner (for example, joint ownership, trustees, executors, etc.), then all those registered should sign this proxy. If you are voting on behalf of a corporation or another individual you may be required to provide documentation evidencing your power to sign this proxy with signing capacity stated. If you are voting on behalf of a corporation you are required to provide your name and designation of office, e.g., ABC Inc. per John Smith, President. 3. This proxy should be signed in the exact manner as the name(s) appear(s) on the proxy. 4. If a date is not inserted in the space provided on the reverse of this proxy, it will be deemed to bear the date on which it was mailed to the holder by Management. 5. The securities represented by this proxy will be voted as directed by the holder, however, if such a direction is not made in respect of any matter, and the proxy appoints the Management Nominees listed on the reverse, this proxy will be voted as recommended by Management. 6. The securities represented by this proxy will be voted in favour, or withheld from voting, or voted against each of the matters described herein, as applicable, in accordance with the instructions of the holder, on any ballot that may be called for. If you have specified a choice with respect to any matter to be acted on, the securities will be voted accordingly. 7. This proxy confers discretionary authority in respect of amendments or variations to matters identified in the Notice of Meeting and Management Information Circular or other matters that may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, unless prohibited by law. 8. This proxy should be read in conjunction with the accompanying documentation provided by Management. Proxies submitted must be received by 11:00 am (Vancouver Time), on April 20, 2026. VOTE USING THE TELEPHONE OR INTERNET 24 HOURS A DAY 7 DAYS A WEEK! To Vote Using the Telephone • Call the number listed BELOW from a touch tone telephone. 1-866-732-VOTE (8683) Toll Free To Vote Using the Internet • Go to the following web site: www.investorvote.com • Smartphone? Scan the QR code to vote now. To Receive Documents Electronically • You can enroll to receive future securityholder communications electronically by visiting www.investorcentre.com. If you vote by telephone or the Internet, DO NOT mail back this proxy. Voting by mail may be the only method for securities held in the name of a corporation or securities being voted on behalf of another individual. Voting by mail or by Internet are the only methods by which a holder may appoint a person as proxyholder other than the Management Nominees named on the reverse of this proxy. Instead of mailing this proxy, you may choose one of the two voting methods outlined above to vote this proxy. To vote by telephone or the Internet, you will need to provide your CONTROL NUMBER listed below. CONTROL NUMBER ------- Fold ------- Fold

------- Fold ------- Fold Appointment of Proxyholder I/We being holder(s) of securities of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (the “Company”) hereby appoint: Hank Ketcham, Chair of the Board, or failing this person, Sean McLaren, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Management Nominees”) OR Print the name of the person you are appointing if this person is someone other than the Management Nominees listed herein. as my/our proxyholder with full power of substitution and to attend, act and to vote for and on behalf of the holder in accordance with the following direction (or if no directions have been given, as the proxyholder sees fit) and on all other matters that may properly come before the Annual General and Special Meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held at Suite 1500 – 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia on April 22, 2026 at 11:00 am (Vancouver Time), and at any adjournment or postponement thereof. VOTING RECOMMENDATIONS ARE INDICATED BY HIGHLIGHTED TEXT OVER THE BOXES. 1. Number of Directors To set the number of Directors at eleven (11). For Against 2. Election of Directors 01. Henry H. (Hank) Ketcham For Withhold 02. Doyle N. Beneby For Withhold 03. Eric L. Butler For Withhold 04. Reid E. Carter 05. John N. Floren 06. Ellis Ketcham Johnson 07. Brian G. Kenning 08. Marian Lawson 09. Sean P. McLaren 10. Colleen M. McMorrow 11. Gillian D. Winckler 3. Appointment of Auditors Appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Auditors of the Company for the ensuing year and authorizing the Directors to fix their remuneration. For Withhold 4. Advisory “Say on Pay” Resolution To pass an advisory resolution to approve the Company’s approach to executive compensation, as more particularly described under “Advisory Resolution on the Company’s Approach to Executive Compensation (Say on Pay)” in the accompanying Information Circular. For Against 5. Reconfirmation and Continuation of Shareholder Rights Plan Resolution To pass an ordinary resolution approving the reconfirmation and continuation of the Shareholder Rights Plan, without amendment, as more particularly described under “Resolution to Reconfirm and Continue the Shareholder Rights Plan” in the accompanying Information Circular. For Against Signature of Proxyholder I/We authorize you to act in accordance with my/our instructions set out above. I/We hereby revoke any proxy previously given with respect to the Meeting. If no voting instructions are indicated above, and the proxy appoints the Management Nominees, this Proxy will be voted as recommended by Management. If you are voting on behalf of a corporation you are required to provide your name and designation of office, e.g., ABC Inc. per John Smith, President. Signature(s) Date Signing Capacity Interim Financial Statements - Mark this box if you would like to receive Interim Financial Statements and accompanying Management’s Discussion and Analysis by mail. Annual Financial Statements - Mark this box if you would like to receive the Annual Financial Statements and accompanying Management’s Discussion and Analysis by mail. If you are not mailing back your proxy, you may register online to receive the above financial report(s) by mail at www.computershare.com/mailinglist. 3 8 2 3 7 3 A R 1W X T Q

Under securities regulations, a reporting issuer must send annually a form to holders to request the Interim Financial Statements and MD&A and/or the Annual Financial Statements and MD&A. If you would like to receive the report(s) by mail, please make your selection and return to the address as noted or register online at www.computershare.com/mailinglist. Alternatively, you may choose to access the report(s) online at www.sedarplus.ca. Computershare will use the information collected solely for the mailing of such financial statements. You may view Computershare's Privacy Code at www.computershare.com/privacy or by requesting that we mail you a copy. WXTQ.BEN_IA.E.38318.OUTSOURCED/000001/000001/i WX T Q Annual Financial Statements Mark this box if you would like to receive the Annual Financial Statements by mail. Financial Statements Request Form Interim Financial Statements Mark this box if you would like to receive Interim Financial Statements by mail. Please place my name on your financial statements mailing list. Exhibit 99.4

West Fraser 2025 Annual Report YEARS

2025 Annual Report | 1 Contents Message From Our President and CEO: Navigating Today, Building Tomorrow 2 Welcome to West Fraser 4 About West Fraser 5 Business Strategy 5 West Fraser at 70: Built to Last 6 Our Operations 8 Mill Feature: Henderson, Texas 10 Our Products 12 Our Logistics 14 Financial Performance 16 Management’s Discussion and Analysis 18 2025 Audited Statements 90 Consolidated Financial Statements 91 Appendix 136 Directors and Officers 137 Glossary of Key Terms 138 Forward-Looking Statements 138 Corporate Information 139 Offices and Operations 139

2025 Annual Report | 3 A Leading Lumber and Engineered Wood Producer Despite near-term challenges — including higher duties and tariffs on Canadian lumber entering the U.S. — we remain confident in the long-term outlook for lumber once affordability challenges ease, supported by lower interest rates and construction costs. In 2025, 54% of our lumber capacity was in the U.S. South, 28% in Alberta and 18% in British Columbia. We continued to advance our capital modernization strategy with a focus on safety, productivity, reliability and environmental performance. The commissioning of our new Henderson, Texas, lumber mill in November marked a significant milestone. As the facility ramps up towards full production through the coming year, this investment will help reduce our overall cost profile and improve our long-term competitive positioning. Our NA EWP segment continued to deliver solid operating performance in 2025 despite softening in customer demand. Like lumber, the long-term outlook for North American OSB also remains attractive and our mills are positioned to compete effectively once demand improves. Following a significant capital investment, our Allendale, South Carolina, OSB mill completed its ramp-up in 2025, positioning it as one of the lowest-cost mills in our portfolio. In Europe, demand for panel products remained soft, but started showing signs of improvement towards the end of the year. Our well-capitalized, low‑cost engineered wood products business has a leading market presence in the U.K. and the capability to deliver to customers across 18 European countries. Embedding Sustainability in How We Operate Sustainability remained central to our business. We advanced our alignment with global standards and continued integrating our sustainability goals into our capital strategy, including significant investments at our McDavid, Florida, lumber mill and our Bemidji, Minnesota, OSB mill. These future-ready investments position both operations for a lower-cost, more efficient future while also advancing our environmental objectives. We also supported approximately 800 community organizations and deepened collaboration with Indigenous Nations in forest stewardship and economic development. This included expanding our partnership with the Lake Babine Nation through which we secured a long-term fibre agreement for our Smithers, British Columbia, mill. Fostering a Vibrant Workforce In 2025, we continued our investment in employee well- being, engagement and inclusion. We launched “Not Myself Today,” mental health training for team leaders and saw strong participation in wellness initiatives, including more than 1,850 employees across our Canadian, U.S. and European operations participating in our inaugural walk challenge. We enhanced our ability to gather and analyze employee feedback across all regions, strengthening insight into the employee experience and supporting targeted turnover-reduction initiatives. Our U.S. operations earned Mental Health America’s Silver Bell Seal and our Canadian operations were named one of Canada’s Top 100 Employers for the thirteenth time. We also expanded our Women’s Network, reinforcing our goal of creating workplaces where every employee can thrive. A Look Ahead Our 70th anniversary served as an opportunity for reflection. Through seven decades of industry cycles and market disruptions, our people have consistently responded with determination and teamwork. I want to thank our Board of Directors for their guidance and every employee for their hard work over the past year. Looking ahead, West Fraser is well positioned for 2026 and beyond as we continue to progress toward our goal of being the world’s premier renewable wood products producer. Sean McLaren President and Chief Executive Officer West Fraser’s disciplined approach was essential to navigating 2025 — a year characterized by a further softening in housing starts and elevated mortgage rates that weighed on both new home construction and repair and remodelling markets. We remained firmly focused on the strategy that has supported our performance for more than 70 years, through all parts of the cycle: striving for low-cost production, maintaining a resilient balance sheet and deploying capital strategically across our operations. With a continuous focus on cost, aligning production with customer demand and advancing targeted capital investments, we are managing through a challenging market environment while preserving our competitive position. This disciplined approach not only sustains us at the bottom of the cycle but strengthens our ability to capture value when markets improve, continuing to reinforce our long-term value proposition for shareholders. In 2025, West Fraser delivered sales of nearly $5.5 billion and Adjusted EBITDA of $56 million, representing 1% of sales. We invested $411 million of capital back into the business and continued to return cash to shareholders through $101 million in dividends and $124 million in share repurchases. We ended the year with more than $1.2 billion of available liquidity, supporting continued reinvestment in our operations and giving us flexibility to pursue future growth opportunities. Safety Is Our Top Priority Our approach to safety is grounded in the belief that all injuries are preventable. In 2025, we made improvements across a number of our safety goals and maintained our focus on continuing to further strengthen our overall safety performance. In January, a contractor was fatally injured at one of our Canadian sites — a loss that remains deeply felt across the company, and one that reinforces the importance of our daily commitment to safety. Throughout the year, local teams developed their 2026 safety plans, drawing on lessons learned and reinforcing the expectations we set for ourselves. Our commitment is unwavering: everyone should leave our sites healthy and safe each day and that principle will continue to guide our approach to safety. Reshaping Our Operating Footprint We continue to serve markets with attractive longer‑term fundamentals, while ongoing supply and demand imbalances affect our lumber and OSB product lines. To navigate these conditions, we made difficult but necessary decisions to align production with current demand. In the fourth quarter, we announced closures or curtailments of a number of uneconomic facilities and will be shifting that production to modern, lower‑cost mills. We continue to work closely with employees throughout this transition and many are taking up vacant roles at other West Fraser facilities. Message From Our President and CEO: Navigating Today, Building Tomorrow “We navigated 2025 by staying focused on safety, our core business strategy and disciplined capital investment — continuing to strengthen West Fraser’s foundation built over the past 70 years.”

2025 Annual Report | 5 Our renewable wood products play a vital role in global construction and help drive progress toward more sustainable building solutions. West Fraser is one of the world’s largest producers of renewable wood-based building products. Operating more than 50 facilities across Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom and Europe, the company manufactures lumber, a broad range of engineered wood products — including oriented strand board, laminated veneer lumber, medium-density fibreboard, plywood and particleboard — as well as pulp, paper, wood chips and other residuals. Across all operations, West Fraser promotes sustainable and responsible practices. Our products support home construction, repair and remodelling, industrial uses and the production of paper and tissue. We aim to develop and maintain: • Excellence in performance and people • Leadership in our field • Challenge and satisfaction • Responsibility in communities in which we work • Profitability • Growth Our business strategy focuses on profitability and excellence in people, driven by three key elements. Focusing on being low cost Makes us competitive against other producers. This means always working as a team and finding innovative ways to control and reduce our costs. Maintaining a strong balance sheet Ensures we remain well‑positioned to pursue opportunities to grow. Reinvesting our profits into the business Strengthens our operations for long-term business sustainability. About West FraserWelcome to West Fraser Business Strategy

YEARS 2025 Annual Report | 7 West Fraser at 70: Built to Last Seventy years ago, three brothers pooled their resources to buy a small, 12-employee planer mill in central British Columbia. What they built has endured generations. West Fraser’s story began in 1955, when the Ketcham brothers — Sam, Bill and Pete — purchased Two Mile Planing Mills in Quesnel, British Columbia. The mill itself was modest, but the business philosophy established from the outset would prove remarkably durable: operate at low cost, reinvest and maintain a strong balance sheet. From that foundation, growth followed — not in a straight line, but through disciplined reinvestment and an ability to respond to changing conditions. As fibre supply, trade dynamics and customer needs evolved, West Fraser expanded beyond British Columbia into Alberta, the U.S., Eastern Canada and Europe. Each step reflected an adaptable strategy — one that balanced long-term thinking with the ability to respond decisively as conditions shifted. That adaptability has been central to West Fraser’s longevity. Guided by strategic priorities and informed by evolving conditions, the company has diversified its footprint, refined its portfolio and made difficult decisions — always with a focus on resilience. The result is a business strengthened by product and geographic diversity and positioned close to key markets. Underlying these seven decades of change, another constant has remained — the strength of West Fraser’s people. From the earliest mill crews to today’s global workforce, our success has been built by employees who understand their operations, take pride in their work and contribute to a culture of safety, performance and continuous improvement. As West Fraser looks ahead, the same principles that shaped its beginnings continue to guide its future. Seventy years on, West Fraser remains anchored by its early values and long‑term business strategy — well positioned to support a strong future for generations to come.

2025 Annual Report | 9 Quesnel Vancouver British Columbia Alberta Toronto Ontario Minnesota Quebec Memphis Greenville Texas Arkansas Louisiana Mississippi Tennessee Alabama Florida Georgia South Carolina North Carolina Cowie United Kingdom Belgium Locations Corporate Office Lumber OSB MDF, Particleboard Plywood Veneer & LVL Pulp & Newsprint 28 Lumber Mills 15 OSB Mills 9 Engineered Wood Mills 2 Pulp & Newsprint Mills ~10,000 Employees Our Operations 50+ facilities in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom and Europe West Fraser as of Dec 31, 2025

2025 Annual Report | 11 Mill Feature: Henderson, Texas West Fraser operates more than 50 world-class facilities, each reflecting our commitment to safety, efficiency, reliability and environmental responsibility. This year, we are proud to highlight our Henderson Lumber Mill and the dedicated team whose work supports the production of lumber for a wide range of construction and repair and remodelling needs. Located in Henderson, Texas, the mill has been part of the West Fraser family since its acquisition in 2007. Positioned in one of North America’s most productive timber baskets, the facility benefits from ready access to fibre, extensive transportation infrastructure and close proximity to key markets. With approximately 150 employees, the mill plays a vital role in the local economy and in our broader East Texas operations, where West Fraser now operates five facilities. To support long-term competitiveness, West Fraser made the strategic decision in 2022 to construct a completely new, modern facility on an adjacent site. Construction began in 2023 and was completed in October 2025. Following commissioning in November 2025, the original Henderson mill began winding down and employees moved into roles at the new facility, bringing valuable experience to the modernized operation. A phased ramp-up will continue through 2027. The new mill more than doubles production and materially improves capacity, while enhancing safety and environmental protections. Reinvestment in our operations, like our Henderson Lumber Mill, is a key component of our business strategy and commitment to the communities where we operate. 150 Employees 275 MMfbm Capacity

LVL Header Framing Lumber OSB Webstock Decking (Treated Lumber) Roof Trusses (Framing Lumber) Rimboard Roof Sheathing (OSB / Plywood) Lumber Plates Wall Sheathing (OSB / Plywood) Decking (Treated Lumber) Subflooring (OSB / Plywood) MDF (Trim & Cabinets) 2025 Annual Report | 13 Our Wood Products Spruce Pine Fir (SPF) is a species that includes Engelmann spruce, white spruce, hybrid white spruce, lodgepole pine and subalpine fir. This lumber is lightweight, easily worked, takes paint well, holds nails well and exhibits small knots. Plywood is made from multiple layers, or ply, of softwood veneer glued together with the grain of each layer perpendicular to adjacent layers. Plywood panels have superior dimensional stability, two-way strength and stiffness properties and an excellent strength-to-weight ratio. Particleboard is a non-structural, engineered wood panel produced by pressing recycled wood fibre to create a product with a consistent, pristine surface that caters to many everyday applications, such as furniture or cabinets. HiLine® Treated is wood pressure- treated with a preservative that uses innovative micronized pigment technology to achieve a warm, natural brown tone. Our advanced treatment process, combined with a high- quality, consistent substrate, delivers exceptional value for a variety of outdoor building applications. Oriented Strand Board (OSB) is a versatile structural wood panel. Used in roofs, walls and floor applications, OSB makes use of wood that may not otherwise have commercial value, which helps to maximize forest utilization. Medium-Density Fibreboard (MDF) is an engineered non- structural wood panel made from 100% western white softwoods that have a consistent light sandy colour. The purity and long fibre allow the finishing to fit a variety of interior applications. Southern Yellow Pine (SYP), known for its strength and durability, grows in the southern United States from Virginia to Florida and west to Texas. SYP lumber is a versatile product used in a variety of applications. Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL) is manufactured primarily for structural framing in residential and commercial construction. LVL is made from rotary-peeled veneers bonded together under heat and pressure into large panels that are cut into a range of widths. From Frame to Finish Whether building, finishing or renovating, our renewable wood products offer the strength, beauty and efficiency modern construction demands. From structural components and roof sheathing to decking and interior finishes, West Fraser provides high‑quality solutions for every part of the home. Our Products

2025 Annual Report | 15 How We Move What We Make Our logistics story is one of flexibility, cost‑effectiveness and teamwork with every division. It’s how we move what we make to meet customers’ needs. In 2025, we coordinated hundreds of thousands of deliveries to serve customers and distribution centres worldwide. West Fraser’s logistics network is a core operational strength that supports our ability to meet global demand with reliability and cost efficiency. Our logistics teams coordinate hundreds of thousands of deliveries each year to customers and distribution centres globally. Our logistics strategy is built on careful route planning, close alignment with operations and sales and the use of the most efficient transportation modes for each region. This integrated approach ensures safe, predictable product flow while managing costs. Canadian mills rely primarily on rail to serve markets across Canada and the United States, and to connect with ocean carriers supplying customers in Asia. U.S. mills typically ship via trucking and rail is used where beneficial. In the U.K. and Belgium, shipments to European destinations use a mix of trucking, rail and marine transport based on route efficiency and customer requirements. By combining multimodal flexibility with strong coordination across divisions, West Fraser’s logistics system enhances service reliability and supports our competitiveness in global wood products markets. 250,000 Trucks 40,000 Railcars 800,000 m³ Marine Domestic International Domestic International Domestic Domestic: Operations are strategically located close to key markets. International: U.S., Asia (China, Japan, South Korea, Vietnam and India), Europe — primarily U.K. and Germany. Domestic: U.K., Belgium. International: Germany, France, Netherlands, Ireland, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, Austria, Denmark, Portugal, Luxembourg, Italy. Our Logistics U.S. Mills Canadian Mills European Mills

2025 Annual Report | 17 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Per common share (dollars) Basic EPS (11.87) (0.06) (2.01) 21.06 27.03 TSX Price range (CAD): High 133.59 141.27 121.66 132.91 124.74 Low 80.82 100.84 88.61 89.95 73.30 Close 83.97 124.55 113.36 97.77 120.68 NYSE Price range: High 93.03 102.40 91.44 102.96 97.59 Low 57.34 73.91 64.11 68.75 61.36 Close 61.11 86.55 85.58 72.29 95.36 Dividends declared per share 1.28 1.26 1.20 1.15 0.76 Shares outstanding at year-end ('000s) 78,300 79,988 81,721 83,555 105,929 Ratios Return on capital employed -17% 0% -3% 28% 61% Net debt to capitalization 2% -6% -5% -9% -16% Number of employees at year-end 9,590 9,689 10,771 11,056 10,928 Shipments SPF Lumber (MMfbm) 2,664 2,835 2,711 2,705 3,176 SYP Lumber (MMfbm) 2,448 2,582 2,882 3,036 2,649 NA OSB (MMsf 3/8" basis) 6,345 6,629 6,380 6,006 5,674 EU OSB (MMsf 3/8" basis) 1,129 1,100 1,023 977 1,010 NBSK (Mtonnes)³ 303 226 133 377 419 1. Export duties for 2025 include a $67 million expense related to the USDOC finalization of the duty rates for the AR6 POI dated January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023 Export duties for 2024 include a $32 million expense related to the USDOC finalization of the duty rates for the AR5 POI dated January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022. Export duties for 2023 are net of a $62 million recovery related to the USDOC finalization of the duty rates for the AR4 POI dated January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2021. Export duties for 2022 are net of a $81 million recovery related to the USDOC finalization of the duty rates for the AR3 POI dated January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020. Export duties for 2021 are net of a $55 million recovery related to the USDOC finalization of the duty rates for the AR2 POI dated January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019. 2. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of our 2025 Management’s Discussion & Analysis for more information on this measure. Effective January 1, 2022, and for all comparative periods, export duties are no longer excluded from the definition of Adjusted EBITDA. 3. Following our attaining sole control of Cariboo Pulp (CPL) in Q1-24 and completion of the pulp mill disposals, the Pulp & Paper segment is comprised of our 100% interest in CPL and our 50%-owned joint operation, Alberta Newsprint Company. In light of the composition of the segment on a go-forward basis, the shipment volumes for 2025, 2024, and 2023 relate to those of Northern Bleached Softwood Kraft pulp shipped from CPL only. 2022 numbers reflect the impact of the closure of one of Hinton pulp mill’s two production lines and the move to produce Unbleached Kraft Pulp rather than Northern Bleached Softwood Kraft on the remaining line. SPF Lumber shipments in MMfbm SYP Lumber shipments in MMfbm NA OSB shipments in MMsf 3/8" basis EU OSB shipments in MMsf 3/8" basis 4,000 3,000 5,250 2,000 1,000 0 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 7,000 3,500 1,750 0 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 1,200 800 400 0 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Financial Performance Five-Year Financial Review (in millions of United States dollars, except where indicated) 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Earnings Sales 5,462 6,174 6,454 9,701 10,518 Cost of product sold (4,184) (4,333) (4,685) (5,142) (4,645) Freight and other distribution costs (766) (815) (894) (963) (846) Export duties, net¹ (177) (72) (8) (18) (146) Amortization (544) (549) (541) (589) (584) Selling, general and administration (280) (282) (307) (365) (312) Equity-based compensation 14 (14) (25) (5) (40) Restructuring and impairment charges (712) (102) (279) (60) — Operating earnings (1,187) 7 (284) 2,559 3,945 Finance income (expense), net 1 34 51 (3) (45) Other income (expense) 15 (2) 5 37 (2) Tax recovery (provision) 233 (43) 61 (618) (951) Earnings (937) (5) (167) 1,975 2,947 Adjusted EBITDA² 56 673 561 3,212 4,569 Cash flows from operating activities 96 661 525 2,207 3,552 Capital expenditures 411 487 477 477 635 Financial position Current assets 1,387 1,837 2,377 2,749 3,217 PPE & timber licenses 3,928 4,200 4,211 4,333 4,468 Goodwill & other intangibles 1,726 2,180 2,307 2,358 2,440 Export duty deposits 474 408 377 354 242 Other assets 99 129 137 175 58 Deferred income tax assets 6 7 6 4 8 Total assets 7,620 8,760 9,415 9,973 10,433 Current liabilities 651 734 750 792 1,206 Long-term debt (including current portion) 300 200 499 499 499 Other liabilities 423 264 260 268 360 Deferred income tax liabilities 397 609 683 795 712 Shareholders' equity 5,849 6,954 7,223 7,619 7,656 Total liabilities & equity 7,620 8,760 9,415 9,973 10,433 Adjusted EBITDA² in millions of U.S. dollars Capital expenditures in millions of U.S. dollars Sales in millions of U.S. dollars Cash flows from operating activities in millions of U.S. dollars 5,000 70011,000 4,000 525 8,800 4,000 3,000 350 6,600 3,000 2,000 175 4,400 2,000 1,0002,200 1,000 0 00 0 2021 20212021 20212022 20222022 20222023 20232023 20232024 20242024 20242025 20252025 2025

2025 Annual Report | 19 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS INTRODUCTION This discussion and analysis by management (“MD&A”) of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd.’s (“West Fraser”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) financial performance for the year and three months ended December 31, 2025 should be read in conjunction with our annual audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2025 (the “Annual Financial Statements”). Our fiscal year is the calendar year ending December 31. Our fiscal quarters are the 13-week periods ending on the closest Friday to the end of March, June, and September with the fourth quarter ending on December 31. References to the three months ended December 31, 2025 and the fourth quarter of 2025 relate to the period between September 27, 2025 and December 31, 2025. Unless otherwise indicated, the financial information contained in this MD&A is derived from our Annual Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”). This MD&A uses various Non-GAAP and other specified financial measures, including “Adjusted EBITDA”, “Adjusted EBITDA by segment”, “return on capital employed”, “available liquidity”, “total debt to capital ratio”, “net debt to capital ratio”, and “expected capital expenditures”. An explanation with respect to the use of these Non-GAAP and other specified financial measures is set out in the section titled “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures”. This MD&A includes statements and information that constitute “forward-looking information” within the meaning of Canadian securities laws and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of United States securities laws (collectively, “forward-looking statements”). Please refer to the cautionary note entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” below for a discussion of these forward-looking statements and the risks that impact these forward-looking statements. Dollar amounts are expressed in the United States (“U.S.”) currency unless otherwise indicated. This MD&A uses capitalized terms, abbreviations and acronyms that are defined under “Glossary of Key Terms”. Figures have been rounded to millions of dollars to reflect the accuracy of the underlying balances and as a result certain tables may not add due to rounding impacts. The information in this MD&A is as at February 11, 2026 unless otherwise indicated. OUR BUSINESS AND STRATEGY West Fraser is a diversified wood products company with facilities in Canada, the U.S., the U.K. and Europe, manufacturing, marketing, selling, and distributing lumber, engineered wood products (OSB, LVL, MDF, plywood, particleboard), northern bleached softwood kraft pulp, paper, wood chips and other residuals. As at December 31, 2025, our business is comprised of 28 lumber mills, 15 OSB facilities, 3 plywood facilities, 3 MDF facilities, 1 particleboard facility, 1 LVL facility, 1 veneer facility, and 2 pulp and paper mills. Our goal at West Fraser is to generate strong financial results through the business cycle, supported by robust product and geographic diversity, and relying on our committed workforce, the quality of our assets and our well-established people and culture. This culture emphasizes cost control in all aspects of the business and operating in a sustainable, financially conservative and prudent manner. The North American wood products industry is cyclical and periodically faces difficult market conditions. Our earnings are sensitive to changes in world economic conditions, primarily those in North America, Asia and Europe and particularly to the U.S. housing market for new construction and repair and renovation spending. Most of our revenues are from sales of commodity products for which prices are sensitive to variations in supply and demand. As many of our costs are denominated in Canadian dollars, British pounds sterling and Euros, exchange rate fluctuations of the Canadian dollar, British pound sterling and Euro against the United States dollar can and are anticipated to be a significant source of earnings volatility for us. - 1 - We believe that maintaining a strong balance sheet and liquidity profile, along with our investment-grade issuer rating, enables us to execute a balanced capital allocation strategy. Our goal is to optimize our portfolio of assets as well as reinvest in our operations across all market cycles to strategically enhance productivity, product mix, and capacity and to maintain a leading cost position. We believe that a strong balance sheet also provides the financial flexibility to capitalize on growth opportunities, including the pursuit of opportunistic acquisitions and larger-scale strategic growth initiatives, and is a key tool in managing our business over the long term including returning capital to shareholders. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS Markets In North America, new home construction activity in the U.S. is a significant driver of lumber and OSB demand. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the seasonally adjusted annualized rate of U.S. housing starts averaged 1.25 million units in October 2025, with permits issued averaging 1.41 million units; on a 3-month trailing average basis, there were 1.28 million units started and permits issued for 1.39 million units. In comparison, U.S. housing starts were 1.37 million units in the full year 2024. The latest forecasts by the U.S. Congressional Budget Office suggest slowing population growth over the coming years, which may temper demand for new home construction more broadly. Based on the latest available U.S. government data, new housing construction levels have remained muted as consumers continue to manage an environment of relatively elevated mortgage rates and housing affordability challenges. Should the economy and employment slow meaningfully, interest rates remain higher for longer or housing prices not adjust sufficiently lower to offset relatively elevated mortgage rates, housing affordability could continue to be adversely impacted, reducing near- term demand for new home construction and thus near-term demand for our wood-based building products. On the positive side, the National Association of Realtors announced that existing home sales activity has shown relative strength in recent months. Supported in part by lower short-term borrowing rates, existing home sales rose to nearly a three-year high of 4.35 million units (seasonally adjusted annual rate) in December 2025, although this level of activity is below historic averages. Over the longer term, a large cohort of the population that is now approaching the typical home-buying age demographic is expected to support core demand for home construction and resale activity. Further, the U.S. central bank has cut its key lending rate a total of 175 bps since September 2024, which is directionally supportive for housing market demand, though actual bond yields have not moderated to the same degree. The U.S. administration has also announced a renewed focus on housing affordability that may ultimately help relieve constraints on consumers; time will tell if such plans are eventually implemented and successful. In the fourth quarter, the demand we experienced for our products used in repair and remodelling applications remained subdued. While there is risk that historically low rates of existing home sales will continue to constrain a near-term recovery in repair and remodelling demand, trends of existing home sales activity have recently indicated seasonal improvement. Over the medium and longer term an aging housing stock and stabilization of inflation and interest rates are expected to stimulate renovation and repair spending that supports growth in lumber, plywood and OSB demand. Continental lumber supply has trended lower in recent years due to mill capacity reductions across North America, with a significant number of these capacity reductions announced as permanent. These capacity reductions have been attributed to a number of factors, including uneconomic fibre supply, mill modernization levels, residuals markets and increased duties and tariffs. The lumber industry has more recently been experiencing a protracted period of oversupply, particularly in the U.S. South. Over the longer term, and when lumber demand recovers, our ability to add supply may face challenges from ongoing timber supply limitations in significant lumber production regions, the investment required for greenfield and brownfield project development, availability of cost-efficient labour, diminishing outlets for residuals (and the resulting economic impact of that diminished demand) and escalating capital costs that impair economic returns. The North American OSB industry has recently entered a period of oversupply. Further, a number of OSB mill greenfield and re-start projects have been announced in recent years. While some of the announced greenfield projects are apt to be completed and begin production over the near to medium term, we continue to see meaningful constraints to significant new net OSB supply in the near term, owing to typical mill start-up curves and recently announced mill curtailments. However, should new OSB supply come online in excess of demand requirements, OSB markets that are currently in a supply surplus may experience a protracted period of oversupply. According to industry data, from 2020 through 2024 approximately 25% of U.S. lumber consumption and 28% of U.S. OSB consumption was supplied by Canadian mills. However, increased duties and the tariffs on softwood lumber recently - 2 - 2025 Annual Report | 21 Management’s Discussion and Analysis

imposed by the U.S. administration’s Section 232 proclamation have created an environment of heightened financial uncertainty for Canadian-based manufacturers of lumber and wood-based building products. If Canadian exports to the U.S. are constrained because of these or any other factors, the supply of these products may fall short of U.S. demand levels over the near to medium term. Lumber Capacity Reductions On November 6, 2025, we announced the permanent closure of our lumber mills in Augusta, Georgia and 100 Mile House, British Columbia. We also announced that the 2024 indefinite curtailments of our Huttig, Arkansas and Lake Butler, Florida lumber mills are now permanent. The closure of the Augusta lumber mill was the result of weak lumber demand and the loss of economically viable residual outlets. The closure reduced our U.S. lumber capacity by approximately 140 million board feet. The closure of the 100 Mile House lumber mill was the result of the mill no longer able to reliably access an adequate volume of economically viable timber. The closure reduced our Canadian lumber capacity by approximately 160 million board feet. As of December 31, 2025, we have completed the dismantling and sale of our permanently closed lumber mill sites in Perry, Florida, Maxville, Florida, and Huttig, Arkansas. OSB Capacity Reductions On December 4, 2025, we announced the indefinite curtailment of our OSB mill in High Level, Alberta to take effect in the spring of 2026 following an orderly wind-down and consumption of the mill’s existing log supply. We also confirmed the idling of one of the production lines at our Cordele, Georgia OSB facility since 2023 will continue indefinitely. The indefinite curtailment of the High Level OSB mill was the result of a significant weakening of OSB demand and is expected to reduce our OSB capacity by 860 million square feet (3/8 inch). The idled production line at Cordele has a capacity of 440 million square feet (3/8-inch). - 3 - ANNUAL RESULTS Summary Results ($ millions) 2025 2024 2023 Earnings Sales $ 5,462 $ 6,174 $ 6,454 Cost of products sold (4,184) (4,333) (4,685) Freight and other distribution costs (766) (815) (894) Export duties, net, and tariffs (177) (72) (8) Amortization (544) (549) (541) Selling, general and administration (280) (282) (307) Equity-based compensation 14 (14) (25) Restructuring and impairment charges (712) (102) (279) Operating earnings (loss) (1,187) 7 (284) Finance income, net 1 34 51 Other income (expense) 15 (2) 5 Tax recovery (provision) 233 (43) 61 Loss $ (937) $ (5) $ (167) Adjusted EBITDA1 $ 56 $ 673 $ 561 Basic earnings per share ($) (11.87) (0.06) (2.01) Diluted earnings per share ($) (12.08) (0.07) (2.01) Cash dividends declared per share ($) 1.28 1.26 1.20 Total assets 7,620 8,760 9,415 Long-term debt, non-current 300 — 199 Long-term debt, total 300 200 499 Return on capital employed2 (17) % — % (4) % 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. 2. This is a non-GAAP ratio. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. In 2025, our revenues were $5,462 million and we incurred a loss of $937 million, or $(12.08) of diluted loss per share. This compares with revenues of $6,174 million and loss of $5 million, or $(0.07) of diluted loss per share, in 2024, and revenues of $6,454 million and a loss of $167 million, or $(2.01) of diluted loss per share, in 2023. Our 2025 results were impacted primarily by lower OSB pricing, higher restructuring and impairment charges, higher export duties and tariffs expense, including the impact of retroactive export duty adjustments relating to prior periods, and higher inventory write-downs, offset in part by higher lumber pricing. - 4 - 2025 Annual Report | 23

Discussion & Analysis of Annual Results by Product Segment Lumber Segment Lumber Segment Earnings ($ millions unless otherwise indicated) 2025 2024 Sales Lumber $ 2,273 $ 2,280 Wood chips and other residuals 227 250 Logs and other 61 62 2,561 2,592 Cost of products sold (1,977) (2,080) Freight and other distribution costs (371) (382) Export duties, net, and tariffs (175) (72) Amortization (193) (192) Selling, general and administration (137) (142) Restructuring and impairment charges (473) (28) Operating loss (766) (303) Adjusted EBITDA1 $ (100) $ (82) Capital expenditures $ 210 $ 312 SPF (MMfbm) Production 2,583 2,799 Shipments 2,664 2,835 SYP (MMfbm) Production 2,426 2,545 Shipments 2,448 2,582 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Sales and Shipments Lumber sales were comparable to 2024 as lower shipment volumes were offset by higher product pricing. The price variance resulted in an increase in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $127 million compared to 2024. Shipment volumes decreased compared to 2024 due to lower production volumes, including the impact of the closure of our Fraser Lake, B.C. lumber mill and Lake Butler, Florida lumber mill, discussed further in the section below. The volume variance resulted in an increase in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $4 million compared to 2024. SPF Sales by Destination 2025 2024 MMfbm % MMfbm % U.S. 1,722 65% 1,703 60% Canada 815 31% 1,025 36% Other 127 4% 107 4% 2,664 2,835 We ship SPF to certain export markets, while our SYP sales are almost entirely within the U.S. The relative proportion of shipments of SPF by destination remained broadly comparable versus comparative periods. - 5 - Wood chips and other residual sales decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to lower chip pricing driven by pulp mill closures in the U.S. South and lower production volumes. Costs and Production SPF production volumes decreased from 2024 due primarily to the impact of the permanent closure of our Fraser Lake, B.C. lumber mill and incremental reductions in operating schedules due to log shortages at our B.C. lumber mills and to manage finished goods inventory levels. SYP production volumes decreased compared to 2024 due to the permanent closure of our lumber mill in Lake Butler, Florida, the impact of capital projects including the start-up of our new Henderson, Texas lumber mill, and reductions in operating schedules. Costs of products sold decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to lower shipment volumes, lower SYP log costs, and the impact of the weakening of the CAD against the USD, offset in part by higher unit manufacturing costs, higher SPF log costs, and an unfavourable $15 million variance relating to inventory valuation adjustments. This unfavourable impact was influenced by the magnitude of price changes at period end that resulted in inventory valuation reserves recorded in 2025, while 2024 had the benefit of the reversal of inventory valuation reserves. Most of our SPF log requirements are harvested from crown lands owned by the provinces of B.C. or Alberta. B.C.’s stumpage system is tied to lumber prices, with a time lag, and publicly auctioned timber harvesting rights. Alberta’s stumpage system is correlated to lumber prices with a shorter time lag. SPF log costs increased compared to 2024 due primarily to higher purchased wood costs, higher logging and hauling costs, higher Alberta stumpage costs and higher estimated silviculture costs, offset in part by lower B.C. stumpage costs. SPF unit manufacturing costs increased compared to 2024 due primarily to the impact of lower production and higher labour costs, offset in part by the weakening of the CAD against the USD and lower energy costs. SYP log costs decreased compared to 2024 as demand for logs moderated due to lower operating rates in our log procurement regions. SYP unit manufacturing costs increased compared to 2024 due to the impact of lower production, higher labour costs, and higher repairs and maintenance costs. This was offset in part by the favourable cost impact of mill closures and efficiency improvements across our operating platform. Freight and other distribution costs decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to lower shipment volumes, offset in part by higher freight rates. Export duties for 2025 increased compared to 2024 due primarily to a higher CVD and ADD cash deposit rate and the impact of retroactive export duty adjustments relating to prior periods, offset in part by a lower estimated ADD rate in 2025. Export duty expense in 2025 included an expense of $67 million related to the USDOC finalization of AR6 duty rates whereas export duties in 2024 included an expense of $32 million related to the USDOC finalization of AR5 duty rates. We incurred tariff expense on lumber products that crossed the border from Canada to the U.S. between March 4, 2025 to March 6, 2025 at a rate of 25% and between October 14, 2025 to December 31, 2025 at a rate of 10%. No tariffs on lumber products exported from Canada to the U.S. were in effect during 2024. - 6 - 2025 Annual Report | 25

The following table summarizes the impact of export duties, net, and tariffs on our Lumber segment: Duty impact on earnings ($ millions) 2025 2024 Cash deposits1 $ (104) $ (62) Adjustments to West Fraser rates2 8 22 Export duties, net (97) (40) Duty expense attributable to AR53 — (32) Duty expense attributable to AR63 (67) — Export duty expense (164) (72) Tariffs (12) — Export duties, net, and tariffs (175) (72) Net interest income on export duty deposits $ 5 $ 19 1. Represents combined CVD and ADD cash deposit rate of 9.25% from January 1, 2024 to August 18, 2024, 11.89% from August 19, 2024 to December 31, 2024, 11.89% from January 1, 2025 to July 28, 2025, 16.50% from July 29, 2025 to August 11, 2025, and 26.47% from August 12, 2025 to December 31, 2025. 2. Represents adjustments to the annualized West Fraser estimated ADD rates, as shown in the rate tables below, and other administrative adjustments. 3. $32 million represents the duty expense attributable to the finalization of AR5 duty rates for the 2022 POI. The final CVD rate was 6.85% and the final ADD rate was 5.04% for AR5. 4. $67 million represents the duty expense attributable to the finalization of AR6 duty rates for the 2023 POI. The final CVD rate was 16.82% and the final ADD rate was 9.65% for AR6. Amortization expense was comparable to 2024 as the increase in amortization expense from the completion of certain capital investments in our U.S. operations was offset by the impact of our lumber mill closures. Selling, general and administration costs decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to the impact of indefinite curtailments and closures and reductions in discretionary spending. Restructuring and impairment charges of $473 million in 2025 related to the U.S. lumber goodwill impairment and the permanent closures of our Augusta, Georgia and 100 Mile House, British Columbia lumber mills. See note 8 to the Annual Financial Statements for additional details around the U.S. lumber goodwill impairment. Restructuring and impairment charges of $28 million in 2024 related to the permanent closures and indefinite curtailments of lumber mills in the U.S. South and B.C. Operating earnings for the Lumber Segment decreased by $464 million compared to 2024 for the reasons explained above. Adjusted EBITDA for the Lumber Segment decreased by $17 million compared to 2024. The following table shows the Adjusted EBITDA variance for the period. The impact of changes in chip, log, and other revenues is included under Other. Adjusted EBITDA ($ millions) 2024 to 2025 Adjusted EBITDA - comparative period $ (82) Price 127 Volume 4 Changes in export duties and tariffs (111) Changes in costs (5) Impact of inventory write-downs (15) Other (18) Adjusted EBITDA - current period $ (100) Softwood Lumber Dispute and Tariffs On November 25, 2016, a coalition of U.S. lumber producers petitioned the USDOC and the USITC to investigate alleged subsidies to Canadian softwood lumber producers and levy CVD and ADD duties against Canadian softwood lumber - 7 - imports. The USDOC has and continues to choose us as a “mandatory respondent” to both the countervailing and antidumping investigations, and as a result, we have received unique company-specific rates. Developments in CVD and ADD rates We began paying CVD and ADD duties in 2017 based on the determination of duties payable by the USDOC. The CVD and ADD cash deposit rates are updated upon the finalization of the USDOC’s AR process for each POI, as summarized in the tables below. On February 21, 2025, the USDOC initiated AR7 POI covering the 2024 calendar year. West Fraser was selected as a mandatory respondent, which will result in West Fraser continuing to be subject to a company-specific rate. The respective Cash Deposit Rates, the AR POI Final Rate and the West Fraser Estimated ADD Rate for each period are as follows: Effective dates for CVD Cash Deposit Rate AR POI Final Rate AR1 POI1,2 April 28, 2017 - August 24, 2017 24.12 % 6.76 % August 25, 2017 - December 27, 2017 — % — % December 28, 2017 - December 31, 2017 17.99 % 6.76 % January 1, 2018 - December 31, 2018 17.99 % 7.57 % AR2 POI3 January 1, 2019 - December 31, 2019 17.99 % 5.08 % AR3 POI4 January 1, 2020 - November 30, 2020 17.99 % 3.62 % December 1, 2020 - December 31, 2020 7.57 % 3.62 % AR4 POI5 January 1, 2021 - December 1, 2021 7.57 % 2.19 % December 2, 2021 - December 31, 2021 5.06 % 2.19 % AR5 POI6 January 1, 2022 – January 9, 2022 5.06 % 6.85 % January 10, 2022 – August 8, 2022 5.08 % 6.85 % August 9, 2022 - December 31, 2022 3.62 % 6.85 % AR6 POI7 January 1, 2023 - July 31, 2023 3.62 % 16.82 % August 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023 2.19 % 16.82 % AR7 POI8 January 1, 2024 - August 18, 2024 2.19 % n/a August 19, 2024 - December 31, 2024 6.85 % n/a AR8 POI9 January 1, 2025 - August 11, 2025 6.85 % n/a August 12, 2025 - December 31, 2025 16.82 % n/a 1. On April 24, 2017, the USDOC issued its preliminary rate in the CVD investigation. The requirement that we make cash deposits for CVD was suspended on August 24, 2017, until the USDOC published the revised rate. 2. On November 24, 2020, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR1 POI. 3. On November 24, 2021, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR2 POI. On January 10, 2022, the USDOC amended the final CVD rate for the AR2 POI from 5.06% to 5.08% for ministerial errors. This table only reflects the final rate. 4. On August 4, 2022, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR3 POI. 5. On August 1, 2023, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR4 POI. 6. On August 19, 2024, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR5 POI. - 8 - 2025 Annual Report | 27

7. On August 12, 2025, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR6 POI. 8. The CVD rate for the AR7 POI will be adjusted when AR7 is complete and the USDOC finalizes the rate, which is not expected until 2026. 9. The CVD rate for the AR8 POI will be adjusted when AR8 is complete and the USDOC finalizes the rate, which is not expected until 2027. Effective dates for ADD Cash Deposit Rate AR POI Final Rate West Fraser Estimated Rate AR1 POI1,2 June 30, 2017 - December 3, 2017 6.76 % 1.40 % 1.46 % December 4, 2017 - December 31, 2017 5.57 % 1.40 % 1.46 % January 1, 2018 - December 31, 2018 5.57 % 1.40 % 1.46 % AR2 POI3 January 1, 2019 - December 31, 2019 5.57 % 6.06 % 4.65 % AR3 POI4 January 1, 2020 - November 29, 2020 5.57 % 4.63 % 3.40 % November 30, 2020 - December 31, 2020 1.40 % 4.63 % 3.40 % AR4 POI5 January 1, 2021 - December 1, 2021 1.40 % 7.06 % 6.80 % December 2, 2021 - December 31, 2021 6.06 % 7.06 % 6.80 % AR5 POI6 January 1, 2022 - August 8, 2022 6.06 % 5.04% 4.52 % August 9, 2022 - December 31, 2022 4.63 % 5.04% 4.52 % AR6 POI7 January 1, 2023 - July 31, 2023 4.63 % 9.65% 8.84 % August 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023 7.06 % 9.65% 8.84 % AR7 POI8 January 1, 2024 - August 18, 2024 7.06 % n/a 4.70 % August 19, 2024 - December 31, 2024 5.04 % n/a 4.70 % AR8 POI9 January 1, 2025 - July 28, 2025 5.04 % n/a 4.00 % July 29, 2025 - December 31, 2025 9.65 % n/a 4.00 % 1. On June 26, 2017, the USDOC issued its preliminary rate in the ADD investigation effective June 30, 2017. 2. On November 24, 2020, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR1 POI. 3. On November 24, 2021, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR2 POI. 4. On August 4, 2022, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR3 POI. 5. On July 31, 2023, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR4 POI. On September 7, 2023, the USDOC amended the final ADD rate for the AR4 POI for ministerial errors. This table only reflects the final rate. 6. On August 19, 2024, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR5 POI. An amended ADD rate was issued on September 24, 2024, and was retroactively applied to August 19, 2024. This table only reflects the final rate. 7. On July 29, 2025, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR6 POI. 8. The ADD rate for the AR7 POI will be adjusted when AR7 is complete and the USDOC finalizes the rate, which is not expected until 2026. In Q4-25, West Fraser updated the AR7 POI estimated rate from 2.58% to 4.70% to reflect a change in the USDOC’s methodology for ADD rate calculations that came into effect during the current year and will be applied to the AR7 final rate. 9. The ADD rate for the AR8 POI will be adjusted when AR8 is complete and the USDOC finalizes the rate, which is not expected until 2027. Accounting policies for duties The CVD and ADD rates apply retroactively for each POI. We record CVD as export duty expense at the cash deposit rate until an AR finalizes a new applicable rate for each POI. We record ADD as export duty expense by estimating the rate to be applied for each POI by using our actual results and a similar calculation methodology as the USDOC and adjust when an AR finalizes a new applicable rate for each POI. The difference between the cumulative cash deposits paid and cumulative export duty expense recognized for each POI is recorded on our balance sheet as export duty deposits receivable or payable. The difference between the cash deposit amount and the amount that would have been due based on the final AR rate will incur interest based on the U.S. federally published interest rate. We record interest income on our duty deposits receivable, net of any interest expense on our duty deposits payable, based on this rate. - 9 - Appeals On May 22, 2020, the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) panel issued its final decision on “Injury”. The NAFTA panel rejected the Canadian parties’ arguments and upheld the USITC remand determination in its entirety. On August 28, 2020, the World Trade Organization’s (“WTO”) dispute-resolution panel ruled unanimously that U.S. countervailing duties against Canadian softwood lumber are inconsistent with the WTO obligations of the United States. The decision confirmed that Canada does not subsidize its softwood lumber industry. On September 28, 2020, the U.S. announced that it would appeal the WTO panel’s decision. Under U.S. trade law, the International Trade Commission (“ITC”) must review antidumping and countervailing orders every 5 years from the date of issuance. This process is referred to as a "Sunset Review". On November 30, 2023, the ITC voted to maintain the ADD and CVD orders on softwood lumber from Canada on the grounds that the revocation would likely lead to the continuation or recurrence of material injury to the U.S. domestic industry within a reasonably foreseeable time. On August 27, 2025, the Government of Canada, in consultation with affected Canadian provinces, industry and other concerned parties, submitted a Notice of Joint Motion for Voluntary Dismissal pertaining to the CUSMA Chapter 10 challenge of the AR2 ADD order. On September 10, 2025, the AR2 ADD CUSMA panel granted the motion for voluntary dismissal. On September 5, 2025, the Government of Canada, in consultation with affected Canadian provinces, industry and other concerned parties, submitted a Notice of Joint Motion for Voluntary Dismissal pertaining to the CUSMA Chapter 10 challenge of the AR1 ADD order. On September 17, 2025, the AR1 ADD CUSMA panel granted the motion for voluntary dismissal. Through the withdrawal of the legal challenges, the rates for AR1 and AR2 ADD are finalized. In order for the entries to be liquidated by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, both CVD and ADD legal challenges must be concluded. AR1 and AR2 CVD legal challenges are currently ongoing. The softwood lumber case will continue to be subject to NAFTA or the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement (“CUSMA”), WTO dispute resolution processes, and litigation in the U.S. In the interim, duties remain subject to the USDOC AR process, which results in an annual adjustment of duty deposit rates. Notwithstanding the deposit rates assigned under the investigations, our final liability for CVD and ADD will not be determined until each annual administrative review process is complete and related appeal processes are concluded. Tariffs Canadian softwood lumber exports to the U.S. have been the subject of trade disputes and managed trade arrangements for several decades. The current round of countervailing and antidumping duties have been in place since April 2017. On March 4, 2025, the U.S. administration, under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (“IEEPA”), implemented an additive 25% tariff on all goods imported into the U.S. Our wood products were subject to the IEEPA tariffs for a two-day period from March 4, 2025 to March 6, 2025. The legality of the IEEPA tariffs is currently under review by the Supreme Court of the United States as of February 10, 2026. On September 29, 2025, the U.S. administration issued a proclamation that imposed a tariff of 10% under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962 on imported softwood timber and lumber into the U.S., effective October 14, 2025. This tariff is in addition to the existing softwood lumber duties applied to U.S. imports of Canadian lumber. The tariffs implemented under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962 are still in effect as of February 10, 2026. For additional information, refer to the discussion in this 2025 Annual MD&A under “Risks and Uncertainties – Trade Restrictions” for a detailed discussion of the risks and uncertainties associated with the imposition of tariffs. - 10 - 2025 Annual Report | 29

North America Engineered Wood Products Segment NA EWP Segment Earnings ($ millions unless otherwise indicated) 2025 2024 Sales OSB $ 1,602 $ 2,217 Plywood, LVL and MDF 502 551 Wood chips, logs and other 36 35 2,140 2,803 Cost of products sold (1,581) (1,634) Freight and other distribution costs (304) (326) Export duties, net, and tariffs (1) — Amortization (290) (284) Selling, general and administration (101) (99) Restructuring and impairment charges (239) (1) Operating earnings (loss) (376) 459 Adjusted EBITDA1 $ 153 $ 744 Capital expenditures $ 163 $ 140 OSB (MMsf 3/8” basis) Production 6,351 6,661 Shipments 6,345 6,629 Plywood (MMsf 3/8” basis) Production 696 726 Shipments 687 735 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Our NA EWP segment includes our North American OSB, plywood, MDF, and LVL operations. Sales and Shipments Sales decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to lower OSB product pricing and, to a lesser extent, lower OSB shipment volumes. The price variance resulted in a decrease in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $575 million compared to 2024. OSB shipment volumes decreased from 2024 due to weaker demand. Plywood shipment volumes decreased from 2024 due to lower production levels, discussed further in the section below. The volume variance resulted in a decrease in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $8 million compared to 2024. NA OSB Sales by Destination 2025 2024 MMsf 3/8” % MMsf 3/8” % U.S. 5,618 89% 5,969 90% Canada 635 10% 543 8% Other 92 1% 117 2% 6,345 6,629 - 11 - The above table shows the proportion of shipments of OSB from our North American OSB operations to the U.S., Canada and other export markets. For 2025 and 2024, substantially all plywood shipments were to Canada, while the majority of LVL and MDF shipments were to Canada. Costs and Production OSB production volumes decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to incremental reductions in operating schedules to manage inventory levels and higher downtime at our facilities relating to capital projects. Plywood production volumes decreased compared to 2024 due to higher planned and unplanned downtime taken in the current year. Cost of products sold decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to lower OSB shipments, lower resin costs and the weakening of the CAD against the USD. This was offset in part by a $36 million unfavourable impact related to inventory valuation adjustments and higher labour costs. The unfavourable inventory valuation adjustment was driven by the decline of OSB product pricing in 2025. Freight and other distribution costs decreased compared to 2024 primarily due to lower shipment volumes. Amortization expense and selling, general and administration costs were broadly comparable to 2024. Restructuring and impairment charges of $239 million in 2025 related to the indefinite curtailment of our OSB mill in High Level, Alberta. Operating earnings for the NA EWP Segment decreased $835 million compared to 2024 due to the reasons explained above. Adjusted EBITDA for the NA EWP Segment decreased by $591 million from 2024. The following table shows the Adjusted EBITDA variance for the period. Adjusted EBITDA ($ millions) 2024 to 2025 Adjusted EBITDA - comparative period $ 744 Price (575) Volume (8) Changes in costs 33 Impact of inventory write-downs (36) Other (5) Adjusted EBITDA - current period $ 153 - 12 - 2025 Annual Report | 31

Pulp & Paper Segment Pulp & Paper Segment Earnings ($ millions unless otherwise indicated) 2025 2024 Sales 325 389 Cost of products sold (270) (309) Freight and other distribution costs (45) (65) Amortization (15) (14) Selling, general and administration (11) (11) Restructuring and impairment charges — (3) Operating loss (16) (13) Adjusted EBITDA1 $ (2) $ 4 Capital expenditures $ 14 $ 15 NBSK (Mtonnes) Production 309 237 Shipments 303 226 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Following our attaining sole control of CPL in Q1-24 and completion of the pulp mill disposals, the Pulp & Paper segment is comprised of our 100% interest in CPL and our 50%-owned joint operation, Alberta Newsprint Company. In light of the composition of the segment on a go-forward basis, the production and shipment volumes for all periods disclosed in the above table relate to those of NBSK pulp produced and shipped from CPL only and exclude BCTMP and UKP pulp amounts related to the disposed pulp mills. The comparison versus comparative periods is impacted by the sale of Hinton pulp mill on February 3, 2024, the sale of Quesnel River Pulp mill and Slave Lake Pulp mill on April 20, 2024, and our attaining sole control of CPL in Q1-24. Sales and Shipments Sales decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to the pulp mill disposals and lower NBSK product pricing, offset in part by higher NBSK shipment volumes. Costs and Production NBSK production volumes increased from 2024 due to our attaining sole control of CPL in Q1-24 and less downtime taken in the current period. Cost of products sold decreased versus 2024 due primarily to the impact of the pulp mill disposals, the weakening of the CAD against the USD, lower repairs and maintenance costs, the impact of higher production, and lower fibre costs. This was offset in part by higher NBSK shipment volumes and a $7 million unfavourable impact related to inventory valuation adjustments as product pricing declined during 2025. Freight and other distribution costs decreased due to the pulp mill disposals, offset in part by higher NBSK shipment volumes. Amortization expense and selling, general and administrative costs were broadly comparable with 2024. We recorded an impairment loss of $3 million in 2024 upon completion of the pulp mill disposals. Operating earnings for the Pulp & Paper Segment decreased by $3 million compared to 2024 due to the reasons explained above. - 13 - Adjusted EBITDA for the Pulp & Paper Segment decreased by $5 million compared to 2024 due to the reasons explained above. Europe Engineered Wood Products Segment Europe EWP Segment Earnings ($ millions unless otherwise indicated) 2025 2024 Sales 493 453 Cost of products sold (414) (375) Freight and other distribution costs (44) (42) Amortization (42) (48) Selling, general and administration (30) (29) Restructuring and impairment charges — (70) Operating loss (37) (110) Adjusted EBITDA1 $ 5 $ 8 Capital expenditures 20 19 OSB (MMsf 3/8” basis) Production 1,142 1,125 Shipments 1,129 1,100 GBP - USD exchange rate Closing rate 1.34 1.25 Average rate 1.32 1.28 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Our Europe EWP segment includes our U.K. and Belgium OSB, MDF, and particleboard operations. Revenues and expenses of our European operations, which have British pound sterling and Euro functional currencies, are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Sales and Shipments Sales increased compared to 2024 due to higher OSB product pricing in local currency terms and the strengthening of the GBP against the USD, offset in part by lower particleboard and MDF product pricing. The price variance resulted in an increase in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $5 million compared to 2024. The price variance represents the impact of changes in product pricing in local currency terms. OSB shipment volumes were broadly comparable to 2024. MDF shipment volumes increased versus 2024 due to higher production volumes, discussed further in the section below. Particleboard shipment volumes were comparable to 2024. The volume variance resulted in an increase of $1 million compared to 2024. Costs and Production OSB production volumes were broadly comparable to 2024. MDF production volumes increased compared to 2024 due to higher operating rates in the current year. Particleboard production decreased from 2024 due to the impact of a fire at our Cowie production facility during Q3-25. Cost of products sold increased compared to 2024 due primarily to higher shipment volumes, higher fibre, labour, energy, and repairs and maintenance costs as well as the strengthening of the GBP against the USD. The recognition of tax credits was a partial offsetting factor. Freight and other distribution costs were comparable to 2024. - 14 - 2025 Annual Report | 33

Amortization expense decreased compared to 2024 as certain assets reached the end of their estimated useful lives. Selling, general and administration costs were comparable to 2024. We recorded an impairment loss of $70 million in relation to Europe EWP goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2024. The impairment loss was driven primarily by an extension of the expected duration of the recovery to mid-cycle profitability and weaker macroeconomic conditions in the U.K. and Europe. Operating earnings for the Europe EWP Segment increased by $74 million compared to 2024 due to the reasons explained above. Adjusted EBITDA for the Europe EWP Segment decreased by $3 million from 2024. - 15 - Discussion & Analysis of Specific Items Selling, general and administration Selling, general and administration costs for 2025 were $280 million (2024 - $282 million). Selling, general and administration costs decreased by $2 million compared to 2024 due primarily to the impact of the pulp mill disposals and other facility closures and curtailments, and the strengthening of the USD against the CAD. This was offset in part by the impact of variable compensation expense recorded in Q1-25 and our attaining sole control of CPL in Q1-24. Selling, general and administration expense related to our operating segments are also discussed under “Discussion & Analysis of Annual Results by Product Segment”. Equity-based compensation Our equity-based compensation includes our share purchase option, phantom share unit, and deferred share unit plans (collectively, the “Plans”). Our Plans are fair valued at each period-end, and the resulting expense or recovery is recorded in equity-based compensation over the vesting period. Our valuation models consider various factors, with the most significant being the change in the market value of our shares from the beginning to the end of the relevant period. The expense or recovery does not necessarily represent the value that the holders of options and units will ultimately receive. We recorded a recovery of $14 million during 2025 (2024 - expense of $14 million). The recovery for 2025 reflects a decrease in the price of our Common shares traded on the TSX and changes in the expected payout multiple on our performance share units, offset in part by the vesting of units granted. The expense for 2024 reflects an increase in the price of our Common shares traded on the TSX, changes in the expected payout multiple on our performance share units, and vesting of options and units granted. Finance income, net Finance income, net includes interest earned on short-term deposits and interest recognized on our duty deposits. We recorded finance income, net of $1 million in 2025 (2024 - finance income, net of $34 million). Finance income, net decreased compared to 2024 due primarily to decreased interest income earned on lower cash and cash equivalents balances and the impact of incremental interest expense recorded in relation to the finalization of AR6, offset in part by lower interest expense related to debt. Other income (expense) Other income of $15 million was recorded in 2025 (2024 - other expense of $2 million). Other income in 2025 relates primarily to gains on our electricity swaps driven by increases in forward electricity prices over the remaining term of the contracts, gains on asset disposals including the sale of our permanently closed lumber mill sites in Perry, Florida, Maxville, Florida, and Huttig, Arkansas, offset in part by foreign exchange losses recorded on our CAD-denominated monetary assets and liabilities as the USD weakened against the CAD. Other expense in 2024 relates primarily to losses on our electricity swaps, driven by decreases in forward electricity prices over the remaining term of the contracts, offset by foreign exchange gains recorded on our CAD-denominated monetary assets and liabilities as the USD strengthened against the CAD. Tax recovery (provision) We recorded an income tax recovery in 2025 of $233 million compared to an income tax expense of $43 million in 2024. The effective tax rate was 20% in 2025 compared to 113% in 2024. The effective tax rate in 2025 was impacted primarily by non-taxable amounts including the U.S. lumber goodwill impairment, differences in our jurisdictional tax rates, income tax settlements, and impacts of functional currency differences. The effective tax rate in 2024 was impacted primarily by - 16 - 2025 Annual Report | 35

non-taxable amounts including the Europe EWP goodwill impairment, differences in our jurisdictional tax rates, and impacts of functional currency differences, offset in part by income tax credits. The effective tax rate can be sensitive to non-taxable permanent differences and differences in our jurisdictional tax rates in periods of lower pre-tax earnings. In 2025, we entered into a settlement agreement with the CRA in respect of prior tax periods. As a result, we recorded an additional tax provision of $6 million in 2025 and received income tax refunds of $36 million related to this matter. Note 19 to the Annual Financial Statements provides a reconciliation of income taxes calculated at the statutory rate to the income tax expense. Other comprehensive earnings – translation of operations with different functional currencies Our European operations have British pound sterling and Euro functional currencies. Our Cochrane lumber mill and jointly-owned paper operation have Canadian dollar functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these entities are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date, and revenues and expenses at average rates during the period. Gains or losses on translation are included as a component of shareholders’ equity in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. We recorded a translation gain of $44 million during 2025 (2024 - translation loss of $24 million). In general, a strengthening (weakening) of the USD against the Canadian dollar, British pound sterling or Euro results in a translation loss (gain). The translation gain in 2025 reflects a weakening of the USD against the aforementioned currencies. The translation loss in 2024 reflects a strengthening of the USD against the aforementioned currencies. Other comprehensive earnings – actuarial gains/losses on retirement benefits The funded position of our defined benefit pension plans and other retirement benefit plans is estimated at the end of each period. The funded position, as shown in note 13 to the Annual Financial Statements, is determined by subtracting the value of the plan assets from the plan obligations. We recorded an after-tax actuarial gain of $16 million during 2025 (2024 - after-tax actuarial gain of $8 million). The actuarial gain in 2025 reflects an increase in the discount rate used to calculate plan liabilities, offset in part by lower asset returns. The actuarial gain in 2024 reflects an increase in the discount rate used to calculate plan liabilities and higher asset returns, offset in part by adjustments to actuarial assumptions. - 17 - FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS Summary Results ($ millions) Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 Sales $ 1,165 $ 1,307 $ 1,405 Cost of products sold (950) (1,104) (1,011) Freight and other distribution costs (177) (194) (179) Export duties, net, and tariffs (45) (87) (7) Amortization (144) (133) (138) Selling, general and administration (72) (66) (68) Equity-based compensation 4 2 1 Restructuring and impairment charges (712) — (68) Operating loss (931) (275) (65) Finance income (expense), net 3 (12) 12 Other income 10 11 11 Tax recovery (provision) 167 73 (20) Loss $ (751) $ (204) $ (62) Adjusted EBITDA1 $ (79) $ (144) $ 140 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Selected Quarterly Amounts ($ millions, unless otherwise indicated) Q4-25 Q3-25 Q2-25 Q1-25 Q4-24 Q3-24 Q2-24 Q1-24 Sales $ 1,165 $ 1,307 $ 1,532 $ 1,459 $ 1,405 $ 1,437 $ 1,705 $ 1,627 Earnings (loss) $ (751) $ (204) $ (24) $ 42 $ (62) $ (83) $ 105 $ 35 Basic EPS (dollars) (9.59) (2.59) (0.30) 0.53 (0.77) (1.03) 1.29 0.42 Diluted EPS (dollars) (9.63) (2.63) (0.38) 0.46 (0.80) (1.03) 1.20 0.42 Sales and earnings improved in Q2-24 due primarily to improvements in OSB pricing and lower impairment charges, partially offset by lower lumber pricing. Sales and earnings decreased in Q3-24 due primarily to lower OSB and lumber pricing. Earnings improved in Q4-24 as product pricing improved across all product segments, offset in part by lower OSB shipment volumes, higher costs, major maintenance downtime in the pulp & paper segment, and impairment charges related to goodwill in our Europe EWP segment. Sales and earnings improved in Q1-25 due primarily to higher lumber pricing, lower costs, and the non-recurrence of major maintenance in the pulp & paper segment and impairment charges in the Europe EWP segment. Sales increased from Q1-25 to Q2-25 primarily due to higher shipments in our lumber and NA EWP segments, offset in part by lower lumber and OSB pricing. Earnings decreased from Q1-25 to Q2-25 due primarily to the impact of lower product pricing, inventory write-downs, and higher fibre costs, offset in part by lower tax expense. Sales in Q3-25 were impacted by further decreases in product pricing in our lumber and NA OSB product lines. Earnings decreased from Q2-25 to Q3-25 due primarily to lower product pricing and higher export duties expense on finalization of AR6, offset in part by higher tax recovery. Sales decreased in Q4-25 due to lower OSB and SPF lumber pricing and lower shipment volumes. Earnings decreased from Q3-25 to Q4-25 due primarily to higher restructuring and impairment charges, offset in part by lower export duties expense and other costs, including inventory write-downs. - 18 - 2025 Annual Report | 37

Discussion & Analysis by Product Segment Lumber Segment Lumber Segment Earnings ($ millions unless otherwise indicated) Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 Sales Lumber $ 486 $ 551 $ 546 Wood chips and other residuals 51 57 54 Logs and other 16 14 17 552 622 617 Cost of products sold (442) (532) (471) Freight and other distribution costs (88) (93) (86) Export duties, net, and tariffs (45) (87) (7) Amortization (56) (46) (47) Selling, general and administration (35) (33) (33) Restructuring and impairment reversal (charges) (473) — 1 Operating loss $ (586) $ (169) $ (25) Adjusted EBITDA1 $ (57) $ (123) $ 21 SPF (MMfbm) Production 626 650 680 Shipments 613 684 642 SYP (MMfbm) Production 559 598 571 Shipments 579 618 588 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Sales and Shipments Lumber sales decreased compared to Q3-25 due to lower shipment volumes and lower SPF pricing. Lumber sales decreased compared to Q4-24 due to lower product pricing and lower shipment volumes. The price variance resulted in a decrease in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $21 million compared to Q3-25 and a decrease by $46 million compared to Q4-24. SPF and SYP shipment volumes decreased versus comparative periods due primarily to lower production volumes, discussed further in the section below. The volume variance resulted in an increase in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $5 million compared to Q3-25 and an increase of $2 million compared to Q4-24. SPF Sales by Destination Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 MMfbm % MMfbm % MMfbm % U.S. 424 69% 434 63% 410 64% Canada 158 26% 217 32% 213 33% Other 31 5% 33 5% 19 3% 613 684 642 We ship SPF to certain export markets, while our SYP sales are almost entirely within the U.S. The relative proportion of shipments of SPF by destination remained broadly comparable versus comparative periods. - 19 - Wood chips and other residuals decreased versus comparative periods due to lower chip pricing and lower production volumes, discussed further in the section below. Logs and other sales were comparable to all comparative periods. Costs and Production SPF production volumes decreased versus all comparative periods due to continued impacts from log shortages at our B.C. lumber mills and reductions in operating schedules to manage finished goods inventory levels. SYP production volumes decreased versus comparative periods due to the impact of capital projects including the start- up of our new Henderson, Texas lumber mill, the orderly wind-down of our permanently closed Augusta, Georgia lumber mill in Q4-25, and reductions in operating schedules across our platform to manage finished goods inventory levels. Cost of products sold decreased from Q3-25 due primarily to lower shipment volumes, a favourable $20 million variance relating to inventory valuation adjustments, lower SYP unit manufacturing costs, and lower SPF log costs. The favourable impact relating to inventory valuation adjustments resulted from having recorded significant inventory valuation reserves in Q3-25 as product pricing decreased, while the required inventory valuation reserves in Q4-25 decreased. Cost of products sold decreased compared to Q4-24 due primarily to lower shipment volumes and lower SYP unit manufacturing costs. SPF log costs decreased from Q3-25 due to lower purchased log costs and lower stumpage costs, offset in part by higher logging and hauling costs. SPF log costs were comparable to Q4-24 as lower B.C. stumpage costs and estimated silviculture costs were offset by higher purchased log costs and hauling costs. SPF unit manufacturing costs were comparable versus Q3-25. SPF unit manufacturing costs decreased compared to Q4-24 due primarily to $4 million of incremental costs recognized during Q4-24 relating to retroactive pension plan benefit changes as well as lower repairs and maintenance costs. This was offset in part by higher labour and energy costs. The impact of the closure of our 100 Mile House, B.C. lumber mill was not significant in Q4-25 as the cessation of operating activities took place at the end of the quarter. SYP log costs were comparable with Q3-25. SYP log costs decreased versus Q4-24 as demand for logs moderated due to lower operating rates in our log procurement regions. SYP unit manufacturing costs decreased versus Q3-25 due primarily to lower repairs and maintenance costs, lower labour costs, offset in part by the impact of lower production. SYP unit manufacturing costs decreased compared to Q4-24 due to lower repairs and maintenance costs, lower labour costs, and the favourable impact of closing higher cost facilities, offset in part by the impact of lower production. Freight and other distribution costs decreased compared to Q3-25 due to lower shipment volumes. Freight and other distribution costs were comparable versus Q4-24 as lower shipment volumes were offset by higher freight rates. Export duty expense decreased compared to Q3-25 due primarily to the impact of AR6 finalization in Q3-25 and lower pricing and shipment volumes to the U.S. in Q4-25, offset in part by a higher average cash deposit rate and an increase to the AR7 estimated ADD rate in Q4-25. We recorded an expense of $67 million related to the USDOC finalization of the AR6 duty rates in Q3-25. The expense primarily represents the difference between the final CVD rate of 16.82% and the CVD cash deposit rates paid on shipments of SPF lumber to the U.S. during AR6, which ranged from 2.19% to 3.62%. Export duty expense increased compared to Q4-24 due primarily to higher cash deposit rates in effect throughout Q4-25 and an increase to the AR7 estimated ADD rate in Q4-25. We incurred tariff expense in Q4-25 on lumber products that crossed the border from Canada to the U.S. between October 14, 2025 and December 31, 2025. No tariffs on lumber exported from Canada to the U.S. were in effect during Q3-25 or Q4-24. - 20 - 2025 Annual Report | 39

The following table summarizes the impact of export duties, net, and tariffs on our Lumber segment: Duty impact on earnings ($ millions) Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 Cash deposits1 $ (34) $ (30) $ (18) Adjustments to West Fraser rates2 (2) 10 12 Export duties, net (35) (20) (7) Duty expense attributable to AR63 — (67) — Export duty expense (35) (87) (7) Tariffs (10) — — Export duties, net, and tariffs (45) (87) (7) Net interest income (expense) on export duty deposits $ 5 $ (10) $ 6 1. Represents combined CVD and ADD cash deposit rate of 11.89% from August 19, 2024 to December 31, 2024, 11.89% from January 1, 2025 to July 28, 2025, 16.50% from July 29, 2025 to August 11, 2025, and 26.47% from August 12, 2025 to December 31, 2025. 2. Represents adjustments to West Fraser estimated ADD rates, as shown in the rate tables above, and other administrative adjustments. 3. $67 million represents the duty expense attributable to the finalization of AR6 duty rates for the 2023 POI. The final CVD rate was 16.82% and the final ADD rate was 9.65% for AR6. Amortization expense increased versus comparative periods due primarily to the start-up of our new Henderson, Texas lumber mill. Selling, general and administration costs were broadly consistent versus comparative periods. Restructuring and impairment charges of $473 million in Q4-25 related to the U.S. lumber goodwill impairment and the permanent closures of our Augusta, Georgia and 100 Mile House, British Columbia lumber mills. See note 8 to the Annual Financial Statements for additional details around the U.S. lumber goodwill impairment. Operating earnings for the Lumber Segment decreased by $417 million compared to Q3-25 and decreased by $562 million compared to Q4-24 for the reasons explained above. Adjusted EBITDA for the Lumber Segment increased by $66 million compared to Q3-25 and decreased by $78 million compared to Q4-24. The following table shows the Adjusted EBITDA variance for the period. Foreign exchange impacts from the strengthening or weakening of the CAD against USD on sales of wood chips, other residuals and logs are presented under Other. Adjusted EBITDA ($ millions) Q3-25 to Q4-25 Q4-24 to Q4-25 Adjusted EBITDA - comparative period $ (123) $ 21 Price (21) (46) Volume 5 2 Changes in export duties and tariffs 37 (40) Changes in costs 26 1 Impact of inventory write-downs 20 1 Other (2) 3 Adjusted EBITDA - current period $ (57) $ (57) - 21 - North America Engineered Wood Products Segment NA EWP Segment Earnings ($ millions unless otherwise indicated) Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 Sales OSB $ 311 $ 355 $ 490 Plywood, LVL and MDF 117 128 138 Wood chips, logs and other 11 8 8 439 491 635 Cost of products sold (367) (406) (407) Freight and other distribution costs (70) (77) (76) Amortization (73) (72) (71) Selling, general and administration (26) (23) (26) Restructuring and impairment charges (239) — — Operating earnings (loss) $ (335) $ (88) $ 56 Adjusted EBITDA1 (24) (15) 127 OSB (MMsf 3/8” basis) Production 1,505 1,585 1,598 Shipments 1,512 1,619 1,604 Plywood (MMsf 3/8” basis) Production 182 172 176 Shipments 170 177 178 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Our NA EWP segment includes our North American OSB, plywood, MDF, and LVL operations. Sales and Shipments Sales decreased versus Q3-25 due primarily to lower OSB and MDF shipment volumes and lower OSB product pricing. Sales decreased versus Q4-24 due primarily to lower OSB product pricing and to a lesser extent, lower OSB and MDF shipment volumes. The price variance resulted in a decrease in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $22 million compared to Q3-25 and a decrease of $161 million compared to Q4-24. OSB and MDF shipment volumes decreased versus comparative periods due primarily to lower production volumes, discussed further in the section below. Plywood shipment volumes were broadly consistent versus comparative periods. The volume variance resulted in a nominal increase in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA compared to Q3-25 and an increase of $2 million compared to Q4-24. NA OSB Sales by Destination Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 MMsf 3/8” % MMsf 3/8” % MMsf 3/8” % U.S. 1,241 82% 1,461 90% 1,438 90% Canada 252 17% 135 8% 137 9% Other 19 1% 24 2% 28 1% 1,512 1,619 1,604 The above table shows the proportion of shipments of OSB from our North American OSB operations to the U.S., Canada, and other export markets. For Q4-25 and comparative periods, substantially all plywood shipments were to Canada, while - 22 - 2025 Annual Report | 41

the majority of LVL shipments were to Canada. Approximately half of MDF shipments were to Canada in Q4-25, broadly consistent with comparative periods. Costs and Production OSB production volumes decreased compared to Q3-25 due primarily to incremental reductions in operating schedules to manage inventory levels and an increase in planned maintenance downtime. OSB production volumes decreased compared to Q4-24 due to incremental reductions in operating schedules to manage inventory levels, offset in part by less maintenance downtime. Plywood production volumes increased compared to Q3-25 due to less planned downtime taken in the current period. Plywood production volumes increased compared to Q4-24 due to improved productivity. MDF production volumes decreased versus comparative periods due to incremental reductions in operating schedules to manage inventory levels and increased downtime for capital upgrades. Cost of products sold decreased compared to Q3-25 due to lower shipment volumes and a $9 million favourable impact related to inventory valuation adjustments, the recognition of tax credits, and lower labour costs. This was offset in part by higher repairs and maintenance costs, higher fibre costs, and higher energy costs. The favourable impact relating to inventory valuation adjustments resulted from having recorded a significant inventory valuation reserve in Q3-25 as product pricing decreased, while inventory valuation reserves in Q4-25 increased by a smaller amount. Cost of products sold decreased from Q4-24 due primarily to lower shipment volumes, the recognition of tax credits, lower resin costs, and lower repairs and maintenance costs, offset by higher fibre costs, higher energy costs, and a $8 million unfavourable impact related to inventory valuation adjustments as OSB product pricing decreased. Freight and other distribution costs decreased versus both comparative periods due to lower shipment volumes. Amortization expense and selling, general and administration costs were broadly consistent versus both comparative periods. Restructuring and impairment charges of $239 million in Q4-25 related to the indefinite curtailment of our OSB mill in High Level, Alberta. Operating earnings for the NA EWP Segment decreased by $248 million compared to Q3-25 and decreased by $391 million compared to Q4-24 due to the reasons explained above. Adjusted EBITDA for the NA EWP Segment decreased by $9 million compared to Q3-25 and decreased by $151 million compared to Q4-24. The following table shows the Adjusted EBITDA variance for the period. The impact of incremental tariff costs incurred for the NA EWP Segment is presented under changes in costs. Adjusted EBITDA ($ millions) Q3-25 to Q4-25 Q4-24 to Q4-25 Adjusted EBITDA - comparative period $ (15) $ 127 Price (22) (161) Volume — 2 Changes in costs 7 17 Impact of inventory write-downs 9 (8) Other (3) (1) Adjusted EBITDA - current period $ (24) $ (24) - 23 - Pulp & Paper Segment Pulp & Paper Segment Earnings ($ millions unless otherwise indicated) Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 Sales 67 82 56 Cost of products sold (57) (73) (56) Freight and other distribution costs (9) (12) (8) Amortization (3) (3) (4) Selling, general and administration (3) (3) (3) Operating loss (5) (10) (14) Adjusted EBITDA1 (1) (6) (10) NBSK (Mtonnes) Production 82 65 42 Shipments 62 80 38 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Sales and Shipments Sales decreased compared to Q3-25 due to lower NBSK shipment volumes and lower NBSK product pricing. Sales increased compared to Q4-24 as lower NBSK product pricing was offset by higher NBSK shipment volumes, as the comparative period production was impacted by a major maintenance shutdown at CPL. Costs and Production NBSK production increased versus Q3-25 and Q4-24 as both comparative periods were impacted by major maintenance shutdowns. Cost of products sold decreased compared to Q3-25 due primarily to lower NBSK shipment volumes and lower repairs and maintenance costs, offset in part by a $9 million unfavourable impact related to inventory valuation adjustments as product pricing decreased. Cost of products sold increased compared to Q4-24 due to higher NBSK shipment volumes and a $5 million unfavourable impact related to inventory valuation adjustments, offset in part by lower repairs and maintenance costs and fibre costs. Freight and other distribution costs decreased from Q3-25 due primarily to lower NBSK shipment volumes. Freight and other distribution costs increased compared to Q4-24 due primarily to higher NBSK shipment volumes, offset by lower freight rates and change in customer geographic mix. Amortization expense and selling, general and administration costs were broadly consistent versus all comparative periods. Operating earnings for the Pulp & Paper Segment increased by $5 million compared to Q3-25 and increased $9 million compared to Q4-24 due to the reasons explained above. Adjusted EBITDA for the Pulp & Paper Segment increased by $5 million compared to Q3-25 and increased by $9 million compared to Q4-24 due to the reasons explained above. - 24 - 2025 Annual Report | 43

Europe Engineered Wood Products Segment Europe EWP Segment Earnings ($ millions unless otherwise indicated) Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 Sales $ 118 $ 128 $ 112 Cost of products sold (96) (109) (92) Freight and other distribution costs (10) (11) (10) Amortization (11) (10) (12) Selling, general and administration (8) (7) (7) Restructuring and impairment charges — — (70) Operating loss $ (7) $ (10) $ (80) Adjusted EBITDA1 $ 4 $ 1 $ 2 OSB (MMsf 3/8” basis) Production 292 284 275 Shipments 253 283 262 GBP - USD exchange rate Closing rate 1.34 1.34 1.25 Average rate 1.33 1.35 1.29 1. This is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Our Europe EWP segment includes our U.K. and Belgium OSB, MDF, and particleboard operations. Revenues and expenses of our European operations, which have British pound sterling and Euro functional currencies, are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Sales and Shipments Sales decreased from Q3-25 due primarily to seasonally lower shipment volumes, offset in part by higher OSB and particleboard product pricing. Sales increased compared to Q4-24 due to higher OSB product pricing and the strengthening of the GBP against the USD, offset in part by lower shipment volumes and lower MDF product pricing. The price variance resulted in an increase in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $6 million compared to Q3-25 and an increase of $8 million compared to Q4-24. The price variance represents the impact of changes in product pricing in local currency terms. The volume variance resulted in a decrease in operating earnings and Adjusted EBITDA of $2 million compared to Q3-25 and a decrease of $3 million compared to Q4-24. Costs and Production OSB production volumes were comparable to Q3-25. OSB production volumes increased compared to Q4-24 due to higher operating rates in the current period. Particleboard production volumes increased compared to Q3-25 due to the impact of a fire at our Cowie production facility during Q3-25, while particleboard production decreased compared to Q4-24 due to more production curtailments taken in the current quarter. MDF production volumes decreased versus both comparative periods due to more production curtailments taken in the current quarter. Cost of products sold decreased versus Q3-25 due primarily to lower shipment volumes and the recognition of tax credits. Cost of products sold increased compared to Q4-24 due to higher fibre, repairs and maintenance, and labour costs and the strengthening of the GBP against the USD, offset in part by lower shipment volumes and the recognition of tax credits. Freight and other distribution costs, amortization expense, and selling, general and administration costs were broadly consistent versus comparative periods. - 25 - We recorded an impairment loss of $70 million in relation to Europe EWP goodwill during Q4-24. The impairment loss was driven primarily by an extension of the expected duration of the recovery to mid-cycle profitability and weaker macroeconomic conditions in the U.K. and Europe. Operating earnings for the Europe EWP Segment increased by $3 million compared to Q3-25 and increased by $73 million compared to Q4-24 due to the reasons explained above. Adjusted EBITDA for the Europe EWP Segment increased by $3 million compared to Q3-25 and increased by $2 million compared to Q4-24. - 26 - 2025 Annual Report | 45

Discussion & Analysis of Specific Items Selling, general and administration Selling, general and administration costs for Q4-25 were $72 million (Q3-25 - $66 million; Q4-24 - $68 million). Selling, general and administration costs increased compared to Q3-25 due primarily to higher professional services costs and other individually insignificant changes. Selling, general and administration costs increased versus Q4-24 due primarily to higher professional services costs and other individually insignificant changes, offset in part by the impact of various organizational efficiency initiatives. Selling, general and administration costs related to our operating segments are also discussed under “Discussion & Analysis of Quarterly Results by Product Segment”. Equity-based compensation We recorded a recovery of $4 million during Q4-25 (Q3-25 - recovery of $2 million; Q4-24 - recovery of $1 million). The recovery in all periods resulted from decreases in the price of our Common shares traded on the TSX and changes in the expected payout multiple on our performance share units, offset in part by the vesting of options and units granted. Finance income (expense), net We recorded finance income, net of $3 million in Q4-25 (Q3-25 - finance expense, net of $12 million; Q4-24 - finance income, net of $12 million). Finance income increased compared to Q3-25 due primarily to the impact of incremental interest expense recorded in Q3-25 in relation to the finalization of duty rates for AR6, offset in part by lower interest income on our cash and cash equivalents. Finance income decreased compared to Q4-24 due primarily to lower interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and higher interest expense related to debt. Other income Other income of $10 million was recorded in Q4-25 (Q3-25 - other income of $11 million; Q4-24 - other income of $11 million). Other income in Q4-25 relates primarily to gains on asset disposals, gains on our electricity swaps driven by increases in forward electricity prices over the remaining term of the contracts, offset by foreign exchange losses recorded on our CAD-denominated monetary assets and liabilities as the USD weakened against the CAD. Tax recovery (provision) Q4-25 results include an income tax recovery of $167 million, compared to income tax recovery of $73 million in Q3-25 and income tax expense of $20 million in Q4-24, resulting in an effective tax rate of 18% in the current quarter compared to 26% in Q3-25 and (47)% in Q4-24. The effective tax rate in Q4-25 was impacted primarily by non-taxable amounts including the U.S. lumber goodwill impairment, differences in our jurisdictional tax rates, and impacts of functional currency differences. The effective tax rate can be sensitive to non-taxable permanent differences and differences in our jurisdictional tax rates in periods of lower pre-tax earnings. Other comprehensive earnings – translation of operations with different functional currencies We recorded a translation gain of $5 million during Q4-25 (Q3-25 - translation loss of $11 million; Q4-24 - translation loss of $44 million). In general, a strengthening (weakening) of the USD against the Canadian dollar, British pound sterling or Euro results in a translation loss (gain). The translation gain in the current quarter reflects a weakening of the USD against the aforementioned currencies. - 27 - Other comprehensive earnings – actuarial gains/losses on retirement benefits We recorded an after-tax actuarial gain of $6 million during Q4-25 (Q3-25 - after-tax actuarial gain of $6 million; Q4-24 - after-tax actuarial loss of $5 million). The most significant driver of the actuarial gain in Q4-25 was an increase in the discount rate used to calculate plan liabilities, offset in part by lower asset returns. OUTLOOK AND OPERATIONS Business Outlook Markets Several key trends that have served as positive drivers in recent years are expected to continue to support medium and longer-term demand for new home construction in North America. The most significant uses for our North American lumber, OSB and engineered wood panel products are residential construction, repair and remodelling and industrial applications. Over the medium term, improved housing affordability from the stabilization of inflation and interest rates, a large cohort of the population approaching the typical home buying stage, and an aging U.S. housing stock are expected to drive new home construction and repair and renovation spending that supports lumber, plywood and OSB demand. Over the longer term, growing market penetration of mass timber in industrial and commercial applications is also expected to become a more significant source of demand growth for wood building products in North America. The seasonally adjusted annualized rate of U.S. housing starts was 1.25 million units in October 2025, with permits issued for 1.41 million units, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. On a 3-month trailing average basis, there were 1.28 million units started and permits issued for 1.39 million units. While there are near-term uncertainties for new home construction, owing in large part to the level and rate of change of mortgage rates and the resulting impact on housing affordability, unemployment remains relatively low in the U.S. Further, the U.S. central bank has cut its key lending rate a total of 175 bps since September 2024 and Federal funds futures indicate prospects for at least one additional rate cut in 2026. Though these rate trends are directionally positive for the broader housing industry, there appear to be competing forces on future rates as U.S. employment growth has shown recent signs of slowing while there is risk that tariff and other government policies will be inflationary, creating a measure of uncertainty for the near-term path of interest rates. Given these developments, demand for new home construction and our wood building products may continue to be challenged and even decline over the near term should the broader economy and employment slow or the trend in interest and mortgage rates negatively impact consumer sentiment and housing affordability. In Europe and the U.K., we expect industry demand to improve but remain challenging over the near term. In the longer term, we continue to expect demand for our European products to grow as use of OSB as an alternative to plywood grows. An aging housing stock is also expected to support long-term repair and renovation spending and additional demand for our wood building products. In the current environment, inflation appears to have stabilized and interest rates have continued to ease, which is directionally positive for housing demand. That said, ongoing geopolitical developments, including the potential inflationary effect of U.S. tariffs on the U.K. and Europe, may adversely impact near-term demand for our panel products in the region. Despite these risk factors, we are confident that we will be able to navigate demand markets and capitalize on the long-term growth opportunities ahead. Softwood lumber dispute Canadian softwood lumber exports to the U.S. have been the subject of trade disputes and managed trade arrangements for several decades. The current round of countervailing and antidumping duties have been in place since April 2017, and we are required to make deposits in respect of these duties. Whether and to what extent we can realize a selling price to recover the impact of duties payable will largely depend on the strength of demand for softwood lumber. The USDOC commenced Administrative Review 7 (“AR7”) in February 2025, with final rates expected in 2026. Additional details can be found under the section “Discussion & Analysis of Annual Results by Product Segment - Lumber Segment - Softwood Lumber Dispute". - 28 - 2025 Annual Report | 47

Operations Anticipated shipment levels assume no significant change from current market demand conditions, typical seasonal demand patterns, sufficient availability of logs within our economic return criteria, no further indefinite or permanent curtailments and current tariffs on softwood lumber. Our operations and results could be negatively affected by increasing or elevated interest rates, duties and tariffs, softening demand, the availability of transportation, the availability of labour, disruption to the global economy resulting from conflicts in Ukraine, the Middle East or elsewhere, inflationary pressures, including increases in energy prices, adverse weather conditions in our operating areas, intense competition for logs, elevated stumpage fees, and production disruptions due to other uncontrollable factors. The Lumber segment is expected to experience another year of modest demand in 2026, as unknowns persist related to the potential demand impacts from new tariffs imposed by the U.S. administration late in 2025 as well as persistent housing affordability challenges. Based on the current environment, the sawmill closures we announced in 2025, plus offsets from ongoing reliability and capital improvement gains across our lumber mill portfolio and the ramp up of our modernized Henderson mill, we are reiterating each of our SPF and SYP shipments targets to be 2.4 to 2.7 billion board feet in 2026. On January 1, 2026, stumpage rates changed marginally in B.C. from the market-based adjustments related to lumber prices, although inflationary pressures on development, logging and delivery costs continue to provide upward bias to total fibre costs. Given the recent commodity price environment, B.C. stumpage rates are not expected to change materially through Q1-26. In Alberta, Q1-26 stumpage rates are also expected to be relatively stable as compared to Q4-25 levels as these rates are closely linked to the price of lumber but with a quicker response to changing lumber prices. The pace of U.S. South log cost reductions largely stabilized in recent quarters as lumber prices reached historic inflation-adjusted lows, though we expect average 2026 log costs across the U.S. South to be modestly lower than those costs we experienced in 2025. Pulp mill curtailments and closures are expected to continue to cause downward pressure on the net prices received for sawmill residuals. Region-specific log costs and prices for residuals are likely to vary depending on the unique conditions in each procurement zone. In our NA EWP segment, we expect somewhat softer demand for our OSB products in 2026. Similar to the Lumber segment, we acknowledge risks to our demand forecasts given the near-term uncertainty from potential trade tariffs and housing affordability challenges. In light of these factors as well as the planned OSB mill curtailment we announced in late 2025, we are reiterating 2026 North American OSB target shipments of 5.9 to 6.3 billion square feet (3/8-inch basis). Input costs for the NA EWP business are expected to be relatively stable in 2026 and we expect some downward pressure on fibre costs as recent pulp mill closures in the U.S. South have created areas of regional excess supply of pulpwood logs that are the primary fibre source for OSB production. In our Europe EWP segment, we expect 2026 demand for our MDF, particleboard and OSB panel products to be similar or improve slightly from 2025 levels, recognizing there are ongoing macroeconomic uncertainties in the region. As such, we are reiterating 2026 OSB shipments targeted in the range of 1.0 to 1.25 billion square feet (3/8-inch basis). Input costs for the Europe EWP business in 2026, including energy and resin costs, are expected to be similar to 2025 costs. The global pulp market continues to experience disruption with the economic impact of U.S. tariffs creating considerable demand uncertainty in Chinese markets. However, given recent trends, we anticipate NBSK pricing will be relatively stable to slightly higher over the near to medium term. As per our previously announced 2026 operational guidance, we expect relatively stable input costs across our supply chain this year, including chemicals and waxes, while contract labour availability and capital equipment lead times are expected to continue to improve. We will continue to regularly evaluate the factors above as well as evolving market conditions in making production decisions across the business. Cash Flows We anticipate levels of operating cash flows and available liquidity will support our capital spending plans in 2026 and we will continue to operationalize the significant capital we have invested in recent years. Based on our current outlook, assuming no deterioration from current market demand conditions and no additional lengthening of lead times for projects underway or planned, expected capital expenditures remain in the range of $300 million to $350 million in 20261. Our total capital budget consists of various improvement projects and maintenance expenditures, and projects focused on optimization and automation of the manufacturing process. The recently constructed Henderson sawmill is - 29 - now in its ramp-up phase, which we anticipate will take 18 to 24 months. We do not expect to realize meaningful incremental run-rate production from the mill until late 2026. 1. This is a supplementary financial measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. We expect to maintain our investment grade issuer rating and intend to preserve sufficient liquidity to be able to take advantage of strategic growth opportunities that may arise. On February 27, 2025, we renewed our normal course issuer bid (“2025 NCIB”) allowing us to acquire up to 3,868,177 Common shares for cancellation from March 3, 2025 until the expiry of the bid on March 2, 2026. As of February 10, 2026, 1,286,185 Common shares have been repurchased for cancellation, leaving 2,581,992 available to purchase at our discretion until the expiry of the 2025 NCIB. Under our 2024 NCIB that expired February 28, 2025, we purchased 2,079,530 Common shares of the Company. As of February 10, 2026, we have repurchased for cancellation 45,015,019 of the Company’s Common shares since the closing of the Norbord Acquisition on February 1, 2021 through the completion of the 2021 SIB, the 2022 SIB, and normal course issuer bids, equalling 83% of the shares issued in respect of the Norbord Acquisition. We have paid a dividend in every quarter since we became a public company in 1986 and expect to continue this practice. At the latest declared quarterly dividend rate of $0.32 per share, the total anticipated cash payment of dividends in 2026 is $100 million based on the number of Common and Class B Common shares outstanding on December 31, 2025. We will continue to consider share repurchases with excess cash, subject to regulatory approvals, if we are satisfied that this will enhance shareholder value and not compromise our financial flexibility. Estimated Earnings Sensitivity to Key Variables (based on 2025 shipment volumes - $ millions) Factor Variation Change in pre-tax earnings1 Lumber price $10 (per Mfbm) $ 51 NA OSB price $10 (per Msf) $ 54 Europe OSB price £10 (per Msf) $ 15 Canadian - U.S. $ exchange rate2 $0.01 (per CAD) $ 19 1. Each sensitivity has been calculated on the basis that all other variables remain constant and is based on changes in our realized sales prices. 2. Represents the USD impact of the initial $0.01 change on CAD-denominated revenues, expenses, and balance sheet items. Additional changes are substantially, but not exactly, linear. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Capital Management Framework Our business is cyclical and is subject to significant changes in cash flow over the business cycle. In addition, financial performance can be materially influenced by changes in product prices and the relative values of the Canadian and U.S. dollars. Our objective in managing capital is to ensure adequate liquidity and financial flexibility at all times, particularly at the lower points in the business cycle. Our main policy relating to capital management is to maintain a strong balance sheet and otherwise meet financial tests that rating agencies commonly apply for investment-grade issuers of public debt. We are currently rated as an investment grade issuer by two major rating agencies. We monitor and assess our financial performance to ensure that debt levels are prudent, taking into account the anticipated direction of the business cycle. When financing acquisitions, we combine cash on hand, debt, and equity financing in a proportion that is intended to maintain an investment-grade rating for debt throughout the cycle. Debt repayments are arranged, where possible, on a staggered basis that takes into account the uneven nature of anticipated cash flows. We have established committed revolving lines of credit that provide liquidity and flexibility when capital - 30 - 2025 Annual Report | 49

markets are restricted. In addition, as a normal part of our business, we have in the past and may from time to time seek to repurchase our outstanding securities through issuer bids or tender offers, open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual and legal restrictions and other factors. A strong balance sheet and liquidity profile, along with our investment-grade issuer rating, are key elements of our goal to maintain a balanced capital allocation strategy. Priorities within this strategy include: reinvesting in our operations across all market cycles to strategically enhance productivity, product mix, and capacity; optimizing our portfolio of assets to reduce the variability of cash flows across market cycles; maintaining a leading cost position; maintaining financial flexibility to capitalize on growth opportunities, including the pursuit of acquisitions and larger-scale strategic growth initiatives; and returning capital to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases. Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures Our capital structure consists of Common share equity and long-term debt, and our liquidity includes our operating facilities. Summary of Available Liquidity and Debt Ratios ($ millions, except as otherwise indicated) December 31, December 31, 2025 2024 Available liquidity Cash and cash equivalents $ 202 $ 641 Operating lines available (excluding newsprint operation)1 1,020 1,044 Available liquidity $ 1,222 $ 1,685 Total debt to total capital2 6% 4% Net debt to total capital2 2% (6%) 1. Excludes demand line of credit dedicated to our jointly-owned paper operation as West Fraser cannot draw on it. 2. This is a capital management measure. Refer to the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of this document for more information on this measure. Available liquidity as at December 31, 2025 was $1,222 million (December 31, 2024 - $1,685 million). Available liquidity includes cash and cash equivalents, cheques issued in excess of funds on deposit, and amounts available on our operating loans, excluding the demand line of credit dedicated to our 50% jointly-owned paper operation. We are exposed to commodity price changes. To manage our liquidity risk, we maintain adequate cash and cash equivalents balances and appropriate lines of credit. In addition, we regularly monitor and review both actual and forecasted cash flows. Refinancing risks are managed by extending maturities through regular renewals and refinancing when market conditions are supportive. Please refer to the “Cash Flow” section for analysis of the changes in cash and cash equivalents. Total debt to total capital and net debt to total capital increased compared to 2024 due primarily to lower cash and cash equivalents on hand. We remain well positioned with a strong balance sheet and liquidity profile. Credit Facilities As at December 31, 2025, our credit facilities consisted of a $1 billion committed revolving credit facility which matures May 2030, a $20 million (£15 million) credit facility dedicated to our European operations, and a $11 million (CAD$15 million) demand line of credit dedicated to our jointly-owned paper operation. In May 2025, we amended and restated our syndicated credit agreement providing for the renewal of our $1 billion revolving credit facility and extension of the facility's maturity from July 2028 to May 2030. The renewed credit facility was made available on substantially the same terms and conditions as our existing credit facility. As at December 31, 2025, our revolving credit facilities were undrawn (December 31, 2024 - undrawn) and the associated deferred financing costs of $2 million (December 31, 2024 - $2 million) were recorded in other assets. Interest on the - 31 - facilities is payable at floating rates based on Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances, Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average (“CORRA”) Advances, or Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) Advances at our option. In addition, we have credit facilities totalling $130 million (December 31, 2024 - $130 million) dedicated to letters of credit. Letters of credit in the amount of $38 million (December 31, 2024 - $36 million) were supported by these facilities. All debt is unsecured except the $11 million (CAD$15 million) jointly-owned paper operation demand line of credit, which is secured by that joint operation’s current assets. As at December 31, 2025, we were in compliance with the requirements of our credit facilities. Long-Term Debt In May 2025, in addition to the renewal of our $1 billion revolving credit facility, we also increased and extended our existing $200 million term loan facility maturing July 2025. The modified term loan facility is for $300 million and matures May 2028. Interest on the term loan facility is payable at floating rates based on US Base Rate Advances or SOFR Advances at our option. This loan is repayable at any time, in whole or in part, at our option and without penalty but cannot be redrawn after payment. We have interest rate swap contracts to pay fixed interest rates and receivable variable interest rates on $75 million notional principal amount of indebtedness. These swap agreements have the effect of fixing the interest rate on $75 million of the $300 million term loan discussed above, with the balance being subject to a floating rate. The weighted average fixed interest payable under these swap agreements is 3.27%. Issuer Ratings We are considered investment grade by two leading rating agencies. The ratings in the table below are as at February 10, 2026. Agency Rating Outlook Moody’s Baa2 Stable Standard & Poor’s BBB- Stable These ratings are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies. Shareholder’s Equity Our outstanding Common share equity consists of 76,018,344 Common shares and 2,281,478 Class B Common shares for a total of 78,299,822 Common shares issued and outstanding as at February 10, 2026. The Common shares and Class B Common shares are equal in all respects, including the right to dividends, rights upon dissolution or winding up and the right to vote, except that each Class B Common share may at any time be exchanged for one Common share. Our Common shares are listed for trading on the TSX and NYSE under the symbol WFG, while our Class B Common shares are not. Certain circumstances or corporate transactions may require the approval of the holders of our Common shares and Class B Common shares on a separate class by class basis. - 32 - 2025 Annual Report | 51

Share Repurchases On February 27, 2025, we renewed our normal course issuer bid (“2025 NCIB”) allowing us to acquire up to 3,868,177 Common shares for cancellation from March 3, 2025 until the expiry of the bid on March 2, 2026. As of February 10, 2026, we have repurchased 1,286,185 Common shares under our 2025 NCIB program. On February 27, 2024, we renewed our normal course issuer bid (“2024 NCIB”) allowing us to acquire up to 3,971,380 Common shares for cancellation from March 1, 2024 until the expiry of the bid on February 28, 2025. Under this program, we repurchased 2,079,530 Common shares for cancellation. The following table shows our purchases under our NCIB programs in 2024 and 2025: Share repurchases (number of Common shares and price per share) Common Shares Average Price in USD NCIB: January 1, 2024 to December 31, 2024 1,799,217 $ 80.26 NCIB: January 1, 2025 to December 31, 2025 1,639,207 $ 75.95 Share Options As at February 10, 2026, there were 714,582 share options outstanding with exercise prices ranging from CAD$40.97 to CAD$123.63 per Common share. Cash Flow Our cash is deployed primarily for operating purposes, interest payments, repayment of debt, investments in property, plant and equipment, acquisitions, share repurchases, and dividends. In normal business cycles and in years without a major acquisition or debt repayment, cash on hand and cash provided by operations have typically been sufficient to meet these uses. - 33 - Years ended December 31, December 31, ($ millions - cash provided by (used for)) 2025 2024 Cash provided by operating activities Loss $ (937) $ (5) Adjustments Amortization 544 549 Restructuring and impairment charges 712 102 Finance income, net (1) (34) Foreign exchange loss (gain) 5 (7) Export duty 59 10 Retirement benefit expense 70 77 Net contributions to retirement benefit plans (40) (55) Tax provision (recovery) (233) 43 Income taxes received (paid) (46) 3 Unrealized loss (gain) on electricity swaps (18) 8 Other (18) (15) Changes in non-cash working capital Receivables 59 5 Inventories (1) 11 Prepaid expenses 1 4 Payables and accrued liabilities (61) (35) 96 661 Cash used for financing activities Repayment of long-term debt — (300) Proceeds from amendment of long-term debt 100 — Repayment of lease obligations (15) (15) Finance expense paid (21) (27) Repurchase of Common shares for cancellation (129) (140) Issuance of Common shares — 1 Dividends paid (101) (101) (167) (582) Cash used for investing activities Proceeds from sale of pulp mills — 124 Additions to capital assets (411) (487) Interest received 24 43 Other 7 2 (380) (318) Change in cash and cash equivalents (451) (238) Operating Activities The table above shows the main components of cash flows provided by operating activities for each year. The significant factor contributing to the decrease compared to 2024 was lower earnings driven by lower OSB pricing, higher duties and tariffs paid, and changes in income tax payments, offset in part by higher lumber pricing and lower use of cash relating to working capital. - 34 - 2025 Annual Report | 53

Income tax payments for 2025 included top-up payments for the prior year and were net of $36 million of refunds on account of a settlement agreement reached with the CRA. Working capital represented a use of cash in 2025 due primarily to a decrease in payables and accrued liabilities, offset in part by a decrease in trade receivables. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased due primarily to decreases in accrued equity-based compensation and timing of payments. Receivables decreased due primarily to lower NA OSB pricing and lower shipment activity. Financing Activities Cash used in financing activities decreased as we repaid $300 million of senior notes in 2024 while we increased and extended our $200 million term loan to a $300 million term loan in 2025. Lower share repurchases and lower finance expense paid were also contributing factors. We returned $129 million and $140 million during 2025 and 2024 respectively to our shareholders through Common shares repurchased under our NCIB programs. We also returned a total of $101 million during 2025 to our shareholders through dividend payments (2024 - $101 million). Investing Activities We received $124 million of proceeds during 2024 in relation to the sale of Hinton pulp mill on February 3, 2024 and the sale of Quesnel River Pulp mill and Slave Lake Pulp mill on April 20, 2024. Capital expenditures of $411 million in 2025 (2024 - $487 million) reflect our philosophy of continued reinvestment in our mills. Capital Expenditures by Segment ($ millions) Profit Improvement Maintenance of Business Safety Total Lumber 116 81 13 210 North America EWP 55 75 34 163 Pulp & Paper — 12 2 14 Europe EWP 9 11 — 20 Corporate — 4 — 4 Total 179 183 49 411 1. Maintenance of business includes expenditures for roads, bridges, mobile equipment and major maintenance shutdowns. Interest received decreased compared to 2024 due to lower interest income earned on our lower cash and cash equivalent balances. Contractual Obligations The estimated cash payments due in respect of contractual and legal obligations as at December 31, 2025, including debt and interest payments and major capital improvements, are summarized as follows. Contractual obligations do not include energy purchases under various agreements, defined contribution pension plans, equity-based compensation, or contingent amounts payable. - 35 - Contractual Obligations (at December 31, 2025, in $ millions) Total 2026 2027 2028 2029 Thereafter Long-term debt $ 300 $ — $ — $ 300 $ — $ — Interest on long-term debt1 38 16 16 7 — — Lease obligations 44 10 7 5 5 17 Contributions to defined benefit pension plans2 76 22 26 28 — — Payables and accrued liabilities 569 569 — — — — Purchase commitments 51 51 — — — — Reforestation and decommissioning obligations 159 55 16 13 15 61 Electricity swaps (23) 5 3 1 (1) (30) Total $ 1,215 $ 728 $ 69 $ 354 $ 19 $ 47 1. Assumes debt remains at December 31, 2025 levels and includes the impact of interest rate swaps terminating May 2028. 2. Contributions to the defined benefit pension plans are based on the most recent actuarial valuation. Future contributions will be determined at the next actuarial valuation date. Financial Instruments Our financial instruments, their accounting classification, and associated risks are described in Note 22 to the Annual Financial Statements. ACCOUNTING MATTERS Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS Accounting Standards requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported. Our material accounting policies are disclosed in our Annual Financial Statements. In determining our critical accounting estimates, we consider trends, commitments, events or uncertainties that we reasonably expect to materially affect our methodology or assumptions. Our statements in this MD&A regarding such considerations are made subject to the “Forward-Looking Statements” section. We have outlined below information about judgments, assumptions, and other sources of estimation uncertainty as at December 31, 2025 that have the most significant impact on the amounts recognized in our financial statements. The discussion of each critical accounting estimate does not differ between our reportable segments unless explicitly noted. Recoverability of Goodwill Goodwill is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination from which it arose. Goodwill exists in relation to our Lumber, North America EWP, and Europe EWP reportable segments. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if an indicator of impairment is identified. Recoverability of goodwill is assessed by comparing the carrying value of the CGU or group of CGUs associated with the goodwill balance to its estimated recoverable amount, which is the higher of its estimated fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The recoverable amount of CGU groups were determined based on their estimated fair value less costs of disposal using discounted cash flow models. Key assumptions include production volumes, product pricing, operating costs, terminal multiple, and discount rate. Key assumptions were derived using external sources and historical data from internal sources. An impairment loss is recorded if the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amount. We recorded an impairment loss of $409 million in relation to U.S. lumber goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2025. The impairment loss was a result of the protracted downcycle that has caused management to recalibrate certain - 36 - 2025 Annual Report | 55

assumptions used in our annual goodwill impairment test. Adjustments to these assumptions included, but are not limited to, species-specific product pricing trends, lower demand and pricing for wood chip residuals, and the depth and duration of the current downcycle and its expected recovery. The impairment represented the entire amount of goodwill associated with our U.S. lumber operations. Following the impairment loss recognized in the U.S. lumber CGU group, the recoverable amount was equal to the carrying amount. Therefore, any adverse movement in a key assumption would lead to further impairment to property, plant and equipment in the CGU group. See note 8 to the Annual Financial Statements for additional details about the US lumber CGU group. We recorded an impairment loss of $70 million in relation to Europe EWP goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2024. The impairment loss was driven primarily by an extension of the expected duration of the recovery to mid-cycle profitability and weaker macroeconomic conditions in the U.K. and Europe. The estimates and assumptions regarding expected cash flows and the appropriate discount rates require considerable judgment and are based upon historical experience, approved financial forecasts and industry trends and conditions. There is a material degree of uncertainty with respect to the estimates of the recoverable amounts of the CGU groups, given the necessity of making key economic and operating assumptions about the future. If the future were to differ adversely from our best estimate and associated cash flows were to materially decrease, we could potentially experience future impairment charges in respect of our goodwill balances. Recoverability of Capital Assets We assess property, plant and equipment, timber licences, and other definite-lived intangible assets for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We conduct a review of external and internal sources of information to assess for any impairment indicators. Examples of such triggering events related to our capital assets include, but are not limited to: a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which the asset is being used or in its physical condition; a change in management’s intention or strategy for the asset, including a plan to dispose of the asset or idle the asset for a significant period of time; a significant adverse change in our long-term price assumption or in the price or availability of inputs required for manufacturing; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the asset’s value; and a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses, or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the asset’s use. When a triggering event is identified, recoverability of capital assets is assessed by comparing the carrying value of an asset or cash-generating unit to its estimated recoverable amount, which is the higher of its estimated fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. An impairment loss is recorded if the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amount. In the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded restructuring and impairment losses of $303 million associated with the indefinite curtailment of our oriented strand board (OSB) mill in High Level, Alberta and the permanent closures of our Augusta, Georgia and 100 Mile House, British Columbia lumber mills. We identified an impairment indicator at one of our U.S. lumber mills due to discrete asset-specific performance factors as well as species-specific product pricing trends, lower demand and pricing for wood chip residuals, and the depth and duration of the current downcycle and its expected recovery. The impairment test performed on the lumber mill did not result in an impairment write-down as the recoverable amount of the mill exceeded its carrying value. The recoverable amount was determined using assumptions consistent with the U.S. lumber goodwill impairment assessment, adjusted for asset-specific factors where applicable. - 37 - In the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded restructuring and impairment losses of $28 million associated with the permanent closures and indefinite curtailments of lumber mills to better align our capacity with expected future demand. In addition, we recorded an impairment loss of $3 million in relation to the pulp mill disposals and restructuring charges of $2 million related to the restructuring of certain functions at our regional corporate offices. The assessment of impairment indicators requires the exercise of judgment given the necessity of making key economic and operating assumptions about the future. If the future were to differ adversely from our best estimate and associated cash flows were to materially decrease, we could potentially experience future impairment charges in respect of our capital assets. Defined Benefit Pension Plan Assumptions We maintain defined benefit pension plans for many of our employees. We use independent actuarial specialists to perform actuarial valuations of our defined benefit pension plans. Key assumptions used in determining defined benefit pension expense and accrued benefit obligations include the assumed rates of increase for employee compensation and the discount rate. Note 13 to the Annual Financial Statements provides the sensitivity of our accrued benefit obligations to changes in these key assumptions. If future conditions differ adversely from the assumptions used to estimate our accrued benefit obligations, we may incur higher defined benefit pension expense, increased financing costs, and additional charges to other comprehensive earnings. CVD and ADD Duty Rates On November 25, 2016, a coalition of U.S. lumber producers petitioned the USDOC and the USITC to investigate alleged subsidies to Canadian softwood lumber producers and levy CVD and ADD against Canadian softwood lumber imports. The USDOC has and continues to choose us as a “mandatory respondent” to both the countervailing and antidumping investigations, and as a result, we have received unique company-specific rates. Details can be found under the section “Discussion & Analysis of Annual Results by Product Segment - Lumber Segment - Softwood Lumber Dispute.” The CVD and ADD rates are subject to adjustment by the USDOC through an AR of POI. The CVD and ADD rates apply retroactively for each POI. We record CVD as export duty expense at the cash deposit rate until an AR finalizes a new applicable rate for each POI. We record ADD as export duty expense by estimating the rate to be applied for each POI by using our actual results and a similar calculation methodology as the USDOC and adjust when an AR finalizes a new applicable rate for each POI. The difference between the cumulative cash deposits paid and cumulative export duty expense recognized for each POI is recorded on our balance sheet as export duty deposits receivable or payable. The difference between the cash deposit amount and the amount that would have been due based on the final AR rate will incur interest based on the U.S. federally published interest rate. We record interest income on our duty deposits receivable, net of any interest expense on our duty deposits payable, based on this rate. The softwood lumber case will continue to be subject to dispute resolution processes under NAFTA, CUSMA and WTO as well as ongoing litigation in the U.S. In the interim, duties remain subject to the USDOC AR process, which results in an annual adjustment of duty deposit rates. Notwithstanding the deposit rates assigned under the investigations, our final liability for CVD and ADD will not be determined until each annual administrative review process is complete and related appeal processes are concluded. If the future were to adversely differ from our best estimate of the duty deposit rate, we could experience material adjustments to duty expense and such adjustments could result in an increase of cash outflows. Reforestation and Decommissioning Obligations We recognize provisions for various statutory, contractual or legal obligations. In Canada, regulations in most provinces require timber quota holders to carry out reforestation to ensure re-establishment of the forest after harvesting. Reforested areas must be tended for a period sufficient to ensure that they are well established. The time needed to meet regulatory requirements depends on a variety of factors. - 38 - 2025 Annual Report | 57

In our operating areas, the time to meet reforestation standards usually spans 12 to 15 years from the time of harvest. We record a liability for the estimated cost of the future reforestation activities when the harvesting takes place, discounted at an appropriate rate. The liability is accreted over time through charges to finance expense and reduced by silviculture expenditures. Changes to estimates are credited or charged to earnings. We record the best estimate of the expenditure to be incurred to settle decommissioning obligations, such as landfill closures. This liability is determined using estimated closure and/or remediation costs discounted using an appropriate discount rate. On initial recognition, the carrying value of the liability is added to the carrying amount of the associated asset and amortized over its useful life, or expensed when there is no related asset. The liability is accreted over time through charges to finance expense and reduced by actual costs of settlement. Changes to estimates result in an adjustment to the carrying amount of the associated asset or, where there is no asset, they are credited or charged to earnings. Key assumptions underlying the reforestation and decommissioning obligations included the timing and the amount of forecasted expenditures and the discount rate. Material changes in financial position may arise if the actual costs incurred when carrying out silviculture activities or decommissioning differ from the estimates used to determine the related liability. If our provisions for the reforestation and decommissioning obligations were to be inadequate, we could incur higher expenses in future periods. Any shortfall in these provisions would also result in increased cash outflows when the obligations are ultimately settled. Accounting Policy Developments Note 2 to the Annual Financial Statements contains a description of current and future changes in accounting policies, including: (1) initial application of standards, interpretations and amendments to standards and interpretations in the reporting period and (2) standards, interpretations and amendments to standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective. RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that can significantly affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and future performance. We have a comprehensive process to identify, manage, and mitigate risk, wherever possible. The risks and uncertainties described below are not necessarily the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that are presently unknown to us or deemed immaterial by us may adversely affect our business. Product Demand and Price Fluctuations Our revenues and financial results are primarily dependent on the demand for, and selling prices of, our products which are subject to significant fluctuations. The demand and prices for lumber, plywood, OSB, particleboard, MDF, LVL, pulp, newsprint, wood chips and other wood products are highly volatile and are affected by factors such as: • global economic conditions including the strength of the U.S., Canadian, Chinese, Japanese, European and other international economies, particularly U.S. and Canadian housing markets (including their mix of single and multifamily construction), repair, renovation and remodelling spending and industrial application; • tariffs and other trade measures levied on wood products that we ship from Canada for sale in the U.S. and the consequential impact of these tariffs on pricing, competitiveness and demand for these products in the U.S.; • future increases in interest rates and/or inflation or continued sustained higher interest rates and/or inflation, and the consequential impacts of these interest rates on mortgage rates and housing affordability, including reductions in near-term demand for new construction; • competition from substitute or alternative building products to our lumber or panel products, including alternative products benefiting from tariffs imposed on Canadian manufactured wood products; • construction and home building disruptor technologies that may reduce the use of lumber or panel products; • changes in industry production capacity, global inventory levels and increased competition from other consumers of logs and producers of lumber or panel products; • regulatory regimes imposing a price on carbon or other measures that increase the price of energy or fuels used in manufacturing of our products; • geo-political developments that disrupt global economic conditions, including conflicts in Ukraine, the Middle East or elsewhere; - 39 - • inflationary pressures, including increases in energy prices, and reductions in potential economic growth in Canada and the U.S., and uncertainties as a result of changing in government policies, including trade and tariff actions; and • other factors beyond our control. In addition, unemployment levels, interest rates, the availability of mortgage credit and the rate of mortgage foreclosures have a significant effect on housing affordability, residential construction and renovation activity, which in turn influences the demand for, and price of, building materials such as lumber and panel products. Declines in demand, and corresponding reductions in prices, for our products may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Our business is highly exposed to fluctuations in demand for and pricing of our wood products. Our sensitivity to commodity product pricing may result in a high degree of sales and earnings volatility. In the past, we have been negatively affected by declines in product pricing and have taken production downtime or indefinite curtailments to manage working capital and minimize cash losses. Severe and prolonged weakness in the markets for our wood products could seriously harm our financial position, operating results and cash flow. Our ability to accurately forecast the demand and pricing for our products or to effectively execute on our commercial strategies are subject to risks and uncertainty. We are exposed to execution risks within our commercial strategy, including constraints on the design and accuracy of sales plans and forecasts, the alignment of production with demand, and the effectiveness of our sales systems and processes. Constraints related to systems, storage or shipping capacity may limit our ability to pivot efficiently among channels which could increase logistics costs and working capital requirements, result in missed margin opportunities, and impacts on our relationships with customers. While we continue to take steps to enhance commercial planning, execution and data quality, these efforts may not achieve the intended objectives or be completed on anticipated timelines. As a result, weaknesses in forecasting or commercial execution could result in our inability to respond appropriately to demand and price volatility with the result that our revenues, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow may be adversely impacted. We cannot predict with any reasonable accuracy future market conditions, demand or pricing for any of our products due to factors outside our control, including uncertainties surrounding new U.S. administration tariffs and other policies. Prolonged or severe weakness in the market for any of our principal products would adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Future demand could also be impacted by the perceived sustainability of our wood products in contrast with competing alternatives. Trade Restrictions A substantial portion of our products that are manufactured in Canada are exported for sale. Our financial results are dependent on continued access to export markets. Tariffs, duties, quotas and other trade barriers that restrict or prevent access to these markets represent a significant and ongoing risk to our business. Canadian softwood lumber exports to the U.S. have been subject to trade disputes and managed trade arrangements for several decades. Following the expiry of the Softwood Lumber Agreement in October 2015 and the end of a one-year moratorium on trade sanctions by the U.S., U.S. lumber producers petitioned the USDOC and the USITC to impose trade sanctions on Canadian softwood lumber imported into the U.S. As a result, antidumping and countervailing duties have been imposed on Canadian softwood lumber imported into the U.S. since 2017. While the final duty rates have been issued for certain prior periods (See note 25 of the Annual Financial Statements, as such may be updated from time to time in our quarterly repots filed on SEDAR+ and EDGAR), the duty rates for the most recent periods of investigation have not yet been finalized, and there is no assurance that the final rates for antidumping duty and countervailing duty will not differ materially from the current cash deposit rates. Recent U.S. trade and industrial policy actions have increased uncertainty for imports of wood products into the U.S. These actions have included the imposition or proposed imposition of tariffs under various statutory authorities, including emergency and national security frameworks, investigations under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, and broader tariff initiatives applicable to multiple countries. Certain tariffs remain in effect, others have been temporarily suspended or are subject to legal challenge, and there is no assurance that exemptions or carve-outs, including for goods compliant with the CUSMA, will continue to apply. - 40 - 2025 Annual Report | 59

The imposition or expansion of tariffs on wood products, additional import restrictions such as quotas or other controls, or incentives designed to increase U.S. domestic production could adversely affect U.S. and global economic conditions, U.S. and Canadian housing markets, housing starts, repair and remodelling activity, and industrial demand for wood products. Tariffs and trade restrictions may also contribute to inflationary pressures, alter pricing dynamics and substitution patterns, affect industry supply and production levels, increase competition for logs and fibre, and contribute to elevated interest rates, including higher mortgage rates and reduced housing affordability. These factors, individually or collectively, could adversely affect demand for and pricing of our wood products and negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. The actual impact of existing and potential future tariffs and trade measures is subject to significant uncertainty. Factors contributing to this uncertainty include the timing, scope, magnitude, duration, geographic application of such measures, the outcome of trade investigations and litigation, retaliatory or countervailing measures by Canada or other countries, and the availability or effectiveness of any mitigating actions. While the long-term effects of these measures cannot be predicted, they could be material and may adversely affect the profitability of our Canadian operations and our overall financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Ongoing changes in trade policy and unanticipated impacts from recent changes in trade policy may also result in further revisions to our operational or financial guidance. To the extent our North American operations rely on supply chains sourced from outside the United States, tariffs and other trade actions could disrupt supply availability, increase costs, and adversely affect the profitability of our North American business. To the extent that duties and tariffs cannot be passed through to consumers, these measures increase our costs and reduce the profitability of Canadian-manufactured lumber, OSB, and other wood products sold into U.S. markets, and in certain circumstances could render some Canadian production uneconomic. The ability to pass through such costs depends on market conditions, including demand for our wood products, U.S. residential construction activity, and the availability of substitutable products. Even where cost recovery is possible, pass-through pricing may not benefit Canadian producers and may increase end-market prices, potentially reducing demand. The full effects of tariffs may be delayed and difficult to assess, including due to the time required for U.S. producers or alternative suppliers to increase capacity. Existing duties and tariffs are likely to remain in place unless modified through trade negotiations, including under CUSMA, or until final determinations are reached through litigation. CUSMA is subject to a scheduled review in 2026, and its future remains uncertain. Potential outcomes range from extension with limited changes to significant renegotiation, withdrawal by one or more parties, or continued annual reviews until expiry. Any of these outcomes could increase trade barriers or prolong uncertainty, adversely affecting integrated supply chains, access to export markets, and our business. The application of U.S. and other international trade laws may also create additional administrative and compliance burdens, including our participation as a mandatory respondent in trade investigations. In addition, global trade disputes or diplomatic tensions involving the U.S., Canada, China, the European Union, or other markets in which we operate may result in tariffs or other trade barriers that restrict access to key markets or reduce demand for our products. Certain competing exporters may not be subject to the same duties or tariffs as Canadian producers when selling into the U.S. market, or may benefit from more favourable trade arrangements. Increased imports from such regions could negatively affect the competitiveness of Canadian exports, result in lower prices or reduced demand for our products. Any such developments could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Competition Our industry is highly competitive and our competitors may have greater financial resources and lower production costs than we do. Currency devaluations can have the effect of reducing our competitors’ costs and making our products less competitive in certain markets. In addition, European lumber producers and South American panel producers may enter the North American market during periods of peak prices. Markets for our products are highly competitive. Our ability to maintain or improve the cost of producing and delivering products to those markets is crucial. Factors such as cost and availability of raw materials, energy and labour, the ability to maintain high operating rates and low per unit manufacturing costs, sufficient markets for residual by-products, and the quality of our final products and our customer service all affect our earnings. Some of our products are also particularly sensitive to other factors including innovation, quality and service, with varying emphasis on these factors depending on the product. To the extent that one or more of our competitors become more successful with respect to any key competitive factor, our ability to attract and retain - 41 - customers could be adversely affected. If we are unable to compete effectively, such failure could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Our products may compete with non-fibre based alternatives or with alternative products in certain market segments. For example, steel, engineered wood products, plastic, wood/plastic or composite materials may be used by builders as alternatives to the products produced by our wood products businesses such as lumber, plywood, OSB, LVL, particleboard and MDF products. Changes in prices for oil, chemicals and wood-based fibre can change the competitive position of our products relative to available alternatives and could increase substitution of those products for our products. In addition, our customers or potential customers may factor in environmental and sustainability factors in assessing whether to purchase our wood products. As the use of these alternatives grows, demand for our products may further decline. Because commodity products have few distinguishing properties from producer to producer, competition for these products is based primarily on price which is determined by supply relative to demand and competition from substitute products and geographic location of our customers. Prices for our products are affected by many factors outside of our control, and we have no influence over the timing and extent of price changes, which often are volatile. Accordingly, our revenues may be negatively affected by pricing decisions made by our competitors and by decisions of our customers to purchase products from our competitors. In addition, continued consolidation in the retail and construction industries could expose us to increased concentration of customer dependence and increase customers’ ability to exert pricing pressure on us and our products. In addition, concentration of our business with fewer customers as a result of consolidation could expose us to risks associated with the loss of key customers or heightened credit risk. For example, the loss of a significant customer, any significant customer order cancellations or bad debts could negatively affect our sales and earnings. - 42 - 2025 Annual Report | 61

Availability of Fibre Canada A significant majority of our Canadian log requirements are harvested from lands owned by a provincial government. Provincial governments control the volumes that may be harvested under provincially-granted tenures and regulate the availability of Crown timber for harvest. As a result, our access to the Crown timber is subject to decisions and processes involving provincial and federal governments, and Indigenous governments. The policy landscape continues to shift in ways that are dynamic and difficult to predict, potentially affecting both our short-term access to fibre, our operating costs, and long-term AAC confidence. The United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (UNDRIP) has been endorsed by Government of Canada and the Province of B.C. B.C. has also enacted the Declaration of the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act (DRIPA) to advance implementation of these commitments through ongoing modernization of provincial legislation and decision- making frameworks. Amendments to the forestry legislation, including the Forest Act, have introduced enhanced Indigenous participation and shared decision making in certain forest governance processes. These evolving frameworks may involve multiple authorities and extended timelines and may result in increased complexity and uncertainty in forest tenure administration, permitting and access to timber supply and unclear and more complicated outcomes compared to prior well understood, aligned, and straight forward processes. Provincial governments may make determinations or impose restrictions affecting forest tenure administration and timber supply, including decisions or restrictions relating to harvest volumes, the issuance, renewal, suspension or amendments of operating permits, areas available for harvesting, tenure transfers or acquisitions, the reallocation of harvesting rights to Indigenous Nations or communities, processing requirements, contractor regulation, land use planning, reconciliation initiatives, and stumpage methodologies. Such determinations may reduce the availability of log or residual fibre supply, increase log acquisition and harvesting costs, affect product recovery and grade, or require reductions in operating rates at our facilities These determinations may be made in furtherance of environmental protection objectives, species at risk management, critical habitat protection and land and species conservation plans, wildlife mitigation, pest management (including mountain pine beetle response), land use planning or Indigenous rights and reconciliation initiatives. As a result, government actions may reduce AAC or otherwise constrain timber supply which could adversely affect our access to fibre and increase operating costs at our Canadian operations. In Alberta, for example, accelerated AAC levels implemented following the mountain pine beetle infestation are expected to normalize post mountain pine beetle over time, which may reduce available timber supply. Constraints on secure, economical and sustainable fibre supply have resulted in permanent curtailments at certain of our Canadian operations and may result in additional curtailments in the future. In Alberta, forest management decisions are influenced by provincial forest management planning requirements, wildlife and species-at-risk recovery strategies (including caribou range planning), cumulative effects management frameworks, wildfire risk considerations, and post-infestation forest recovery strategies. Accelerated AAC levels implemented in response to the mountain pine beetle infestation are expected to normalize over time, which may reduce available timber supply. Changes to forest management plans, operating ground rules, or regulatory requirements may also affect harvest timing, volumes, or costs. Ongoing forest policy reviews and legislative changes in British Columbia have introduced additional uncertainty with respect to timber supply, permitting processes, and the timing and volume of harvesting approvals. During periods of policy transition, volumes offered through B.C. Timber Sales (“BCTS”) have been below historical levels. As many of our mills rely on BCTS as a source of log supply, reduced availability of BCTS volumes may increase our reliance on other supply sources, which could increase operating costs. Amendments to permitting processes may also result in delays or reduced volumes available under our tenures. The development and implementation of updated forest policy remains ongoing, and the full impact on timber supply and allowable annual cut levels may not be fully understood for some time. We have entered into joint development agreements with Indigenous Nations in B.C. to support continued fibre supply for certain of our mills however, there can be no assurance that these arrangements will secure the long-term supply of fibre. In both B.C. and Alberta, increased Indigenous participation in forest governance, consultation processes, and land- use planning may influence tenure administration, permitting, and harvesting outcomes. - 43 - We also rely on third party contractors to harvest timber under our tenures and increases in contractor rates, limited contractor availability or regulatory changes affecting requirements may increase harvesting costs. In addition, we purchase logs through open-market purchases and private supply and log exchange agreements, and increased competition for logs, or log shortages, may result in higher log purchase costs. Weather conditions, including unusually warm or cold temperatures, may also affect our ability to conduct logging activities, accumulate log inventories, constrain our ability to manufacture and ship SPF lumber or necessitate reduced operating schedules. For example, unusually warm winter conditions in prior periods have constrained logging at certain of our operations. Any combination of these factors could adversely affect our fibre supply, operating costs, shipment guidance, and as a result our financial condition, results of operation and cash flow. United States We rely on log supply agreements in the U.S. which are subject to log availability and based on market prices. The majority of the aggregate log requirements for our U.S. mills is purchased on the open market. Open market purchases come from timber real estate investment trusts, timberland investment management organizations and private land owners. Changes in the log markets in which we operate may reduce the supply of logs available to us and may increase the costs of log purchases, each of which could adversely affect our results. In addition, changes in the market for residuals may reduce the demand and selling price for the residuals produced by our operations and increase the disposal costs, which could adversely affect our results. We may experience higher competition for sustainable log supply sourcing as supply is limited by alternative demand for forests in carbon sequestration and through the increase in conversion to forest plantations or non-forest use where there is significant regional forest area decline. While the U.S. South remains a critical area of lumber supply growth and a key region for West Fraser’s growth strategy, it is important to note that this region’s economic fibre supply, cost profile and access to end-use markets for sawmill residuals are not homogenous, and that all of these factors could limit our growth opportunities. Our ability to source log supply and log costs may be impacted by regulatory changes impacting our business and the counterparts we do business with, including as a result of regulatory changes like the European Union Deforestation Regulation. U.K. and Europe Wood fibre for our U.K. and Belgium OSB, particleboard and MDF operations is purchased from government and private landowners. Changes in the log markets in which we operate and regulatory changes, like the European Union Deforestation Regulation, may reduce the supply of logs available to us and may increase the costs of log purchases, each of which could adversely affect our results. Residuals We rely on fibre off-take agreements for certain of our Canadian solid wood operations under which we supply to third parties wood chips and other residuals generated from our lumber operations. While certain of these fibre supply agreements are long-term take-or-pay arrangements, we face counterparty risk in the event that the purchasers of our wood chips and other residuals default on their obligations. Default by our counterparties could result in us having no market for our wood chips or other residuals or force us to sell our wood chips and other residuals at then prevailing market prices which may be less than the prices under our fibre supply agreements. We rely on third party consumers of wood chips, including pulp mills and paper mills, to purchase wood chips and other residuals generated at our U.S. lumber mills. Recent pulp and paper mill closures in the U.S. South have reduced market demand for wood chips and other residuals in the areas where we operate. In addition, wood chip and residuals supply has increased as a result in regional increases in lumber production. These demand and supply factors can both decrease the price that we can obtain for our residuals in the U.S. market and require us to seek alternate means of sale or disposal of residuals, each of which could decrease revenues and/or increase the overall costs of our U.S. operations. Alternative markets for wood chips and other residuals are currently limited in scope, scale, and geographic availability, and may not be able to absorb significant volumes on commercially acceptable terms. While we are focused on renegotiating expiring long-term residual fibre agreements and partnering with new and emerging markets to consume residuals, there is no certainty that we will be successful in such negotiations or partnership opportunities and this may adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. - 44 - 2025 Annual Report | 63

If our residuals do not meet the specifications required by consumers or the specifications for such consumers change, including as a result of regulatory changes like the European Union Deforestation Regulation, we may be subject to increased costs to our operations or adverse contractual risks, including termination rights which may result in us needing to find new purchasers for our wood chips or other residuals, financial penalties and other unknown consequences, including potential lost opportunities. Additional Risks to Availability of Fibre When timber, wood chips, other residual fibre and wood recycled materials are purchased on the open market, we are in competition with other uses of such resources, where prices and the availability of supply are influenced by factors beyond our control. Fibre supply can also be influenced by natural events, such as forest fires, severe weather conditions, insect epidemics and other natural disasters, which may increase wood fibre costs, restrict access to wood fibre or force production curtailments. Transportation Requirements Our business depends on our ability to transport a high volume of products and raw materials to and from our production facilities and onto both domestic and international markets at cost effective rates. We rely primarily on third-party transportation providers for both the delivery of raw materials to our production facilities and the transportation of our products to market. These third-party transportation providers include truckers, bulk and container shippers and railways. Our ability to obtain transportation services from these transportation service providers is subject to risks which include, without limitation, availability of equipment and operators, disruptions due to weather, natural disasters and labour disputes. To the extent that climate change results in more frequent severe weather occurrences, we may experience increased frequency of transportation disruptions in future years which may again result in a disruption of our ability to ship lumber and other products that we manufacture, including significant transportation disruptions from severe flooding, hurricanes, and other natural disasters. In addition, the potential of increased frequency of severe weather events may ultimately result in increased transportation costs as transportation providers, including railways, undertake capital expenditures to improve the ability of the transportation infrastructure to withstand severe weather events or to repair damage from severe weather events in order to maintain services. Transportation services may also be impacted by seasonal factors, which could impact the timely delivery of raw materials and distribution of products to customers. As a result of rail and truck capacity constraints, access to adequate transportation capacity has at times been strained and could affect our ability to transport our products to markets and could result in increased product inventories. Any failure of third-party transportation providers to deliver finished goods or raw materials in a timely manner, including failure caused by adverse weather conditions or work stoppages, could harm our reputation, negatively affect customer relationships or disrupt production at our mills. We may also experience labour disruptions and other additional costs in connection with the export of our product, including disruptions at the various ports and terminals from which we ship. Transportation costs are also subject to risks that include, without limitation, increased rates due to competition, increased fuel costs and increased capital expenditures related to repair, maintenance and upgrading of transportation infrastructure. Increases in transportation costs will increase our operating costs and adversely impact our profitability. If we are unable to obtain transportation services or if our transportation costs increase, our revenues may decrease due to our inability to deliver products to market and our operating expenses may increase, each of which would adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Costs and Availability of Materials and Energy We rely heavily on certain raw materials, including logs, wood chips and other fibre sources, chemicals, and energy sources, including natural gas and electricity, in our manufacturing processes. Competition from our industry and other industries, as well as supply disruptions may result in increased demand and costs for these raw materials and energy sources. We have experienced significant cost inflation across a number of our inputs including supplies and materials and energy. Increases in the costs of these raw materials and energy sources will increase our operating costs and will reduce our operating margins. There is no assurance that we will be able to fully offset the effects of higher raw material or energy costs through hedging arrangements, price increases, productivity improvements or cost-reduction programs. From time to time, we enter into arrangements with renewable power generators to purchase environmental attributes and receive settlements by reference to generation volumes and the spot price for electricity and pay settlements by reference to generation volumes and a fixed contractual price. These agreements act as a partial hedge against future - 45 - electricity price increases. Fair values of our electricity swaps may be volatile and sensitive to fluctuations in forward electricity prices and counterparty credit risk. Our operations depend on an uninterrupted supply of resins and chemicals, production inputs, and other supplies and resources such as skilled personnel. Supply may be interrupted due to a shortage or the scarce nature of inputs, especially with regard to chemicals. Supply might also be interrupted due to transportation and logistics associated with the remote location of some of our operations, and government restrictions or regulations which delay importation of necessary items. Our business is sensitive to global supply chain events, which impact our ability to source supplies required for our operations and could result in the increase in costs of those supplies. Any interruptions to the procurement and supply of resins, chemicals, production inputs and other supplies, or the availability of skilled personnel, as well as continued increased rates of inflation, could have an adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Operational Curtailments From time to time, we suspend or curtail operations at one or more of our facilities in response to market conditions, environmental risks, or other operational issues, including, but not limited to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance, temporary periods of high electricity prices, power failures, equipment breakdowns, adverse weather conditions, labour disruptions, transportation disruptions, unavailability of staff, fire hazards, and the availability or cost of raw materials including logs, wood chips, resins and chemicals. In addition, the potential increased frequency of extreme weather events associated with climate change may result in operational curtailments becoming more frequent than we have experienced historically. In addition, our ability to operate at full capacity may be affected by ongoing capital projects. As a result, our facilities may from time to time operate at less than full capacity. These operational suspensions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow as a result of decreased revenues and lower operating margins. In Canada, a portion of the wood chip requirements of our Canadian pulp and paper operations are provided by our Canadian sawmills and plywood plants. We also need to source from third parties wood chips. If wood chip availability is reduced because of production curtailments, improved manufacturing efficiencies, inability to source from third parties, profitably or at all, or any other reason, our pulp and paper operations may incur additional costs to acquire or produce additional wood chips or be forced to reduce production. Conversely, pulp and paper mill production curtailments may require our sawmills and panel mills to find other ways to dispose of residual wood fibre and may result in curtailment or suspension of lumber, plywood or LVL production and increased costs. In Canada, a substantial portion of the sawdust requirements of our Canadian MDF operations are provided by our Canadian sawmills and plywood and LVL plants. If sawdust is reduced because of production curtailments, improved manufacturing efficiencies or any other reason, our MDF operations may incur additional costs to acquire or produce additional sawdust or be forced to reduce production. Conversely, MDF mill production curtailments may require our sawmills and panel mills to find other ways to dispose of residual wood fibre and may result in curtailment or suspension of lumber, plywood or LVL production and increased costs. People Resources Our operations depend on the availability, retention and effective succession of experienced local and regional management, and skilled and unskilled employees and as third party service providers, including logging and transportation and capital project contractors. Many of our facilities are located away from major urban centers, which can limit the available labour pool and intensify competition for qualified personnel from our industry and others, including oil and gas, mining and manufacturing. A significant portion of our workforce and management team has specialized technical expertise and operational experience that is developed over many years. We face ongoing challenges related to an aging workforce, including anticipated retirements, the loss of institutional knowledge, and the need to identify, develop, and retain successors for key leadership, technical, and operational roles. Our ability to execute effective succession planning may be constrained by labour availability, internal development timelines, and competition for experienced talent. If we are unable to successfully manage workforce transitions or replace retiring personnel on a timely basis, our operational continuity, efficiency, safety performance, and strategic execution could be adversely affected. - 46 - 2025 Annual Report | 65

We also experience labour market pressures that may contribute to increased employee turnover, particularly in skilled trades, technical roles, and remote operating locations. Elevated turnover can result in higher recruitment, training, and onboarding costs, reduced productivity, and greater reliance on less-experienced personnel or third-party contractors. High turnover may also disrupt operational performance, inhibit the transfer of institutional knowledge, and place additional demands on remaining employees and management resources. Labour availability challenges, including shortages of qualified personnel, succession gaps, and turnover, may increase our operating and capital costs through higher wages, benefits, incentives, overtime, and contractor expenses. These challenges could impair our ability to maintain production levels, execute maintenance activities, or complete capital projects on schedule and within budget, and may adversely impact our financial results. Approximately 29% of our employees are covered by collective agreements. There was one expired collective agreement covering 2% of our employees as at December 31, 2025 under which the bargaining process is ongoing. Collective agreements representing 8% and 12% of our unionized employees expire in 2026 and 2027, respectively. All of our U.K. and Belgian union contracts are evergreen. If we are unable to renew the expired collective agreement in the near term or successfully negotiate renewals of collective agreements upon their expiry, we could experience strikes, work stoppages or other labour disruptions at the impacted facilities. Such disruptions could result in lost production and sales, increased operating costs, supply constraints and delays to maintenance or capital projects, any of which could adversely affect our business and financial results. More broadly, we are subject to risks associated with collective bargaining, labour negotiations, and labour relations. Collective bargaining negotiations may be prolonged, may not result in agreements on commercially acceptable terms, or may give rise to labour actions, including strikes, lockouts, or coordinated industry-wide labour disruptions. Labour relations challenges, including changes to work rules, compensation, benefit arrangements, or pension obligations, may increase labour and operating costs, reduce operational flexibility or productivity, and require significant management attention In addition, we rely on third-party service providers that employ unionized and non-unionized workforces to deliver critical services. Labour shortages, workforce turnover, labour disputes, or financial difficulties experienced by these third parties could disrupt service availability, limit alternative sourcing options, and adversely affect the timing, cost, and execution of our operations and capital projects. Acquisitions We may evaluate and complete potential acquisitions from time to time and have in the past grown through acquisitions. However, there is no assurance that we in the future will be able to successfully identify potential acquisitions or efficiently and cost-effectively integrate any assets or business that we acquire without disrupting existing operations. Our inability to identify accretive acquisition targets and complete acquisitions may negatively impact our ability to grow our business operations and deploy our capital. Acquisitions are subject to a range of inherent risks, including the assumption of incremental regulatory/compliance, pricing, labour relations, litigation, environmental, tax and other risks. There is no assurance that the due diligence that we undertake, including accounting, tax, regulatory and business due diligence, will be sufficient to identify all risks associated with any prospective acquisition that we undertake. Further, we may not be able to successfully integrate or achieve anticipated synergies from those acquisitions which we do complete and/or such acquisitions may be dilutive in the short to medium term. Specifically, there is no assurance that we will achieve the anticipated growth opportunities, synergies, efficiencies and costs savings from the combined business in respect of any acquisition that we undertake. Any of these adverse outcomes could result in us not achieving the financial benefits of prospective acquisitions and have a material adverse effect on our profitability. Safety We are subject to risks relating to the health and safety of our employees, contractors and third parties at our operating sites. While we strive to maintain health and safety policies, training programs, hazard identification processes, - 47 - inspections and preventative maintenance practices, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective in preventing incidents. Due to the nature of our operations, our employees, contractors and business invitees may be exposed to a range of hazards, including, fires (including forest fires), wood dust, heavy machinery, chemicals, explosions, blow-outs, power outages, extreme weather conditions, natural disasters, equipment failures, manufacturing and engineering defects, pollution and other environmental risks, and operational risks, any of which could result in serious personal injury, illness or death. Health and safety incidents may result in significant regulatory scrutiny, investigations, enforcement actions, fines, penalties, stop-work orders, or civil and, in certain circumstances, criminal liability. Such incidents could also lead to increased insurance premiums, coverage limitations, unplanned capital expenditures, and extended business interruptions. Our reliance on contractors and third-party service providers exposes us to additional health and safety risks, as we do not have direct control over their safety practices, training, or compliance with applicable laws. Safety incidents involving contractors may nevertheless materially impact our operations, reputation, and financial results. In addition, changing climate conditions, including the increasing frequency and severity of extreme weather events such as forest fires, flooding, and heat events, may heighten safety risks to personnel, disrupt operations, and impair access to worksites or critical infrastructure. Labour availability challenges, workforce turnover, fatigue, and the need to onboard and train new or less-experienced personnel may further increase the likelihood of safety incidents. A significant health and safety failure could adversely affect employee morale, result in labour disruptions or shortages, damage relationships with regulators, customers, and communities, harm our reputation, and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Environment We are subject to regulation by federal, provincial, state, municipal and local environmental authorities, including, among other matters, environmental regulations relating to air emissions and pollutants, wastewater (effluent) discharges, solid and hazardous waste, landfill operations, forestry practices, permitting obligations, site remediation and the protection of threatened or endangered species and critical habitat. Concerns over climate change, carbon emissions, water and land- use practices and the protection of threatened or endangered species and critical habitat could also lead governments to enact additional or more stringent environmental laws and regulations that may require us to incur significant capital expenditures, pay higher taxes or fees, including carbon related taxes or otherwise could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, including significantly impairing our ability to access and operate within regions of threatened or endangered species and critical habitat. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital expenditures and operating costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations, including the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s Boiler MACT (maximum achievable control technology) regulations and subject to successful court challenges, the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Particulate Matter (PM) for PM2.5. These regulations include environmental laws and regulations relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges, solid and hazardous waste management, plant and wildlife protection and site remediation, as well as workplace safety. These laws, regulations and restrictions may be expanded to require us to take measures to protect or enhance the environment in which we operate, including measures to protect biodiversity, conserve habitats and reduce risk of invasive transportation of species to new ecosystems. In addition, changes in the regulatory environment respecting climate change have and may lead governments and regulatory bodies to enact additional or more stringent laws and regulations and impose operational restrictions or incremental levies and taxes applicable to our Company which could require us to incur increased capital expenditures, including further Best Available Control Technology or result in increased operating expenses or limit or constrain our ability to obtain permits and authorizations to advance our business and capital/modernization plans. In addition, we may incur additional capital expenditures in connection with capital projects that we plan to undertake in order to achieve our targeted greenhouse gas emission objectives. These capital expenditures may be greater than initially projected, and changes in environmental laws could impose more stringent requirements than our targeted objectives and result in increased capital expenditures or acceleration of the time for completion of the capital projects or delays in our ability to obtain permitting or execute on our new capital and modernization plans. No assurance can be given that changes in these laws and regulations or their application will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Similarly, no assurance can be given that capital - 48 - 2025 Annual Report | 67

expenditures necessary for future compliance with existing and new environmental laws and regulations could be financed from our available cash flow. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties or other enforcement actions that could impact our production capacity or increase our production costs or negatively impair our ability to access and operate within regions of threatened or endangered species and critical habitat. In addition, laws and regulations could become more stringent or subject to different interpretation in the future. We may discover currently unknown environmental problems, contamination, or conditions relating to our past or present operations. This or any failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations may require site or other remediation costs or result in governmental or private claims for damage to person, property, natural resources or the environmental or governmental sanctions, including fines or the curtailment or suspension of our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. We are currently involved in investigation and remediation activities and maintain accruals for certain environmental matters or obligations, as set out in the notes to the Annual Financial Statements. Changing weather patterns and climatic conditions due to natural and man-made causes, including temperature shifts and changes to seasonal norms for winter and summer, can adversely impact our ability to meet our reforestation obligations and the expected cost to settle these liabilities. There can be no assurance that any costs associated with such obligations or other environmental matters will not exceed our accruals. Our Canadian woodland operations, and the harvesting operations of our many key U.S. log and European wood fibre suppliers, in addition to being subject to various environmental protection laws, are subject to third-party certification as to compliance with internationally recognized, sustainable forest management standards. Demand for our products may be reduced if we are unable to achieve compliance or are perceived by the public as failing to comply, with these applicable environmental protection laws and sustainable forest management standards, or if our customers require compliance with alternate forest management standards for which our operations are not certified. In addition, changes in sustainable forest management standards or our determination to seek certification for compliance with alternate sustainable forest management standards may increase our costs of wood fibre and operations. Climate Change, Environmental and Social We face direct risks associated with climate change and the environment, as well as indirect risks arising from global focus on climate change, environmental and social matters and environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) performance. Specifically, there has been a scrutiny of the timing and ability of organizations to transition to a lower- carbon economy and to demonstrate credible commitment to ESG objectives. Governments, financial institutions, insurers, environmental and governance organizations, institutional investors, non-governmental organizations, social and environmental activists, and other stakeholders are pursuing regulatory developments, policy initiatives and investment practices that, individually or collectively, may have financial or operational implications for us and our stakeholders, including our customers, suppliers, shareholders. Physical climate and environment risks Our operations are subject to physical risks associated with climate change and environmental conditions, including: • reduced access to fibre for our operations due to increased tree mortality or damage, including as a result of wildfire, extreme weather events, drought and insect infestation; • transportation disruption due to extreme weather events, including flooding and forest fires; • reduced availability of timber supply as a result of forest fires, and reduced forest access; • unplanned mill curtailments or production interruptions due to extreme weather events or fire damage or power disruption. Transition and regulatory risks We also face transition risks attributable to climate change including those arising from regulatory developments, policy changes and market responses associated with the transition to a lower-carbon economy. These risks include: • increased energy costs; • changes in land-use and forest conservation practices; - 49 - • increased capital expenditures required to improve energy efficiency and meeting decarbonization or emissions- reduction objectives; • increased operating expenses associated with carbon pricing and emissions regulation; • our inability to successfully transition to low-carbon technologies and operations. Climate-related regulatory and transition risks may also amplify other risks identified in this Risk and Uncertainties section of this MD&A, including those related to asset impairment, operating costs, capital allocation and liquidity. Financial, strategic and reputational impacts Overall, we continue to assess the degree to which climate change related regulatory, climatic conditions, and climate- related transition risks could impact our financial and operating results. Our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, reputation, access to capital, access to insurance, cost of borrowing, access to liquidity, ability to fund dividend payments and/or business plans may, in particular, without limitation, be adversely impacted as a result of climate change and its associated impacts. We have initiated a climate change scenario analysis, informed by the Task Force on Climate-related Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations, to evaluate potential climate-related risks and opportunities using different scenarios. This analysis is intended to support our strategic planning, supply planning, risk management and resiliency efforts. ESG, legal and disclosure risks We also face potential strategic, reputational, business, legal and regulatory risks related to our actual or perceived actions, or inaction, on climate change and other environmental and social matters, our progress against stated ESG commitments, and our related disclosures. Investors and other stakeholders may assess and compare companies based on ESG performance and a perception that our ESG initiatives, including the forestry industry’s sustainability initiatives, are insufficient, could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to attract investors and capital. In addition, we may be exposed to legal and regulatory risks, including potential “greenwashing” claims under amendments to the Competition Act (Canada) related to statements we make relating to the environmental benefits of our products, operations or strategies. Emissions reduction targets and commitments In 2022, we joined the Science-Based Targets Initiative, which included setting specific science-based targets to achieve GHG emissions reduction across all our operations by 2030. There is a risk that we may not meet our GHG emissions reduction targets, that some or all of the expected benefits and opportunities of achieving our various GHG and sustainability targets may fail to materialize, and that achieving the targets may cost more to achieve than projected or may not occur within anticipated time periods. Our failure to achieve our GHG or our sustainability targets, or a perception by key stakeholders, including our customers and our investors, that our GHG targets or other ESG initiatives are insufficient, could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to attract investors, capital and insurance availability and financing terms. Further, actions taken by us to meet our GHG targets and achieve our sustainability objectives may ultimately increase our projected capital expenditures and our costs of operations. In addition, our ability to access capital or the costs of available capital may be adversely affected in the event that financial institutions, investors, rating agencies and/or lenders adopt more restrictive sustainability policies than we have committed to. Indigenous Groups Issues relating to Indigenous groups, including Indigenous Nations, Métis and others, have the potential to materially impact resource companies operating in Canada including West Fraser. Our operations depend on access on timber harvesting rights granted by governments, and such access may be delayed, constrained or adversely affected by governmental decisions relating to the grant, renewal, transfer, or authorization of Canadian Crown timber harvesting rights. These decisions may be influenced by the Crown’s duty to consult and, where appropriate, accommodate Indigenous groups in respect of asserted or established Aboriginal rights or treaty rights. Government actions may also be affected by agreements entered into with Indigenous groups, evolving consultation and accommodation practices, steps governments may take in favour of Indigenous interests even where not strictly required by law, and the terms and conditions imposed on harvesting authorizations. In addition, recent Canadian jurisprudence (presently subject to appeal) has raised the prospect that Aboriginal rights, including claims to Aboriginal title, may - 50 - 2025 Annual Report | 69

continue to exist on lands subject to Crown grants and other tenures. Finding or assertions of Aboriginal title over lands on which we operate could result in additional consultation, accommodation or consent requirements, delays, restrictions or changes to harvesting rights and operational plans. British Columbia has enacted DRIPA and the federal government has enacted and endorsed legislation aligning with UNDRIP. These frameworks contemplate enhanced Indigenous participation in decision-making and, in certain circumstances, joint decision-making or consent-based agreements. In the forestry context, this includes potential Indigenous joint decision-making and consent arrangements relating to land use planning, forest management, permitting, and tenure administration. The imposition of these arrangements could result in additional consultation, accommodation or consent requirements, delays, restrictions or changes to harvesting rights and operational plans. We participate, as requested by governments, in consultation processes intended to support fulfillment of the Crown’s duty to consult and accommodate. We also seek to develop and maintain constructive relationships and, where possible, agreements with Indigenous groups that may be affected by our activities. However, as jurisprudence and government policy and legislative frameworks respecting Indigenous rights and title continue to evolve, as treaty and non-treaty negotiations continue to advance, and as governments continue to implement or expand Indigenous-focused policy and legislative initiatives, we cannot assure that Indigenous claims or evolving governance frameworks will not have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain, exercise, amend or renew timber harvesting rights or secure additional fibre supply on acceptable terms. Evolving forest policy, coupled together with increased Indigenous consultation, involvement and participation in land use planning and forest governance processes is expected to reduce the availability of, increase the timelines for, and add uncertainty to the issuance of cutting permits and may restrict volume available for harvest. These developments may increase costs, reduce operational flexibility, and impair long-term confidence in AAC determinations, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Indigenous groups raise concerns regarding the cumulative environmental, cultural, and socio-economic effects of forestry operations and other land uses within their asserted or established traditional territories. These concerns may extend beyond the impacts of individual harvesting authorizations and focus on the aggregate effects of historical, existing, and reasonably foreseeable forestry activities and other industrial development on lands, resources, and Indigenous rights and interests. Consideration of cumulative effects may influence government decision-making relating to forest management, land use planning, timber harvesting approvals, and allowable annual cut determinations. Governments may respond to these concerns by imposing additional conditions on authorizations, reducing harvest levels, delaying or suspending the issuance of permits, requiring enhanced planning processes, or prioritizing broader landscape-level or regional assessments. Indigenous groups may also seek expanded consultation, accommodation, or consent-based arrangements based on cumulative effects considerations, which could add complexity, time, and uncertainty to regulatory processes. As cumulative effects assessment methodologies and expectations continue to evolve, including through policy development, legislative reform, and judicial interpretation, there remains uncertainty regarding the standards that may be applied to forestry operations and tenure holders. Increased scrutiny or restrictive approaches to cumulative effects could adversely affect our ability to obtain or maintain timber harvesting rights, increase compliance and planning costs, reduce operational flexibility, and constrain fibre availability. The impacts of the issues described above, whether arising from government action, Indigenous engagement processes, or legal challenges, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flow. Recoverability of Capital Assets and Goodwill Our capital assets and goodwill could become impaired, which could have a material non-cash adverse effect on our results of operations. We review our operations for events and circumstances that could indicate that the carrying value of our long-lived assets and goodwill may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are determined to exist, we review the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets by estimating the recoverable amount of the asset, which is the higher of its estimated fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. We also review our goodwill for impairment annually and when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the CGU or group of CGUs associated with the goodwill balance is not recoverable. We determine the recoverable amount of assets and - 51 - cash-generating units using discounted cash flow models applied to forecasted financial and operating results. We make multiple assumptions in estimating future cash flows. Key assumptions include production volumes, product pricing, operating costs, terminal multiple, and discount rate. Key assumptions were derived using external sources and historical data from internal sources and are outlined in note 8 to the Annual Financial Statements. There are numerous uncertainties and sensitivities inherent in making these forecasts and estimates, including many factors beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from forecasted financial and operating results. If management’s estimates of forecasted results deteriorate, we may be required to recognize material non-cash charges relating to impairments of capital assets and/or goodwill. If a goodwill impairment charge is incurred, such charges are not reversible at a later date even if the events and circumstances that caused the impairment loss are favourably resolved. As a result of these uncertainties and the significant amount of goodwill ($1,471 million at December 31, 2025), our operating results may be significantly impacted from both the impairment and the underlying trends in the business that triggered the impairment, and actual results may be less favourable than estimated returns and initial financial outlook. We recorded an impairment loss of $409 million in relation to U.S. lumber goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2025 as a result of the protracted downcycle that has caused management to recalibrate certain assumptions used in our annual goodwill impairment test. Adjustments to these assumptions included, but are not limited to, species-specific product pricing trends, lower demand and pricing for wood chip residuals, and the depth and duration of the current downcycle and its expected recovery. Following the impairment loss recognized in the U.S. lumber CGU group, the recoverable amount was equal to the carrying amount. The estimated recoverable amount of the CGU group is sensitive to minor changes in key assumptions, in particular, product pricing, production volumes and operating costs. Therefore, any adverse movement in a key assumption would lead to further impairment to property, plant and equipment in the CGU group. As it relates to the Europe EWP CGU group, a reasonably possible change in certain key assumptions could cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount of the Europe EWP CGU group exceeded its carrying amount by approximately $73 million. A 2% change in product pricing, an 11% change in production volumes, or a 3% change in operating costs would result in the recoverable amount equaling the carrying amount. For additional information regarding goodwill, see note 8 to the Annual Financial Statements. Regulatory Our operations are subject to extensive general and industry-specific federal, provincial, state, municipal and other local laws and regulations and other requirements, including those governing forestry, exports, taxes (including, but not limited to, income, sales and carbon taxes), employees, labour standards, occupational health and safety, waste disposal, environmental protection and remediation, protection of endangered and protected species and land use and expropriation. We are required to obtain approvals, permits and licences for our operations, which may require advance consultation with potentially affected stakeholders including Indigenous groups and impose conditions that must be complied with. If we are unable to obtain, maintain, extend or renew, or are delayed in extending or renewing, a material approval, permit or license, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected. There is no assurance that these laws, regulations or government requirements, or the administrative interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and regulations, will not change in the future in a manner that may require us to incur significant capital expenditures, pay higher taxes or otherwise could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, including approvals, permits and licences, could result in fines, penalties or enforcement actions, including orders suspending or curtailing our operations or requiring corrective measures or remedial actions. Natural and Man-Made Disasters and Climate Change Adaptation Our operations are subject to adverse natural or man-made events such as forest fires, flooding, drought, hurricanes and other severe weather conditions, climate change, timber diseases and insect infestations including those that may be associated with warmer climate conditions, and earthquake activity. Over the past several years, changing weather patterns and climatic conditions due to natural and man-made causes, including temperature shifts and changes to seasonal norms for winter and summer, have added to the unpredictability and frequency of natural events such as severe weather, hurricanes, flooding, hailstorms, wildfires, mudslides, road washouts, snow, ice storms, and the spread of disease and insect infestations. These conditions have hampered, and may hamper in the future, our ability to conduct logging activities, constrain our ability to manufacture and ship our products or necessitate reduced operating schedules. Trends towards heavier precipitation patterns, changes to water quality and water storage on the land base can result in the overall degradation of water quality and reduced water supply levels. These events could damage or destroy or adversely affect the operations at our physical facilities or the cost, availability, and quality of our timber supply, and similar events could also affect the facilities of our suppliers or customers. Any such damage or destruction could - 52 - 2025 Annual Report | 71

adversely affect our financial results as a result of the reduced availability of timber, decreased production output, increased operating costs or the reduced availability of transportation. We have limited insurance arrangements in place to cover such incidents related to damage or destruction, there can be no assurance that these arrangements will be sufficient to protect us against such losses, if at all. As is common in the industry, we do not insure loss of standing timber for any cause. In addition, government action to address climate change, carbon emissions, water and land use and the protection of threatened or endangered species and critical habitat may result in the enactment of additional or more stringent laws and regulations that may require us to incur significant capital expenditures, pay higher taxes or fees, including carbon related taxes, or otherwise could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Information Technology We are reliant on our information and operations technology systems to operate our manufacturing facilities, access fibre, communicate internally and with suppliers and customers, to sell our products and to process payments and payroll as well as for other corporate purposes and financial reporting. An interruption or failure or unsuccessful implementation and integration of our information and operations technology systems could result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. In order to optimize performance, we regularly implement business process improvement initiatives and invest capital to upgrade our information technology infrastructure. These initiatives may involve risks to the operations and we may experience difficulties during the transition to these new or upgraded systems and processes. Difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or significant system failures could disrupt operations and have a material adverse effect on the business. In addition, the history of our operations has resulted in multiple information technology platforms and applications across our business operations which complicates our business controls and processes, including our internal controls over financial reporting. Our strategy is to integrate and unify these information technology systems in order to gain efficiencies in our operations and to optimize our finance, sales, inventory management, maintenance and business intelligence functions. Our inability to integrate these systems, or delay in completing this integration, could result in impediments to our growth and profitability and increase our costs of operations and regulatory compliance. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, proprietary business and confidential financial information and identifiable personal information of our employees and customers. We rely on industry accepted security measures and technology to protect our information systems and confidential and proprietary information. If our security measures and technology are not effective in ensuring unauthorized access to personally identifiable information, we may be subject to fines and/or penalties under privacy laws and regulations and our reputation with our customers, suppliers and employees may be adversely impacted. Cyber Security Our information and operations technology systems, including process control systems, are subject to heightened cyber security risks and are vulnerable to natural disasters, fires, power outages, vandalism, attacks by hackers or others or breaches due to employee error or other disruptions. While we have information and cyber security programs in place, the measures, controls and technology on which West Fraser relies may not be adequate due to the increasing volumes, sophistication and rapidly evolving nature of cyber threats. We have had in the past, and may in the future, experience cyber security incidents. Any such incident, attack on or breach of our systems including through exposure to potential computer viruses or malware could compromise our systems and stored information may be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or compromised, which could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, regulatory penalties, disruptions to our operations, decreased performance and production, increased costs, and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. As cyber security threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance protective measures or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities. Our exposure to these risks cannot be fully mitigated due to the nature of these threats. Our inability to adequately address risks from cyber security attacks could result in significant disruption to our information technology infrastructure and business applications, stoppage to our major operating, sales and financial processes and harm to our reputation and relationships with our customers and suppliers. Further, disruptions resulting from cyber security breaches could expose us to potential liability or other proceedings by affected individuals, business partners and/or - 53 - regulators. As a result, we could face increased costs as a result of cyber security incidents for which we do not have insurance coverage. In order to mitigate against the impact of potential cyber security breaches, we will be reliant on our disaster recovery and business continuity plans in order to continue our business operations with minimal disruption in the event of a cyber security breach. The success of these disaster recovery and business continuity plans will be contingent upon our ability to design and maintain effective plans that are resilient and will enable us to protect our information technology systems and data without disruption to our business. Our inability to design and maintain effective recovery systems may adversely impact our ability to manage a cyber security breach without disruption to our operations with the result that our reputation may be harmed, we may be subject to regulatory reporting risk, our relationships with our customers and suppliers may be harmed and our result of operations may be adversely impacted. In addition to risks we face from cyber security incidents directed at our systems, we also face risks from cyber security incidents impacting third parties, including but not limited to contractors, customers, consultants and suppliers, directly or indirectly involved in our business and operations. We are vulnerable to damage and interruptions from incidents involving these third parties, and may be exposed to consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Artificial Intelligence (AI) Adoption, Utilization and Governance Artificial intelligence technologies are rapidly transforming business operations, competitive dynamics, and customer expectations. Our ability to effectively adopt, integrate, and govern AI systems presents both significant opportunities and risks, including strategic, operational, compliance, security, financial, and reputational. Failure to leverage AI appropriately, or to do so responsibly, could adversely affect our performance, efficiency, competitiveness, and compliance posture. Failure to adopt AI at a pace consistent with industry developments, deploy AI effectively relative to competitors, or align AI initiatives with business objectives could adversely affect our competitiveness, efficiency, and ability to realize expected benefits. AI adoption requires specialized skills and capabilities in areas such as data analytics, cyber security, and AI governance. Our current workforce may not have all of the skills required to support effective AI deployment, which may require additional training, hiring, or changes to how work is organized. Resistance to change or limited digital literacy may slow adoption or reduce the effectiveness of AI-enabled processes. Competition for specialized AI talent may also increase costs or limit our ability to implement AI initiatives as planned. Effective AI deployment depends on robust data infrastructure, process integration, and appropriate management of data throughout its lifecycle. Deficiencies in data quality, lawful sourcing, accuracy, completeness, privacy controls, provenance, or retention may impair model performance and result in inaccurate or biased outputs, which could adversely affect decision-making and outcomes. The use of AI is subject to evolving legal, regulatory, and industry standards relating to privacy, automated decision-making, transparency, intellectual property, consumer protection, and cross-border data transfers. Inconsistent or changing requirements across jurisdictions may increase compliance costs, restrict or condition the use of AI, or require modifications to systems, processes, or offerings. Non-compliance, or misuse or unauthorized use of AI by employees or contractors, may result in privacy breaches, disclosure of confidential information, regulatory enforcement, litigation, contractual risks, or reputational harm. In addition, AI-generated or AI-assisted outputs may give rise to third-party claims or additional contractual obligations. AI systems also introduce cyber security, operational resilience, and third-party dependency risks, including the potential for model or data manipulation, theft of models or datasets, and unintended disclosure of confidential information. Reliance on third-party AI models, tools, and cloud service providers may increase exposure to service disruptions, changes in commercial terms, higher costs, or vendor lock-in. Constraints on computing infrastructure or access to hardware or cloud capacity may further increase costs or limit deployment. If AI is used in business-critical processes without appropriate controls and human oversight, errors or system failures could disrupt operations, reduce service quality, or create legal, regulatory, or contractual exposure. - 54 - 2025 Annual Report | 73

Individually or collectively, these risks may limit the benefits we expect from AI and could result in increased costs, delays in implementation, operational disruptions, loss of customers or partners, regulatory action, reputational harm, or litigation, any of which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and long-term strategy. Legal Proceedings The Company is subject to various investigations, claims and legal, regulatory and tax proceedings covering a wide range of matters, including civil claims and lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations, audits and requests for information by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions. Each of these matters is subject to various uncertainties and it is possible that some of these matters may be resolved unfavourably. We establish provisions for matters that are probable and can be reasonably estimated in accordance with our accounting policies, however there is no assurance that our estimates will be accurate. We also carry liability insurance coverage, however such insurance does not cover all risks to which we might be exposed and in other cases, may only partially cover losses incurred by us. In addition, we may be involved in disputes with other parties in the future that may result in litigation, which may result in a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flow and results of operations. We produce a variety of wood-based panels that are used in new home construction, repair and remodelling of existing homes, furniture and fixtures, and industrial applications. In the normal course of business, the end users of our products have made, and could in the future make, claims with respect to the fitness for use of its products or claims related to product quality or performance issues. In addition, we have been and may in the future be, involved in legal proceedings related to antitrust, negligence, personal injury, property damage, environmental matters, and labour and other claims against us or our predecessors. Tax Exposures In the normal course of business, we take various positions in the filing of our tax returns, and there can be no assurance that tax authorities will not challenge such filing positions. In addition, we are subject to further uncertainties concerning the interpretation and application of tax laws in various operating jurisdictions. We provide for known estimated tax exposures in all jurisdictions. These exposures are settled primarily through the closure of audits with the jurisdictional taxing authorities. However, future settlements could differ materially from our estimated liabilities. Capital Intensity Our business and the production of wood-based products is capital intensive. There can be no assurance that key manufacturing facilities and pieces of equipment will not need to be updated, modernized, repaired or replaced, or that operation of our manufacturing facilities could not otherwise be disrupted unexpectedly, for example by adverse weather, labour disputes, information technology disruptions, power outages, fire, explosion or other hazards including combustible wood dust. In certain circumstances, the costs of repairing or replacing equipment, and the associated downtime of the affected production line, may not be insurable. Potential Future Changes in Tax Laws, including Tax Rates Our corporate structure is based on prevailing taxation law, regulations and practice in the local jurisdictions in which we operate. We are aware that new taxation rules could be enacted or that existing rules could be applied in a manner that subjects our profits to additional taxation or otherwise has a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow, deferred tax assets and liabilities, or the trading price of our securities, including without limitation the Pillar Two model rules and other tax reforms. Our management is continually monitoring changes in tax policy, tax legislation (including in relation to taxation rates), and the interpretation of tax policy or legislation or practice that could have such an effect. At any given time, we may face tax exposures arising out of changes in tax or transfer pricing laws, tax reassessments or otherwise. Governments around the world are increasingly seeking to regulate multinational companies and their use of differential tax rates between jurisdictions. This effort includes a greater emphasis by various nations to coordinate and share information regarding companies and the taxes they pay. Changes in governmental taxation policies and practices could adversely affect us or result in negative media coverage and, depending on the nature of such policies and practices, could have a greater impact on the Company than on other companies. - 55 - Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Our Canadian operations sell the majority of their products at prices denominated in U.S. dollars or based on prevailing U.S. dollar prices while a significant portion of their operational costs and expenses are incurred in Canadian dollars. Our U.K. operations sell a portion of their products at prices denominated in Euros while the majority of their costs are incurred in British pounds sterling. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations will result in exchange gains or losses recorded in earnings and other comprehensive earnings. This results in significant earnings sensitivity to changes in the relative value of the United States dollar in comparison to the value of the Canadian dollar, British pound sterling and Euro. These exchange rates are affected by a broad range of factors which makes future rates difficult to accurately predict. Significant fluctuations in relative currency values may also negatively affect the cost competitiveness of our facilities, the value of our foreign investments, our financial condition, results of our operations and cash flow. Financial Capital Plans Our capital plans will include, from time to time, expansion, productivity improvement, technology upgrades, operating efficiency optimization and maintenance, repair or replacement of our existing facilities and equipment. In addition, we will from time to time undertake the acquisition of facilities or the rebuilding or modernization of existing facilities, including the rebuilding and modernization of existing and newly acquired facilities and the incorporation of new technologies in our production facilities to improve operating efficiencies and reduce costs. We may also in the future be required to undertake capital projects to (i) address or mitigate the impacts of climate change and extreme weather events at our facilities, (ii) comply with new government regulation directed at reducing the impacts of climate change; (iii) reduce the carbon intensity or footprint of our existing operations by reducing or eliminating fossil fuel usage, or (iv) comply with new government regulation directed at improving environmental protection. If the capital expenditures associated with these capital projects are greater than we have projected or if construction timelines are longer than anticipated, or if we fail to achieve the intended efficiencies, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow may be adversely affected. In addition, our ability to expand production and improve operational efficiencies will be contingent on our ability to execute on our capital plans. Our capital plans, our ability to execute on such plans and our ability to deliver on the expected returns of our investment may be adversely affected by availability of, and competition for, qualified workers and contractors, machinery and equipment lead times, changes in government regulations, market volatility, incorrect assumptions, unexpected delays and increases in costs of completing capital projects including due to increased materials, machinery and equipment costs resulting from trade disputes and increased tariffs and duties. In addition, our ability to achieve our capital plans on budget and within the projected time frames will be contingent on our ability to build accurate business plans, budget and forecasts based on sound business assumptions. Our inability to develop accurate business plans, budgets and forecasts could result in increased costs of completion and our inability to realize the planned economic benefits of our capital plans. Our inability to modernize and incorporate new technologies into our existing production facilities could result in increased or high operating expenses or less than optimum operational capacities which may result in our facilities not being competitive with the production facilities of our competitors. Capital Resources We believe our capital resources will be adequate to meet our current projected operating needs, capital expenditures and other cash requirements. Factors that could adversely affect our capital resources include prolonged and sustained declines in the demand and prices for our products, unanticipated significant increases in our operating expenses and unanticipated capital expenditures. If for any reason we are unable to provide for our operating needs, capital expenditures and other cash requirements on commercially reasonable terms, we could experience a material adverse effect to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. - 56 - 2025 Annual Report | 75

Availability of Credit We rely on long-term borrowings and access to revolving credit in order to finance our ongoing operations. Our ability to refinance or renew such facilities and to access additional sources of funding will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and credit ratings, covenant compliance and prevailing bank and financial market conditions. Any change in availability of credit in the market, as could happen during an economic downturn, could affect our ability to access credit markets on commercially reasonable terms. In the future we may need to access public or private debt markets to issue new debt. Deteriorations or volatility in the credit markets could also adversely affect: • our ability to secure financing to proceed with capital expenditures for the repair, replacement or expansion of our existing facilities and equipment; • our ability to comply with covenants under our existing credit or debt agreements; • the ability of our customers to purchase our products; and • our ability to take advantage of growth, expansion or acquisition opportunities. In addition, deteriorations or volatility in the credit market could result in increases in the interest rates that we pay on our outstanding non-fixed rate debt, which would increase our costs of borrowing and adversely affect our results. We have a Term Facility maturing in May 2030. There is no assurance that financing will be available to us when required or available to us on commercially favourable or otherwise satisfactory terms in the future to re-finance this borrowing when it becomes due. Credit Ratings Credit rating agencies assess our issuer credit rating based on a range of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital structure, management actions, their view of the general outlook for our industry and the broader economy. Although as at December 31, 2025, we do not have publicly issued debt securities outstanding, rating agencies may take actions with respect to our issuer credit rating, including maintaining, upgrading or downgrading the current rating or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading. A downgrading of our issuer credit rating or placement of us on a watch list for possible future downgrading could adversely affect our access to existing or future sources of financing, increase borrowing costs, reduce financial flexibility and have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation and cash flow. Such outcomes may be influenced by factors described elsewhere in this MD&A, including earnings volatility, capital allocation decisions, market conditions, and other business and financial risks. Wood Dust Our operations generate wood dust which has been recognized for many years as a potential health and safety hazard and operational issue. The potential risks associated with wood dust have been increased in those of our B.C. and Alberta facilities that have been processing mountain pine beetle-killed logs and fire damaged logs as the wood dust generated from these logs tends to be drier, lighter and finer than wood dust typically generated. We have adopted a variety of measures to reduce or eliminate the risks and operational challenges posed by the presence of wood dust in our facilities and we continue to work with industry and regulators to develop and adopt best mitigation practices. Any explosion, fire or similar event at any of our facilities or any third-party facility could result in significant loss, increases in expenses and disruption of operations, increases in insurance costs, exposure to litigation, regulatory fines and/or penalties and damage to our reputation as an employer, each of which would have a material adverse effect on our business. International Sales A portion of our products are exported to customers in China, Japan and in developing markets. International sales present a number of risks and challenges, including but not limited to the effective marketing of our products in foreign countries, collectability of accounts receivable, tariffs and other barriers to trade and recessionary environments in foreign economies. - 57 - Strategic Initiatives Our future success may in part be dependent on the performance of strategic initiatives, which could include growth in certain segments or markets and acquisitions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement important strategic initiatives in accordance with our expectations, which may adversely affect our business, financial results and future growth prospects. Return of Capital to Shareholders We have returned capital to our shareholders in 2025 through a combination of dividends and share repurchases, both through our normal course issuer bid and in 2021 and 2022 through substantial issuer bids. There is no assurance that we will continue to return capital to shareholders in future years, or as to the amount of capital that will be returned. Further, decisions to return capital to shareholders remain at the discretion of our board of directors and shareholders may not agree with the manner and the amounts of capital that are returned to shareholders. The declaration and payment of cash dividends remains within the discretion of our board of directors. Historically, cash dividends have been declared on a quarterly basis payable after the end of each quarter. There is no assurance that our board of directors will continue to maintain our dividend at the current rate. Our board of directors has the power to declare dividends at its discretion and in any manner and at any time as it may deem necessary or appropriate in the future. For these reasons, as well as others, there can be no assurance that dividends that we pay in the future will be equal or similar to the dividends historically paid by West Fraser or that our board of directors will not decide to suspend or discontinue the payment of cash dividends in the future. Risks Associated with the NYSE Listing and Litigation The West Fraser Common shares are listed on the NYSE. Our continued listing on the NYSE may expose us to additional regulatory proceedings, litigation (including class actions), mediation, and/or arbitration from time to time, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Monitoring and defending against legal actions, with or without merit, can be time-consuming, may divert management’s attention and resources and can cause us to incur significant expenses. In addition, legal fees and costs incurred in connection with such activities may be significant and we may, in the future, be subject to judgments or enter into settlements of claims for significant monetary damages. While we have insurance that may cover the costs and awards of certain types of litigation, the amount of insurance may not be sufficient to cover any costs or awards. Substantial litigation costs or an adverse result in any litigation may adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow. Litigation, and any decision resulting therefrom, may also create a negative perception of West Fraser. Pension Plan Funding We are the sponsor of several defined benefit pension plans which exposes us to market risks related to plan assets and liabilities. Funding requirements for these plans are based on regulatory requirements, actuarial assumptions concerning expected return on plan assets, future salary increases, life expectancy and interest rates. If any of these assumptions differs from actual outcomes such that a funding deficiency occurs or increases, we would be required to increase cash funding contributions which would in turn reduce the availability of capital for other purposes. We are also subject to regulatory changes regarding these plans which may increase the funding requirements which would in turn reduce the availability of capital for other purposes. We also have a number of supplemental executive pension plans that have no funding requirement and as such are largely unfunded. Risk Associated with Internal Controls We are required to maintain and evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under National Instrument 52-109 - Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings in Canada and under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in the United States. Effective internal controls are required for us to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. Management assesses the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We also engage an independent registered public accounting firm to audit and provide an independent opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. - 58 - 2025 Annual Report | 77

There is no assurance that we will be able to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting as such standards are modified, supplemented, or amended from time to time, and we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that our internal control over financial reporting are effective. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No evaluation can provide complete assurance that our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis, or detect or uncover all failures of persons employed by us to disclose material information otherwise required to be reported. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures could also be limited by simple errors or faulty judgments. In addition, as we continue to expand, the challenges involved in implementing appropriate internal control over financial reporting will increase and will require that we continue to improve our internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to satisfy these requirements on a timely basis could result in the loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and reliability of our financial statements, which in turn could harm our business, expose us to legal or regulatory actions and negatively impact the trading price of our Common shares. In addition, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to remediate material weaknesses, if any, identified in future periods, or maintain all of the controls necessary for continued compliance, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain sufficient skilled finance and accounting personnel, especially in light of the increased demand for such personnel among publicly traded companies. Future acquisitions of companies may provide us with challenges in implementing the required processes, procedures and controls in our acquired operations. Acquired companies may not have disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting that are as thorough or effective as those required by securities laws currently applicable to us. Contagious Disease Pandemics, epidemics and other outbreaks of contagious diseases could cause interruptions to our business and operations and otherwise have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow, including as a result of the effects on: (i) global economic activity, (ii) the financial condition, results of operations and solvency of our customers caused by operating shutdowns or disruptions or financial or liquidity issues, (iii) the demand for and price of our products, (iv) the health of our employees and the impact on their ability to work or travel, (v) our ability to operate our manufacturing facilities, (vi) our supply chain and the ability of third party suppliers, service providers and/or transportation carriers to supply goods or services on which we rely on to transport our products to market, and (vii) our revenues, cash flow, liquidity and ability to maintain compliance with the covenants in our credit agreements. In addition, our future business may be impacted by the local, regional, national or international outbreak or escalation of other contagious diseases, viruses or other illnesses. Our Common Shares May be Subject to Trading Volatility Our Common shares will be subject to material fluctuations in trading prices and volumes which may increase or decrease in response to a number of events and factors, which will include: • changes in the market price of the commodities that we sell and purchase; • current events affecting the economic situation in North America, Europe and the international markets in which our products are sold; • the impact of tariffs or the perceived impact of tariffs on the wood products that we export to the U.S.; • trends in the lumber and OSB industries and other industries in which we operate; • regulatory and/or government actions; • changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts; • future acquisitions and financings; • the economics of current and future projects undertaken by us; • variations in our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow or dividend policies; • the operating and share price performance of other companies, including those that investors may deem comparable to West Fraser; • the issuance of additional equity securities by us; and • the occurrence of any of the risks and uncertainties described above. - 59 - In addition to factors directly affecting West Fraser, our Common shares may also experience volatility that is attributable to the overall state of the stock markets in which wide price swings may occur as a result of a variety of financial, economic and market perception factors. This overall market volatility may adversely affect the price of our Common shares, regardless of our own relative operating performance. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES West Fraser is responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, each as defined in NI 52-109 in Canada and under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in the United States. Disclosure Controls and Procedures We have designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurance that information that is required to be disclosed by us in our annual filings, interim filings and other reports that we file or submit under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the securities legislation. These include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information that we are required to disclose under securities legislation is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, has conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2025. Based on this evaluation, management, under the supervision of our CEO and CFO, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2025. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Management, under the supervision of the CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined under NI 52-109 in Canada and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in the United States, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2025 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Management, under the supervision of the CEO and CFO, has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included with our annual audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2025. Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. Additionally, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. - 60 - 2025 Annual Report | 79

DEFINITIONS, RECONCILIATIONS, AND OTHER INFORMATION Transactions Between Related Parties The Company has executive compensation plans with key management personnel, consisting of our directors and officers. These individuals have the authority and responsibility for overseeing, planning, directing, and controlling our activities. Total compensation expense for key management personnel, excluding the impact of equity-based compensation, was $9 million in 2025, compared to $8 million in 2024. We recognized an equity-based compensation recovery of $9 million in 2025 versus an expense of $10 million in 2024. The recovery for 2025 reflects a decrease in the price of our Common shares traded on the TSX and changes in the expected payout multiple on our performance share units, offset in part by the vesting of options and units granted. We paid $4 million to key management personnel in relation to our phantom share unit plan and share option plans in 2025. In addition, we issued 4,700 Common shares to key management personnel under our share option plans in 2025. See note 20 to the Annual Financial Statements for additional details. Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures Throughout this MD&A, we make reference to (i) certain non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by segment (our “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”), (ii) certain non-GAAP ratios, including return on capital employed (our “Non-GAAP Ratios”), (iii) certain capital management measures, including available liquidity, total debt to capital ratio, and net debt to capital ratio (our “Capital Management Measures”), (iv) certain supplementary financial measures, including our expected capital expenditures (our “Supplementary Financial Measures”). We believe that these Non-GAAP Financial Measures, Non-GAAP Ratios, Capital Management Measures, and Supplementary Financial Measures (collectively, our “Non-GAAP and other specified financial measures”) are useful performance indicators for investors to understand our operating and financial performance and our financial condition. These Non- GAAP and other specified financial measures are not generally accepted financial measures under IFRS Accounting Standards and do not have standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS Accounting Standards. Investors are cautioned that none of our Non-GAAP Financial Measures should be considered as an alternative to earnings or cash flow, as determined in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. As there is no standardized method of calculating any of these Non-GAAP and other specified financial measures, our method of calculating each of them may differ from the methods used by other entities and, accordingly, our use of any of these Non-GAAP and other specified financial measures may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures used by other entities. Accordingly, these Non-GAAP and other specified financial measures are intended to provide additional information and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. The reconciliation of the Non-GAAP measures used and presented by the Company to the most directly comparable measures under IFRS Accounting Standards is provided in the tables set forth below. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings determined in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards adding back the following line items from the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive earnings: finance income or expense, tax provision or recovery, amortization, equity-based compensation, restructuring and impairment charges, and other income or expense. Adjusted EBITDA by segment is defined as operating earnings determined for each reportable segment in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards adding back the following line items from the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive earnings for that reportable segment: amortization, equity-based compensation, and restructuring and impairment charges. EBITDA is commonly reported and widely used by investors and lending institutions as an indicator of a company’s operating performance, ability to incur and service debt, and as a valuation metric. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA by segment to exclude items that do not reflect our ongoing operations and that should not, in our opinion, be considered in a long-term valuation metric or included in an assessment of our ability to service or incur debt. We believe that disclosing these measures assists readers in measuring performance relative to other entities that operate in similar industries and understanding the ongoing cash generating potential of our business to provide liquidity to fund working capital needs, service outstanding debt, fund future capital expenditures and investment opportunities, - 61 - and pay dividends. Adjusted EBITDA is used as an additional measure to evaluate the operating and financial performance of our reportable segments. The following tables reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards measure, earnings. See note 18 to the Annual Financial Statements for a breakdown of the items making up Other. Other is comprised primarily of foreign exchange revaluations, gains/losses on our electricity swaps and interest rate swaps, and gains/losses on asset disposals. Annual Adjusted EBITDA ($ millions) 2025 2024 2023 Loss $ (937) $ (5) $ (167) Finance income, net (1) (34) (51) Tax (recovery) provision (233) 43 (61) Amortization 544 549 541 Equity-based compensation (14) 14 25 Restructuring and impairment charges 712 102 279 Other expense (income) (15) 2 (5) Adjusted EBITDA $ 56 $ 673 $ 561 Quarterly Adjusted EBITDA ($ millions) Q4-25 Q3-25 Q4-24 Loss $ (751) $ (204) $ (62) Finance income, net (3) 12 (12) Tax (recovery) provision (167) (73) 20 Amortization 144 133 138 Equity-based compensation (4) (2) (1) Restructuring and impairment charges 712 — 68 Other income (10) (11) (11) Adjusted EBITDA $ (79) $ (144) $ 140 The following tables reconcile Adjusted EBITDA by segment to the most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards measures for each of our reportable segments. We consider operating earnings to be the most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards measure for Adjusted EBITDA by segment as operating earnings is the IFRS Accounting measure most used by the chief operating decision maker when evaluating segment operating performance. Annual Adjusted EBITDA by Segment ($ millions) 2025 Lumber NA EWP Pulp & Paper Europe EWP Corp & Other Total Operating earnings (loss) $ (766) $ (376) $ (16) $ (37) $ 9 $ (1,187) Amortization 193 290 15 42 5 544 Equity-based compensation — — — — (14) (14) Restructuring and impairment charges 473 239 — — — 712 Adjusted EBITDA by segment $ (100) $ 153 $ (2) $ 5 $ — $ 56 - 62 - 2025 Annual Report | 81

2024 Lumber NA EWP Pulp & Paper Europe EWP Corp & Other Total Operating earnings (loss) $ (303) $ 459 $ (13) $ (110) $ (26) $ 7 Amortization 192 284 14 48 11 549 Equity-based compensation — — — — 14 14 Restructuring and impairment charges 28 1 3 70 1 102 Adjusted EBITDA by segment $ (82) $ 744 $ 4 $ 8 $ — $ 673 Quarterly Adjusted EBITDA by Segment ($ millions) Q4-25 Lumber NA EWP Pulp & Paper Europe EWP Corp & Other Total Operating earnings (loss) $ (586) $ (335) $ (5) $ (7) $ 3 $ (931) Amortization 56 73 3 11 1 144 Equity-based compensation — — — — (4) (4) Restructuring and impairment charges 473 239 — — — 712 Adjusted EBITDA by segment $ (57) $ (24) $ (1) $ 4 $ — $ (79) Q3-25 Lumber NA EWP Pulp & Paper Europe EWP Corp & Other Total Operating earnings (loss) $ (169) $ (88) $ (10) $ (10) $ 1 $ (275) Amortization 46 72 3 10 1 133 Equity-based compensation — — — — (2) (2) Adjusted EBITDA by segment $ (123) $ (15) $ (6) $ 1 $ — $ (144) Q4-24 Lumber NA EWP Pulp & Paper Europe EWP Corp & Other Total Operating earnings (loss) $ (25) $ 56 $ (14) $ (80) $ (2) $ (65) Amortization 47 71 4 12 3 138 Equity-based compensation — — — — (1) (1) Restructuring and impairment charges (reversal) (1) — — 70 — 68 Adjusted EBITDA by segment $ 21 $ 127 $ (10) $ 2 $ — $ 140 Return on capital employed Return on capital employed (ROCE) is earnings before interest and taxes divided by average capital employed, expressed as a percentage. Earnings before interest and taxes is calculated as earnings determined in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards adding back the following line items from the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive earnings: finance income or expense and tax provision or recovery. Average capital employed is calculated as the average of opening and closing capital employed. Capital employed is calculated as total assets, excluding cash, less current liabilities, excluding the current portion of long-term debt. We believe disclosing this measure assists readers in understanding the efficiency with which we deploy capital to generate earnings. In addition, ROCE is referenced in certain of our equity-based compensation and variable compensation plans. - 63 - Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) ($ millions) 2025 2024 2023 Loss (937) (5) (167) Finance income, net (1) (34) (51) Tax (recovery) provision (233) 43 (61) Earnings before interest and taxes (1,172) 5 (279) Average capital employed 7,076 7,576 7,892 Return on capital employed (17) % — % (4) % Available liquidity Available liquidity is the sum of our cash and cash equivalents and funds available under our committed and uncommitted bank credit facilities. We believe disclosing this measure assists readers in understanding our ability to meet uses of cash resulting from contractual obligations and other commitments at a point in time. Available Liquidity ($ millions, except as otherwise indicated) December 31, December 31, 2025 2024 Cash and cash equivalents $ 202 $ 641 Operating lines available (excluding paper operation)1 1,020 1,044 1,222 1,685 Cheques issued in excess of funds on deposit — — Borrowings on operating lines — — Available liquidity $ 1,222 $ 1,685 1. Excludes demand line of credit dedicated to our jointly-owned paper operation as West Fraser cannot draw on it. Total debt to total capital ratio Total debt to total capital ratio is total debt divided by total capital, expressed as a percentage. Total capital is defined as the sum of total debt plus total equity. This calculation is defined in certain of our bank covenant agreements. We believe disclosing this measure assists readers in understanding our capital structure, financial solvency, and degree of leverage at a point in time. The following table outlines the composition of the measure. Total Debt to Capital ($ millions) December 31, December 31, 2025 2024 Debt Operating loans $ — $ — Current and non-current lease obligation 33 29 Current and non-current debt 300 200 Derivative liabilities1 — — Open letters of credit1 38 36 Total debt 371 265 Shareholders’ equity 5,849 6,954 Total capital $ 6,220 $ 7,219 Total debt to capital 6 % 4 % 1. Letters of credit facilities and the fair value of derivative liabilities are part of our bank covenants’ total debt calculation. Net debt to capital ratio Net debt to capital ratio is net debt divided by total capital, expressed as a percentage. Net debt is calculated as total debt less cash and cash equivalents, open letters of credit, and the fair value of any derivative liabilities. Total capital is - 64 - 2025 Annual Report | 83

defined as the sum of net debt plus total equity. We believe disclosing this measure assists readers in understanding our capital structure, financial solvency, and degree of leverage at a point in time. We believe that using net debt in the calculation is helpful because net debt represents the amount of debt obligations that are not covered by available cash and cash equivalents. The following table outlines the composition of the measure. Net Debt to Capital ($ millions) December 31, December 31, 2025 2024 Debt Operating loans $ — $ — Current and long-term lease obligation 33 29 Current and long-term debt 300 200 Derivative liabilities1 — — Open letters of credit1 38 36 Total debt 371 265 Cash and cash equivalents (202) (641) Open letters of credit (38) (36) Derivative liabilities — — Cheques issued in excess of funds on deposit — — Net debt 131 (412) Shareholders’ equity 5,849 6,954 Total capital $ 5,980 $ 6,542 Net debt to capital 2% (6%) 1. Letters of credit facilities and the fair value of derivative liabilities are part of our bank covenants’ total debt calculation. Expected capital expenditures This measure represents our best estimate of the amount of cash outflows relating to additions to capital assets for the current year based on our current outlook. This amount is comprised primarily of various improvement projects and maintenance-of-business expenditures, and projects focused on optimization and automation of the manufacturing process. This measure assumes no deterioration in market conditions during the year and that we are able to proceed with our plans on time and on budget. This estimate is subject to the risks and uncertainties identified in this MD&A. Glossary of Key Terms We use the following terms in this MD&A: Term Description AAC Annual allowable cut ADD Antidumping duty AR Administrative Review by the USDOC B.C. British Columbia BCTMP Bleached chemithermomechanical pulp BCTS B.C. Timber Sales CAD or CAD$ Canadian dollars CEO President and Chief Executive Officer CFO Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer CGU Cash generating unit CPL Cariboo Pulp mill, now operated by Cariboo Pulp Ltd. CRA Canada Revenue Agency Crown timber Timber harvested from lands owned by a provincial government - 65 - CUSMA Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement CVD Countervailing duty DC&P Disclosure Controls and Procedures EDGAR Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System ESG Environmental, Social and Governance EWP Engineered wood products GBP British pound sterling GHG Greenhouse gas ICFR Internal Control over Financial Reporting IFRS Accounting Standards International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board LVL Laminated veneer lumber MDF Medium-density fibreboard NA North America NA EWP North America Engineered Wood Products NBSK Northern bleached softwood kraft pulp NCIB Normal course issuer bid 2023 NCIB Normal course issuer bid - February 27, 2023 to February 26, 2024 2024 NCIB Normal course issuer bid - March 1, 2024 to February 28, 2025 2025 NCIB Normal course issuer bid - March 3, 2025 to March 2, 2026 NI 52-109 National Instrument 52-109 - Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings Norbord Norbord Inc. Norbord Acquisition Acquisition of Norbord completed February 1, 2021 NYSE New York Stock Exchange OSB Oriented strand board POI Period of Investigation in respect of an USDOC administrative review PPE Property, plant, and equipment Q1-25 or Q1-24 three months ended March 28, 2025 or March 29, 2024 and for balance sheet amounts as at March 28, 2025 or March 29, 2024 Q2-25 or Q2-24 three months ended June 27, 2025 or June 28, 2024 and for balance sheet amounts as at June 27, 2025 or June 28, 2024 Q3-25 or Q3-24 three months ended September 26, 2025 or September 27, 2024 and for balance sheet amounts as at September 26, 2025 or September 27, 2024 Q4-25 or Q4-24 three months ended December 31, 2025 or 2024 and for balance sheet amounts as at December 31, 2025 or 2024 Section 232 Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962 SEDAR+ System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval + SIB Substantial Issuer Bid SOFR Secured Overnight Financing Rate SOX Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act SPF Spruce/pine/balsam fir lumber SYP Southern yellow pine lumber TSX Toronto Stock Exchange U.K. United Kingdom U.S. United States USD or $ or US$ United States Dollars USDOC United States Department of Commerce USITC United States International Trade Commission YTD-25 or YTD-24 years ended December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024 - 66 - 2025 Annual Report | 85

Forward-Looking Statements This MD&A includes statements and information that constitutes “forward-looking information” within the meaning of Canadian securities laws and “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of United States securities laws (collectively, “forward-looking statements”). Forward-looking statements include statements that are forward-looking or predictive in nature and are dependent upon or refer to future events or conditions. We use words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “intends,” “targets,” “projects,” “forecasts,” or negative versions thereof and other similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could,” to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements generally include statements which reflect management’s expectations regarding the operations, business, financial condition, results of operations expected financial results, performance, prospects, opportunities, priorities, targets, goals, ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of West Fraser and its subsidiaries, as well as the outlook for North American and international economies for the current fiscal year and subsequent periods. Forward-looking statements included in this MD&A include references to: Discussion Forward-Looking Statements Our Business and Strategy our corporate strategy and objectives to generate strong financial results through the business cycle, supported by robust product and geographic diversity, to rely on our committed workforce, the quality of our assets and our well-established people and culture, to execute a balanced capital allocation strategy by maintaining a strong balance sheet and liquidity profile along with an investment-grade issuer rating, to maintain a leading cost position, to maintain financial flexibility through a strong balance sheet and to return capital to shareholders, reinvest in operations across all market cycles to enhance productivity, product mix and capacity, and pursuit of opportunistic acquisitions and larger-scale growth initiatives Recent Developments – Markets impact of new home construction activity, existing home sales, interest rates, mortgage rates, housing supply and demand, housing affordability, housing starts, housing prices, unemployment rates, repair and remodelling demand, inflationary pressures, changes in population growth and demographics on demand for our lumber and OSB products; expectations regarding near, medium and longer-term core demand, future interest rates, government policies on affordability and inflation; contraction in the North American lumber mill capacity and continuation of a period of oversupply in the North American lumber industry, particularly in the U.S. South; constraints on new lumber capacity when lumber demand recovers due to various factors, including ongoing timber supply limitations in significant lumber regions; continuation of a period of oversupply in the North American OSB industry; impact of new or reduced lumber and OSB production capacity on market supply and pricing; constraints on Canadian exports due to Section 232 tariffs or other factors resulting in a potential shortfall in the supply of lumber and OSB products required to meet U.S. market demand levels Recent Developments - OSB Capacity Reductions continuation of our OSB capacity reductions, including indefinite curtailment of our High Level, Alberta OSB mill and the idled production line at our Cordele, Georgia OSB mill Discussion & Analysis of Quarterly Results by Product Segment - Lumber Segment - Softwood Lumber Dispute administrative review commencement, adjustment of export duty rates, proceedings related to duty rates, and timing of finalization of AR7 and AR8 duty rates Business Outlook – Markets the impact of market conditions, housing affordability, interest rates, mortgage rates, U.S. housing starts and inflationary pressures on demand for our wood products over the near, medium and longer term; the potential growing market penetration of mass timber; our ability to capitalize on long-term growth opportunities; our expectations as to future interest rates due to the impact of competing forces on interest rates, including the impact of broader economy, the slowing of employment, growth and the potential price inflation impact of U.S. tariffs and other government policies Business Outlook – Softwood lumber dispute the timing and finalization of the AR7 and AR8 duty rates and their impact on our financial position - 67 - Business Outlook – Operations the assumptions underlying our anticipated shipment levels, including the continued availability of timber supply, our projected SPF and SYP lumber shipments, and related modest demand expectations due to the impact of tariffs and housing affordability challenges on SPF and SYP lumber demand and consequential impact on shipments of SPF lumber into the U.S. from Canada, expectations of stable B.C. and Alberta stumpage rates, U.S. South log costs stabilizing at rates modestly lower than 2025 costs, with region-specific log costs varying; our projected OSB shipments and related softening of OSB demand forecasts due to tariff and policy uncertainty, and housing affordability challenges; the anticipated stability of OSB input costs continuing in the near term, with the projected downward pressure on fibre costs in the U.S. South due to a regional excess supply of pulp logs as a result of recent sawmill curtailments, expectations as to continued stabilization of input costs across our supply chain in 2026, with expectations as to improved labour availability and capital equipment lead times Business Outlook – Cash Flows projected cash flows from operations and available liquidity, the sufficiency of operations and available liquidity to support projected capital expenditures, and the amount of these capital expenditures, our plan to continue to operationalize capital invested in recent years, total estimated capital costs, completion dates and ramp-up periods (including with respect to the ramp-up of the modernized Henderson, Texas lumber manufacturing facility), expected results of capital expenditures, including improvements, maintenance, optimization and automation projects and maintenance of our investment grade issuer rating, strategic growth opportunities, expected continuity of dividends and share repurchases Liquidity and Capital Resources available liquidity, the availability of our revolving credit facility, our policy on capital management, maintenance of investment grade issuer rating, our policy on interest rate swaps and our goal to maintain a balanced capital allocation strategy By their nature, these forward-looking statements involve numerous assumptions, inherent risks and uncertainties, both general and specific, which contribute to the possibility that the predictions, forecasts, and other forward-looking statements will not occur. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated or implied by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: • assumptions in connection with the economic and financial conditions in the U.S., Canada, U.K., Europe and globally and consequential demand for our products, including the ability to meet our shipment guidance, and variability of operating schedules and the impact of the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East or elsewhere; • future increases in interest rates and inflation or continued sustained higher interest rates and rates of inflation could impact housing affordability and repair and remodelling demand, which could reduce demand for our products; • near and long-term impacts and uncertainties of U.S. administration tariffs and other government policies on the demand and prices of our wood products in the U.S. and the consequential impact on the profitability of our Canadian business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow and ability to meet our shipment guidance; • risks associated with international trade and trade restrictions, including impact of tariff actions and possible further actions from the Section 232 investigation such as potential tariffs, export controls, including quotas, or incentives to increase domestic production, future cross border trade rulings, agreements and duty rates, including the renegotiation of CUSMA and/or the failure to renew or replace CUSMA as well as the impact of other government policies; • global supply chain issues may result in increases to our costs and may contribute to a reduction in near-term demand for our products; • continued governmental approvals and authorizations to access timber supply, and the impact of forest fires, infestations, environmental protection measures and actions taken and legislation adopted by government respecting Indigenous rights, title and/or reconciliation efforts on these approvals and authorizations, and evolving jurisprudence in Canada on aboriginal rights and title; • risks inherent in our product concentration and cyclicality; • effects of competition for logs, availability of fibre and fibre resources and product pricing pressures, including continued access to log supply and fibre resources at competitive prices and the impact of third-party certification standards; including reliance on fibre off-take agreements and third party consumers of wood chips; • effects of variations in the price and availability of manufacturing inputs, including energy, employee wages, resin and other input costs, and the impact of inflationary pressures on the costs of these manufacturing costs, including increases in stumpage fees and log costs; - 68 - 2025 Annual Report | 87

• availability and costs of transportation services, including truck and rail services, and port facilities, and impacts on transportation services of wildfires and severe weather events, and the impact of increased energy prices on the costs of transportation services; • the recoverability of property, plant and equipment ($3,593 million), goodwill and intangibles ($1,726 million), both as at December 31, 2025, is based on numerous key assumptions which are inherently uncertain, including production volume, product pricing, operating costs, terminal multiple, and discount rate. Adverse changes in these assumptions could lead to a change in financial outlook which may result in carrying amounts exceeding their recoverable amounts and as a consequence an impairment, which could have a material non-cash adverse effect on our results of operations; • transportation constraints, including the impact of labour disruptions, may negatively impact our ability to meet projected shipment volumes; • the timing of our planned capital investments may be delayed, the ultimate costs of these investments may be increased as a result of inflation, and the projected rates of return may not be achieved; • various events that could disrupt operations, including natural, man-made or catastrophic events including drought, wildfires, fires, explosions, mechanical failures, cyber security incidents, any state of emergency and/or evacuation orders issued by governments, and ongoing relations with employees; • risks inherent to customer dependence; • implementation of important strategic initiatives and identification, completion and integration of acquisitions; • impact of changes to, or non-compliance with, environmental or other regulations; • government restrictions, standards or regulations intended to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and our inability to achieve our SBTi commitment for the reduction of greenhouse gases as planned; • the costs and timeline to achieve our greenhouse gas emissions objectives may be greater and take longer than anticipated; • changes in government policy and regulation, including actions taken by the Government of British Columbia pursuant to recent amendments to forestry legislation and initiatives to defer logging of forests deemed “old growth” and the impact of these actions on our timber supply; • impact of weather and climate change on our operations or the operations or demand of our suppliers and customers; • ability to implement new or upgraded information technology infrastructure; • impact of information technology service disruptions or failures or cyber-security breaches or attacks; • impact of any product, property or general liability claims in excess of insurance coverage; • risks inherent to a capital intensive industry; • impact of future outcomes of tax exposures; • potential future changes in tax laws, including tax rates; • risks associated with investigations, claims and legal, regulatory and tax proceedings covering matters which if resolved unfavourably may result in a loss to and/or reputational issues for the Company; • effects of currency exposures and exchange rate fluctuations; • fair values of our electricity swaps may be volatile and sensitive to fluctuations in forward electricity prices and changes in government policy and regulation; • future operating costs; • availability of financing, bank lines, securitization programs and/or other means of liquidity; • continued access to timber supply in the traditional territories of Indigenous Nations and our ability to work with Indigenous Nations in B.C. to secure continued fibre supply for our lumber mills through various commercial agreements and joint ventures; • our ability to continue to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting; • the risks and uncertainties described in this document; and • other risks detailed from time to time in our annual information forms, annual reports, MD&A, quarterly reports and material change reports filed with and furnished to securities regulators. In addition, actual outcomes and results of these statements will depend on a number of factors including those matters described under “Risks and Uncertainties” in this MD&A and may differ materially from those anticipated or projected. This list of important factors affecting forward-looking statements is not exhaustive and reference should be made to the other factors discussed in public filings with securities regulatory authorities. Accordingly, readers should exercise caution in relying upon forward-looking statements and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, to reflect subsequent events or circumstances except as required by applicable securities laws. - 69 - Additional Information Additional information on West Fraser, including our Annual Information Form and other publicly filed documents, is available on the Company’s website at www.westfraser.com, on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and on the EDGAR section of the SEC website at www.sec.gov/edgar. Where this MD&A includes information from third parties, we believe that such information (including information from industry and general publications and surveys) is generally reliable. However, we have not independently verified any such third-party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. - 70 - 2025 Annual Report | 89

2025 Annual Report | 91 2025 Audited Statements Consolidated Financial Statements West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. December 31, 2025 and 2024

RESPONSIBILITY OF MANAGEMENT Management’s Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes are the responsibility of the management of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. (the “Company”). They have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”) and include amounts based on estimates and judgments. Financial information included elsewhere in this report is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements are approved by the Board of Directors on the recommendation of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee, appointed by the Board of Directors, is composed entirely of independent directors. The Audit Committee reviews the Company’s consolidated financial statements and reports its findings to the Board of Directors for consideration before the consolidated financial statements are approved for issuance to shareholders and submitted to securities commissions and/or other regulatory authorities. The Audit Committee’s duties also include reviewing critical accounting policies and significant estimates and judgments underlying the consolidated financial statements as presented by management and approving the fees of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, performed an audit of the consolidated financial statements, the results of which are reflected in their Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for 2025. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has full and independent access to the Audit Committee to discuss their audit and related matters. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Under our supervision, management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined under National Instrument 52-109 – Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings in Canada and Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. Under our supervision, management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein. Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. Additionally, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Sean McLaren /s/ Chris Virostek Sean McLaren Chris Virostek President and Chief Executive Officer Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer February 11, 2026 -2- PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP PwC Place, 250 Howe Street, Suite 1400 Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6C 3S7 T.: +1 604 806 7000, F.: +1 604 806 7806 Fax to mail: ca_vancouver_main_fax@pwc.com “PwC” refers to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an Ontario limited liability partnership. Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, of changes in shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control ‒ Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control ‒ Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Basis for Opinions The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 2025 Annual Report | 93

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Goodwill Impairment Assessments As described in note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s goodwill balance was $1,471 million as of December 31, 2025. Management conducts annual impairment assessments in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if an indicator of impairment is identified. Management assesses the recoverability of goodwill by comparing the carrying value of each cash generating unit (CGU) or group of CGUs associated with the goodwill balance to its estimated recoverable amount, which is determined based on the higher of its estimated fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. An impairment loss is recorded if the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amount of the CGU or group of CGUs. Management has determined the recoverable amount of each CGU or group of CGUs based on their fair value less cost of disposal using discounted cash flow models. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow models include production volume, product pricing, operating costs, terminal multiples and discount rates. With the exception of the U.S. Lumber group of CGUs, the estimated recoverable amount of each CGU or group of CGUs exceeded its respective carrying amount in management’s goodwill impairment assessments and as such, no impairment losses were recorded. For the U.S. Lumber group of CGUs, a goodwill impairment loss of $409 million was recorded by management. The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessments is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining the recoverable amount of each CGU or group of CGUs, including the development of key assumptions; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s key assumptions in the discounted cash flow models related to production volume, product pricing, operating costs, terminal multiples and discount rates; and (iii) the audit effort involved and the use of professionals with specialized skills and knowledge. Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessments, including controls over the determination of the recoverable amount of each CGU or group of CGUs. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for determining the recoverable amount of each CGU or group of CGUs, including evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow models, testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the models and evaluating the reasonableness of the key assumptions used by management. Evaluating the reasonableness of production volume, product pricing and operating costs involved considering the past performance of the CGU or group of CGUs, as well as economic and industry forecasts, as applicable. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow models, and the reasonableness of terminal multiples and discount rates. Chartered Professional Accountants Vancouver, Canada February 11, 2026 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1973. /s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 2025 Annual Report | 95

West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. Consolidated Balance Sheets (in millions of United States dollars, except where indicated) December 31, December 31, Note 2025 2024 Assets Current assets Cash and cash equivalents 4 202 641 Receivables 22 244 294 Income taxes receivable 79 22 Inventories 5 828 844 Prepaid expenses 34 36 1,387 1,837 Property, plant and equipment 6 3,593 3,842 Timber licences 7 335 358 Goodwill and other intangible assets 8 1,726 2,180 Export duty deposits 25 474 408 Other assets 9 99 129 Deferred income tax assets 19 6 7 7,620 8,760 Liabilities Current liabilities Payables and accrued liabilities 10 584 604 Current portion of long-term debt 12 — 200 Current portion of reforestation and decommissioning obligations 11 52 55 Income taxes payable 14 75 651 934 Long-term debt 12 300 — Other liabilities 11 423 264 Deferred income tax liabilities 19 397 609 1,771 1,807 Shareholders’ Equity Share capital 14 2,496 2,549 Retained earnings 3,630 4,726 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (277) (321) 5,849 6,954 7,620 8,760 The number of Common shares and Class B Common shares outstanding at February 10, 2026 was 78,299,822. Approved by the Board of Directors /s/ Gillian D. Winckler /s/ Reid Carter Gillian D. Winckler Reid Carter Director Director -6- West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss (in millions of United States dollars, except where indicated) Years Ended December 31, December 31, Note 2025 2024 Sales $ 5,462 $ 6,174 Costs and expenses Cost of products sold 4,184 4,333 Freight and other distribution costs 766 815 Export duties, net, and tariffs 25 177 72 Amortization 544 549 Selling, general and administration 280 282 Equity-based compensation 15 (14) 14 Restructuring and impairment charges 16 712 102 6,649 6,167 Operating earnings (loss) (1,187) 7 Finance income, net 17 1 34 Other income (expense) 18 15 (2) Earnings (loss) before tax (1,171) 38 Tax recovery (provision) 19 233 (43) Loss $ (937) $ (5) Loss per share (dollars) Basic 21 $ (11.87) $ (0.06) Diluted 21 $ (12.08) $ (0.07) Comprehensive loss Loss $ (937) $ (5) Other comprehensive earnings (loss) Items that may be reclassified to earnings Translation gain (loss) on operations with different functional currencies 44 (24) Items that will not be reclassified to earnings Actuarial gain on retirement benefits, net of tax 13 16 8 60 (16) Comprehensive loss $ (877) $ (21) -7- 2025 Annual Report | 97

W es t Fr as er T im be r Co . L td . Co ns ol id at ed S ta te m en ts o f C ha ng es in S ha re ho ld er s' E qu it y (in m ill io ns o f U ni te d St at es d ol la rs , e xc ep t w he re in di ca te d) Sh ar e Ca pi ta l Re ta in ed Ea rn in gs A cc um ul at ed O th er Co m pr eh en si ve Lo ss To ta l Eq ui ty N ot e N um be r of S ha re s Is su ed a nd O ut st an di ng A m ou nt Ba la nc e at D ec em be r 31 , 2 02 3 81 ,7 20 ,9 96 $ 2, 60 7 $ 4, 91 3 $ (2 97 ) $ 7, 22 3 Lo ss fo r th e ye ar — — (5 ) — (5 ) O th er c om pr eh en si ve e ar ni ng s (lo ss ): Tr an sl at io n lo ss o n op er at io ns w ith d iff er en t f un ct io na l cu rr en ci es — — — (2 4) (2 4) A ct ua ri al g ai n on r et ir em en t b en ef its , n et o f t ax — — 8 — 8 Is su an ce o f C om m on s ha re s 14 12 ,5 50 1 — — 1 Re pu rc ha se o f C om m on s ha re s fo r ca nc el la tio n 14 (1 ,7 45 ,2 80 ) (5 9) (8 8) — (1 47 ) D iv id en ds d ec la re d1 — — (1 02 ) — (1 02 ) Ba la nc e at D ec em be r 31 , 2 02 4 79 ,9 88 ,2 66 $ 2, 54 9 $ 4, 72 6 $ (3 21 ) $ 6, 95 4 Lo ss fo r th e ye ar — — (9 37 ) — (9 37 ) O th er c om pr eh en si ve e ar ni ng s: Tr an sl at io n ga in o n op er at io ns w ith d iff er en t f un ct io na l cu rr en ci es — — — 44 44 A ct ua ri al g ai n on r et ir em en t b en ef its , n et o f t ax — — 16 — 16 Is su an ce o f C om m on s ha re s 14 4, 70 0 — — — — Re pu rc ha se o f C om m on s ha re s fo r ca nc el la tio n 14 (1 ,6 93 ,1 44 ) (5 4) (7 3) — (1 27 ) D iv id en ds d ec la re d1 — — (1 01 ) — (1 01 ) Ba la nc e at D ec em be r 31 , 2 02 5 78 ,2 99 ,8 22 $ 2, 49 6 $ 3, 63 0 $ (2 77 ) $ 5, 84 9 1. Ca sh d iv id en ds d ec la re d du ri ng th e ye ar e nd ed D ec em be r 3 1, 2 02 4 w er e $1 .2 6 pe r s ha re . C as h di vi de nd s de cl ar ed d ur in g th e ye ar e nd ed D ec em be r 3 1, 2 02 5 w er e $1 .2 8 pe r s ha re . -8 - West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in millions of United States dollars, except where indicated) Years Ended December 31, December 31, Note 2025 2024 Cash provided by operating activities Loss S E $ (937) $ (5) Adjustments Amortization S E 544 549 Restructuring and impairment charges 16 S E 712 102 Finance income, net 17 S E (1) (34) Foreign exchange loss (gain) S E 5 (7) Export duty 25 S E 59 10 Retirement benefit expense 13 S E 70 77 Net contributions to retirement benefit plans 13 S E (40) (55) Tax provision (recovery) 19 S E (233) 43 Income taxes received (paid) S E (46) 3 Unrealized loss (gain) on electricity swaps S E (18) 8 Other S E (18) (15) Changes in non-cash working capital Receivables S E 59 5 Inventories S E (1) 11 Prepaid expenses S E 1 4 Payables and accrued liabilities S E (61) (35) 96 661 Cash used for financing activities Repayment of long-term debt 12 — (300) Proceeds from amendment of long-term debt 12 S E 100 — Repayment of lease obligations S E (15) (15) Finance expense paid S E (21) (27) Repurchase of Common shares for cancellation 14 S E (129) (140) Issuance of Common shares S E — 1 Dividends paid S E (101) (101) (167) (582) Cash used for investing activities Proceeds from sale of pulp mills S E — 124 Additions to capital assets S E (411) (487) Interest received S E 24 43 Other S E 7 2 (380) (318) Change in cash and cash equivalents — (451) (238) Foreign exchange effect on cash and cash equivalents — 11 (21) Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year — 641 900 Cash and cash equivalents - end of year $ 202 $ 641 -9- 2025 Annual Report | 99

West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements For the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (figures are in millions of United States dollars, except where indicated) 1. Nature of operations West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. ("West Fraser", the “Company”, "we", "us" or "our") is a diversified wood products company with more than 50 facilities in Canada, the U.S., the U.K., and Europe, which promotes sustainable forest practices in its operations. The Company produces lumber, engineered wood products (OSB, LVL, MDF, plywood, and particleboard), northern bleached softwood kraft pulp, paper, wood chips, and other residuals. West Fraser's products are used in home construction, repair and remodelling, industrial applications, papers and tissue. Our executive office is located at 885 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500, Vancouver, British Columbia. West Fraser was formed by articles of amalgamation under the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) and is registered in British Columbia, Canada. Our Common shares are listed for trading on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) and on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol WFG. 2. Basis of presentation These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS Accounting Standards”) and were approved by our Board of Directors on February 11, 2026. Figures have been rounded to millions of dollars to reflect the accuracy of the underlying balances and as a result certain tables may not add due to rounding impacts. Material accounting policies Material accounting policies that relate to the consolidated financial statements as a whole are incorporated in this note. Where a material accounting policy is applicable to a specific note disclosure, the policy is described within the respective note. Basis of consolidation These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of West Fraser and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances. Our material subsidiaries are West Fraser Mills Ltd. and Norbord Inc. Our 50%-owned joint operation, Alberta Newsprint Company, is accounted for by recognizing our share of the assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses related to the joint operation. Use of estimates and judgments The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts could differ materially from these and other estimates, the impact of which would be recorded in future periods. Management is also required to exercise judgment in the process of applying accounting policies. Information about areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements is included in the following notes: • Note 2 – Determination of functional currency • Note 5 – Valuation of inventories • Note 6-8, 16 – Recoverability of PPE, timber licences, and other intangible assets • Note 6 – Estimated useful lives of PPE • Note 8 – Recoverability of goodwill • Note 11 – Reforestation and decommissioning obligations • Note 13 – Defined benefit pension plans • Note 19 – Income taxes • Note 25 – CVD and ADD duty dispute -10- Revenue recognition Revenue is derived primarily from product sales and is recognized when a customer obtains control over the goods. The timing of transfer of control to customers varies depending on the individual terms of the sales contract and typically occurs when the product is loaded on a common carrier at our mill, loaded on an ocean carrier, or delivered to the customer. The amount of revenue recognized is net of our estimate for early payment discounts and volume rebates. Revenue includes charges for freight and handling. The costs related to these revenues are recorded in freight and other distribution costs. Reporting currency and foreign currency translation The consolidated financial statements are presented in USD, which is determined to be the functional currency of our U.S. operations and the majority of our Canadian operations. For these entities, all transactions not denominated in our U.S. functional currency are considered to be foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities are translated using the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date. Gains or losses on translation of these items are included in earnings and reported as Other income (expense). Foreign currency denominated non-monetary assets and liabilities, measured at historic cost, are translated at the rate of exchange at the transaction date. Our European operations have British pound sterling and Euro functional currencies. Our Cochrane lumber mill and jointly-owned paper operation have Canadian dollar functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these entities are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date, and revenues and expenses at average rates during the period. Gains or losses on translation are included as a component of shareholders’ equity in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. Impairment of capital assets We assess property, plant and equipment, timber licences, and other finite-life intangible assets for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. We conduct a review of external and internal sources of information to assess for any impairment indicators. Examples of such triggering events related to our capital assets include, but are not limited to: a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which the asset is being used or in its physical condition; a change in management’s intention or strategy for the asset, including a plan to dispose of the asset or idle the asset for a significant period of time; a significant adverse change in our long-term price assumption or in the price or availability of inputs required for manufacturing; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the asset’s value; and a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses, or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the asset’s use. Impairment testing is applied to individual assets or cash generating units (“CGUs”), the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets. We have identified each of our mills as a CGU for impairment testing unless there is economic interdependence of CGUs, in which case they are grouped for impairment testing. When a triggering event is identified, the recoverability of an asset or CGU is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or CGU to the estimated recoverable amount, which is the higher of its estimated fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. Fair value less costs of disposal is determined by estimating the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants under current market conditions, less incremental costs directly attributable to the disposal. Value in use is determined using a discounted cash flow model by estimating the pre-tax cash flows expected to be generated from the asset over its estimated useful life discounted by a pre-tax discount rate. Where an impairment loss for an asset or CGU subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset or CGU is increased to the lesser of the revised estimate of its recoverable amount and the carrying amount that would have been recorded had no impairment loss been previously recognized. -11- 2025 Annual Report | 101

Fair value measurements Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. Fair value measurements are categorized into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurement are observable and the significance of the inputs. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are: Level 1 Values based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 Values based on inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, directly or indirectly. Level 3 Values based on valuation techniques that require inputs which are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Accounting standards issued but not yet applied IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements In April 2024, the IASB issued IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements ("IFRS 18"), which replaces IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements. IFRS 18 introduces new requirements to improve comparability in the reporting of financial performance to give investors a better basis for analyzing and comparing entities. The standard impacts the presentation of the financial statements and notes, in particular the income statement where entities will be required to present separate categories of income and expense for operating, investing, and financing activities with prescribed subtotals for each new category. IFRS 18 will also require management-defined performance measures to be explained and included in a separate note within the financial statements. IFRS 18 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2027. We are currently assessing the impact of this amendment on our consolidated financial statements. Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments – Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 On May 30, 2024, the IASB issued targeted amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 to respond to questions arising in practice, and to include new requirements not only for financial institutions but also for corporate entities. These amendments: • clarify the date of recognition and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, with a new exception for some financial liabilities settled through an electronic cash transfer system; • clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset meets the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion; • add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual terms that can change cash flows (such as some financial instruments with features linked to the achievement of environment, social and governance targets); and • update the disclosures for equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). These amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026. These amendments are not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. -12- 3. Business combinations Accounting policies Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. We measure goodwill at the acquisition date as the fair value of the consideration transferred less the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Supporting information We attained sole control of Cariboo Pulp (“CPL”) during Q1-24 in relation to an agreement (“the CPL agreement”) with Mercer International Inc. (“Mercer”) to dissolve our 50/50 joint venture in Cariboo Pulp (“CPL JV”). CPL produces northern bleached softwood kraft (“NBSK”) pulp, related by-products, and energy. Prior to the CPL agreement, we accounted for the CPL JV under IFRS Accounting Standards by recognizing our share of the assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses related to this joint operation. Prior to the CPL agreement, the CPL JV was a joint operation under IFRS Accounting Standards that met the definition of a business. Accordingly, we applied the requirements for a business combination achieved in stages in accordance with IFRS 3, Business Combinations. This required us to first remeasure the carrying value of our existing 50% interest in the CPL JV to fair value and then recognize an additional 50% interest in CPL at fair value in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 3. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recognized a net gain of $1 million on the business combination as the estimated fair value of 100% of CPL’s identifiable assets and liabilities exceeded the carrying value of our 50% interest in the CPL JV prior to the CPL agreement (note 18). 4. Cash and cash equivalents Accounting policies Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and short-term interest-bearing securities maturing within three months of the date of purchase. Supporting information December 31, December 31, As at 2025 2024 Cash $ 157 $ 389 Cash equivalents 44 252 $ 202 $ 641 5. Inventories Accounting policies Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined on an average cost basis. The cost of finished goods inventories includes direct material, direct labour, and an allocation of overhead based on normal operating capacity. -13- 2025 Annual Report | 103

Supporting information December 31, December 31, As at 2025 2024 Manufactured products $ 315 $ 344 Logs and other raw materials 266 255 Materials and supplies 247 245 $ 828 $ 844 Inventories at December 31, 2025 were subject to a valuation reserve of $64 million (December 31, 2024 - $18 million) to reflect net realizable value being lower than cost. 6. Property, plant and equipment Accounting policies Property, plant and equipment are recorded at historical cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Expenditures for additions and improvements are capitalized. Specific and general borrowing costs are capitalized when the asset construction period exceeds 12 months. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings. Upon retirement, disposal, or destruction of an asset, the cost and related amortization are derecognized and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. Property, plant and equipment are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows: Buildings 10 - 30 years Manufacturing plant, equipment and machinery 6 - 25 years Fixtures, mobile and other equipment 3 - 10 years Roads and bridges Not exceeding 40 years Major maintenance shutdowns 1 - 2 years Construction-in-progress includes the purchase price and any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use. Construction-in-progress is not depreciated. Once the asset is complete and available for use, the construction-in-progress balance is transferred to the appropriate category of property, plant and equipment and depreciation commences. -14- Supporting Information Manufacturing plant, equipment and machinery Construction- in-progress Roads and bridges Other Total As at December 31, 2023 $ 3,319 $ 376 $ 46 $ 94 $ 3,835 CPL agreement (note 3) 12 2 — — 15 Additions 73 411 11 — 495 Amortization1 (462) — (7) (1) (470) Impairment (note 16) (15) — — — (15) Foreign exchange (11) — — (5) (16) Disposals (2) — — — (2) Transfers 343 (343) — — — As at December 31, 2024 $ 3,259 $ 445 $ 49 $ 89 $ 3,842 As at December 31, 2024 Cost $ 6,939 $ 445 $ 165 $ 91 $ 7,641 Accumulated amortization (3,680) — (116) (2) (3,798) Net $ 3,259 $ 445 $ 49 $ 89 $ 3,842 As at December 31, 2024 $ 3,259 $ 445 $ 49 $ 89 $ 3,842 Additions 166 264 10 — 440 Amortization1 (469) — (8) (2) (478) Impairment (note 16) (227) (13) — — (241) Foreign exchange 26 1 — 4 31 Disposals — — — (1) (1) Transfers 413 (414) 1 — — As at December 31, 2025 $ 3,168 $ 282 $ 52 $ 91 $ 3,593 As at December 31, 2025 Cost $ 7,204 $ 282 $ 163 $ 98 $ 7,747 Accumulated amortization (4,036) — (112) (6) (4,154) Net $ 3,168 $ 282 $ 52 $ 91 $ 3,593 1. Amortization of $468 million relates to cost of products sold and $10 million relates to selling, general and administration expense (2024 - $462 million and $8 million respectively). -15- 2025 Annual Report | 105

7. Timber licenses Accounting policies Timber licences, which are renewable or replaceable, are recorded at historical cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Timber licences are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 40 years. Supporting information Timber licences As at December 31, 2023 $ 376 Amortization1 (17) Foreign exchange (1) As at December 31, 2024 $ 358 As at December 31, 2024 Cost $ 672 Accumulated amortization (314) Net $ 358 As at December 31, 2024 $ 358 Amortization1 (17) Impairment (note 16) (3) Disposals (3) As at December 31, 2025 $ 335 As at December 31, 2025 Cost $ 663 Accumulated amortization (328) Net $ 335 1. Amortization relates to cost of products sold. 8. Goodwill and other intangibles Accounting policies Goodwill represents the excess purchase price paid for a business acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if an indicator of impairment is identified. The customer relationship intangible assets relate to historical business combinations and are amortized straight-line over 3 to 10 years. Other intangibles are recorded at historical cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. Other intangibles include software which is amortized over periods of up to five years and non-replaceable finite term timber rights which are amortized as the related timber volumes are logged. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination from which it arose. The allocation is based on the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored internally. Recoverability of goodwill is assessed by comparing the carrying value of the CGU or group of CGUs associated with the goodwill balance to its estimated recoverable amount, which is the higher of its estimated fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. -16- An impairment loss is recorded if the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amount. Goodwill impairment losses cannot be reversed. Supporting information Goodwill Customer Relationship Intangible Other Total As at December 31, 2023 $ 1,949 $ 339 $ 20 $ 2,307 Additions — — 3 3 Amortization1 — (53) (9) (63) Impairment (note 16) (70) — — (70) Foreign exchange (1) — — (1) Other — — 2 2 As at December 31, 2024 $ 1,879 $ 285 $ 16 $ 2,180 As at December 31, 2024 Cost $ 1,879 $ 489 $ 81 $ 2,448 Accumulated amortization — (203) (65) (268) Net $ 1,879 $ 285 $ 16 $ 2,180 As at December 31, 2024 $ 1,879 $ 285 $ 16 $ 2,180 Additions — — 3 3 Amortization1 — (47) (2) (49) Impairment (note 16) (409) — — (409) Foreign exchange 1 2 — 3 Disposals — — (4) (4) Other — — 2 2 As at December 31, 2025 $ 1,471 $ 239 $ 15 $ 1,726 As at December 31, 2025 Cost $ 1,471 $ 491 $ 78 $ 2,040 Accumulated amortization — (251) (63) (314) Net $ 1,471 $ 239 $ 15 $ 1,726 1. Amortization relates to selling, general and administration expenses. Goodwill For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been allocated to the following CGU groups: December 31, December 31, As at 2025 2024 Canadian lumber $ 171 $ 171 U.S. lumber — 409 North America EWP 1,280 1,280 Europe EWP 20 19 Total $ 1,471 $ 1,879 The recoverable amounts of the above CGU groups as at December 31, 2025 were determined based on their estimated fair value less costs of disposal using discounted cash flow models. The fair value measurements were classified as Level 3 fair value measurements. -17- 2025 Annual Report | 107

Cash flow forecasts were based on internal estimates for 2026 through 2029 and a terminal value, with the exception of the U.S. lumber cash flow forecasts, which were based on internal estimates for 2026 through 2028 and a terminal value. Key assumptions include production volumes, product pricing, operating costs, terminal multiple, and discount rate. Key assumptions were derived using external sources and historical data from internal sources. Specifically, product pricing has been estimated by reference to average historical prices and margins as well as third-party analyst projections of long-term product pricing. Production volume and operating costs have been estimated by reference to historical data from internal sources. The post-tax discount rate used was 9.9% (2024 - 10.8% to 12.8%). We recorded an impairment loss of $409 million in relation to U.S. lumber goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2025. The impairment loss was a result of the protracted downcycle that has caused management to recalibrate certain assumptions used in our annual goodwill impairment test. Adjustments to these assumptions included, but are not limited to, species-specific product pricing trends, lower demand and pricing for wood chip residuals, and the depth and duration of the current downcycle and its expected recovery. The impairment represented the entire amount of goodwill associated with our U.S. lumber operations. We forecasted U.S. lumber production volumes ranging from 2,701 MMfbm to 3,181 MMfbm in determining the recoverable amount (2024 - 2,785 MMfbm to 3,250 MMfbm). Following the impairment loss recognized in the U.S. lumber CGU group, the recoverable amount was equal to the carrying amount. Therefore, any adverse movement in a key assumption would lead to further impairment to property, plant and equipment in the CGU group. The following table lists the key assumptions and sensitivities for the U.S. lumber CGU group: Key assumptions Sensitivity of recoverable amount to a 1% change in assumption Product pricing $96 million Production volumes $18 million Operating costs $84 million Due to the complexity by which key assumptions interrelate with each other and with our operating plans, the sensitivities were performed for each key assumption individually with all other assumptions held constant. The estimated recoverable amounts of all other CGU groups exceeded their respective carrying amounts. As it relates to the Europe EWP CGU group, a reasonably possible change in certain key assumptions could cause the carrying amount to exceed the recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount of the Europe EWP CGU group exceeded its carrying amount by approximately $73 million. A 2% change in product pricing, an 11% change in production volumes, or a 3% change in operating costs would result in the recoverable amount equaling the carrying amount. 9. Other assets December 31, December 31, As at Note 2025 2024 Retirement assets 13 $ 52 $ 61 Electricity swaps — 24 12 Deposits — 42 Other 23 13 $ 99 $ 129 -18- 10. Payables and accrued liabilities December 31, December 31, As at Note 2025 2024 Trade accounts $ 398 $ 401 Accrued equity-based compensation 15 18 41 Compensation 58 56 Accrued export duties 25 16 8 Accrued dividends 25 26 Accrued interest 2 2 Electricity swaps 22 4 4 Current portion of lease obligations 9 10 Restructuring provision 16 5 Other 38 52 $ 584 604 11. Other liabilities December 31, December 31, As at Note 2025 2024 Retirement liabilities 13 $ 102 $ 97 Non-current portion of reforestation obligations 50 47 Non-current portion of decommissioning obligations 44 24 Non-current portion of lease obligations 24 19 Export duties 25 166 46 Electricity swaps 22 6 8 Other 30 22 $ 423 $ 264 Reforestation and decommissioning obligations Reforestation and decommissioning obligations relate to our responsibility for reforestation under various timber licences and our obligations related to landfill closure and other site remediation costs. Accounting policies Reforestation obligations are measured at the present value of the expected expenditures required to settle the obligations and are accrued and charged to earnings when timber is harvested. The reforestation obligation is accreted over time through charges to finance expense and reduced by silviculture expenditures. Changes to estimates are credited or charged to earnings. We record a liability for decommissioning obligations in the period a reasonable estimate can be made. The liability is determined using estimated closure and/or remediation costs and discounted using an appropriate discount rate. On initial recognition, the carrying value of the liability is added to the carrying amount of the associated asset and amortized over its useful life, or expensed when there is no related asset. The liability is accreted over time through charges to finance expense and reduced by actual costs of settlement. Changes to estimates result in an adjustment of the carrying amount of the associated asset or, where there is no asset, they are credited or charged to earnings. Reforestation and decommissioning obligations are discounted at the risk-free rate at the balance sheet date. -19- 2025 Annual Report | 109

Supporting information Reforestation Decommissioning Note 2025 2024 2025 2024 Beginning of year $ 83 $ 92 $ 43 $ 37 Acquisition 3 — — — 1 Liabilities recognized 59 49 21 9 Liabilities settled (57) (61) (12) (4) Change in estimates (1) 10 3 3 Foreign exchange 4 (7) 4 (3) End of year 88 83 58 43 Less: current portion (38) (36) (14) (19) $ 50 $ 47 $ 44 $ 24 The total undiscounted amount of the estimated cash flows required to satisfy these obligations is $159 million (December 31, 2024 - $139 million). The cash flows have been discounted using risk-free rates ranging from 2.50% to 3.85% (2024 - 2.50% to 3.33%). The timing of reforestation expenditures is based on the estimated period required to ensure the associated areas are well established and attain free to grow status, which is generally between 12 to 15 years. Payments relating to landfill closures and site remediation are expected to occur over periods ranging up to 50 years. -20- 12. Operating loans and long-term debt Accounting policies Transaction costs related to debt financing or refinancing are deferred and amortized over the life of the associated debt. When our operating loan is undrawn, the related deferred financing costs are recorded in other assets. Supporting information Credit Facility and Term Loan Renewals In May 2025, we amended and restated our syndicated credit agreement providing for the renewal of our $1 billion revolving credit facility and extension of the facility's maturity from July 2028 to May 2030. The revolving credit facility was made available on substantially the same terms and conditions as our revolving credit facility prior to renewal. Additionally, under the amended and restated credit agreement, we increased and extended our $200 million term loan facility maturing July 2025. The modified term loan facility is for $300 million, matures May 2028, and is under substantially the same terms and conditions as our term loan facility prior to renewal. The amendment of the term loan facility was determined to be a non-substantial modification and resulted in a nominal loss recognized in Finance income, net. Operating loans As at December 31, 2025, our credit facilities consisted of the aforementioned $1 billion committed revolving credit facility which matures May 2030, a $20 million (£15 million) credit facility dedicated to our European operations, and an $11 million (CAD$15 million) demand line of credit dedicated to our jointly-owned newsprint operation. As at December 31, 2025, our revolving credit facilities were undrawn (December 31, 2024 - undrawn) and the associated deferred financing costs of $2 million (December 31, 2024 - $2 million) were recorded in other assets. Interest on the facilities is payable at floating rates based on Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances, Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average (“CORRA”) Advances, or Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) Advances at our option. In addition, we have credit facilities totalling $130 million (December 31, 2024 - $130 million) dedicated to letters of credit. Letters of credit in the amount of $38 million (December 31, 2024 - $36 million) were supported by these facilities. All debt is unsecured except the $11 million (CAD$15 million) jointly-owned paper operation demand line of credit, which is secured by that joint operation’s current assets. As at December 31, 2025, we were in compliance with the requirements of our credit facilities. Long-term debt December 31, December 31, As at 2025 2024 Term loan due May 2028; floating interest rate $ 300 $ 200 300 200 Less: current portion — (200) $ 300 $ — Interest on our term loan is payable at floating rates based on US Base Rate Advances or SOFR Advances at our option. This loan is repayable at any time, in whole or in part, at our option and without penalty but cannot be redrawn after payment. Required principal repayments are disclosed in note 22. -21- 2025 Annual Report | 111

Interest rate swap contracts We have interest rate swap contracts that have the effect of fixing the interest rate on our term loan. In January 2024, we amended the interest rate swaps to extend their maturity from August 2024 to July 2025. Following this amendment, the weighted average fixed interest rate payable under the contract was 2.61%. On July 25, 2025, these interest rate swaps expired per their terms. During the fourth quarter of 2025, we entered into new interest rate swap contracts to fix $75 million notional principal amount of indebtedness. As at December 31, 2025, we have interest rate swap contracts to pay fixed interest rates and receivable variable interest rates on $75 million notional principal amount of indebtedness. These swap agreements have the effect of fixing the interest rate on $75 million of the $300 million term loan discussed above, with the balance being subject to a floating rate. The weighted average fixed interest payable under these swap agreements is 3.27%. The interest rate swap contracts are accounted for as a derivative, with the changes in their fair value included in other income or expense in our consolidated statements of earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2025, a nominal gain (year ended December 31, 2024 - a loss of $4 million) was recognized in relation to the interest rate swap contracts. The fair value of the interest rate swap contracts at December 31, 2025 was a nominal asset (December 31, 2024 - asset of $2 million). 13. Retirement benefits We maintain defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans covering most of our employees. The defined benefit plans generally do not require employee contributions and provide a guaranteed level of pension payable for life based either on length of service or on earnings and length of service, and in most cases do not increase after commencement of retirement. We also provide group life insurance, medical and extended health benefits to certain employee groups. The defined benefit pension plans are operated in Canada and the U.S. under broadly similar regulatory frameworks. The majority are funded arrangements where benefit payments are made from plan assets that are held in trust. Responsibility for the governance of certain of the plans, including investment and contribution decisions, resides with our Retirement Committees, Human Resources & Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, and Board of Directors. For the registered defined benefit pension plans, regulations set minimum requirements for contributions for benefit accruals and the funding of deficits. Starting January 1, 2022, defined benefit pension plans for certain employee groups were closed to new entrants and were replaced by defined contribution plans. Accounting policies We record a retirement asset or liability for our employee defined benefit pension and other retirement benefit plans by netting our plan assets with our plan obligations, on a plan-by-plan basis. The cost of defined benefit pensions and other retirement benefits earned by employees is actuarially determined using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using market yields from high quality corporate bonds with cash flows that approximate expected benefit payments at the balance sheet date. Plan assets are valued at fair value at each balance sheet date. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are credited or charged to equity through other comprehensive earnings in the period in which they arise. Past service costs arising from plan amendments are recognized immediately. The finance amount on net retirement balances is included in finance income or expense in our consolidated statements of earnings. A gain or loss on settlement is recognized in earnings, calculated as the difference between the present value of the defined benefit obligation being settled, as determined on the date of settlement, and the settlement amount. -22- For defined contribution plans, pension expense is the amount of contributions we are required to make in respect of services rendered by employees. Supporting information The actual return on plan assets for 2025 was a gain of $31 million (2024 - gain of $40 million). The total pension expense for the defined benefit pension plans was $37 million (2024 - $43 million). In 2025, we made net contributions of $2 million to our defined benefit pension plans (2024 - $18 million). We expect to make cash contributions of approximately $22 million to our defined benefit pension plans during 2026 based on the most recent valuation report for each pension plan. We also provide group life insurance, medical and extended health benefits to certain employee groups, for which we contributed $1 million in 2025 (2024 - $1 million). In 2024, we entered into buy-out annuity purchase agreements to settle $101 million of our defined benefit obligations by purchasing annuities using our plan assets. These agreements transferred the pension obligations of retired employees under certain pension plans to financial institutions. The difference between the cost of the annuity purchases and the liabilities held for these pension plans was reflected as a settlement loss of $1 million in Other income (expense) (see note 18). -23- 2025 Annual Report | 113

The status of the defined benefit pension plans and other retirement benefit plans, in aggregate, is as follows: Defined benefit pension plans Other retirement benefit plans 2025 2024 2025 2024 Accrued benefit obligations Benefit obligations - opening $ 678 $ 791 $ 19 $ 17 CPL acquisition (note 3) — 10 — 3 Service cost 33 41 — — Finance cost on obligation 34 36 1 1 Benefits paid (27) (34) (1) (1) Actuarial gain due to change in financial assumptions (24) (12) — — Actuarial loss due to demography/experience 1 4 — — Settlement — (101) — — Other 2 (3) — 1 Foreign exchange1 31 (55) 1 (2) Benefit obligations - ending $ 729 $ 678 $ 19 $ 19 Plan assets Plan assets - opening $ 664 $ 786 $ — $ — CPL acquisition (note 3) — 11 — — Finance income on plan assets 32 35 — — Actual return on plan assets, net of finance income (2) 5 — — Employer contributions 7 21 1 1 Benefits paid (27) (34) (1) (1) Settlement — (102) — — Other — (1) — — Refund of excess contributions (5) (3) — — Foreign exchange1 30 (55) — — Plan assets - ending $ 700 $ 664 $ — $ — Funded status2 Retirement assets $ 55 $ 65 $ — $ — Impact of minimum funding requirement3 (3) (3) — — Retirement assets (note 9) $ 52 $ 61 $ — $ — Retirement liabilities (note 11) (83) (78) (19) (19) $ (31) (17) $ (19) $ (19) 1. Foreign currency translation relates to the foreign exchange impact of translating assets and liabilities of certain plans to U.S. dollars. 2. Plans in a surplus position are presented as assets and plans in a deficit position are presented as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. 3. Certain of our plans have a surplus that is not recognized on the basis that future economic benefits may not be available to us in the form of a reduction in future contributions or a cash refund. -24- Defined benefit pension plans Other retirement benefit plans 2025 2024 2025 2024 Expense Service cost $ 33 $ 41 $ — $ — Administration fees 2 2 — — Settlement loss — 1 — — Curtailment gain related to disposal of pulp mills — (2) — — Finance expense, net 2 1 1 1 $ 37 $ 43 $ 1 $ 1 Assumptions and sensitivities At December 31, 2025, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit pension obligations is 17 years (December 31, 2024 - 18 years). At December 31, 2025, the projected future benefit payments for the defined benefit pension plans, to be made from plan assets, are as follows: 2026 2027 2028 to 2030 Thereafter Total Defined benefit pension plans $29 $31 $100 $1,716 $1,876 Key assumptions used in determining defined benefit pension and other retirement pension benefit obligations include assumed rates of increase for future employee compensation and discount rates. These estimates are determined with the assistance of independent actuarial specialists. The significant actuarial assumptions used to determine our balance sheet date retirement assets and liabilities and our retirement benefit plan expenses are as follows: Defined benefit pension plans Other retirement benefit plans 2025 2024 2025 2024 Benefit obligations: Discount rate 5.01% 4.83% 4.99% 4.78% Future compensation rate increase 3.67% 3.66% n/a n/a Benefit expense: Discount rate - beginning of year 4.83% 4.69% 4.78% 4.69% Future compensation rate increase 3.66% 3.62% n/a n/a Health-care benefit costs, shown under other retirement benefit plans, are funded on a pay-as-you-go basis. The impact of a change in these assumptions on our retirement obligations as at December 31, 2025 is as follows: Increase Decrease Discount rate - 0.50% change $ (58) $ 70 Compensation rate - 0.50% change $ 15 $ (11) The sensitivities have been calculated on the basis that all other variables remain constant. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation, the same methodology is applied as was used to determine the retirement assets and liabilities. -25- 2025 Annual Report | 115

Plan assets The assets of the defined benefit pension plans are invested predominantly in a diversified range of equities, pooled funds and bonds. The weighted average asset allocations of the defined benefit plans at December 31, by asset category, are as follows: Target range 2025 2024 Canadian equities 2% - 15% 6 % 5 % Global equities 10% - 44% 19 % 16 % Fixed income investments 30% - 75% 46 % 49 % Alternative investments 0% - 57% 25 % 25 % Cash and cash equivalents N/A 4 % 5 % 100 % 100 % Alternative investments include real estate, private equity, and other investments. Risk management practices We are exposed to various risks related to our defined benefit pension and other retirement benefit plans: • Uncertainty in benefit payments: The value of the liability for retirement benefits will ultimately depend on the amount of benefits paid and this in turn will depend on the level of future compensation increase and life expectancy. • Volatility in asset value: We are exposed to changes in the market value of pension plan investments which are required to fund future benefit payments. • Uncertainty in cash funding: Movement in the value of the assets and obligations may result in increased levels of cash funding, although changes in the level of cash funding required can be spread over several years. We are also exposed to changes in pension regulation and legislation. Our Retirement Committees manage these risks in accordance with a Statement of Investment Policies and Procedures for each pension plan or group of plans administered under master trust agreements. The following are some specific risk management practices employed: • Retaining and monitoring professional advisors including an outsourced chief investment officer (“OCIO”). • Monitoring our OCIO’s adherence to asset allocation guidelines and permitted categories of investments. • Monitoring investment decisions and performance of the OCIO and asset performance against benchmarks. Defined contribution plans The total pension expense and funding contributions for the defined contribution pension plans for 2025 was $37 million (2024 - $35 million). 14. Share capital Authorized 400,000,000 Common shares, without par value 20,000,000 Class B Common shares, without par value 10,000,000 Preferred shares, issuable in series, without par value -26- Issued and Outstanding December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 As at Number Amount Number Amount Common 76,018,344 $ 2,496 77,706,788 $ 2,549 Class B Common 2,281,478 — 2,281,478 — Total Common 78,299,822 $ 2,496 79,988,266 $ 2,549 For the year ended December 31, 2025, we issued 4,700 Common shares under our share option plans (year ended December 31, 2024 - 12,550 Common shares). Rights and restrictions of Common shares The Common shares and Class B Common shares are equal in all respects, including the right to dividends, rights upon dissolution or winding up and the right to vote, except that each Class B Common share may at any time be exchanged for one Common share. Our Common shares are listed for trading on the TSX and NYSE under the symbol WFG, while our Class B Common shares are not. Certain circumstances or corporate transactions may require the approval of the holders of our Common shares and Class B Common shares on a separate class by class basis. Share repurchases On February 27, 2025, we renewed our normal course issuer bid (“2025 NCIB”) allowing us to acquire up to 3,868,177 Common shares for cancellation from March 3, 2025 until the expiry of the bid on March 2, 2026. On February 27, 2024, we renewed our normal course issuer bid (“2024 NCIB”) allowing us to acquire up to 3,971,380 Common shares for cancellation from March 1, 2024 until the expiry of the bid on February 28, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we repurchased for cancellation 1,639,207 Common shares at an average price of $75.95 per share under our 2024 NCIB and 2025 NCIB programs. During the year ended December 31, 2025, we cancelled 53,937 Common shares that were held as treasury shares at December 31, 2024. For the years ended December 31, 2024, we repurchased for cancellation 1,799,217 Common shares at an average price of $80.26 per share under our 2023 NCIB and 2024 NCIB programs. 15. Equity-based compensation We have share option, phantom share unit (“PSU”) and directors’ deferred share unit (“DSU”) plans. The equity-based compensation recovery for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $14 million (2024 - expense of $14 million). Accounting policies We estimate the fair value of outstanding share options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the fair value of our PSU plan and directors’ DSU plan using an intrinsic valuation model at each balance sheet date. We record the resulting charge or recovery to earnings over the related vesting period. If a share option holder elects to acquire Common shares, both the exercise price and the accrued liability are credited to shareholders’ equity. Supporting information Share option plan Under our share option plan, officers and employees may be granted options to purchase Common shares. At December 31, 2025 there were 680,970 options outstanding and 561,925 available for issuance for a total of 1,242,895 options that could be exercised for shares. In addition, there are 33,612 options outstanding under the assumed Norbord option plan. The exercise price of a share option is determined in accordance with the plan and is generally the closing price of a Common share on the trading day immediately preceding the grant date. Our share option plans give the share option -27- 2025 Annual Report | 117

holders the right to elect to receive a cash payment in lieu of exercising an option to purchase Common shares. Options vest at 20% per year from the grant date and expire after 10 years. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded a recovery of $13 million (2024 – expense of $6 million) related to the share option plan. The liability associated with the share option plan is tracked in Canadian dollars and is based on prices published by the TSX. A summary of the activity in the share option plans based on Canadian dollar prices is presented below: 2025 2024 Number Weighted average price Number Weighted average price (CAD$) (CAD$) Outstanding - beginning of year 690,187 $ 95.42 849,670 $ 83.59 Granted 65,205 113.01 170,144 107.54 Exercised (37,111) 65.01 (313,307) 69.42 Expired / Cancelled (3,699) 111.41 (16,320) 105.12 Outstanding - end of year 714,582 $ 98.52 690,187 $ 95.42 Exercisable - end of year 426,863 $ 90.86 366,732 $ 85.47 The following table summarizes information about the share options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2025 in Canadian dollars: $40.97 - $56.00 52,967 2.1 $ 52.41 52,967 $ 52.41 $64.50 - $79.69 101,753 3.6 67.82 101,753 67.82 $81.42 - $92.79 110,429 4.4 90.89 93,528 90.55 $107.53 - $123.63 449,433 7.5 112.78 178,615 115.55 714,582 6.1 $ 98.52 426,863 $ 90.86 Exercise price range Number of outstanding options Weighted average remaining contractual life Weighted average exercise price Number of exercisable options Weighted average exercise price (CAD$) (number) (years) (CAD$) (number) (CAD$) The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was CAD$111.47 per share (2024 - CAD$123.05 per share). The accrued liability related to the share option plan was $7 million at December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024 - $21 million). The weighted average fair value of the options used in the calculation was CAD$14.30 per option or USD$10.43 per option at December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024 - CAD$43.23 per option or USD$30.04 per option). The inputs to the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were as follows: December 31, December 31, As at 2025 2024 Weighted-average share price on balance sheet date CAD$83.67 CAD$123.56 Weighted average exercise price CAD$98.52 CAD$95.42 Expected dividend CAD$1.75 CAD$1.84 Expected volatility 32.00% 42.58% Weighted average interest rate 2.69% 2.87% Weighted average expected remaining life in years 4.03 4.35 The expected dividend on our shares was based on the annualized dividend rate at each period-end. Expected volatility was based on five years of historical data. The interest rate for the life of the options was based on the implied yield -28- available on government bonds with an equivalent remaining term at each period-end. Historical data was used to estimate the expected life of the options and forfeiture rates. The intrinsic value of options issued under the share option plans at December 31, 2025 was CAD$3 million or USD$2 million (December 31, 2024 - CAD$14 million or USD$10 million). The intrinsic value is determined based on the difference between the weighted average share price on the last business day of the month and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of vested options. Phantom share unit plan Our PSU plan is intended to supplement, in whole or in part, or replace the granting of share options as long-term incentives for officers and employees. The plan provides for two types of units which vest on the third anniversary of the grant date. A restricted share unit pays out based on the volume weighted average price per Common share on the trading day immediately preceding its vesting date (the “vesting date value”). A performance share unit pays out at a value between 0% and 200% of its vesting date value contingent upon our performance relative to a peer group of companies over the three-year performance period. Officers and employees granted units under the plan are also entitled to additional units to reflect cash dividends paid on Common shares from the applicable grant date until payout. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded an expense of $1 million (2024 - expense of $7 million) related to the PSU plan. There were 193,290 performance share units outstanding as at December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024 – 168,775) and 27,625 restricted share units outstanding as at December 31, 2025 (December 31, 2024 – nil). Directors’ deferred share unit plans We have DSU plans which provide a structure for directors, who are not our employees, to accumulate an equity-like holding in West Fraser. The DSU plans allow directors to participate in our growth by providing a deferred payment based on market pricing of our Common shares at the time of redemption. Each director receives deferred share units in payment of an annual equity retainer until a minimum equity holding is reached and may elect to receive units in payment of up to 100% of other fees earned. After a minimum equity holding is reached, directors may elect to receive the equity retainer in units or cash. The units are issued based on the market price of our Common shares at the time of issue. Additional units are issued to take into account the value of dividends paid on Common shares from the date of issue to the date of redemption. Units are redeemable only after a director retires, resigns or otherwise leaves the board. The redemption value is equal to the market price of our Common shares at the date of redemption. A holder of units may elect to redeem units in cash or receive Common shares having an equivalent value. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded a recovery of $2 million (2024 - expense of $2 million) related to the DSU plan. The number of units outstanding as at December 31, 2025 was 103,318 (December 31, 2024 - 91,450). 16. Restructuring and impairment charges 2025 2024 Impairment related to U.S. lumber goodwill $ 409 $ — Impairment related to Europe EWP goodwill — 70 Restructuring and impairment losses related to Canadian and U.S. lumber operations 64 28 Restructuring and impairment related to High Level OSB mill 239 — Impairment loss related to pulp mill sales — 3 Other restructuring charges — 2 712 102 For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded restructuring and impairment charges of $712 million. We recorded an impairment loss of $409 million in relation to U.S. lumber goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2025. The impairment loss was a result of the protracted downcycle that has caused management to recalibrate certain assumptions used in its annual goodwill impairment test (note 8). -29- 2025 Annual Report | 119

We recorded restructuring and impairment losses of $303 million associated with the indefinite curtailment of our oriented strand board (OSB) mill in High Level, Alberta and the permanent closures of our Augusta, Georgia and 100 Mile House, British Columbia lumber mills during the year ended December 31, 2025. Of this total, $43 million was associated with the permanent closure of our Augusta, Georgia lumber mill and $21 million was associated with the permanent closure of our 100 Mile House, British Columbia lumber mill. We estimated the recoverable amount of the impaired assets based on their value in use. The recoverable amount of the property, plant and equipment subject to impairment was $7 million and relates primarily to land and mobile equipment destined to be transferred to other locations. We identified an impairment indicator at one of our U.S. lumber mills due to discrete asset-specific performance factors as well as species-specific product pricing trends, lower demand and pricing for wood chip residuals, and the depth and duration of the current downcycle and its expected recovery. The impairment test performed on the lumber mill did not result in an impairment write-down as the recoverable amount of the mill exceeded its carrying value. The recoverable amount was determined using assumptions consistent with the U.S. lumber goodwill impairment assessment, adjusted for asset-specific factors where applicable. In the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded restructuring and impairment charges of $102 million. We recorded an impairment loss of $70 million in relation to Europe EWP goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2024. The impairment loss was a result of an extension of the expected duration of the recovery to mid-cycle profitability and weaker macroeconomic conditions in the U.K. and Europe. We recorded restructuring and impairment losses of $28 million associated with the permanent closures and indefinite curtailments of lumber mills during the year ended December 31, 2024. We recorded an impairment loss of $3 million related to the sale of Hinton pulp mill on February 3, 2024 and the sale of Quesnel River Pulp mill and Slave Lake Pulp mill on April 20, 2024. The impairment loss related to remeasurement of working capital adjustments specified in the asset purchase agreement. 17. Finance income, net 2025 2024 Interest expense $ (19) $ (26) Interest income on cash and cash equivalents 19 44 Net interest income on export duty deposits 5 19 Finance expense on employee future benefits (4) (3) $ 1 $ 34 18. Other income (expense) 2025 2024 Foreign exchange gain (loss) $ (5) $ 7 Settlement loss on defined benefit pension plans — (1) Gain resulting from the CPL agreement — 1 Gain on sale of assets 6 — Gain (loss) on electricity swaps 8 (9) Loss on interest rate swap contracts (2) (4) Other 9 4 $ 15 $ (2) -30- 19. Tax recovery (provision) Accounting policies Tax recovery (provision) for the year is comprised of current and deferred tax. Tax recovery (provision) is recognized in earnings, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive earnings in which case it is recognized in other comprehensive earnings. Deferred taxes are provided for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the tax and financial statement basis of assets, liabilities and certain carry-forward items. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that they will be realized. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of substantive enactment. International Tax Reform - Pillar Two Model Rules The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)/G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting published the Pillar Two model rules designed to address the tax challenges arising from the digitalisation of the global economy. Pillar Two legislation has been enacted or substantively enacted in certain jurisdictions in which we operate, although some countries may have varying responses or adjustments to the initial model rules. We do not have a material exposure to Pillar Two top-up taxes. Supporting information The major components of income tax included in comprehensive earnings are as follows: 2025 2024 Earnings: Current tax recovery (provision) $ 15 $ (118) Deferred tax recovery 218 74 Tax recovery (provision) on earnings $ 233 $ (43) Other comprehensive earnings: Deferred tax provision on retirement benefit actuarial gain $ (5) $ (3) Tax recovery (provision) on comprehensive earnings $ 228 $ (46) The tax provision differs from the amount that would have resulted from applying the British Columbia statutory income tax rate to earnings before tax as follows: 2025 2024 Income tax recovery (expense) at statutory rate of 27% $ 316 $ (10) Rate differentials between jurisdictions and on specified activities (12) (7) Non-taxable amounts including goodwill impairment (75) (20) Impact of functional currency differences 3 (6) Income tax credits — 5 Valuation allowance on deferred tax attributes 7 (2) Income tax settlement (6) — Other — (3) Tax recovery (provision) 233 (43) In 2025, we entered into a settlement agreement with the Canada Revenue Agency in respect of prior tax periods. As a result, we recorded an additional tax provision of $6 million in 2025. -31- 2025 Annual Report | 121

Deferred income tax liabilities (assets) are made up of the following components: 2025 2024 Property, plant, equipment and intangibles $ 599 $ 681 Reforestation and decommissioning obligations (34) (27) Employee benefits (29) (25) Export duties 79 93 Tax loss carry-forwards1 (176) (70) Inventory (19) (16) Other (29) (34) 391 602 Represented by: Deferred income tax assets $ (6) $ (7) Deferred income tax liabilities 397 609 $ 391 $ 602 1. We have $724 million of net operating loss carry-forwards in various jurisdictions (December 31, 2024 - $304 million), $349 million of U.S. state net operating loss carry-forwards (December 31, 2024 - $227 million), and $111 million of capital loss carry-forwards (December 31, 2024 - $95 million). A portion of these losses expire over various periods starting in 2026. The net operating losses that have not been recognized as of December 31, 2025 are $22 million in various jurisdictions (December 31, 2024 - $30 million) and $211 million for U.S. states (December 31, 2024 - $205 million). Capital losses that have not been recognized as of December 31, 2025 are $111 million (December 31, 2024 - $95 million). 20. Employee compensation Our employee compensation expense includes salaries and wages, employee future benefits, bonuses and termination costs, but excludes restructuring charges. Total compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $961 million (2024 - $984 million). Key management includes directors and officers, and their compensation expense and balance sheet date payables are as follows: 2025 2024 Expense (recovery) Salary and short-term employee benefits $ 7 $ 7 Retirement benefits 1 1 Equity-based compensation1 (9) 10 $ — $ 19 1. Amounts do not necessarily represent the actual value which will ultimately be paid. 2025 2024 Payables and accrued liabilities Compensation $ — $ — Equity-based compensation1 16 27 $ 16 $ 27 1. Amounts do not necessarily represent the actual value which will ultimately be paid. 21. Earnings (loss) per share Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated based on earnings (loss) available to Common shareholders, as set out below, using the weighted average number of Common shares and Class B Common shares outstanding. Certain of our equity-based compensation plans may be settled in cash or Common shares at the holder’s option and for the purposes of calculating diluted earnings (loss) per share, the more dilutive of the cash-settled and equity-settled method is used, regardless of how the plan is accounted for. Plans that are accounted for using the cash-settled method -32- will require adjustments to the numerator and denominator if the equity-settled method is determined to have a dilutive effect as compared to the cash-settled method. The numerator under the equity-settled method is calculated based on earnings (loss) available to Common shareholders adjusted to remove the cash-settled equity-based compensation expense or recovery that has been charged or credited to earnings (loss) and deducting a notional charge using the equity-settled method, as set out below. Adjustments to earnings (loss) are tax-effected as applicable. The denominator under the equity-settled method is calculated using the treasury stock method. Share options under the equity-settled method are considered dilutive when the average market price of our Common shares for the period exceeds the exercise price of the share option. The equity-settled method was more dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2025 and year ended December 31, 2024 and an adjustment was required for the numerator and denominator. A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used for the purposes of calculating diluted loss per share is as follows: 2025 2024 Loss Numerator for basic EPS $ (937) $ (5) Cash-settled expense (recovery) included in earnings (14) 7 Equity-settled expense adjustment (5) (7) Numerator for diluted EPS $ (956) $ (6) Weighted average number of shares (thousands) Denominator for basic EPS 78,977 80,859 Effect of dilutive equity-based compensation 179 265 Denominator for diluted EPS 79,156 81,124 Loss per share (dollars) Basic $ (11.87) $ (0.06) Diluted $ (12.08) $ (0.07) 22. Financial instruments Accounting policies All financial assets and liabilities, except for derivatives, are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Derivatives are measured at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”). Supporting information The following tables provide the carrying values and fair values of our financial instruments by category, as well as the associated fair value hierarchy levels as defined in note 2 under “Fair value measurements”. The carrying value is a reasonable approximation of fair value for cash and cash equivalents, receivables, and payables and accrued liabilities -33- 2025 Annual Report | 123

due to their short-term nature. The carrying values of long-term debt include any current portions and exclude deferred financing costs. December 31, 2025 Level Financial assets at amortized cost Financial assets or financial liabilities at FVTPL Financial liabilities at amortized cost Carrying value Fair value Financial assets Cash and cash equivalents 2 $ 202 $ — $ — $ 202 $ 202 Receivables 3 244 — — 244 244 Interest rate swaps2 2 — — — — — Electricity swaps2 3 — 24 — 24 24 $ 445 $ 24 $ — $ 469 $ 469 Financial liabilities Payables and accrued liabilities 3 $ — $ — $ 580 $ 580 $ 580 Long-term debt1 2 — — 300 300 300 Interest rate swaps2 2 — — — — — Electricity swaps2 3 — 10 — 10 10 $ — $ 10 $ 880 $ 890 $ 890 1. The fair value of long-term debt is based on rates available to us at December 31, 2025 for long-term debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. 2. The current portion of our electricity swap contracts are included in payables and accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2025. The value of our interest rate swap contracts and the non-current portions of our electricity swap contracts are included in other assets and other liabilities. December 31, 2024 Level Financial assets at amortized cost Financial assets or financial liabilities at FVTPL Financial liabilities at amortized cost Carrying value Fair value Financial assets Cash and cash equivalents 2 $ 641 — — $ 641 $ 641 Receivables 3 292 — — 292 292 Interest rate swaps2 2 — 2 — 2 2 Electricity swaps2 3 — 13 — 13 13 $ 933 $ 15 $ — $ 948 $ 948 Financial liabilities Payables and accrued liabilities 3 $ — $ — $ 600 $ 600 $ 600 Long-term debt1 2 — — 200 200 200 Electricity swaps2 3 — 12 — 12 12 $ — $ 12 $ 800 $ 812 $ 812 1. The fair value of long-term debt is based on rates available to us at December 31, 2024 for long-term debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. 2. The value of our interest rate swap contracts is included in receivables in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2024. The current portions of our electricity swap contracts are included in receivables and payables and accrued liabilities. The non-current portions of our electricity swap contracts are included in other assets and other liabilities. Financial risk management Our activities result in exposure to a variety of financial risks, and the main objectives of our risk management process are to ensure risks are properly identified and analyzed and to establish appropriate risk limits and controls. Risk -34- management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and our activities. We are exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk, and market risk. A description of these risks and policies for managing these risks are summarized below. The sensitivities provided in this section give the effect of possible changes in the relevant prices and rates on earnings. The sensitivities are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance or earnings. Changes in fair values or cash flows based on fluctuations in market variables cannot be extrapolated since the relationship between the change in the market variable and the change in fair value or cash flows may not be linear. Credit risk Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. We are exposed to credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents and receivables. The carrying amounts of these accounts represent the maximum credit exposure. We manage credit risk by holding cash and cash equivalents with major banks of high creditworthiness. Credit risk for trade and other receivables is managed through established credit monitoring activities such as: • Establishing and monitoring customer credit limits; • Performing ongoing evaluations of the financial conditions of key customers; and • In certain market areas, undertaking additional measures to reduce credit risk including credit insurance, letters of credit and prepayments. At December 31, 2025, approximately 34% of trade accounts receivable was covered by at least some of these additional measures (December 31, 2024 - 29%). Given our credit monitoring activities, the percentage of overdue accounts and our history of minimal customer defaults, we consider the credit quality of our trade accounts receivable at December 31, 2025 to be high and have recorded nominal expected credit losses on our trade accounts receivable. The aging analysis of trade accounts receivable is presented below: As at December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Trade accounts receivable Current 129 175 Past due 1 to 30 days 48 62 Past due 31 to 60 days 6 2 Past due over 60 days 4 — Trade accounts receivable 186 239 Sales taxes receivable 27 27 Other 31 28 Receivables 244 294 Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk we will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. We manage liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash and cash equivalents balances and having lines of credit available. In addition, we regularly monitor forecasted and actual cash flows. Refinancing risks are managed by extending maturities through regular renewals and refinancing when market conditions are supportive. -35- 2025 Annual Report | 125

The following table summarizes the maturity profile of our financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments compared to its discounted or current carrying value: As at December 31, 2025 Carrying value Total 2026 2027 2028 2029 Thereafter Long-term debt $ 300 $ 300 $ — — 300 — — Interest on long-term debt1 2 38 16 16 7 — — Lease obligations 33 44 10 7 5 5 17 Payables and accrued liabilities 569 569 569 — — — — Total $ 904 $ 951 $ 595 $ 23 $ 312 $ 5 $ 17 1. Assumes debt remains at December 31, 2025 levels and includes the impact of interest rate swaps terminating May 30, 2028. In addition, we have contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment in the amount of $51 million in 2026. Market risk Market risk is the risk of loss that might arise from changes in market factors such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity, and energy prices. We aim to manage market risk within acceptable parameters and may, from time to time, use derivatives to manage market risk. Interest rates Interest rate risk relates mainly to floating interest rate debt. By maintaining interest rate swap contracts with floating rate debt, we reduce our exposure to interest rate changes. As at December 31, 2025, we had the following floating rate financial instruments: Financial instrument Carrying value Financial liability: Term loan $ 300 Financial asset: Interest rate swap contracts $ — We maintain a $300 million term loan due May 2028 where the interest is payable at floating rates based on US Base Rate Advances or SOFR Advances at our option. We have interest rate swap contracts to pay fixed interest rates and receive variable interest rates on $75 million notional principal amount of indebtedness. These swap agreements have the effect of fixing the interest rate on $75 million of the $300 million term loan discussed above, with the balance being subject to a floating rate. In addition, interest on certain of our credit facilities is payable at floating rates including Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances, CORRA Advances, or SOFR Advances at our option. At December 31, 2025, the impact of a 100-basis point change in interest rate affecting our floating rate debt would result in a $2 million change in annual interest expense (December 31, 2024 - no change). Energy We are party to arrangements with renewable power generators to purchase environmental attributes and receive settlements by reference to generation volumes and the spot price for electricity and pay settlements by reference to generation volumes and a fixed contractual price. These agreements act as a partial hedge against future electricity price increases in Alberta and will provide us with access to renewable energy credits that we may surrender to achieve a reduction in our greenhouse gas emissions. While these arrangements economically hedge the risk of changes in cash flows due to fluctuations in Alberta electricity prices, hedge accounting has not been applied to these instruments. -36- A contract to receive renewable energy credits and the associated floating-for-fixed electricity swap are distinct units of account. We have selected this method as we believe the receipt of the renewable energy credits is an executory contract and the electricity swap meets the definition of an embedded derivative. The electricity swaps are valued based on a discounted cash flow model, with the related changes in fair value included in Other income (expense). The valuation requires management to make certain assumptions about the model inputs, including future electricity prices, discount rates, and expected generation volumes associated with the contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2025, a gain of $8 million was recognized in relation to the electricity swaps (2024 - loss of $9 million). The fair value of the electricity swaps at December 31, 2025 was a $14 million asset (December 31, 2024 - a nominal asset). At December 31, 2025, the impact of a 10% increase (decrease) in future electricity prices would result in a gain (loss) of $18 million. The following table summarizes the maturity profile of our net derivative asset based on contractual undiscounted payments: As at December 31, 2025 Carrying value - asset (liability) Total inflows (outflows) 2026 2027 2028 2029 Thereafter Electricity swaps $ 14 $ 23 $ (5) $ (3) $ (1) $ 1 $ 30 Total $ 14 $ 23 $ (5) $ (3) $ (1) $ 1 $ 30 Currency risk We are exposed to foreign currency risk because our Canadian operations incur a portion of their operating expenses in Canadian dollars. Therefore, an increase in the value of the CAD relative to the USD increases the value of expenses in USD terms incurred by our Canadian operations, which reduces operating margin and the cash flow available to fund operations. In addition, foreign currency exposure arises from our net investment in our European operations, which have British pound sterling and Euro functional currencies, and from our Cochrane lumber mill and jointly-owned paper operation, which have Canadian dollar functional currency. The risk arises from the fluctuation in spot rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar, which causes the amount of the net investment to vary with the resulting translation gains or losses being reported in other comprehensive earnings. A $0.01 strengthening (weakening) of the USD against the CAD would increase (decrease) pre-tax earnings by approximately $19 million. A $0.01 strengthening (weakening) of the USD against the CAD, British pound and Euro would result in an approximate $7 million translation loss (gain) on operations with different functional currencies included in other comprehensive earnings. These sensitivities assume that all other variables remain constant and ignores any impact of forecast sales and purchases. 23. Capital disclosures Our business is cyclical and is subject to significant changes in cash flow over the business cycle. In addition, financial performance can be materially influenced by changes in product prices and the relative values of the Canadian and U.S. dollars. Our objective in managing capital is to ensure adequate liquidity and financial flexibility at all times, particularly at the lower points in the business cycle. Our main policy relating to capital management is to maintain a strong balance sheet and otherwise meet financial tests that rating agencies commonly apply for investment-grade issuers of public debt. We are currently rated as an investment grade issuer by two major rating agencies. We monitor and assess our financial performance to ensure that debt levels are prudent, taking into account the anticipated direction of the business cycle. When financing acquisitions, we combine cash on hand, debt, and equity financing in a proportion that is intended to maintain an investment-grade rating for debt throughout the cycle. Debt repayments are arranged, where possible, on a staggered basis that takes into account the uneven nature of anticipated cash flows. We have established committed revolving lines of credit that provide liquidity and flexibility when capital -37- 2025 Annual Report | 127

The geographic distribution of non-current assets and external sales based on the location of product delivery is as follows: Non-current assets Sales by geographic area 2025 2024 2025 2024 United States $ 2,317 $ 2,748 $ 3,568 $ 4,150 Canada 3,544 3,817 1,095 1,210 U.K and Europe 372 358 495 458 Asia — — 302 351 Other — — 1 5 $ 6,233 $ 6,924 $ 5,462 $ 6,174 -40- 25. Export duties, net, and tariffs The following table summarizes the impact of export duties, net, and tariffs in our earnings statement: Years Ended December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Cash deposits1 (104) (62) Adjustments to West Fraser rates2 8 22 Export duties, net (97) (40) Duty expense attributable to AR53 — (32) Duty expense attributable to AR64 (67) — Export duty expense (164) (72) Tariffs (13) — Export duties, net, and tariffs (177) (72) Net interest income on export duty deposits 5 19 1. Represents combined CVD and ADD cash deposit rate of 9.25% from January 1, 2024 to August 18, 2024, 11.89% from August 19, 2024 to December 31, 2024, 11.89% from January 1, 2025 to July 28, 2025, 16.50% from July 29, 2025 to August 11, 2025, and 26.47% from August 12, 2025 to December 31, 2025. 2. Represents adjustments to the annualized West Fraser estimated ADD rates, as shown in the rate tables below, and other administrative adjustments. 3. $32 million represents the duty expense attributable to the finalization of AR5 duty rates for the 2022 POI. The final CVD rate was 6.85% and the final ADD rate was 5.04% for AR5. 4. $67 million represents the duty expense attributable to the finalization of AR6 duty rates for the 2023 POI. The final CVD rate was 16.82% and the final ADD rate was 9.65% for AR6. Countervailing (“CVD”) and antidumping (“ADD”) duty dispute On November 25, 2016, a coalition of U.S. lumber producers petitioned the U.S. Department of Commerce (“USDOC”) and the U.S. International Trade Commission (“USITC”) to investigate alleged subsidies to Canadian softwood lumber producers and levy CVD and ADD duties against Canadian softwood lumber imports. The USDOC chose and continues to choose us as a “mandatory respondent” to both the countervailing and antidumping investigations, and as a result, we have received unique company-specific rates. Accounting policies The CVD and ADD rates apply retroactively for each period of investigation (“POI”). We record CVD as export duty expense at the cash deposit rate until an Administrative Review (“AR”) finalizes a new applicable rate for each POI. We record ADD as export duty expense by estimating the rate to be applied for each POI by using our actual results and a similar calculation methodology as the USDOC and adjust when an AR finalizes a new applicable rate for each POI. The difference between the cumulative cash deposits paid and cumulative export duty expense recognized for each POI is recorded on our balance sheet as export duty deposits receivable or payable. The difference between the cash deposit amount and the amount that would have been due based on the final AR rate will incur interest based on the U.S. federally published interest rate. We record interest income on our duty deposits receivable, net of any interest expense on our duty deposits payable, based on this rate. Developments in CVD and ADD rates We began paying CVD and ADD duties in 2017 based on the determination of duties payable by the USDOC. The CVD and ADD cash deposit rates are updated upon the finalization of the USDOC’s Administrative Review (“AR”) process for each Period of Inquiry (“POI”), as summarized in the tables below. On February 21, 2025, the USDOC initiated AR7 POI covering the 2024 calendar year. West Fraser was selected as a mandatory respondent, which will result in West Fraser continuing to be subject to a company-specific rate. -41- 2025 Annual Report | 131

On July 29, 2025, the USDOC issued its final ADD rates and on August 12, 2025 the final CVD rates for the AR6 POI for January 1, 2023 to December 31, 2023. The final ADD rate of 9.65% and CVD rate of 16.82% resulted in the recognition of $67 million in incremental duty expense plus interest expense in earnings and an increase in export duty payable. On November 24, 2025, the USDOC issued a tolling notice extending the deadlines for certain ADD and CVD proceedings, including softwood lumber, of up to 21 days in addition to the 47 day tolling notice issued on November 14, 2025 and the 119 day extension of the preliminary results issued on September 16, 2025. This extension affects the AR7 preliminary and final determination deadlines for both ADD and CVD cases. The preliminary determination decision for AR7 ADD and CVD were initially anticipated to be published October 3, 2025. The preliminary determination decision for AR7 ADD and CVD is now anticipated to be published April 8, 2026. The respective Cash Deposit Rates, the AR POI Final Rate and the West Fraser Estimated ADD Rate for each period are as follows: Effective dates for CVD Cash Deposit Rate AR POI Final Rate AR1 POI1,2 April 28, 2017 - August 24, 2017 24.12 % 6.76 % August 25, 2017 - December 27, 2017 — % — % December 28, 2017 - December 31, 2017 17.99 % 6.76 % January 1, 2018 - December 31, 2018 17.99 % 7.57 % AR2 POI3 January 1, 2019 - December 31, 2019 17.99 % 5.08 % AR3 POI4 January 1, 2020 - November 30, 2020 17.99 % 3.62 % December 1, 2020 - December 31, 2020 7.57 % 3.62 % AR4 POI5 January 1, 2021 - December 1, 2021 7.57 % 2.19 % December 2, 2021 - December 31, 2021 5.06 % 2.19 % AR5 POI6 January 1, 2022 – January 9, 2022 5.06 % 6.85 % January 10, 2022 – August 8, 2022 5.08 % 6.85 % August 9, 2022 - December 31, 2022 3.62 % 6.85 % AR6 POI7 January 1, 2023 - July 31, 2023 3.62 % 16.82 % August 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023 2.19 % 16.82 % AR7 POI8 January 1, 2024 - August 18, 2024 2.19 % n/a August 19, 2024 - December 31, 2024 6.85 % n/a AR8 POI9 January 1, 2025 - August 11, 2025 6.85 % n/a August 12, 2025 - December 31, 2025 16.82 % n/a 1. On April 24, 2017, the USDOC issued its preliminary rate in the CVD investigation. The requirement that we make cash deposits for CVD was suspended on August 24, 2017, until the USDOC published the revised rate. 2. On November 24, 2020, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR1 POI. 3. On November 24, 2021, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR2 POI. On January 10, 2022, the USDOC amended the final CVD rate for the AR2 POI from 5.06% to 5.08% for ministerial errors. This table only reflects the final rate. 4. On August 4, 2022, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR3 POI. 5. On August 1, 2023, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR4 POI. 6. On August 19, 2024, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR5 POI. 7. On August 12, 2025, the USDOC issued the final CVD rate for the AR6 POI. -42- 8. The CVD rate for the AR7 POI will be adjusted when AR7 is complete and the USDOC finalizes the rate, which is not expected until 2026. 9. The CVD rate for the AR8 POI will be adjusted when AR8 is complete and the USDOC finalizes the rate, which is not expected until 2027. Effective dates for ADD Cash Deposit Rate AR POI Final Rate West Fraser Estimated Rate AR1 POI1,2 June 30, 2017 - December 3, 2017 6.76 % 1.40 % 1.46 % December 4, 2017 - December 31, 2017 5.57 % 1.40 % 1.46 % January 1, 2018 - December 31, 2018 5.57 % 1.40 % 1.46 % AR2 POI3 January 1, 2019 - December 31, 2019 5.57 % 6.06 % 4.65 % AR3 POI4 January 1, 2020 - November 29, 2020 5.57 % 4.63 % 3.40 % November 30, 2020 - December 31, 2020 1.40 % 4.63 % 3.40 % AR4 POI5 January 1, 2021 - December 1, 2021 1.40 % 7.06 % 6.80 % December 2, 2021 - December 31, 2021 6.06 % 7.06 % 6.80 % AR5 POI6 January 1, 2022 - August 8, 2022 6.06 % 5.04% 4.52 % August 9, 2022 - December 31, 2022 4.63 % 5.04% 4.52 % AR6 POI7 January 1, 2023 - July 31, 2023 4.63 % 9.65% 8.84 % August 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023 7.06 % 9.65% 8.84 % AR7 POI8 January 1, 2024 - August 18, 2024 7.06 % n/a 4.70 % August 19, 2024 - December 31, 2024 5.04 % n/a 4.70 % AR8 POI9 January 1, 2025 - July 28, 2025 5.04 % n/a 4.00 % July 29, 2025 - December 31, 2025 9.65 % n/a 4.00 % 1. On June 26, 2017, the USDOC issued its preliminary rate in the ADD investigation effective June 30, 2017. 2. On November 24, 2020, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR1 POI. 3. On November 24, 2021, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR2 POI. 4. On August 4, 2022, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR3 POI 5. On July 31, 2023, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR4 POI. On September 7, 2023, the USDOC amended the final ADD rate for the AR4 POI for ministerial errors. This table only reflects the final rate. 6. On August 19, 2024, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR5 POI. An amended ADD rate was issued on September 24, 2024, and was retroactively applied to August 19, 2024. This table only reflects the final rate. 7. On July 29, 2025, the USDOC issued the final ADD rate for the AR6 POI. 8. The ADD rate for the AR7 POI will be adjusted when AR7 is complete and the USDOC finalizes the rate, which is not expected until 2026. In Q4-25, West Fraser updated the AR7 POI estimated rate from 2.58% to 4.70% to reflect a change in the USDOC’s methodology for ADD rate calculations that came into effect during the current year and will be applied to the AR7 final rate. 9. The ADD rate for the AR8 POI will be adjusted when AR8 is complete and the USDOC finalizes the rate, which is not expected until 2027. Impact on balance sheet Each POI is subject to independent administrative review by the USDOC, and the results of each POI may not be offset but the results within a POI in respect of ADD and CVD may be offset. -43- 2025 Annual Report | 133

Export duty deposits receivable is represented by: Export duty deposits receivable 2025 2024 Beginning of year $ 408 $ 377 Export duties receivable on adjustments to West Fraser rates1 32 6 Interest income recognized on duty deposits receivable 34 25 End of year $ 474 $ 408 1. During the period, we recorded an adjustment to export duty deposits receivable and export duties payable to reflect our application of the technical interpretation of the relevant statutory provisions. Export duties payable is represented by: Export duties payable 2025 2024 Beginning of year 46 24 Export duties payable on adjustments to West Fraser rates1 92 15 Interest expense recognized on export duties payable 29 $ 6 End of year $ 166 $ 46 1. During the period, we recorded an adjustment to export duty deposits receivable and export duties payable to reflect our application of the technical interpretation of the relevant statutory provisions. As of December 31, 2025, export duties paid and payable on deposit with the USDOC were $1,003 million (December 31, 2024 - $898 million). Appeals On May 22, 2020, the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) panel issued its final decision on “Injury”. The NAFTA panel rejected the Canadian parties’ arguments and upheld the USITC remand determination in its entirety. On August 28, 2020, the World Trade Organization’s (“WTO”) dispute-resolution panel ruled unanimously that U.S. countervailing duties against Canadian softwood lumber are inconsistent with the WTO obligations of the United States. The decision confirmed that Canada does not subsidize its softwood lumber industry. On September 28, 2020, the U.S. announced that it would appeal the WTO panel’s decision. Under U.S. trade law, the International Trade Commission (“ITC”) must review antidumping and countervailing orders every 5 years from the date of issuance. This process is referred to as a "Sunset Review". On November 30, 2023, the ITC voted to maintain the ADD and CVD orders on softwood lumber from Canada on the grounds that the revocation would likely lead to the continuation or recurrence of material injury to the U.S. domestic industry within a reasonably foreseeable time. On August 27, 2025, the Government of Canada, in consultation with affected Canadian provinces, industry and other concerned parties, submitted a Notice of Joint Motion for Voluntary Dismissal pertaining to the CUSMA Chapter 10 challenge of the AR2 ADD order. On September 10, 2025, the AR2 ADD CUSMA panel granted the motion for voluntary dismissal. On September 5, 2025, the Government of Canada, in consultation with affected Canadian provinces, industry and other concerned parties, submitted a Notice of Joint Motion for Voluntary Dismissal pertaining to the CUSMA Chapter 10 challenge of the AR1 ADD order. On September 17, 2025, the AR1 ADD CUSMA panel granted the motion for voluntary dismissal. Through the withdrawal of the legal challenges, the rates for AR1 and AR2 ADD are finalized. In order for the entries to be liquidated by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, both CVD and ADD legal challenges must be concluded. AR1 and AR2 CVD legal challenges are currently ongoing. The softwood lumber case will continue to be subject to NAFTA or the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement (“CUSMA”), WTO dispute resolution processes, and litigation in the U.S. In the interim, duties remain subject to the USDOC AR process, which results in an annual adjustment of duty deposit rates. -44- Notwithstanding the deposit rates assigned under the investigations, our final liability for CVD and ADD will not be determined until each annual administrative review process is complete and related appeal processes are concluded. Tariffs Canadian softwood lumber exports to the U.S. have been the subject of trade disputes and managed trade arrangements for several decades. The current round of countervailing and antidumping duties have been in place since April 2017. On March 4, 2025, the U.S. administration, under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (“IEEPA”), implemented an additive 25% tariff on all goods imported into the U.S. Our wood products were subject to the IEEPA tariffs for a two-day period from March 4, 2025 to March 6, 2025. The legality of the IEEPA tariffs is currently under review by the Supreme Court of the United States as of February 10, 2026. On September 29, 2025, the U.S. administration issued a proclamation that imposed a tariff of 10% under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962 on imported softwood timber and lumber into the U.S., effective October 14, 2025. This tariff is in addition to the existing softwood lumber duties applied to U.S. imports of Canadian lumber. The tariffs implemented under Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962 are still in effect as of February 10, 2026. 26. Contingencies We are subject to various investigations, claims and legal, regulatory and tax proceedings covering matters that arise in the ordinary course of business activities, including civil claims and lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations, audits and requests for information by governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions. Each of these matters is subject to uncertainties and it is possible that some of these matters may be resolved unfavourably. Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in an additional loss. In the opinion of management none of these matters are expected to have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition. 27. Subsequent events A fire at our Blue Ridge, Alberta lumber mill in January 2026 has resulted in a temporary shutdown of production, and repairs are currently underway. -45- 2025 Annual Report | 135

2025 Annual Report | 137 Appendix Directors and Officers Effective February 11, 2026 Directors and Principal Occupation Henry H. (Hank) Ketcham Chair of the Board Sean P. McLaren President and Chief Executive Officer Doyle N. Beneby Corporate Director Eric L. Butler Corporate Director Reid E. Carter Corporate Director John N. Floren Corporate Director Ellis Ketcham Johnson President, private philanthropic foundation Brian G. Kenning Corporate Director Marian Lawson Corporate Director Colleen M. McMorrow Corporate Director Janice G. Rennie Corporate Director Gillian D. Winckler Corporate Director Senior Executive Officers and Office Held Sean P. McLaren President and Chief Executive Officer Kevin J. Burke Executive Vice-President, North American Operations Christopher A. Virostek Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer Keith D. Carter Senior Vice-President, Western Canada Robin A. Lampard Senior Vice-President, Corporate Services Alan G. McMeekin Senior Vice-President, Europe Matthew V. Tobin Senior Vice-President, Sales and Marketing

2025 Annual Report | 139 Glossary of Key Terms This Annual Report uses capitalized terms, abbreviations and acronyms that, unless otherwise defined, are defined in the “Glossary of Key Terms” section of our Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2025, which is incorporated into this Annual Report beginning on page 84. The following key terms are included below for ease of reference: AAC Annual allowable cut. The volume of timber that may be harvested annually from a specific timber tenure. Adjusted EBITDA Non-GAAP financial measure defined in the “Non-GAAP and Other Specified Financial Measures” section of the 2025 MD&A included in this Annual Report. B.C. British Columbia CAD or CAD$ Canadian dollars Crown timber Timber harvested from lands owned by a provincial government EBITDA Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization EDGAR Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system EPS Earnings per share EU Europe EU OSB Oriented strand board from the U.K. and Europe EWP Engineered wood products GHG Greenhouse gas LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate M³ A solid cubic metre. A unit of measure for timber, equal to approximately 35 cubic feet. Mcf One thousand cubic feet. A unit of measure for laminated veneer lumber. 2025 MD&A Management’s Discussion & Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2025. Mfbm One thousand board feet (equivalent to one thousand square feet of lumber, one inch thick) MMfbm One million board feet (equivalent to one million square feet of lumber, one inch thick) Msf One thousand square feet. A unit of measure for panel products such as OSB, MDF and plywood equal to one thousand square feet on a 3/4‑inch basis for MDF, a 3/8‑inch basis for plywood and either a 3/8‑inch or 7/16‑inch thick basis for OSB. MMsf One million square feet Mtonne One thousand tonnes NA North America NA EWP North America engineered wood products NA OSB Oriented strand board from Canada and the U.S. NCIB Normal course issuer bid NYSE New York Stock Exchange OSB Oriented strand board. An engineered structural wood panel produced by chemically bonding wood strands in a uniform direction under heat and pressure. SEDAR+ System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval+ SPF Spruce/Pine/Fir lumber SYP Southern yellow pine lumber Tonne A unit of weight in the metric system equal to one thousand kilograms or approximately 2,204 pounds TSX Toronto Stock Exchange U.K. United Kingdom U.S. United States USD or $ or US$ United States dollars This Annual contains forward-looking information or forward-looking statements (collectively, “forward-looking statements”) within the meaning of applicable securities laws, including those relating to our outlook for our markets, our business strategy and our ability to execute on such strategy, including our strategy of striving for low cost production, maintaining a resilient balance sheet, and deploying capital, our ability to preserve our competitive position at the bottom of the cycle and when markets improve, ability to maintain financial flexibility to pursue future growth opportunities, the results and outlook of our focus on improving our safety performance and implementation of our 2026 safety plans, our mill modernization strategy and the expected improvements from the optimization of our portfolio, including cost, efficiency and performance, long‑term outlook for demand for our products and our ability to compete once demand improves, timing for the Henderson and Allendale ramp‑ups, our ability to secure long‑term fibre supply through agreements with Indigenous Nations, our goal to be the world’s premier, low‑cost, sustainable wood products producer, and the expected attributes of wood products, including any ability to reduce climate impact. Any such forward‑looking statements are based on information currently available to us and are based on assumptions and analyses made by us considering our experience and our perception of historical trends and current conditions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers should also refer to the “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risks and Uncertainties” section set forth in West Fraser’s 2025 MD&A included in this Annual Report. There can be no assurance that the plans, intentions, or expectations upon which forward-looking statements are based will be realized. Actual results may differ, and the difference may be material and adverse to West Fraser and its shareholders. Except as may be required by law, West Fraser undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements. Corporate Information Effective February 20, 2026 Annual General and Special Meeting The Annual General and Special Meeting of the shareholders of the company will be held on April 22, 2026, at 11:00 a.m. at West Fraser’s Corporate headquarters at 885 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500, Vancouver, BC, Canada, V6C 3E8 Auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Vancouver, BC Canada Legal Counsel McMillan LLP Vancouver, BC Canada Transfer Agent Computershare Investor Services Inc. Tel: 1 (800) 564-6253 Canada/USA Tel: (514) 982-7555 International Filings www.sedarplus.ca www.sec.gov/edgar Shares are listed on the TSX and NYSE under the symbol: WFG Investor Contact Anil Aggarwala Treasurer Tel: (604) 895-2700 E: shareholder@westfraser.com Website WestFraser.com Offices and Operations Canada Vancouver Corporate headquarters and sales office Sales support for all offshore export product 885 West Georgia Street, Suite 1500 Vancouver, BC V6C 3E8 Tel: (604) 895-2700 Quesnel Operations and sales office Sales support for MDF and lumber 1250 Brownmiller Road Quesnel, BC V2J 6P5 Tel: (250) 992-9244 Fax: (250) 992-9233 Toronto Sales office Sales support for OSB, plywood and LVL 110 Yonge Street, 7th Floor Toronto, ON M5C 1T4 Tel: (416) 365-0705 United States Cordova Operations and sales office Sales support for SYP lumber 57 Germantown Ct., Suite 300 Cordova, TN 38018-4274 Tel: (901) 620-4200 Fax: (901) 620-4204 Europe Cowie Regional and operations office Station Road Cowie, Stirlingshire FK7 7BQ Scotland Tel: +44 (0) 1786 812921 Fax: +44 (0) 1786 817143 Forward-Looking Statements

West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd. 604.895.2700 WestFraser.com

Source: View Original Filing on SEC EDGAR

FAQ

What is West Fraser Timber (WFG) asking shareholders to vote on at the April 22, 2026 meeting?

Shareholders will vote on fixing the board at eleven directors, electing directors, appointing PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditor, approving an advisory say-on-pay resolution, and reconfirming and continuing the shareholder rights plan designed to address take-over bids and creeping bids above a 20% ownership threshold.

When and where is West Fraser Timber’s 2026 annual general and special meeting being held?

The meeting will be held on April 22, 2026 at 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) at Suite 1500, 885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, B.C. A live webcast option via the Lumi platform is available for registered shareholders and duly appointed proxyholders to listen, view, and ask questions.

Who is entitled to vote at West Fraser Timber’s April 22, 2026 shareholder meeting?

Holders of West Fraser common shares at the close of business on February 27, 2026, and their duly appointed representatives, are entitled to vote. Each share carries one vote on matters including director elections, auditor appointment, the advisory say-on-pay resolution, and reconfirmation of the shareholder rights plan.

How can West Fraser Timber (WFG) shareholders vote or submit proxies for the 2026 meeting?

Registered shareholders can vote in person at the meeting or by completing, dating, and signing a proxy and delivering it to Computershare by 11:00 a.m. (Vancouver time) on April 20, 2026. Non-registered shareholders must follow the voting instruction form from their intermediary and any specified deadlines.

What is the purpose of West Fraser Timber’s shareholder rights plan being reconfirmed in 2026?

The rights plan gives shareholders, other than a holder exceeding a specified 20% threshold, the right to acquire additional common shares at a discounted price in certain circumstances. It aims to ensure fair treatment in any take-over bid, discourage abusive tactics, and prevent creeping bids and restrictive hard lock-up agreements.

Will financial statements be presented at West Fraser Timber’s April 22, 2026 shareholder meeting?

Yes. Consolidated financial statements for the financial years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, together with the auditor’s report, will be submitted to shareholders. These statements are also included in the company’s 2025 Annual Report, which accompanies materials for shareholders who requested it and is available online.

How can West Fraser Timber shareholders access the 2026 management information circular and related materials?

The circular and proxy materials are available on SEDAR+, EDGAR, and the company’s website. Shareholders can also request a physical copy from Computershare by phone or email, ensuring their request reaches Computershare by early April 2026 so they can receive documents and return proxies before the stated deadline.

Filing Exhibits & Attachments

5 documents

West Fraser Timber (NYSE: WFG) schedules 2026 AGM with say-on-pay and rights plan vote

Rhea-AI Filing Summary

Positive

Negative

FAQ

What is West Fraser Timber (WFG) asking shareholders to vote on at the April 22, 2026 meeting?

When and where is West Fraser Timber’s 2026 annual general and special meeting being held?

Who is entitled to vote at West Fraser Timber’s April 22, 2026 shareholder meeting?

How can West Fraser Timber (WFG) shareholders vote or submit proxies for the 2026 meeting?

What is the purpose of West Fraser Timber’s shareholder rights plan being reconfirmed in 2026?

Will financial statements be presented at West Fraser Timber’s April 22, 2026 shareholder meeting?

How can West Fraser Timber shareholders access the 2026 management information circular and related materials?

Filing Exhibits & Attachments

Press Releases

NYSE:WFG

WFG Rankings

WFG Latest News

WFG Latest SEC Filings

WFG Stock Data

Trending News

West Fraser Timber (NYSE: WFG) schedules 2026 AGM with say-on-pay and rights plan vote

Rhea-AI Filing Summary

Positive

Negative

FAQ

What is West Fraser Timber (WFG) asking shareholders to vote on at the April 22, 2026 meeting?

When and where is West Fraser Timber’s 2026 annual general and special meeting being held?

Who is entitled to vote at West Fraser Timber’s April 22, 2026 shareholder meeting?

How can West Fraser Timber (WFG) shareholders vote or submit proxies for the 2026 meeting?

What is the purpose of West Fraser Timber’s shareholder rights plan being reconfirmed in 2026?

Will financial statements be presented at West Fraser Timber’s April 22, 2026 shareholder meeting?

How can West Fraser Timber shareholders access the 2026 management information circular and related materials?

Filing Exhibits & Attachments

Press Releases

NYSE:WFG

WFG Rankings

WFG Latest News

WFG Latest SEC Filings

WFG Stock Data